From 857fe3de46d2286afa2fe772920ecf4aefa1688f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Anthony Green Date: Tue, 8 Feb 2011 19:39:20 -0500 Subject: [PATCH] Clean ups --- .pc/ios/ChangeLog.libffi | 584 -- .pc/ios/ChangeLog.libgcj | 40 - .pc/ios/ChangeLog.v1 | 764 --- .pc/ios/LICENSE | 21 - .pc/ios/acinclude.m4 | 92 - .pc/ios/aclocal.m4 | 1859 ------ .pc/ios/compile | 142 - .pc/ios/config.guess | 1501 ----- .pc/ios/config.sub | 1705 ------ .pc/ios/configure.host | 11 - .pc/ios/depcomp | 584 -- .pc/ios/install-sh | 520 -- .pc/ios/libffi.pc.in | 10 - .pc/ios/libtool-version | 29 - .pc/ios/ltmain.sh | 8406 --------------------------- .pc/ios/mdate-sh | 201 - .pc/ios/missing | 360 -- .pc/ios/msvcc.sh | 197 - .pc/ios/src/arm/ffitarget.h | 65 - .pc/ios/src/debug.c | 59 - .pc/ios/src/dlmalloc.c | 5161 ---------------- .pc/ios/src/java_raw_api.c | 356 -- .pc/ios/src/prep_cif.c | 171 - .pc/ios/src/raw_api.c | 254 - .pc/ios/src/types.c | 77 - .pc/ios/stamp-h.in | 1 - .pc/ios/texinfo.tex | 7210 ----------------------- .pc/stand-alone/testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp | 306 - include/ffi.h.in | 15 - install-sh | 0 patches/stand-alone | 61 +- testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp | 300 - testsuite/lib/libffi.exp | 4 +- 33 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 31062 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/ChangeLog.libffi delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/ChangeLog.libgcj delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/ChangeLog.v1 delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/LICENSE delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/acinclude.m4 delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/aclocal.m4 delete mode 100755 .pc/ios/compile delete mode 100755 .pc/ios/config.guess delete mode 100755 .pc/ios/config.sub delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/configure.host delete mode 100755 .pc/ios/depcomp delete mode 100755 .pc/ios/install-sh delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/libffi.pc.in delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/libtool-version delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/ltmain.sh delete mode 100755 .pc/ios/mdate-sh delete mode 100755 .pc/ios/missing delete mode 100755 .pc/ios/msvcc.sh delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/src/arm/ffitarget.h delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/src/debug.c delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/src/dlmalloc.c delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/src/java_raw_api.c delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/src/prep_cif.c delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/src/raw_api.c delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/src/types.c delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/stamp-h.in delete mode 100644 .pc/ios/texinfo.tex delete mode 100644 .pc/stand-alone/testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp mode change 100755 => 100644 install-sh delete mode 100644 testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp diff --git a/.pc/ios/ChangeLog.libffi b/.pc/ios/ChangeLog.libffi deleted file mode 100644 index f3ee8b0..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/ChangeLog.libffi +++ /dev/null @@ -1,584 +0,0 @@ -2011-02-08 Andreas Tobler - - * testsuite/lib/libffi.exp: Tweak for stand-alone mode. - -2009-12-25 Samuli Suominen - - * configure.ac: Undefine _AC_ARG_VAR_PRECIOUS for autoconf 2.64. - * configure: Rebuilt. - * fficonfig.h.in: Rebuilt. - -2009-06-16 Andrew Haley - - * testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_sint64.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_uint64.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble_va.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_ulonglong.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/return_ll1.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/stret_medium2.c: Fix printf format - specifiers. - * testsuite/libffi.call/huge_struct.c: Ad x86 XFAILs. - * testsuite/libffi.call/float2.c: Fix dg-excess-errors. - * testsuite/libffi.call/ffitest.h, - testsuite/libffi.special/ffitestcxx.h (PRIdLL, PRIuLL): Define. - -2009-06-12 Andrew Haley - - * testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_sint64.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_uint64.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_ulonglong.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/return_ll1.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/stret_medium2.c: Fix printf format - specifiers. - testsuite/libffi.special/unwindtest.cc: include stdint.h. - -2009-06-11 Timothy Wall - - * Makefile.am, - configure.ac, - include/ffi.h.in, - include/ffi_common.h, - src/closures.c, - src/dlmalloc.c, - src/x86/ffi.c, - src/x86/ffitarget.h, - src/x86/win64.S (new), - README: Added win64 support (mingw or MSVC) - * Makefile.in, - include/Makefile.in, - man/Makefile.in, - testsuite/Makefile.in, - configure, - aclocal.m4: Regenerated - * ltcf-c.sh: properly escape cygwin/w32 path - * man/ffi_call.3: Clarify size requirements for return value. - * src/x86/ffi64.c: Fix filename in comment. - * src/x86/win32.S: Remove unused extern. - - * testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn0.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn1.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn2.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn3.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn4.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn5.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn6.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/closure_stdcall.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_12byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_16byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_18byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_19byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_1_1byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_20byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_20byte1.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_24byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_2byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_3_1byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_3byte1.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_3byte2.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_4_1byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_4byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_5_1_byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_5byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_64byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_6_1_byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_6byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_7_1_byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_7byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_8byte.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_9byte1.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_9byte2.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_double.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_float.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_longdouble.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_longdouble_split.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_longdouble_split2.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_pointer.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_sint16.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_sint32.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_sint64.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_uint16.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_uint32.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_uint64.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_dbls_struct.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_double.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_double_va.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_float.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble_va.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_multi_schar.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_multi_sshort.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_multi_sshortchar.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_multi_uchar.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_multi_ushort.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_multi_ushortchar.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_pointer.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_pointer_stack.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_schar.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_sint.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_sshort.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_uchar.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_uint.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_ulonglong.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_ushort.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/err_bad_abi.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/err_bad_typedef.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/float2.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/huge_struct.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct1.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct10.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct2.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct3.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct4.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct5.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct6.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct7.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct8.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/nested_struct9.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/problem1.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/return_ldl.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/return_ll1.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/stret_large.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/stret_large2.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/stret_medium.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/stret_medium2.c, - testsuite/libffi.special/unwindtest.cc: use ffi_closure_alloc instead - of checking for MMAP. Use intptr_t instead of long casts. - -2009-06-04 Andrew Haley - - * src/powerpc/ffitarget.h: Fix misapplied merge from gcc. - -2009-06-04 Andrew Haley - - * src/mips/o32.S, - src/mips/n32.S: Fix licence formatting. - -2009-06-04 Andrew Haley - - * src/x86/darwin.S: Fix licence formatting. - src/x86/win32.S: Likewise. - src/sh64/sysv.S: Likewise. - src/sh/sysv.S: Likewise. - -2009-06-04 Andrew Haley - - * src/sh64/ffi.c: Remove lint directives. Was missing from merge - of Andreas Tobler's patch from 2006-04-22. - -2009-06-04 Andrew Haley - - * src/sh/ffi.c: Apply missing hunk from Alexandre Oliva's patch of - 2007-03-07. - -2008-12-26 Timothy Wall - - * testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble_va.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_longdouble.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_longdouble_split.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_longdouble_split2.c: mark expected - failures on x86_64 cygwin/mingw. - -2008-12-22 Timothy Wall - - * testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn0.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn1.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn2.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn3.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn4.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn5.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/closure_fn6.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/closure_loc_fn0.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/closure_stdcall.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_pointer.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_pointer.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_pointer_stack.c: use portable cast from - pointer to integer (intptr_t). - * testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble.c: disable for win64. - -2008-12-19 Anthony Green - - * configure.ac: Bump version to 3.0.8. - * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt. - * libtool-version: Increment revision. - * README: Update for new release. - -2008-11-11 Anthony Green - - * configure.ac: Bump version to 3.0.7. - * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt. - * libtool-version: Increment revision. - * README: Update for new release. - -2008-08-25 Andreas Tobler - - * src/powerpc/ffitarget.h (ffi_abi): Add FFI_LINUX and - FFI_LINUX_SOFT_FLOAT to the POWERPC_FREEBSD enum. - Add note about flag bits used for FFI_SYSV_TYPE_SMALL_STRUCT. - Adjust copyright notice. - * src/powerpc/ffi.c: Add two new flags to indicate if we have one - register or two register to use for FFI_SYSV structs. - (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Pass the right register flag introduced above. - (ffi_closure_helper_SYSV): Fix the return type for - FFI_SYSV_TYPE_SMALL_STRUCT. Comment. - Adjust copyright notice. - -2008-07-24 Anthony Green - - * testsuite/libffi.call/cls_dbls_struct.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_double_va.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble_va.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_pointer.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_pointer_stack.c, - testsuite/libffi.call/err_bad_abi.c: Clean up failures from - compiler warnings. - -2008-07-17 Anthony Green - - * configure.ac: Bump version to 3.0.6. - * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt. - * libtool-version: Increment revision. Add documentation. - * README: Update for new release. - -2008-07-16 Kaz Kojima - - * src/sh/ffi.c (ffi_prep_closure_loc): Turn INSN into an unsigned - int. - -2008-07-16 Kaz Kojima - - * src/sh/sysv.S: Add .note.GNU-stack on Linux. - * src/sh64/sysv.S: Likewise. - -2008-04-03 Anthony Green - - * libffi.pc.in (Libs): Add -L${libdir}. - * configure.ac: Bump version to 3.0.5. - * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt. - * libtool-version: Increment revision. - * README: Update for new release. - -2008-04-03 Anthony Green - Xerces Ranby - - * include/ffi.h.in: Wrap definition of target architecture to - protect from double definitions. - -2008-03-22 Moriyoshi Koizumi - - * src/x86/ffi.c (ffi_prep_closure_loc): Fix for bug revealed in - closure_loc_fn0.c. - * testsuite/libffi.call/closure_loc_fn0.c (closure_loc_test_fn0): - New test. - -2008-03-04 Anthony Green - Blake Chaffin - hos@tamanegi.org - - * testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_longdouble_split2.c - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_align_longdouble_split.c - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_dbls_struct.c - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_double_va.c - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble.c - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_longdouble_va.c - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_pointer.c - testsuite/libffi.call/cls_pointer_stack.c - testsuite/libffi.call/err_bad_abi.c - testsuite/libffi.call/err_bad_typedef.c - testsuite/libffi.call/huge_struct.c - testsuite/libffi.call/stret_large2.c - testsuite/libffi.call/stret_large.c - testsuite/libffi.call/stret_medium2.c - testsuite/libffi.call/stret_medium.c: New tests from Apple. - -2008-02-26 Jakub Jelinek - Anthony Green - - * src/alpha/osf.S: Add .note.GNU-stack on Linux. - * src/s390/sysv.S: Likewise. - * src/powerpc/linux64.S: Likewise. - * src/powerpc/linux64_closure.S: Likewise. - * src/powerpc/ppc_closure.S: Likewise. - * src/powerpc/sysv.S: Likewise. - * src/x86/unix64.S: Likewise. - * src/x86/sysv.S: Likewise. - * src/sparc/v8.S: Likewise. - * src/sparc/v9.S: Likewise. - * src/m68k/sysv.S: Likewise. - * src/ia64/unix.S: Likewise. - * src/arm/sysv.S: Likewise. - -2008-02-26 Anthony Green - Thomas Heller - - * src/x86/ffi.c (ffi_closure_SYSV_inner): Change C++ comment to C - comment. - -2008-02-26 Anthony Green - Thomas Heller - - * include/ffi.h.in: Change void (*)() to void (*)(void). - -2008-02-26 Anthony Green - Thomas Heller - - * src/alpha/ffi.c: Change void (*)() to void (*)(void). - src/alpha/osf.S, src/arm/ffi.c, src/frv/ffi.c, src/ia64/ffi.c, - src/ia64/unix.S, src/java_raw_api.c, src/m32r/ffi.c, - src/mips/ffi.c, src/pa/ffi.c, src/pa/hpux32.S, src/pa/linux.S, - src/powerpc/ffi.c, src/powerpc/ffi_darwin.c, src/raw_api.c, - src/s390/ffi.c, src/sh/ffi.c, src/sh64/ffi.c, src/sparc/ffi.c, - src/x86/ffi.c, src/x86/unix64.S, src/x86/darwin64.S, - src/x86/ffi64.c: Ditto. - -2008-02-24 Anthony Green - - * configure.ac: Accept openbsd*, not just openbsd. - Bump version to 3.0.4. - * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt. - * libtool-version: Increment revision. - * README: Update for new release. - -2008-02-22 Anthony Green - - * README: Clean up list of tested platforms. - -2008-02-22 Anthony Green - - * configure.ac: Bump version to 3.0.3. - * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt. - * libtool-version: Increment revision. - * README: Update for new release. Clean up test docs. - -2008-02-22 Bjoern Koenig - Andreas Tobler - - * configure.ac: Add amd64-*-freebsd* target. - * configure: Regenerate. - -2008-02-22 Thomas Heller - - * configure.ac: Add x86 OpenBSD support. - * configure: Rebuilt. - -2008-02-21 Thomas Heller - - * README: Change "make test" to "make check". - -2008-02-21 Anthony Green - - * configure.ac: Bump version to 3.0.2. - * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt. - * libtool-version: Increment revision. - * README: Update for new release. - -2008-02-21 Björn König - - * src/x86/freebsd.S: New file. - * configure.ac: Add x86 FreeBSD support. - * Makefile.am: Ditto. - -2008-02-15 Anthony Green - - * configure.ac: Bump version to 3.0.1. - * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt. - * libtool-version: Increment revision. - * README: Update for new release. - -2008-02-15 David Daney - - * src/mips/ffi.c: Remove extra '>' from include directive. - (ffi_prep_closure_loc): Use clear_location instead of tramp. - -2008-02-15 Anthony Green - - * configure.ac: Bump version to 3.0.0. - * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt. - -2008-02-15 David Daney - - * src/mips/ffi.c (USE__BUILTIN___CLEAR_CACHE): - Define (conditionally), and use it to include cachectl.h. - (ffi_prep_closure_loc): Fix cache flushing. - * src/mips/ffitarget.h (_ABIN32, _ABI64, _ABIO32): Define. - -2008-02-15 Anthony Green - - * man/ffi_call.3, man/ffi_prep_cif.3, man/ffi.3: - Update dates and remove all references to ffi_prep_closure. - * configure.ac: Bump version to 2.99.9. - * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt. - -2008-02-15 Anthony Green - - * man/ffi_prep_closure.3: Delete. - * man/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Remove ffi_prep_closure.3. - (man_MANS): Ditto. - * man/Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - * configure.ac: Bump version to 2.99.8. - * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt. - -2008-02-14 Anthony Green - - * configure.ac: Bump version to 2.99.7. - * configure, doc/stamp-vti, doc/version.texi: Rebuilt. - * include/ffi.h.in LICENSE src/debug.c src/closures.c - src/ffitest.c src/s390/sysv.S src/s390/ffitarget.h - src/types.c src/m68k/ffitarget.h src/raw_api.c src/frv/ffi.c - src/frv/ffitarget.h src/sh/ffi.c src/sh/sysv.S - src/sh/ffitarget.h src/powerpc/ffitarget.h src/pa/ffi.c - src/pa/ffitarget.h src/pa/linux.S src/java_raw_api.c - src/cris/ffitarget.h src/x86/ffi.c src/x86/sysv.S - src/x86/unix64.S src/x86/win32.S src/x86/ffitarget.h - src/x86/ffi64.c src/x86/darwin.S src/ia64/ffi.c - src/ia64/ffitarget.h src/ia64/ia64_flags.h src/ia64/unix.S - src/sparc/ffi.c src/sparc/v9.S src/sparc/ffitarget.h - src/sparc/v8.S src/alpha/ffi.c src/alpha/ffitarget.h - src/alpha/osf.S src/sh64/ffi.c src/sh64/sysv.S - src/sh64/ffitarget.h src/mips/ffi.c src/mips/ffitarget.h - src/mips/n32.S src/mips/o32.S src/arm/ffi.c src/arm/sysv.S - src/arm/ffitarget.h src/prep_cif.c: Update license text. - -2008-02-14 Anthony Green - - * README: Update tested platforms. - * configure.ac: Bump version to 2.99.6. - * configure: Rebuilt. - -2008-02-14 Anthony Green - - * configure.ac: Bump version to 2.99.5. - * configure: Rebuilt. - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add darwin64.S - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - * testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp: Remove libstdc++ bits from GCC tree. - * LICENSE: Update WARRANTY. - -2008-02-14 Anthony Green - - * libffi.pc.in (libdir): Fix libdir definition. - * configure.ac: Bump version to 2.99.4. - * configure: Rebuilt. - -2008-02-14 Anthony Green - - * README: Update. - * libffi.info: New file. - * doc/stamp-vti: New file. - * configure.ac: Bump version to 2.99.3. - * configure: Rebuilt. - -2008-02-14 Anthony Green - - * Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add man dir. - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - * configure.ac: Create Makefile. - * configure: Rebuilt. - * man/ffi_call.3 man/ffi_prep_cif.3 man/ffi_prep_closure.3 - man/Makefile.am man/Makefile.in: New files. - -2008-02-14 Tom Tromey - - * aclocal.m4, Makefile.in, configure, fficonfig.h.in: Rebuilt. - * mdate-sh, texinfo.tex: New files. - * Makefile.am (info_TEXINFOS): New variable. - * doc/libffi.texi: New file. - * doc/version.texi: Likewise. - -2008-02-14 Anthony Green - - * Makefile.am (AM_CFLAGS): Don't compile with -D$(TARGET). - (lib_LTLIBRARIES): Define. - (toolexeclib_LIBRARIES): Undefine. - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - * configure.ac: Reset version to 2.99.1. - * configure.in: Rebuilt. - -2008-02-14 Anthony Green - - * libffi.pc.in: Use @PACKAGE_NAME@ and @PACKAGE_VERSION@. - * configure.ac: Reset version to 2.99.1. - * configure.in: Rebuilt. - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add ChangeLog.libffi. - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - * LICENSE: Update copyright notice. - -2008-02-14 Anthony Green - - * include/Makefile.am (nodist_includes_HEADERS): Define. Don't - distribute ffitarget.h or ffi.h from the build include dir. - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - -2008-02-14 Anthony Green - - * include/Makefile.am (includesdir): Install headers under libdir. - (pkgconfigdir): Define. Install libffi.pc. - * include/Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - * libffi.pc.in: Create. - * libtool-version: Increment CURRENT - * configure.ac: Add libffi.pc.in - * configure: Rebuilt. - -2008-02-03 Anthony Green - - * include/Makefile.am (includesdir): Fix header install with - DESTDIR. - * include/Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - -2008-02-03 Timothy Wall - - * src/x86/ffi.c (FFI_INIT_TRAMPOLINE_STDCALL): Calculate jump return - offset based on code pointer, not data pointer. - -2008-02-01 Anthony Green - - * include/Makefile.am: Fix header installs. - * Makefile.am: Ditto. - * include/Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - * Makefile.in: Ditto. - -2008-02-01 Anthony Green - - * src/x86/ffi.c (FFI_INIT_TRAMPOLINE_STDCALL, - FFI_INIT_TRAMPOLINE): Revert my broken changes to twall's last - patch. - -2008-01-31 Anthony Green - - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add missing files. - * testsuite/Makefile.am: Ditto. - * Makefile.in, testsuite/Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - -2008-01-31 Timothy Wall - - * testsuite/libffi.call/closure_stdcall.c: Add test for stdcall - closures. - * src/x86/ffitarget.h: Increase size of trampoline for stdcall - closures. - * src/x86/win32.S: Add assembly for stdcall closure. - * src/x86/ffi.c: Initialize stdcall closure trampoline. - -2008-01-30 H.J. Lu - - PR libffi/34612 - * src/x86/sysv.S (ffi_closure_SYSV): Pop 4 byte from stack when - returning struct. - - * testsuite/libffi.call/call.exp: Add "-O2 -fomit-frame-pointer" - tests. - -2008-01-30 Anthony Green - - * Makefile.am, include/Makefile.am: Move headers to - libffi_la_SOURCES for new automake. - * Makefile.in, include/Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - - * testsuite/lib/wrapper.exp: Copied from gcc tree to allow for - execution outside of gcc tree. - * testsuite/lib/target-libpath.exp: Ditto. - - * testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp: Many changes to allow for execution - outside of gcc tree. - diff --git a/.pc/ios/ChangeLog.libgcj b/.pc/ios/ChangeLog.libgcj deleted file mode 100644 index ea5d02f..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/ChangeLog.libgcj +++ /dev/null @@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ -2004-01-14 Kelley Cook - - * configure.in: Add in AC_PREREQ(2.13) - -2003-02-20 Alexandre Oliva - - * configure.in: Propagate ORIGINAL_LD_FOR_MULTILIBS to - config.status. - * configure: Rebuilt. - -2002-01-27 Alexandre Oliva - - * configure.in (toolexecdir, toolexeclibdir): Set and AC_SUBST. - Remove USE_LIBDIR conditional. - * Makefile.am (toolexecdir, toolexeclibdir): Don't override. - * Makefile.in, configure: Rebuilt. - -Mon Aug 9 18:33:38 1999 Rainer Orth - - * include/Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt - * Makefile.am (toolexeclibdir): Add $(MULTISUBDIR) even for native - builds. - Use USE_LIBDIR. - - * configure: Rebuilt. - * configure.in (USE_LIBDIR): Define for native builds. - Use lowercase in configure --help explanations. - -1999-08-08 Anthony Green - - * include/ffi.h.in (FFI_FN): Remove `...'. - -1999-08-08 Anthony Green - - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - * Makefile.am (AM_CFLAGS): Compile with -fexceptions. - - * src/x86/sysv.S: Add exception handling metadata. - diff --git a/.pc/ios/ChangeLog.v1 b/.pc/ios/ChangeLog.v1 deleted file mode 100644 index 369820c..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/ChangeLog.v1 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,764 +0,0 @@ -The libffi version 1 ChangeLog archive. - -Version 1 of libffi had per-directory ChangeLogs. Current and future -versions have a single ChangeLog file in the root directory. The -version 1 ChangeLogs have all been concatonated into this file for -future reference only. - ---- libffi ---------------------------------------------------------------- - -Mon Oct 5 02:17:50 1998 Anthony Green - - * configure.in: Boosted rev. - * configure, Makefile.in, aclocal.m4: Rebuilt. - * README: Boosted rev and updated release notes. - -Mon Oct 5 01:03:03 1998 Anthony Green - - * configure.in: Boosted rev. - * configure, Makefile.in, aclocal.m4: Rebuilt. - * README: Boosted rev and updated release notes. - -1998-07-25 Andreas Schwab - - * m68k/ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Use bitmask for cif->flags. - Correctly handle small structures. - (ffi_prep_args): Also handle small structures. - (ffi_call): Pass size of return type to ffi_call_SYSV. - * m68k/sysv.S: Adjust for above changes. Correctly align small - structures in the return value. - - * types.c (uint64, sint64) [M68K]: Change alignment to 4. - -Fri Apr 17 17:26:58 1998 Anthony Green - - * configure.in: Boosted rev. - * configure,Makefile.in,aclocal.m4: Rebuilt. - * README: Boosted rev and added release notes. - -Sun Feb 22 00:50:41 1998 Geoff Keating - - * configure.in: Add PowerPC config bits. - -1998-02-14 Andreas Schwab - - * configure.in: Add m68k config bits. Change AC_CANONICAL_SYSTEM - to AC_CANONICAL_HOST, this is not a compiler. Use $host instead - of $target. Remove AC_CHECK_SIZEOF(char), we already know the - result. Fix argument of AC_ARG_ENABLE. - * configure, fficonfig.h.in: Rebuilt. - -Tue Feb 10 20:53:40 1998 Richard Henderson - - * configure.in: Add Alpha config bits. - -Tue May 13 13:39:20 1997 Anthony Green - - * README: Updated dates and reworded Irix comments. - - * configure.in: Removed AC_PROG_RANLIB. - - * Makefile.in, aclocal.m4, config.guess, config.sub, configure, - ltmain.sh, */Makefile.in: libtoolized again and rebuilt with - automake and autoconf. - -Sat May 10 18:44:50 1997 Tom Tromey - - * configure, aclocal.m4: Rebuilt. - * configure.in: Don't compute EXTRADIST; now handled in - src/Makefile.in. Removed macros implied by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. - Don't run AM_MAINTAINER_MODE. - -Thu May 8 14:34:05 1997 Anthony Green - - * missing, ltmain.sh, ltconfig.sh: Created. These are new files - required by automake and libtool. - - * README: Boosted rev to 1.14. Added notes. - - * acconfig.h: Moved PACKAGE and VERSION for new automake. - - * configure.in: Changes for libtool. - - * Makefile.am (check): make test now make check. Uses libtool now. - - * Makefile.in, configure.in, aclocal.h, fficonfig.h.in: Rebuilt. - -Thu May 1 16:27:07 1997 Anthony Green - - * missing: Added file required by new automake. - -Tue Nov 26 14:10:42 1996 Anthony Green - - * acconfig.h: Added USING_PURIFY flag. This is defined when - --enable-purify-safety was used at configure time. - - * configure.in (allsources): Added --enable-purify-safety switch. - (VERSION): Boosted rev to 1.13. - * configure: Rebuilt. - -Fri Nov 22 06:46:12 1996 Anthony Green - - * configure.in (VERSION): Boosted rev to 1.12. - Removed special CFLAGS hack for gcc. - * configure: Rebuilt. - - * README: Boosted rev to 1.12. Added notes. - - * Many files: Cygnus Support changed to Cygnus Solutions. - -Wed Oct 30 11:15:25 1996 Anthony Green - - * configure.in (VERSION): Boosted rev to 1.11. - * configure: Rebuilt. - - * README: Boosted rev to 1.11. Added notes about GNU make. - -Tue Oct 29 12:25:12 1996 Anthony Green - - * configure.in: Fixed -Wall trick. - (VERSION): Boosted rev. - * configure: Rebuilt - - * acconfig.h: Needed for --enable-debug configure switch. - - * README: Boosted rev to 1.09. Added more notes on building - libffi, and LCLint. - - * configure.in: Added --enable-debug switch. Boosted rev to - 1.09. - * configure: Rebuilt - -Tue Oct 15 13:11:28 1996 Anthony Green - - * configure.in (VERSION): Boosted rev to 1.08 - * configure: Rebuilt. - - * README: Added n32 bug fix notes. - - * Makefile.am: Added "make lint" production. - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - -Mon Oct 14 10:54:46 1996 Anthony Green - - * README: Added web page reference. - - * configure.in, README: Boosted rev to 1.05 - * configure: Rebuilt. - - * README: Fixed n32 sample code. - -Fri Oct 11 17:09:28 1996 Anthony Green - - * README: Added sparc notes. - - * configure.in, README: Boosted rev to 1.04. - * configure: Rebuilt. - -Thu Oct 10 10:31:03 1996 Anthony Green - - * configure.in, README: Boosted rev to 1.03. - * configure: Rebuilt. - - * README: Added struct notes. - - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added LICENSE to distribution. - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - - * README: Removed Linux section. No special notes now - because aggregates arg/return types work. - -Wed Oct 9 16:16:42 1996 Anthony Green - - * README, configure.in (VERSION): Boosted rev to 1.02 - * configure: Rebuilt. - -Tue Oct 8 11:56:33 1996 Anthony Green - - * README (NOTE): Added n32 notes. - - * Makefile.am: Added test production. - * Makefile: Rebuilt - - * README: spell checked! - - * configure.in (VERSION): Boosted rev to 1.01 - * configure: Rebuilt. - -Mon Oct 7 15:50:22 1996 Anthony Green - - * configure.in: Added nasty bit to support SGI tools. - * configure: Rebuilt. - - * README: Added SGI notes. Added note about automake bug. - -Mon Oct 7 11:00:28 1996 Anthony Green - - * README: Rewrote intro, and fixed examples. - -Fri Oct 4 10:19:55 1996 Anthony Green - - * configure.in: -D$TARGET is no longer used as a compiler switch. - It is now inserted into ffi.h at configure time. - * configure: Rebuilt. - - * FFI_ABI and FFI_STATUS are now ffi_abi and ffi_status. - -Thu Oct 3 13:47:34 1996 Anthony Green - - * README, LICENSE: Created. Wrote some docs. - - * configure.in: Don't barf on i586-unknown-linuxaout. - Added EXTRADIST code for "make dist". - * configure: Rebuilt. - - * */Makefile.in: Rebuilt with patched automake. - -Tue Oct 1 17:12:25 1996 Anthony Green - - * Makefile.am, aclocal.m4, config.guess, config.sub, - configure.in, fficonfig.h.in, install-sh, mkinstalldirs, - stamp-h.in: Created - * Makefile.in, configure: Generated - ---- libffi/include -------------------------------------------------------- - -Tue Feb 24 13:09:36 1998 Anthony Green - - * ffi_mips.h: Updated FFI_TYPE_STRUCT_* values based on - ffi.h.in changes. This is a work-around for SGI's "simple" - assembler. - -Sun Feb 22 00:51:55 1998 Geoff Keating - - * ffi.h.in: PowerPC support. - -1998-02-14 Andreas Schwab - - * ffi.h.in: Add m68k support. - (FFI_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE): Make it a separate value. - -Tue Feb 10 20:55:16 1998 Richard Henderson - - * ffi.h.in (SIZEOF_ARG): Use a pointer type by default. - - * ffi.h.in: Alpha support. - -Fri Nov 22 06:48:45 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.h.in, ffi_common.h: Cygnus Support -> Cygnus Solutions. - -Wed Nov 20 22:31:01 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.h.in: Added ffi_type_void definition. - -Tue Oct 29 12:22:40 1996 Anthony Green - - * Makefile.am (hack_DATA): Always install ffi_mips.h. - - * ffi.h.in: Removed FFI_DEBUG. It's now in the correct - place (acconfig.h). - Added #include for size_t definition. - -Tue Oct 15 17:23:35 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.h.in, ffi_common.h, ffi_mips.h: More clean up. - Commented out #define of FFI_DEBUG. - -Tue Oct 15 13:01:06 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi_common.h: Added bool definition. - - * ffi.h.in, ffi_common.h: Clean up based on LCLint output. - Added funny /*@...@*/ comments to annotate source. - -Mon Oct 14 12:29:23 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.h.in: Interface changes based on feedback from Jim - Blandy. - -Fri Oct 11 16:49:35 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.h.in: Small change for sparc support. - -Thu Oct 10 14:53:37 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi_mips.h: Added FFI_TYPE_STRUCT_* definitions for - special structure return types. - -Wed Oct 9 13:55:57 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.h.in: Added SIZEOF_ARG definition for X86 - -Tue Oct 8 11:40:36 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.h.in (FFI_FN): Added macro for eliminating compiler warnings. - Use it to case your function pointers to the proper type. - - * ffi_mips.h (SIZEOF_ARG): Added magic to fix type promotion bug. - - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added ffi_mips.h to EXTRA_DIST. - * Makefile: Rebuilt. - - * ffi_mips.h: Created. Moved all common mips definitions here. - -Mon Oct 7 10:58:12 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.h.in: The SGI assember is very picky about parens. Redefined - some macros to avoid problems. - - * ffi.h.in: Added FFI_DEFAULT_ABI definitions. Also added - externs for pointer, and 64bit integral ffi_types. - -Fri Oct 4 09:51:37 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.h.in: Added FFI_ABI member to ffi_cif and changed - function prototypes accordingly. - Added #define @TARGET@. Now programs including ffi.h don't - have to specify this themselves. - -Thu Oct 3 15:36:44 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.h.in: Changed ffi_prep_cif's values from void* to void** - - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added EXTRA_DIST for "make dist" - to work. - * Makefile.in: Regenerated. - -Wed Oct 2 10:16:59 1996 Anthony Green - - * Makefile.am: Created - * Makefile.in: Generated - - * ffi_common.h: Added rcsid comment - -Tue Oct 1 17:13:51 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.h.in, ffi_common.h: Created - ---- libffi/src ------------------------------------------------------------ - -Mon Oct 5 02:17:50 1998 Anthony Green - - * arm/ffi.c, arm/sysv.S: Created. - - * Makefile.am: Added arm files. - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - -Mon Oct 5 01:41:38 1998 Anthony Green - - * Makefile.am (libffi_la_LDFLAGS): Incremented revision. - -Sun Oct 4 16:27:17 1998 Anthony Green - - * alpha/osf.S (ffi_call_osf): Patch for DU assembler. - - * ffitest.c (main): long long and long double return values work - for x86. - -Fri Apr 17 11:50:58 1998 Anthony Green - - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - - * ffitest.c (main): Floating point tests not executed for systems - with broken lond double (SunOS 4 w/ GCC). - - * types.c: Fixed x86 alignment info for long long types. - -Thu Apr 16 07:15:28 1998 Anthony Green - - * ffitest.c: Added more notes about GCC bugs under Irix 6. - -Wed Apr 15 08:42:22 1998 Anthony Green - - * ffitest.c (struct5): New test function. - (main): New test with struct5. - -Thu Mar 5 10:48:11 1998 Anthony Green - - * prep_cif.c (initialize_aggregate): Fix assertion for - nested structures. - -Tue Feb 24 16:33:41 1998 Anthony Green - - * prep_cif.c (ffi_prep_cif): Added long double support for sparc. - -Sun Feb 22 00:52:18 1998 Geoff Keating - - * powerpc/asm.h: New file. - * powerpc/ffi.c: New file. - * powerpc/sysv.S: New file. - * Makefile.am: PowerPC port. - * ffitest.c (main): Allow all tests to run even in presence of gcc - bug on PowerPC. - -1998-02-17 Anthony Green - - * mips/ffi.c: Fixed comment typo. - - * x86/ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif_machdep), x86/sysv.S (retfloat): - Fixed x86 long double return handling. - - * types.c: Fixed x86 long double alignment info. - -1998-02-14 Andreas Schwab - - * types.c: Add m68k support. - - * ffitest.c (floating): Add long double parameter. - (return_ll, ldblit): New functions to test long long and long - double return value. - (main): Fix type error in assignment of ts[1-4]_type.elements. - Add tests for long long and long double arguments and return - values. - - * prep_cif.c (ffi_prep_cif) [M68K]: Don't allocate argument for - struct value pointer. - - * m68k/ffi.c, m68k/sysv.S: New files. - * Makefile.am: Add bits for m68k port. Add kludge to work around - automake deficiency. - (test): Don't require "." in $PATH. - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - -Wed Feb 11 07:36:50 1998 Anthony Green - - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - -Tue Feb 10 20:56:00 1998 Richard Henderson - - * alpha/ffi.c, alpha/osf.S: New files. - * Makefile.am: Alpha port. - -Tue Nov 18 14:12:07 1997 Anthony Green - - * mips/ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Initialize rstruct_flag - for n32. - -Tue Jun 3 17:18:20 1997 Anthony Green - - * ffitest.c (main): Added hack to get structure tests working - correctly. - -Sat May 10 19:06:42 1997 Tom Tromey - - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Explicitly list all distributable - files in subdirs. - (VERSION, CC): Removed. - -Thu May 8 17:19:01 1997 Anthony Green - - * Makefile.am: Many changes for new automake and libtool. - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - -Fri Nov 22 06:57:56 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffitest.c (main): Fixed test case for non mips machines. - -Wed Nov 20 22:31:59 1996 Anthony Green - - * types.c: Added ffi_type_void declaration. - -Tue Oct 29 13:07:19 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffitest.c (main): Fixed character constants. - (main): Emit warning for structure test 3 failure on Sun. - - * Makefile.am (VPATH): Fixed VPATH def'n so automake won't - strip it out. - Moved distdir hack from libffi to automake. - (ffitest): Added missing -c for $(COMPILE) (change in automake). - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - -Tue Oct 15 13:08:20 1996 Anthony Green - - * Makefile.am: Added "make lint" production. - * Makefile.in: Rebuilt. - - * prep_cif.c (STACK_ARG_SIZE): Improved STACK_ARG_SIZE macro. - Clean up based on LCLint output. Added funny /*@...@*/ comments to - annotate source. - - * ffitest.c, debug.c: Cleaned up code. - -Mon Oct 14 12:26:56 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffitest.c: Changes based on interface changes. - - * prep_cif.c (ffi_prep_cif): Cleaned up interface based on - feedback from Jim Blandy. - -Fri Oct 11 15:53:18 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffitest.c: Reordered tests while porting to sparc. - Made changes to handle lame structure passing for sparc. - Removed calls to fflush(). - - * prep_cif.c (ffi_prep_cif): Added special case for sparc - aggregate type arguments. - -Thu Oct 10 09:56:51 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffitest.c (main): Added structure passing/returning tests. - - * prep_cif.c (ffi_prep_cif): Perform proper initialization - of structure return types if needed. - (initialize_aggregate): Bug fix - -Wed Oct 9 16:04:20 1996 Anthony Green - - * types.c: Added special definitions for x86 (double doesn't - need double word alignment). - - * ffitest.c: Added many tests - -Tue Oct 8 09:19:22 1996 Anthony Green - - * prep_cif.c (ffi_prep_cif): Fixed assertion. - - * debug.c (ffi_assert): Must return a non void now. - - * Makefile.am: Added test production. - * Makefile: Rebuilt. - - * ffitest.c (main): Created. - - * types.c: Created. Stripped common code out of */ffi.c. - - * prep_cif.c: Added missing stdlib.h include. - - * debug.c (ffi_type_test): Used "a" to eliminate compiler - warnings in non-debug builds. Included ffi_common.h. - -Mon Oct 7 15:36:42 1996 Anthony Green - - * Makefile.am: Added a rule for .s -> .o - This is required by the SGI compiler. - * Makefile: Rebuilt. - -Fri Oct 4 09:51:08 1996 Anthony Green - - * prep_cif.c (initialize_aggregate): Moved abi specification - to ffi_prep_cif(). - -Thu Oct 3 15:37:37 1996 Anthony Green - - * prep_cif.c (ffi_prep_cif): Changed values from void* to void**. - (initialize_aggregate): Fixed aggregate type initialization. - - * Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Added support code for "make dist". - * Makefile.in: Regenerated. - -Wed Oct 2 11:41:57 1996 Anthony Green - - * debug.c, prep_cif: Created. - - * Makefile.am: Added debug.o and prep_cif.o to OBJ. - * Makefile.in: Regenerated. - - * Makefile.am (INCLUDES): Added missing -I../include - * Makefile.in: Regenerated. - -Tue Oct 1 17:11:51 1996 Anthony Green - - * error.c, Makefile.am: Created. - * Makefile.in: Generated. - ---- libffi/src/x86 -------------------------------------------------------- - -Sun Oct 4 16:27:17 1998 Anthony Green - - * sysv.S (retlongdouble): Fixed long long return value support. - * ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Ditto. - -Wed May 13 04:30:33 1998 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Fixed long double return value - support. - -Wed Apr 15 08:43:20 1998 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c (ffi_prep_args): small struct support was missing. - -Thu May 8 16:53:58 1997 Anthony Green - - * objects.mak: Removed. - -Mon Dec 2 15:12:58 1996 Tom Tromey - - * sysv.S: Use .balign, for a.out Linux boxes. - -Tue Oct 15 13:06:50 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c: Clean up based on LCLint output. - Added funny /*@...@*/ comments to annotate source. - -Fri Oct 11 16:43:38 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c (ffi_call): Added assertion for bad ABIs. - -Wed Oct 9 13:57:27 1996 Anthony Green - - * sysv.S (retdouble): Fixed double return problems. - - * ffi.c (ffi_call): Corrected fn arg definition. - (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Fixed double return problems - -Tue Oct 8 12:12:49 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c: Moved ffi_type definitions to types.c. - (ffi_prep_args): Fixed type promotion bug. - -Mon Oct 7 15:53:06 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c (FFI_*_TYPEDEF): Removed redundant ';' - -Fri Oct 4 09:54:53 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c (ffi_call): Removed FFI_ABI arg, and swapped - remaining args. - -Wed Oct 2 10:07:05 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c, sysv.S, objects.mak: Created. - (ffi_prep_cif): cif->rvalue no longer initialized to NULL. - (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Moved machine independent cif processing - to src/prep_cif.c. Introduced ffi_prep_cif_machdep(). - ---- libffi/src/mips ------------------------------------------------------- - -Tue Feb 17 17:18:07 1998 Anthony Green - - * o32.S: Fixed typo in comment. - - * ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Fixed argument processing. - -Thu May 8 16:53:58 1997 Anthony Green - - * o32.s, n32.s: Wrappers for SGI tool support. - - * objects.mak: Removed. - -Tue Oct 29 14:37:45 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c (ffi_prep_args): Changed int z to size_t z. - -Tue Oct 15 13:17:25 1996 Anthony Green - - * n32.S: Fixed bad stack munging. - - * ffi.c: Moved prototypes for ffi_call_?32() to here from - ffi_mips.h because extended_cif is not defined in ffi_mips.h. - -Mon Oct 14 12:42:02 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c: Interface changes based on feedback from Jim Blandy. - -Thu Oct 10 11:22:16 1996 Anthony Green - - * n32.S, ffi.c: Lots of changes to support passing and - returning structures with the n32 calling convention. - - * n32.S: Fixed fn pointer bug. - - * ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Fix for o32 structure - return values. - (ffi_prep_args): Fixed n32 structure passing when structures - partially fit in registers. - -Wed Oct 9 13:49:25 1996 Anthony Green - - * objects.mak: Added n32.o. - - * n32.S: Created. - - * ffi.c (ffi_prep_args): Added magic to support proper - n32 processing. - -Tue Oct 8 10:37:35 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c: Moved ffi_type definitions to types.c. - (ffi_prep_args): Fixed type promotion bug. - - * o32.S: This code is only built for o32 compiles. - A lot of the #define cruft has moved to ffi_mips.h. - - * ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Fixed arg flags. Second arg - is only processed if the first is either a float or double. - -Mon Oct 7 15:33:59 1996 Anthony Green - - * o32.S: Modified to compile under each of o32, n32 and n64. - - * ffi.c (FFI_*_TYPEDEF): Removed redundant ';' - -Fri Oct 4 09:53:25 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c (ffi_call): Removed FFI_ABI arg, and swapped - remaining args. - -Wed Oct 2 17:41:22 1996 Anthony Green - - * o32.S: Removed crufty definitions. - -Wed Oct 2 12:53:42 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c (ffi_prep_cif): cif->rvalue no longer initialized to NULL. - (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Moved all machine independent cif processing - to src/prep_cif.c. Introduced ffi_prep_cif_machdep. Return types - of FFI_TYPE_STRUCT are no different than FFI_TYPE_INT. - -Tue Oct 1 17:11:02 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c, o32.S, object.mak: Created - ---- libffi/src/sparc ------------------------------------------------------ - -Tue Feb 24 16:33:18 1998 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c (ffi_prep_args): Added long double support. - -Thu May 8 16:53:58 1997 Anthony Green - - * objects.mak: Removed. - -Thu May 1 16:07:56 1997 Anthony Green - - * v8.S: Fixed minor portability problem reported by - Russ McManus . - -Tue Nov 26 14:12:43 1996 Anthony Green - - * v8.S: Used STACKFRAME define elsewhere. - - * ffi.c (ffi_prep_args): Zero out space when USING_PURIFY - is set. - (ffi_prep_cif_machdep): Allocate the correct stack frame - space for functions with < 6 args. - -Tue Oct 29 15:08:55 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c (ffi_prep_args): int z is now size_t z. - -Mon Oct 14 13:31:24 1996 Anthony Green - - * v8.S (ffi_call_V8): Gordon rewrites this again. It looks - great now. - - * ffi.c (ffi_call): The comment about hijacked registers - is no longer valid after gordoni hacked v8.S. - - * v8.S (ffi_call_V8): Rewrote with gordoni. Much simpler. - - * v8.S, ffi.c: ffi_call() had changed to accept more than - two args, so v8.S had to change (because it hijacks incoming - arg registers). - - * ffi.c: Interface changes based on feedback from Jim Blandy. - -Thu Oct 10 17:48:16 1996 Anthony Green - - * ffi.c, v8.S, objects.mak: Created. - - diff --git a/.pc/ios/LICENSE b/.pc/ios/LICENSE deleted file mode 100644 index 7d12666..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/LICENSE +++ /dev/null @@ -1,21 +0,0 @@ -libffi - Copyright (c) 1996-2011 Anthony Green, Red Hat, Inc and others. -See source files for details. - -Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining -a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the -``Software''), to deal in the Software without restriction, including -without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, -distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to -permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to -the following conditions: - -The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be -included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - -THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, -EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF -MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. -IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY -CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, -TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE -SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. diff --git a/.pc/ios/acinclude.m4 b/.pc/ios/acinclude.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index 3e8f8ba..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/acinclude.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ -# mmap(2) blacklisting. Some platforms provide the mmap library routine -# but don't support all of the features we need from it. -AC_DEFUN([AC_FUNC_MMAP_BLACKLIST], -[ -AC_CHECK_HEADER([sys/mman.h], - [libffi_header_sys_mman_h=yes], [libffi_header_sys_mman_h=no]) -AC_CHECK_FUNC([mmap], [libffi_func_mmap=yes], [libffi_func_mmap=no]) -if test "$libffi_header_sys_mman_h" != yes \ - || test "$libffi_func_mmap" != yes; then - ac_cv_func_mmap_file=no - ac_cv_func_mmap_dev_zero=no - ac_cv_func_mmap_anon=no -else - AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether read-only mmap of a plain file works], - ac_cv_func_mmap_file, - [# Add a system to this blacklist if - # mmap(0, stat_size, PROT_READ, MAP_PRIVATE, fd, 0) doesn't return a - # memory area containing the same data that you'd get if you applied - # read() to the same fd. The only system known to have a problem here - # is VMS, where text files have record structure. - case "$host_os" in - vms* | ultrix*) - ac_cv_func_mmap_file=no ;; - *) - ac_cv_func_mmap_file=yes;; - esac]) - AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether mmap from /dev/zero works], - ac_cv_func_mmap_dev_zero, - [# Add a system to this blacklist if it has mmap() but /dev/zero - # does not exist, or if mmapping /dev/zero does not give anonymous - # zeroed pages with both the following properties: - # 1. If you map N consecutive pages in with one call, and then - # unmap any subset of those pages, the pages that were not - # explicitly unmapped remain accessible. - # 2. If you map two adjacent blocks of memory and then unmap them - # both at once, they must both go away. - # Systems known to be in this category are Windows (all variants), - # VMS, and Darwin. - case "$host_os" in - vms* | cygwin* | pe | mingw* | darwin* | ultrix* | hpux10* | hpux11.00) - ac_cv_func_mmap_dev_zero=no ;; - *) - ac_cv_func_mmap_dev_zero=yes;; - esac]) - - # Unlike /dev/zero, the MAP_ANON(YMOUS) defines can be probed for. - AC_CACHE_CHECK([for MAP_ANON(YMOUS)], ac_cv_decl_map_anon, - [AC_TRY_COMPILE( -[#include -#include -#include - -#ifndef MAP_ANONYMOUS -#define MAP_ANONYMOUS MAP_ANON -#endif -], -[int n = MAP_ANONYMOUS;], - ac_cv_decl_map_anon=yes, - ac_cv_decl_map_anon=no)]) - - if test $ac_cv_decl_map_anon = no; then - ac_cv_func_mmap_anon=no - else - AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether mmap with MAP_ANON(YMOUS) works], - ac_cv_func_mmap_anon, - [# Add a system to this blacklist if it has mmap() and MAP_ANON or - # MAP_ANONYMOUS, but using mmap(..., MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS, -1, 0) - # doesn't give anonymous zeroed pages with the same properties listed - # above for use of /dev/zero. - # Systems known to be in this category are Windows, VMS, and SCO Unix. - case "$host_os" in - vms* | cygwin* | pe | mingw* | sco* | udk* ) - ac_cv_func_mmap_anon=no ;; - *) - ac_cv_func_mmap_anon=yes;; - esac]) - fi -fi - -if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_file = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MMAP_FILE, 1, - [Define if read-only mmap of a plain file works.]) -fi -if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_dev_zero = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MMAP_DEV_ZERO, 1, - [Define if mmap of /dev/zero works.]) -fi -if test $ac_cv_func_mmap_anon = yes; then - AC_DEFINE(HAVE_MMAP_ANON, 1, - [Define if mmap with MAP_ANON(YMOUS) works.]) -fi -]) diff --git a/.pc/ios/aclocal.m4 b/.pc/ios/aclocal.m4 deleted file mode 100644 index 52765c1..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/aclocal.m4 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1859 +0,0 @@ -# generated automatically by aclocal 1.11.1 -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, -# 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without -# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A -# PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], - [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl -m4_if(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.63],, -[m4_warning([this file was generated for autoconf 2.63. -You have another version of autoconf. It may work, but is not guaranteed to. -If you have problems, you may need to regenerate the build system entirely. -To do so, use the procedure documented by the package, typically `autoreconf'.])]) - -# ltdl.m4 - Configure ltdl for the target system. -*-Autoconf-*- -# -# Copyright (C) 1999-2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Written by Thomas Tanner, 1999 -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives -# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without -# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 17 LTDL_INIT - -# LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR(DIRECTORY, [LTDL-MODE]) -# ------------------------------------------ -# DIRECTORY contains the libltdl sources. It is okay to call this -# function multiple times, as long as the same DIRECTORY is always given. -AC_DEFUN([LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR], -[AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT]) -_$0($*) -])# LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR - -# We break this out into a separate macro, so that we can call it safely -# internally without being caught accidentally by the sed scan in libtoolize. -m4_defun([_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR], -[dnl remove trailing slashes -m4_pushdef([_ARG_DIR], m4_bpatsubst([$1], [/*$])) -m4_case(_LTDL_DIR, - [], [dnl only set lt_ltdl_dir if _ARG_DIR is not simply `.' - m4_if(_ARG_DIR, [.], - [], - [m4_define([_LTDL_DIR], _ARG_DIR) - _LT_SHELL_INIT([lt_ltdl_dir=']_ARG_DIR['])])], - [m4_if(_ARG_DIR, _LTDL_DIR, - [], - [m4_fatal([multiple libltdl directories: `]_LTDL_DIR[', `]_ARG_DIR['])])]) -m4_popdef([_ARG_DIR]) -])# _LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR - -# Initialise: -m4_define([_LTDL_DIR], []) - - -# _LT_BUILD_PREFIX -# ---------------- -# If Autoconf is new enough, expand to `${top_build_prefix}', otherwise -# to `${top_builddir}/'. -m4_define([_LT_BUILD_PREFIX], -[m4_ifdef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], - [m4_if(m4_version_compare(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]), [2.62]), - [-1], [m4_ifdef([_AC_HAVE_TOP_BUILD_PREFIX], - [${top_build_prefix}], - [${top_builddir}/])], - [${top_build_prefix}])], - [${top_builddir}/])[]dnl -]) - - -# LTDL_CONVENIENCE -# ---------------- -# sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for the libltdl convenience library and -# LTDLINCL to the include flags for the libltdl header and adds -# --enable-ltdl-convenience to the configure arguments. Note that -# AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS is not called here. LIBLTDL will be prefixed with -# '${top_build_prefix}' if available, otherwise with '${top_builddir}/', -# and LTDLINCL will be prefixed with '${top_srcdir}/' (note the single -# quotes!). If your package is not flat and you're not using automake, -# define top_build_prefix, top_builddir, and top_srcdir appropriately -# in your Makefiles. -AC_DEFUN([LTDL_CONVENIENCE], -[AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])dnl -dnl Although the argument is deprecated and no longer documented, -dnl LTDL_CONVENIENCE used to take a DIRECTORY orgument, if we have one -dnl here make sure it is the same as any other declaration of libltdl's -dnl location! This also ensures lt_ltdl_dir is set when configure.ac is -dnl not yet using an explicit LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR. -m4_ifval([$1], [_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR([$1])])dnl -_$0() -])# LTDL_CONVENIENCE - -# AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE accepted a directory argument in older libtools, -# now we have LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR: -AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE], -[_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR([m4_default([$1], [libltdl])]) -_LTDL_CONVENIENCE]) - -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_CONVENIENCE], []) - - -# _LTDL_CONVENIENCE -# ----------------- -# Code shared by LTDL_CONVENIENCE and LTDL_INIT([convenience]). -m4_defun([_LTDL_CONVENIENCE], -[case $enable_ltdl_convenience in - no) AC_MSG_ERROR([this package needs a convenience libltdl]) ;; - "") enable_ltdl_convenience=yes - ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-convenience" ;; -esac -LIBLTDL='_LT_BUILD_PREFIX'"${lt_ltdl_dir+$lt_ltdl_dir/}libltdlc.la" -LTDLDEPS=$LIBLTDL -LTDLINCL='-I${top_srcdir}'"${lt_ltdl_dir+/$lt_ltdl_dir}" - -AC_SUBST([LIBLTDL]) -AC_SUBST([LTDLDEPS]) -AC_SUBST([LTDLINCL]) - -# For backwards non-gettext consistent compatibility... -INCLTDL="$LTDLINCL" -AC_SUBST([INCLTDL]) -])# _LTDL_CONVENIENCE - - -# LTDL_INSTALLABLE -# ---------------- -# sets LIBLTDL to the link flags for the libltdl installable library -# and LTDLINCL to the include flags for the libltdl header and adds -# --enable-ltdl-install to the configure arguments. Note that -# AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS is not called from here. If an installed libltdl -# is not found, LIBLTDL will be prefixed with '${top_build_prefix}' if -# available, otherwise with '${top_builddir}/', and LTDLINCL will be -# prefixed with '${top_srcdir}/' (note the single quotes!). If your -# package is not flat and you're not using automake, define top_build_prefix, -# top_builddir, and top_srcdir appropriately in your Makefiles. -# In the future, this macro may have to be called after LT_INIT. -AC_DEFUN([LTDL_INSTALLABLE], -[AC_BEFORE([$0], [LTDL_INIT])dnl -dnl Although the argument is deprecated and no longer documented, -dnl LTDL_INSTALLABLE used to take a DIRECTORY orgument, if we have one -dnl here make sure it is the same as any other declaration of libltdl's -dnl location! This also ensures lt_ltdl_dir is set when configure.ac is -dnl not yet using an explicit LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR. -m4_ifval([$1], [_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR([$1])])dnl -_$0() -])# LTDL_INSTALLABLE - -# AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE accepted a directory argument in older libtools, -# now we have LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR: -AU_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE], -[_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR([m4_default([$1], [libltdl])]) -_LTDL_INSTALLABLE]) - -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIBLTDL_INSTALLABLE], []) - - -# _LTDL_INSTALLABLE -# ----------------- -# Code shared by LTDL_INSTALLABLE and LTDL_INIT([installable]). -m4_defun([_LTDL_INSTALLABLE], -[if test -f $prefix/lib/libltdl.la; then - lt_save_LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" - LDFLAGS="-L$prefix/lib $LDFLAGS" - AC_CHECK_LIB([ltdl], [lt_dlinit], [lt_lib_ltdl=yes]) - LDFLAGS="$lt_save_LDFLAGS" - if test x"${lt_lib_ltdl-no}" = xyes; then - if test x"$enable_ltdl_install" != xyes; then - # Don't overwrite $prefix/lib/libltdl.la without --enable-ltdl-install - AC_MSG_WARN([not overwriting libltdl at $prefix, force with `--enable-ltdl-install']) - enable_ltdl_install=no - fi - elif test x"$enable_ltdl_install" = xno; then - AC_MSG_WARN([libltdl not installed, but installation disabled]) - fi -fi - -# If configure.ac declared an installable ltdl, and the user didn't override -# with --disable-ltdl-install, we will install the shipped libltdl. -case $enable_ltdl_install in - no) ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install=no" - LIBLTDL="-lltdl" - LTDLDEPS= - LTDLINCL= - ;; - *) enable_ltdl_install=yes - ac_configure_args="$ac_configure_args --enable-ltdl-install" - LIBLTDL='_LT_BUILD_PREFIX'"${lt_ltdl_dir+$lt_ltdl_dir/}libltdl.la" - LTDLDEPS=$LIBLTDL - LTDLINCL='-I${top_srcdir}'"${lt_ltdl_dir+/$lt_ltdl_dir}" - ;; -esac - -AC_SUBST([LIBLTDL]) -AC_SUBST([LTDLDEPS]) -AC_SUBST([LTDLINCL]) - -# For backwards non-gettext consistent compatibility... -INCLTDL="$LTDLINCL" -AC_SUBST([INCLTDL]) -])# LTDL_INSTALLABLE - - -# _LTDL_MODE_DISPATCH -# ------------------- -m4_define([_LTDL_MODE_DISPATCH], -[dnl If _LTDL_DIR is `.', then we are configuring libltdl itself: -m4_if(_LTDL_DIR, [], - [], - dnl if _LTDL_MODE was not set already, the default value is `subproject': - [m4_case(m4_default(_LTDL_MODE, [subproject]), - [subproject], [AC_CONFIG_SUBDIRS(_LTDL_DIR) - _LT_SHELL_INIT([lt_dlopen_dir="$lt_ltdl_dir"])], - [nonrecursive], [_LT_SHELL_INIT([lt_dlopen_dir="$lt_ltdl_dir"; lt_libobj_prefix="$lt_ltdl_dir/"])], - [recursive], [], - [m4_fatal([unknown libltdl mode: ]_LTDL_MODE)])])dnl -dnl Be careful not to expand twice: -m4_define([$0], []) -])# _LTDL_MODE_DISPATCH - - -# _LT_LIBOBJ(MODULE_NAME) -# ----------------------- -# Like AC_LIBOBJ, except that MODULE_NAME goes into _LT_LIBOBJS instead -# of into LIBOBJS. -AC_DEFUN([_LT_LIBOBJ], [ - m4_pattern_allow([^_LT_LIBOBJS$]) - _LT_LIBOBJS="$_LT_LIBOBJS $1.$ac_objext" -])# _LT_LIBOBJS - - -# LTDL_INIT([OPTIONS]) -# -------------------- -# Clients of libltdl can use this macro to allow the installer to -# choose between a shipped copy of the ltdl sources or a preinstalled -# version of the library. If the shipped ltdl sources are not in a -# subdirectory named libltdl, the directory name must be given by -# LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR. -AC_DEFUN([LTDL_INIT], -[dnl Parse OPTIONS -_LT_SET_OPTIONS([$0], [$1]) - -dnl We need to keep our own list of libobjs separate from our parent project, -dnl and the easiest way to do that is redefine the AC_LIBOBJs macro while -dnl we look for our own LIBOBJs. -m4_pushdef([AC_LIBOBJ], m4_defn([_LT_LIBOBJ])) -m4_pushdef([AC_LIBSOURCES]) - -dnl If not otherwise defined, default to the 1.5.x compatible subproject mode: -m4_if(_LTDL_MODE, [], - [m4_define([_LTDL_MODE], m4_default([$2], [subproject])) - m4_if([-1], [m4_bregexp(_LTDL_MODE, [\(subproject\|\(non\)?recursive\)])], - [m4_fatal([unknown libltdl mode: ]_LTDL_MODE)])]) - -AC_ARG_WITH([included_ltdl], - [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-included-ltdl], - [use the GNU ltdl sources included here])]) - -if test "x$with_included_ltdl" != xyes; then - # We are not being forced to use the included libltdl sources, so - # decide whether there is a useful installed version we can use. - AC_CHECK_HEADER([ltdl.h], - [AC_CHECK_DECL([lt_dlinterface_register], - [AC_CHECK_LIB([ltdl], [lt_dladvise_preload], - [with_included_ltdl=no], - [with_included_ltdl=yes])], - [with_included_ltdl=yes], - [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT - #include ])], - [with_included_ltdl=yes], - [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT] - ) -fi - -dnl If neither LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR, LTDL_CONVENIENCE nor LTDL_INSTALLABLE -dnl was called yet, then for old times' sake, we assume libltdl is in an -dnl eponymous directory: -AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR], [], [_LT_CONFIG_LTDL_DIR([libltdl])]) - -AC_ARG_WITH([ltdl_include], - [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ltdl-include=DIR], - [use the ltdl headers installed in DIR])]) - -if test -n "$with_ltdl_include"; then - if test -f "$with_ltdl_include/ltdl.h"; then : - else - AC_MSG_ERROR([invalid ltdl include directory: `$with_ltdl_include']) - fi -else - with_ltdl_include=no -fi - -AC_ARG_WITH([ltdl_lib], - [AS_HELP_STRING([--with-ltdl-lib=DIR], - [use the libltdl.la installed in DIR])]) - -if test -n "$with_ltdl_lib"; then - if test -f "$with_ltdl_lib/libltdl.la"; then : - else - AC_MSG_ERROR([invalid ltdl library directory: `$with_ltdl_lib']) - fi -else - with_ltdl_lib=no -fi - -case ,$with_included_ltdl,$with_ltdl_include,$with_ltdl_lib, in - ,yes,no,no,) - m4_case(m4_default(_LTDL_TYPE, [convenience]), - [convenience], [_LTDL_CONVENIENCE], - [installable], [_LTDL_INSTALLABLE], - [m4_fatal([unknown libltdl build type: ]_LTDL_TYPE)]) - ;; - ,no,no,no,) - # If the included ltdl is not to be used, then use the - # preinstalled libltdl we found. - AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LTDL], [1], - [Define this if a modern libltdl is already installed]) - LIBLTDL=-lltdl - LTDLDEPS= - LTDLINCL= - ;; - ,no*,no,*) - AC_MSG_ERROR([`--with-ltdl-include' and `--with-ltdl-lib' options must be used together]) - ;; - *) with_included_ltdl=no - LIBLTDL="-L$with_ltdl_lib -lltdl" - LTDLDEPS= - LTDLINCL="-I$with_ltdl_include" - ;; -esac -INCLTDL="$LTDLINCL" - -# Report our decision... -AC_MSG_CHECKING([where to find libltdl headers]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$LTDLINCL]) -AC_MSG_CHECKING([where to find libltdl library]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBLTDL]) - -_LTDL_SETUP - -dnl restore autoconf definition. -m4_popdef([AC_LIBOBJ]) -m4_popdef([AC_LIBSOURCES]) - -AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([ - _ltdl_libobjs= - _ltdl_ltlibobjs= - if test -n "$_LT_LIBOBJS"; then - # Remove the extension. - _lt_sed_drop_objext='s/\.o$//;s/\.obj$//' - for i in `for i in $_LT_LIBOBJS; do echo "$i"; done | sed "$_lt_sed_drop_objext" | sort -u`; do - _ltdl_libobjs="$_ltdl_libobjs $lt_libobj_prefix$i.$ac_objext" - _ltdl_ltlibobjs="$_ltdl_ltlibobjs $lt_libobj_prefix$i.lo" - done - fi - AC_SUBST([ltdl_LIBOBJS], [$_ltdl_libobjs]) - AC_SUBST([ltdl_LTLIBOBJS], [$_ltdl_ltlibobjs]) -]) - -# Only expand once: -m4_define([LTDL_INIT]) -])# LTDL_INIT - -# Old names: -AU_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LTDL], [LTDL_INIT($@)]) -AU_DEFUN([AC_WITH_LTDL], [LTDL_INIT($@)]) -AU_DEFUN([LT_WITH_LTDL], [LTDL_INIT($@)]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LTDL], []) -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_WITH_LTDL], []) -dnl AC_DEFUN([LT_WITH_LTDL], []) - - -# _LTDL_SETUP -# ----------- -# Perform all the checks necessary for compilation of the ltdl objects -# -- including compiler checks and header checks. This is a public -# interface mainly for the benefit of libltdl's own configure.ac, most -# other users should call LTDL_INIT instead. -AC_DEFUN([_LTDL_SETUP], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_MODULE_EXT])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_DLSEARCH_PATH])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([LT_LIB_DLLOAD])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([LT_FUNC_DLSYM_USCORE])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([gl_FUNC_ARGZ])dnl - -m4_require([_LT_CHECK_OBJDIR])dnl -m4_require([_LT_HEADER_DLFCN])dnl -m4_require([_LT_CHECK_DLPREOPEN])dnl -m4_require([_LT_DECL_SED])dnl - -dnl Don't require this, or it will be expanded earlier than the code -dnl that sets the variables it relies on: -_LT_ENABLE_INSTALL - -dnl _LTDL_MODE specific code must be called at least once: -_LTDL_MODE_DISPATCH - -# In order that ltdl.c can compile, find out the first AC_CONFIG_HEADERS -# the user used. This is so that ltdl.h can pick up the parent projects -# config.h file, The first file in AC_CONFIG_HEADERS must contain the -# definitions required by ltdl.c. -# FIXME: Remove use of undocumented AC_LIST_HEADERS (2.59 compatibility). -AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([dnl -m4_pattern_allow([^LT_CONFIG_H$])dnl -m4_ifset([AH_HEADER], - [LT_CONFIG_H=AH_HEADER], - [m4_ifset([AC_LIST_HEADERS], - [LT_CONFIG_H=`echo "AC_LIST_HEADERS" | $SED 's,^[[ ]]*,,;s,[[ :]].*$,,'`], - [])])]) -AC_SUBST([LT_CONFIG_H]) - -AC_CHECK_HEADERS([unistd.h dl.h sys/dl.h dld.h mach-o/dyld.h dirent.h], - [], [], [AC_INCLUDES_DEFAULT]) - -AC_CHECK_FUNCS([closedir opendir readdir], [], [AC_LIBOBJ([lt__dirent])]) -AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strlcat strlcpy], [], [AC_LIBOBJ([lt__strl])]) - -AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LT_LIBEXT],["$libext"],[The archive extension]) - -name=ltdl -LTDLOPEN=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` -AC_SUBST([LTDLOPEN]) -])# _LTDL_SETUP - - -# _LT_ENABLE_INSTALL -# ------------------ -m4_define([_LT_ENABLE_INSTALL], -[AC_ARG_ENABLE([ltdl-install], - [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-ltdl-install], [install libltdl])]) - -case ,${enable_ltdl_install},${enable_ltdl_convenience} in - *yes*) ;; - *) enable_ltdl_convenience=yes ;; -esac - -m4_ifdef([AM_CONDITIONAL], -[AM_CONDITIONAL(INSTALL_LTDL, test x"${enable_ltdl_install-no}" != xno) - AM_CONDITIONAL(CONVENIENCE_LTDL, test x"${enable_ltdl_convenience-no}" != xno)]) -])# _LT_ENABLE_INSTALL - - -# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS -# --------------------- -AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl -AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether deplibs are loaded by dlopen], - [lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs], - [# PORTME does your system automatically load deplibs for dlopen? - # or its logical equivalent (e.g. shl_load for HP-UX < 11) - # For now, we just catch OSes we know something about -- in the - # future, we'll try test this programmatically. - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown - case $host_os in - aix3*|aix4.1.*|aix4.2.*) - # Unknown whether this is true for these versions of AIX, but - # we want this `case' here to explicitly catch those versions. - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown - ;; - aix[[4-9]]*) - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes - ;; - amigaos*) - case $host_cpu in - powerpc) - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=no - ;; - esac - ;; - darwin*) - # Assuming the user has installed a libdl from somewhere, this is true - # If you are looking for one http://www.opendarwin.org/projects/dlcompat - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes - ;; - freebsd* | dragonfly*) - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes - ;; - gnu* | linux* | k*bsd*-gnu) - # GNU and its variants, using gnu ld.so (Glibc) - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes - ;; - hpux10*|hpux11*) - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes - ;; - interix*) - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes - ;; - irix[[12345]]*|irix6.[[01]]*) - # Catch all versions of IRIX before 6.2, and indicate that we don't - # know how it worked for any of those versions. - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown - ;; - irix*) - # The case above catches anything before 6.2, and it's known that - # at 6.2 and later dlopen does load deplibs. - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes - ;; - netbsd*) - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes - ;; - openbsd*) - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes - ;; - osf[[1234]]*) - # dlopen did load deplibs (at least at 4.x), but until the 5.x series, - # it did *not* use an RPATH in a shared library to find objects the - # library depends on, so we explicitly say `no'. - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=no - ;; - osf5.0|osf5.0a|osf5.1) - # dlopen *does* load deplibs and with the right loader patch applied - # it even uses RPATH in a shared library to search for shared objects - # that the library depends on, but there's no easy way to know if that - # patch is installed. Since this is the case, all we can really - # say is unknown -- it depends on the patch being installed. If - # it is, this changes to `yes'. Without it, it would be `no'. - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=unknown - ;; - osf*) - # the two cases above should catch all versions of osf <= 5.1. Read - # the comments above for what we know about them. - # At > 5.1, deplibs are loaded *and* any RPATH in a shared library - # is used to find them so we can finally say `yes'. - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes - ;; - qnx*) - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes - ;; - solaris*) - lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes - ;; - sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*) - libltdl_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs=yes - ;; - esac - ]) -if test "$lt_cv_sys_dlopen_deplibs" != yes; then - AC_DEFINE([LTDL_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS], [1], - [Define if the OS needs help to load dependent libraries for dlopen().]) -fi -])# LT_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS - -# Old name: -AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS], [LT_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SYS_DLOPEN_DEPLIBS], []) - - -# LT_SYS_MODULE_EXT -# ----------------- -AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_MODULE_EXT], -[m4_require([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])dnl -AC_CACHE_CHECK([which extension is used for runtime loadable modules], - [libltdl_cv_shlibext], -[ -module=yes -eval libltdl_cv_shlibext=$shrext_cmds - ]) -if test -n "$libltdl_cv_shlibext"; then - m4_pattern_allow([LT_MODULE_EXT])dnl - AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LT_MODULE_EXT], ["$libltdl_cv_shlibext"], - [Define to the extension used for runtime loadable modules, say, ".so".]) -fi -])# LT_SYS_MODULE_EXT - -# Old name: -AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_SHLIBEXT], [LT_SYS_MODULE_EXT]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SHLIBEXT], []) - - -# LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH -# ------------------ -AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH], -[m4_require([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])dnl -AC_CACHE_CHECK([which variable specifies run-time module search path], - [lt_cv_module_path_var], [lt_cv_module_path_var="$shlibpath_var"]) -if test -n "$lt_cv_module_path_var"; then - m4_pattern_allow([LT_MODULE_PATH_VAR])dnl - AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LT_MODULE_PATH_VAR], ["$lt_cv_module_path_var"], - [Define to the name of the environment variable that determines the run-time module search path.]) -fi -])# LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH - -# Old name: -AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_SHLIBPATH], [LT_SYS_MODULE_PATH]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SHLIBPATH], []) - - -# LT_SYS_DLSEARCH_PATH -# -------------------- -AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_DLSEARCH_PATH], -[m4_require([_LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER])dnl -AC_CACHE_CHECK([for the default library search path], - [lt_cv_sys_dlsearch_path], - [lt_cv_sys_dlsearch_path="$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec"]) -if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_dlsearch_path"; then - sys_dlsearch_path= - for dir in $lt_cv_sys_dlsearch_path; do - if test -z "$sys_dlsearch_path"; then - sys_dlsearch_path="$dir" - else - sys_dlsearch_path="$sys_dlsearch_path$PATH_SEPARATOR$dir" - fi - done - m4_pattern_allow([LT_DLSEARCH_PATH])dnl - AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([LT_DLSEARCH_PATH], ["$sys_dlsearch_path"], - [Define to the system default library search path.]) -fi -])# LT_SYS_DLSEARCH_PATH - -# Old name: -AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH], [LT_SYS_DLSEARCH_PATH]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SYSSEARCHPATH], []) - - -# _LT_CHECK_DLPREOPEN -# ------------------- -m4_defun([_LT_CHECK_DLPREOPEN], -[m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl -AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether libtool supports -dlopen/-dlpreopen], - [libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols], - [if test -n "$lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe"; then - libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols=yes - else - libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols=no - fi - ]) -if test x"$libltdl_cv_preloaded_symbols" = xyes; then - AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PRELOADED_SYMBOLS], [1], - [Define if libtool can extract symbol lists from object files.]) -fi -])# _LT_CHECK_DLPREOPEN - - -# LT_LIB_DLLOAD -# ------------- -AC_DEFUN([LT_LIB_DLLOAD], -[m4_pattern_allow([^LT_DLLOADERS$]) -LT_DLLOADERS= -AC_SUBST([LT_DLLOADERS]) - -AC_LANG_PUSH([C]) - -LIBADD_DLOPEN= -AC_SEARCH_LIBS([dlopen], [dl], - [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBDL], [1], - [Define if you have the libdl library or equivalent.]) - if test "$ac_cv_search_dlopen" != "none required" ; then - LIBADD_DLOPEN="-ldl" - fi - libltdl_cv_lib_dl_dlopen="yes" - LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}dlopen.la"], - [AC_LINK_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[#if HAVE_DLFCN_H -# include -#endif - ]], [[dlopen(0, 0);]])], - [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBDL], [1], - [Define if you have the libdl library or equivalent.]) - libltdl_cv_func_dlopen="yes" - LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}dlopen.la"], - [AC_CHECK_LIB([svld], [dlopen], - [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBDL], [1], - [Define if you have the libdl library or equivalent.]) - LIBADD_DLOPEN="-lsvld" libltdl_cv_func_dlopen="yes" - LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}dlopen.la"])])]) -if test x"$libltdl_cv_func_dlopen" = xyes || test x"$libltdl_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes -then - lt_save_LIBS="$LIBS" - LIBS="$LIBS $LIBADD_DLOPEN" - AC_CHECK_FUNCS([dlerror]) - LIBS="$lt_save_LIBS" -fi -AC_SUBST([LIBADD_DLOPEN]) - -LIBADD_SHL_LOAD= -AC_CHECK_FUNC([shl_load], - [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHL_LOAD], [1], - [Define if you have the shl_load function.]) - LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}shl_load.la"], - [AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [shl_load], - [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_SHL_LOAD], [1], - [Define if you have the shl_load function.]) - LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}shl_load.la" - LIBADD_SHL_LOAD="-ldld"])]) -AC_SUBST([LIBADD_SHL_LOAD]) - -case $host_os in -darwin[[1567]].*) -# We only want this for pre-Mac OS X 10.4. - AC_CHECK_FUNC([_dyld_func_lookup], - [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DYLD], [1], - [Define if you have the _dyld_func_lookup function.]) - LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}dyld.la"]) - ;; -beos*) - LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}load_add_on.la" - ;; -cygwin* | mingw* | os2* | pw32*) - AC_CHECK_DECLS([cygwin_conv_path], [], [], [[#include ]]) - LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}loadlibrary.la" - ;; -esac - -AC_CHECK_LIB([dld], [dld_link], - [AC_DEFINE([HAVE_DLD], [1], - [Define if you have the GNU dld library.]) - LT_DLLOADERS="$LT_DLLOADERS ${lt_dlopen_dir+$lt_dlopen_dir/}dld_link.la"]) -AC_SUBST([LIBADD_DLD_LINK]) - -m4_pattern_allow([^LT_DLPREOPEN$]) -LT_DLPREOPEN= -if test -n "$LT_DLLOADERS" -then - for lt_loader in $LT_DLLOADERS; do - LT_DLPREOPEN="$LT_DLPREOPEN-dlpreopen $lt_loader " - done - AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIBDLLOADER], [1], - [Define if libdlloader will be built on this platform]) -fi -AC_SUBST([LT_DLPREOPEN]) - -dnl This isn't used anymore, but set it for backwards compatibility -LIBADD_DL="$LIBADD_DLOPEN $LIBADD_SHL_LOAD" -AC_SUBST([LIBADD_DL]) - -AC_LANG_POP -])# LT_LIB_DLLOAD - -# Old name: -AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_DLLIB], [LT_LIB_DLLOAD]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_DLLIB], []) - - -# LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE -# -------------------- -# does the compiler prefix global symbols with an underscore? -AC_DEFUN([LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE], -[m4_require([_LT_CMD_GLOBAL_SYMBOLS])dnl -AC_CACHE_CHECK([for _ prefix in compiled symbols], - [lt_cv_sys_symbol_underscore], - [lt_cv_sys_symbol_underscore=no - cat > conftest.$ac_ext <<_LT_EOF -void nm_test_func(){} -int main(){nm_test_func;return 0;} -_LT_EOF - if AC_TRY_EVAL(ac_compile); then - # Now try to grab the symbols. - ac_nlist=conftest.nm - if AC_TRY_EVAL(NM conftest.$ac_objext \| $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe \> $ac_nlist) && test -s "$ac_nlist"; then - # See whether the symbols have a leading underscore. - if grep '^. _nm_test_func' "$ac_nlist" >/dev/null; then - lt_cv_sys_symbol_underscore=yes - else - if grep '^. nm_test_func ' "$ac_nlist" >/dev/null; then - : - else - echo "configure: cannot find nm_test_func in $ac_nlist" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - fi - fi - else - echo "configure: cannot run $lt_cv_sys_global_symbol_pipe" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - fi - else - echo "configure: failed program was:" >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - cat conftest.c >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD - fi - rm -rf conftest* - ]) - sys_symbol_underscore=$lt_cv_sys_symbol_underscore - AC_SUBST([sys_symbol_underscore]) -])# LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE - -# Old name: -AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_SYMBOL_USCORE], [LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_SYMBOL_USCORE], []) - - -# LT_FUNC_DLSYM_USCORE -# -------------------- -AC_DEFUN([LT_FUNC_DLSYM_USCORE], -[AC_REQUIRE([LT_SYS_SYMBOL_USCORE])dnl -if test x"$lt_cv_sys_symbol_underscore" = xyes; then - if test x"$libltdl_cv_func_dlopen" = xyes || - test x"$libltdl_cv_lib_dl_dlopen" = xyes ; then - AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether we have to add an underscore for dlsym], - [libltdl_cv_need_uscore], - [libltdl_cv_need_uscore=unknown - save_LIBS="$LIBS" - LIBS="$LIBS $LIBADD_DLOPEN" - _LT_TRY_DLOPEN_SELF( - [libltdl_cv_need_uscore=no], [libltdl_cv_need_uscore=yes], - [], [libltdl_cv_need_uscore=cross]) - LIBS="$save_LIBS" - ]) - fi -fi - -if test x"$libltdl_cv_need_uscore" = xyes; then - AC_DEFINE([NEED_USCORE], [1], - [Define if dlsym() requires a leading underscore in symbol names.]) -fi -])# LT_FUNC_DLSYM_USCORE - -# Old name: -AU_ALIAS([AC_LTDL_DLSYM_USCORE], [LT_FUNC_DLSYM_USCORE]) -dnl aclocal-1.4 backwards compatibility: -dnl AC_DEFUN([AC_LTDL_DLSYM_USCORE], []) - -# Copyright (C) 2002, 2003, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION(VERSION) -# ---------------------------- -# Automake X.Y traces this macro to ensure aclocal.m4 has been -# generated from the m4 files accompanying Automake X.Y. -# (This private macro should not be called outside this file.) -AC_DEFUN([AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], -[am__api_version='1.11' -dnl Some users find AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and mistake it for a way to -dnl require some minimum version. Point them to the right macro. -m4_if([$1], [1.11.1], [], - [AC_FATAL([Do not call $0, use AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([$1]).])])dnl -]) - -# _AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(VERSION) -# ----------------------------- -# aclocal traces this macro to find the Autoconf version. -# This is a private macro too. Using m4_define simplifies -# the logic in aclocal, which can simply ignore this definition. -m4_define([_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION], []) - -# AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION -# ------------------------------- -# Call AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION and AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION so they can be traced. -# This function is AC_REQUIREd by AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. -AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION], -[AM_AUTOMAKE_VERSION([1.11.1])dnl -m4_ifndef([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION], - [m4_copy([m4_PACKAGE_VERSION], [AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION])])dnl -_AM_AUTOCONF_VERSION(m4_defn([AC_AUTOCONF_VERSION]))]) - -# Figure out how to run the assembler. -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 5 - -# AM_PROG_AS -# ---------- -AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_AS], -[# By default we simply use the C compiler to build assembly code. -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) -test "${CCAS+set}" = set || CCAS=$CC -test "${CCASFLAGS+set}" = set || CCASFLAGS=$CFLAGS -AC_ARG_VAR([CCAS], [assembler compiler command (defaults to CC)]) -AC_ARG_VAR([CCASFLAGS], [assembler compiler flags (defaults to CFLAGS)]) -_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],, [_AM_DEPENDENCIES([CCAS])])dnl -]) - -# AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# For projects using AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([foo]), Autoconf sets -# $ac_aux_dir to `$srcdir/foo'. In other projects, it is set to -# `$srcdir', `$srcdir/..', or `$srcdir/../..'. -# -# Of course, Automake must honor this variable whenever it calls a -# tool from the auxiliary directory. The problem is that $srcdir (and -# therefore $ac_aux_dir as well) can be either absolute or relative, -# depending on how configure is run. This is pretty annoying, since -# it makes $ac_aux_dir quite unusable in subdirectories: in the top -# source directory, any form will work fine, but in subdirectories a -# relative path needs to be adjusted first. -# -# $ac_aux_dir/missing -# fails when called from a subdirectory if $ac_aux_dir is relative -# $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing -# fails if $ac_aux_dir is absolute, -# fails when called from a subdirectory in a VPATH build with -# a relative $ac_aux_dir -# -# The reason of the latter failure is that $top_srcdir and $ac_aux_dir -# are both prefixed by $srcdir. In an in-source build this is usually -# harmless because $srcdir is `.', but things will broke when you -# start a VPATH build or use an absolute $srcdir. -# -# So we could use something similar to $top_srcdir/$ac_aux_dir/missing, -# iff we strip the leading $srcdir from $ac_aux_dir. That would be: -# am_aux_dir='\$(top_srcdir)/'`expr "$ac_aux_dir" : "$srcdir//*\(.*\)"` -# and then we would define $MISSING as -# MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" -# This will work as long as MISSING is not called from configure, because -# unfortunately $(top_srcdir) has no meaning in configure. -# However there are other variables, like CC, which are often used in -# configure, and could therefore not use this "fixed" $ac_aux_dir. -# -# Another solution, used here, is to always expand $ac_aux_dir to an -# absolute PATH. The drawback is that using absolute paths prevent a -# configured tree to be moved without reconfiguration. - -AC_DEFUN([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND], -[dnl Rely on autoconf to set up CDPATH properly. -AC_PREREQ([2.50])dnl -# expand $ac_aux_dir to an absolute path -am_aux_dir=`cd $ac_aux_dir && pwd` -]) - -# AM_CONDITIONAL -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2008 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 9 - -# AM_CONDITIONAL(NAME, SHELL-CONDITION) -# ------------------------------------- -# Define a conditional. -AC_DEFUN([AM_CONDITIONAL], -[AC_PREREQ(2.52)dnl - ifelse([$1], [TRUE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])], - [$1], [FALSE], [AC_FATAL([$0: invalid condition: $1])])dnl -AC_SUBST([$1_TRUE])dnl -AC_SUBST([$1_FALSE])dnl -_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_TRUE])dnl -_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([$1_FALSE])dnl -m4_define([_AM_COND_VALUE_$1], [$2])dnl -if $2; then - $1_TRUE= - $1_FALSE='#' -else - $1_TRUE='#' - $1_FALSE= -fi -AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE( -[if test -z "${$1_TRUE}" && test -z "${$1_FALSE}"; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([[conditional "$1" was never defined. -Usually this means the macro was only invoked conditionally.]]) -fi])]) - -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2009 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 10 - -# There are a few dirty hacks below to avoid letting `AC_PROG_CC' be -# written in clear, in which case automake, when reading aclocal.m4, -# will think it sees a *use*, and therefore will trigger all it's -# C support machinery. Also note that it means that autoscan, seeing -# CC etc. in the Makefile, will ask for an AC_PROG_CC use... - - -# _AM_DEPENDENCIES(NAME) -# ---------------------- -# See how the compiler implements dependency checking. -# NAME is "CC", "CXX", "GCJ", or "OBJC". -# We try a few techniques and use that to set a single cache variable. -# -# We don't AC_REQUIRE the corresponding AC_PROG_CC since the latter was -# modified to invoke _AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC); we would have a circular -# dependency, and given that the user is not expected to run this macro, -# just rely on AC_PROG_CC. -AC_DEFUN([_AM_DEPENDENCIES], -[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_DEPDIR])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AM_DEP_TRACK])dnl - -ifelse([$1], CC, [depcc="$CC" am_compiler_list=], - [$1], CXX, [depcc="$CXX" am_compiler_list=], - [$1], OBJC, [depcc="$OBJC" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], - [$1], UPC, [depcc="$UPC" am_compiler_list=], - [$1], GCJ, [depcc="$GCJ" am_compiler_list='gcc3 gcc'], - [depcc="$$1" am_compiler_list=]) - -AC_CACHE_CHECK([dependency style of $depcc], - [am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type], -[if test -z "$AMDEP_TRUE" && test -f "$am_depcomp"; then - # We make a subdir and do the tests there. Otherwise we can end up - # making bogus files that we don't know about and never remove. For - # instance it was reported that on HP-UX the gcc test will end up - # making a dummy file named `D' -- because `-MD' means `put the output - # in D'. - mkdir conftest.dir - # Copy depcomp to subdir because otherwise we won't find it if we're - # using a relative directory. - cp "$am_depcomp" conftest.dir - cd conftest.dir - # We will build objects and dependencies in a subdirectory because - # it helps to detect inapplicable dependency modes. For instance - # both Tru64's cc and ICC support -MD to output dependencies as a - # side effect of compilation, but ICC will put the dependencies in - # the current directory while Tru64 will put them in the object - # directory. - mkdir sub - - am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none - if test "$am_compiler_list" = ""; then - am_compiler_list=`sed -n ['s/^#*\([a-zA-Z0-9]*\))$/\1/p'] < ./depcomp` - fi - am__universal=false - m4_case([$1], [CC], - [case " $depcc " in #( - *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; - esac], - [CXX], - [case " $depcc " in #( - *\ -arch\ *\ -arch\ *) am__universal=true ;; - esac]) - - for depmode in $am_compiler_list; do - # Setup a source with many dependencies, because some compilers - # like to wrap large dependency lists on column 80 (with \), and - # we should not choose a depcomp mode which is confused by this. - # - # We need to recreate these files for each test, as the compiler may - # overwrite some of them when testing with obscure command lines. - # This happens at least with the AIX C compiler. - : > sub/conftest.c - for i in 1 2 3 4 5 6; do - echo '#include "conftst'$i'.h"' >> sub/conftest.c - # Using `: > sub/conftst$i.h' creates only sub/conftst1.h with - # Solaris 8's {/usr,}/bin/sh. - touch sub/conftst$i.h - done - echo "${am__include} ${am__quote}sub/conftest.Po${am__quote}" > confmf - - # We check with `-c' and `-o' for the sake of the "dashmstdout" - # mode. It turns out that the SunPro C++ compiler does not properly - # handle `-M -o', and we need to detect this. Also, some Intel - # versions had trouble with output in subdirs - am__obj=sub/conftest.${OBJEXT-o} - am__minus_obj="-o $am__obj" - case $depmode in - gcc) - # This depmode causes a compiler race in universal mode. - test "$am__universal" = false || continue - ;; - nosideeffect) - # after this tag, mechanisms are not by side-effect, so they'll - # only be used when explicitly requested - if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" = xyes; then - continue - else - break - fi - ;; - msvisualcpp | msvcmsys) - # This compiler won't grok `-c -o', but also, the minuso test has - # not run yet. These depmodes are late enough in the game, and - # so weak that their functioning should not be impacted. - am__obj=conftest.${OBJEXT-o} - am__minus_obj= - ;; - none) break ;; - esac - if depmode=$depmode \ - source=sub/conftest.c object=$am__obj \ - depfile=sub/conftest.Po tmpdepfile=sub/conftest.TPo \ - $SHELL ./depcomp $depcc -c $am__minus_obj sub/conftest.c \ - >/dev/null 2>conftest.err && - grep sub/conftst1.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - grep sub/conftst6.h sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - grep $am__obj sub/conftest.Po > /dev/null 2>&1 && - ${MAKE-make} -s -f confmf > /dev/null 2>&1; then - # icc doesn't choke on unknown options, it will just issue warnings - # or remarks (even with -Werror). So we grep stderr for any message - # that says an option was ignored or not supported. - # When given -MP, icc 7.0 and 7.1 complain thusly: - # icc: Command line warning: ignoring option '-M'; no argument required - # The diagnosis changed in icc 8.0: - # icc: Command line remark: option '-MP' not supported - if (grep 'ignoring option' conftest.err || - grep 'not supported' conftest.err) >/dev/null 2>&1; then :; else - am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=$depmode - break - fi - fi - done - - cd .. - rm -rf conftest.dir -else - am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type=none -fi -]) -AC_SUBST([$1DEPMODE], [depmode=$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type]) -AM_CONDITIONAL([am__fastdep$1], [ - test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno \ - && test "$am_cv_$1_dependencies_compiler_type" = gcc3]) -]) - - -# AM_SET_DEPDIR -# ------------- -# Choose a directory name for dependency files. -# This macro is AC_REQUIREd in _AM_DEPENDENCIES -AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_DEPDIR], -[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl -AC_SUBST([DEPDIR], ["${am__leading_dot}deps"])dnl -]) - - -# AM_DEP_TRACK -# ------------ -AC_DEFUN([AM_DEP_TRACK], -[AC_ARG_ENABLE(dependency-tracking, -[ --disable-dependency-tracking speeds up one-time build - --enable-dependency-tracking do not reject slow dependency extractors]) -if test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno; then - am_depcomp="$ac_aux_dir/depcomp" - AMDEPBACKSLASH='\' -fi -AM_CONDITIONAL([AMDEP], [test "x$enable_dependency_tracking" != xno]) -AC_SUBST([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl -_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([AMDEPBACKSLASH])dnl -]) - -# Generate code to set up dependency tracking. -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -#serial 5 - -# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS -# ------------------------------ -AC_DEFUN([_AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], -[{ - # Autoconf 2.62 quotes --file arguments for eval, but not when files - # are listed without --file. Let's play safe and only enable the eval - # if we detect the quoting. - case $CONFIG_FILES in - *\'*) eval set x "$CONFIG_FILES" ;; - *) set x $CONFIG_FILES ;; - esac - shift - for mf - do - # Strip MF so we end up with the name of the file. - mf=`echo "$mf" | sed -e 's/:.*$//'` - # Check whether this is an Automake generated Makefile or not. - # We used to match only the files named `Makefile.in', but - # some people rename them; so instead we look at the file content. - # Grep'ing the first line is not enough: some people post-process - # each Makefile.in and add a new line on top of each file to say so. - # Grep'ing the whole file is not good either: AIX grep has a line - # limit of 2048, but all sed's we know have understand at least 4000. - if sed -n 's,^#.*generated by automake.*,X,p' "$mf" | grep X >/dev/null 2>&1; then - dirpart=`AS_DIRNAME("$mf")` - else - continue - fi - # Extract the definition of DEPDIR, am__include, and am__quote - # from the Makefile without running `make'. - DEPDIR=`sed -n 's/^DEPDIR = //p' < "$mf"` - test -z "$DEPDIR" && continue - am__include=`sed -n 's/^am__include = //p' < "$mf"` - test -z "am__include" && continue - am__quote=`sed -n 's/^am__quote = //p' < "$mf"` - # When using ansi2knr, U may be empty or an underscore; expand it - U=`sed -n 's/^U = //p' < "$mf"` - # Find all dependency output files, they are included files with - # $(DEPDIR) in their names. We invoke sed twice because it is the - # simplest approach to changing $(DEPDIR) to its actual value in the - # expansion. - for file in `sed -n " - s/^$am__include $am__quote\(.*(DEPDIR).*\)$am__quote"'$/\1/p' <"$mf" | \ - sed -e 's/\$(DEPDIR)/'"$DEPDIR"'/g' -e 's/\$U/'"$U"'/g'`; do - # Make sure the directory exists. - test -f "$dirpart/$file" && continue - fdir=`AS_DIRNAME(["$file"])` - AS_MKDIR_P([$dirpart/$fdir]) - # echo "creating $dirpart/$file" - echo '# dummy' > "$dirpart/$file" - done - done -} -])# _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS - - -# AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS -# ----------------------------- -# This macro should only be invoked once -- use via AC_REQUIRE. -# -# This code is only required when automatic dependency tracking -# is enabled. FIXME. This creates each `.P' file that we will -# need in order to bootstrap the dependency handling code. -AC_DEFUN([AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], -[AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([depfiles], - [test x"$AMDEP_TRUE" != x"" || _AM_OUTPUT_DEPENDENCY_COMMANDS], - [AMDEP_TRUE="$AMDEP_TRUE" ac_aux_dir="$ac_aux_dir"]) -]) - -# Do all the work for Automake. -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, -# 2005, 2006, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 16 - -# This macro actually does too much. Some checks are only needed if -# your package does certain things. But this isn't really a big deal. - -# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(PACKAGE, VERSION, [NO-DEFINE]) -# AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([OPTIONS]) -# ----------------------------------------------- -# The call with PACKAGE and VERSION arguments is the old style -# call (pre autoconf-2.50), which is being phased out. PACKAGE -# and VERSION should now be passed to AC_INIT and removed from -# the call to AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE. -# We support both call styles for the transition. After -# the next Automake release, Autoconf can make the AC_INIT -# arguments mandatory, and then we can depend on a new Autoconf -# release and drop the old call support. -AC_DEFUN([AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE], -[AC_PREREQ([2.62])dnl -dnl Autoconf wants to disallow AM_ names. We explicitly allow -dnl the ones we care about. -m4_pattern_allow([^AM_[A-Z]+FLAGS$])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_CURRENT_AUTOMAKE_VERSION])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl -if test "`cd $srcdir && pwd`" != "`pwd`"; then - # Use -I$(srcdir) only when $(srcdir) != ., so that make's output - # is not polluted with repeated "-I." - AC_SUBST([am__isrc], [' -I$(srcdir)'])_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE([am__isrc])dnl - # test to see if srcdir already configured - if test -f $srcdir/config.status; then - AC_MSG_ERROR([source directory already configured; run "make distclean" there first]) - fi -fi - -# test whether we have cygpath -if test -z "$CYGPATH_W"; then - if (cygpath --version) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then - CYGPATH_W='cygpath -w' - else - CYGPATH_W=echo - fi -fi -AC_SUBST([CYGPATH_W]) - -# Define the identity of the package. -dnl Distinguish between old-style and new-style calls. -m4_ifval([$2], -[m4_ifval([$3], [_AM_SET_OPTION([no-define])])dnl - AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], [$1])dnl - AC_SUBST([VERSION], [$2])], -[_AM_SET_OPTIONS([$1])dnl -dnl Diagnose old-style AC_INIT with new-style AM_AUTOMAKE_INIT. -m4_if(m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_NAME], 1)m4_ifdef([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION], 1), 11,, - [m4_fatal([AC_INIT should be called with package and version arguments])])dnl - AC_SUBST([PACKAGE], ['AC_PACKAGE_TARNAME'])dnl - AC_SUBST([VERSION], ['AC_PACKAGE_VERSION'])])dnl - -_AM_IF_OPTION([no-define],, -[AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE", [Name of package]) - AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION", [Version number of package])])dnl - -# Some tools Automake needs. -AC_REQUIRE([AM_SANITY_CHECK])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_ARG_PROGRAM])dnl -AM_MISSING_PROG(ACLOCAL, aclocal-${am__api_version}) -AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOCONF, autoconf) -AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOMAKE, automake-${am__api_version}) -AM_MISSING_PROG(AUTOHEADER, autoheader) -AM_MISSING_PROG(MAKEINFO, makeinfo) -AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl -# We need awk for the "check" target. The system "awk" is bad on -# some platforms. -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_AWK])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT])dnl -_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-ustar], [_AM_PROG_TAR([ustar])], - [_AM_IF_OPTION([tar-pax], [_AM_PROG_TAR([pax])], - [_AM_PROG_TAR([v7])])]) -_AM_IF_OPTION([no-dependencies],, -[AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CC], - [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)], - [define([AC_PROG_CC], - defn([AC_PROG_CC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CC)])])dnl -AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_CXX], - [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)], - [define([AC_PROG_CXX], - defn([AC_PROG_CXX])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(CXX)])])dnl -AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE([AC_PROG_OBJC], - [_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)], - [define([AC_PROG_OBJC], - defn([AC_PROG_OBJC])[_AM_DEPENDENCIES(OBJC)])])dnl -]) -_AM_IF_OPTION([silent-rules], [AC_REQUIRE([AM_SILENT_RULES])])dnl -dnl The `parallel-tests' driver may need to know about EXEEXT, so add the -dnl `am__EXEEXT' conditional if _AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT was seen. This macro -dnl is hooked onto _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT early, see below. -AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE(dnl -[m4_provide_if([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT], - [AM_CONDITIONAL([am__EXEEXT], [test -n "$EXEEXT"])])])dnl -]) - -dnl Hook into `_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT' early to learn its expansion. Do not -dnl add the conditional right here, as _AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT may be further -dnl mangled by Autoconf and run in a shell conditional statement. -m4_define([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT], -m4_defn([_AC_COMPILER_EXEEXT])[m4_provide([_AM_COMPILER_EXEEXT])]) - - -# When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file. -# This file resides in the same directory as the config header -# that is generated. The stamp files are numbered to have different names. - -# Autoconf calls _AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK (when defined) in the -# loop where config.status creates the headers, so we can generate -# our stamp files there. -AC_DEFUN([_AC_AM_CONFIG_HEADER_HOOK], -[# Compute $1's index in $config_headers. -_am_arg=$1 -_am_stamp_count=1 -for _am_header in $config_headers :; do - case $_am_header in - $_am_arg | $_am_arg:* ) - break ;; - * ) - _am_stamp_count=`expr $_am_stamp_count + 1` ;; - esac -done -echo "timestamp for $_am_arg" >`AS_DIRNAME(["$_am_arg"])`/stamp-h[]$_am_stamp_count]) - -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH -# ------------------ -# Define $install_sh. -AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH], -[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl -if test x"${install_sh}" != xset; then - case $am_aux_dir in - *\ * | *\ *) - install_sh="\${SHELL} '$am_aux_dir/install-sh'" ;; - *) - install_sh="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/install-sh" - esac -fi -AC_SUBST(install_sh)]) - -# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 2 - -# Check whether the underlying file-system supports filenames -# with a leading dot. For instance MS-DOS doesn't. -AC_DEFUN([AM_SET_LEADING_DOT], -[rm -rf .tst 2>/dev/null -mkdir .tst 2>/dev/null -if test -d .tst; then - am__leading_dot=. -else - am__leading_dot=_ -fi -rmdir .tst 2>/dev/null -AC_SUBST([am__leading_dot])]) - -# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure. -*- Autoconf -*- -# From Jim Meyering - -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1998, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 5 - -# AM_MAINTAINER_MODE([DEFAULT-MODE]) -# ---------------------------------- -# Control maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles. -# Default is to disable them, unless `enable' is passed literally. -# For symmetry, `disable' may be passed as well. Anyway, the user -# can override the default with the --enable/--disable switch. -AC_DEFUN([AM_MAINTAINER_MODE], -[m4_case(m4_default([$1], [disable]), - [enable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [disable])], - [disable], [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable])], - [m4_define([am_maintainer_other], [enable]) - m4_warn([syntax], [unexpected argument to AM@&t@_MAINTAINER_MODE: $1])]) -AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to am_maintainer_other maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles]) - dnl maintainer-mode's default is 'disable' unless 'enable' is passed - AC_ARG_ENABLE([maintainer-mode], -[ --][am_maintainer_other][-maintainer-mode am_maintainer_other make rules and dependencies not useful - (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer], - [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval], - [USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=]m4_if(am_maintainer_other, [enable], [no], [yes])) - AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_MAINTAINER_MODE]) - AM_CONDITIONAL([MAINTAINER_MODE], [test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes]) - MAINT=$MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE - AC_SUBST([MAINT])dnl -] -) - -AU_DEFUN([jm_MAINTAINER_MODE], [AM_MAINTAINER_MODE]) - -# Check to see how 'make' treats includes. -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 4 - -# AM_MAKE_INCLUDE() -# ----------------- -# Check to see how make treats includes. -AC_DEFUN([AM_MAKE_INCLUDE], -[am_make=${MAKE-make} -cat > confinc << 'END' -am__doit: - @echo this is the am__doit target -.PHONY: am__doit -END -# If we don't find an include directive, just comment out the code. -AC_MSG_CHECKING([for style of include used by $am_make]) -am__include="#" -am__quote= -_am_result=none -# First try GNU make style include. -echo "include confinc" > confmf -# Ignore all kinds of additional output from `make'. -case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( -*the\ am__doit\ target*) - am__include=include - am__quote= - _am_result=GNU - ;; -esac -# Now try BSD make style include. -if test "$am__include" = "#"; then - echo '.include "confinc"' > confmf - case `$am_make -s -f confmf 2> /dev/null` in #( - *the\ am__doit\ target*) - am__include=.include - am__quote="\"" - _am_result=BSD - ;; - esac -fi -AC_SUBST([am__include]) -AC_SUBST([am__quote]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$_am_result]) -rm -f confinc confmf -]) - -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 6 - -# AM_PROG_CC_C_O -# -------------- -# Like AC_PROG_CC_C_O, but changed for automake. -AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_CC_C_O], -[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC_C_O])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl -AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([compile])dnl -# FIXME: we rely on the cache variable name because -# there is no other way. -set dummy $CC -am_cc=`echo $[2] | sed ['s/[^a-zA-Z0-9_]/_/g;s/^[0-9]/_/']` -eval am_t=\$ac_cv_prog_cc_${am_cc}_c_o -if test "$am_t" != yes; then - # Losing compiler, so override with the script. - # FIXME: It is wrong to rewrite CC. - # But if we don't then we get into trouble of one sort or another. - # A longer-term fix would be to have automake use am__CC in this case, - # and then we could set am__CC="\$(top_srcdir)/compile \$(CC)" - CC="$am_aux_dir/compile $CC" -fi -dnl Make sure AC_PROG_CC is never called again, or it will override our -dnl setting of CC. -m4_define([AC_PROG_CC], - [m4_fatal([AC_PROG_CC cannot be called after AM_PROG_CC_C_O])]) -]) - -# Fake the existence of programs that GNU maintainers use. -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2008 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 6 - -# AM_MISSING_PROG(NAME, PROGRAM) -# ------------------------------ -AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_PROG], -[AC_REQUIRE([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN]) -$1=${$1-"${am_missing_run}$2"} -AC_SUBST($1)]) - - -# AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN -# ------------------ -# Define MISSING if not defined so far and test if it supports --run. -# If it does, set am_missing_run to use it, otherwise, to nothing. -AC_DEFUN([AM_MISSING_HAS_RUN], -[AC_REQUIRE([AM_AUX_DIR_EXPAND])dnl -AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([missing])dnl -if test x"${MISSING+set}" != xset; then - case $am_aux_dir in - *\ * | *\ *) - MISSING="\${SHELL} \"$am_aux_dir/missing\"" ;; - *) - MISSING="\${SHELL} $am_aux_dir/missing" ;; - esac -fi -# Use eval to expand $SHELL -if eval "$MISSING --run true"; then - am_missing_run="$MISSING --run " -else - am_missing_run= - AC_MSG_WARN([`missing' script is too old or missing]) -fi -]) - -# Copyright (C) 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# AM_PROG_MKDIR_P -# --------------- -# Check for `mkdir -p'. -AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P], -[AC_PREREQ([2.60])dnl -AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl -dnl Automake 1.8 to 1.9.6 used to define mkdir_p. We now use MKDIR_P, -dnl while keeping a definition of mkdir_p for backward compatibility. -dnl @MKDIR_P@ is magic: AC_OUTPUT adjusts its value for each Makefile. -dnl However we cannot define mkdir_p as $(MKDIR_P) for the sake of -dnl Makefile.ins that do not define MKDIR_P, so we do our own -dnl adjustment using top_builddir (which is defined more often than -dnl MKDIR_P). -AC_SUBST([mkdir_p], ["$MKDIR_P"])dnl -case $mkdir_p in - [[\\/$]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*) ;; - */*) mkdir_p="\$(top_builddir)/$mkdir_p" ;; -esac -]) - -# Helper functions for option handling. -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2005, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 4 - -# _AM_MANGLE_OPTION(NAME) -# ----------------------- -AC_DEFUN([_AM_MANGLE_OPTION], -[[_AM_OPTION_]m4_bpatsubst($1, [[^a-zA-Z0-9_]], [_])]) - -# _AM_SET_OPTION(NAME) -# ------------------------------ -# Set option NAME. Presently that only means defining a flag for this option. -AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTION], -[m4_define(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), 1)]) - -# _AM_SET_OPTIONS(OPTIONS) -# ---------------------------------- -# OPTIONS is a space-separated list of Automake options. -AC_DEFUN([_AM_SET_OPTIONS], -[m4_foreach_w([_AM_Option], [$1], [_AM_SET_OPTION(_AM_Option)])]) - -# _AM_IF_OPTION(OPTION, IF-SET, [IF-NOT-SET]) -# ------------------------------------------- -# Execute IF-SET if OPTION is set, IF-NOT-SET otherwise. -AC_DEFUN([_AM_IF_OPTION], -[m4_ifset(_AM_MANGLE_OPTION([$1]), [$2], [$3])]) - -# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane. -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2005, 2008 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 5 - -# AM_SANITY_CHECK -# --------------- -AC_DEFUN([AM_SANITY_CHECK], -[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane]) -# Just in case -sleep 1 -echo timestamp > conftest.file -# Reject unsafe characters in $srcdir or the absolute working directory -# name. Accept space and tab only in the latter. -am_lf=' -' -case `pwd` in - *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf]]*) - AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe absolute working directory name]);; -esac -case $srcdir in - *[[\\\"\#\$\&\'\`$am_lf\ \ ]]*) - AC_MSG_ERROR([unsafe srcdir value: `$srcdir']);; -esac - -# Do `set' in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's -# arguments. Must try -L first in case configure is actually a -# symlink; some systems play weird games with the mod time of symlinks -# (eg FreeBSD returns the mod time of the symlink's containing -# directory). -if ( - set X `ls -Lt "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file 2> /dev/null` - if test "$[*]" = "X"; then - # -L didn't work. - set X `ls -t "$srcdir/configure" conftest.file` - fi - rm -f conftest.file - if test "$[*]" != "X $srcdir/configure conftest.file" \ - && test "$[*]" != "X conftest.file $srcdir/configure"; then - - # If neither matched, then we have a broken ls. This can happen - # if, for instance, CONFIG_SHELL is bash and it inherits a - # broken ls alias from the environment. This has actually - # happened. Such a system could not be considered "sane". - AC_MSG_ERROR([ls -t appears to fail. Make sure there is not a broken -alias in your environment]) - fi - - test "$[2]" = conftest.file - ) -then - # Ok. - : -else - AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files! -Check your system clock]) -fi -AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)]) - -# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP -# --------------------- -# One issue with vendor `install' (even GNU) is that you can't -# specify the program used to strip binaries. This is especially -# annoying in cross-compiling environments, where the build's strip -# is unlikely to handle the host's binaries. -# Fortunately install-sh will honor a STRIPPROG variable, so we -# always use install-sh in `make install-strip', and initialize -# STRIPPROG with the value of the STRIP variable (set by the user). -AC_DEFUN([AM_PROG_INSTALL_STRIP], -[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL_SH])dnl -# Installed binaries are usually stripped using `strip' when the user -# run `make install-strip'. However `strip' might not be the right -# tool to use in cross-compilation environments, therefore Automake -# will honor the `STRIP' environment variable to overrule this program. -dnl Don't test for $cross_compiling = yes, because it might be `maybe'. -if test "$cross_compiling" != no; then - AC_CHECK_TOOL([STRIP], [strip], :) -fi -INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM="\$(install_sh) -c -s" -AC_SUBST([INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM])]) - -# Copyright (C) 2006, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 2 - -# _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) -# --------------------------- -# Prevent Automake from outputting VARIABLE = @VARIABLE@ in Makefile.in. -# This macro is traced by Automake. -AC_DEFUN([_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE]) - -# AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE(VARIABLE) -# --------------------------- -# Public sister of _AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE. -AC_DEFUN([AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE], [_AM_SUBST_NOTMAKE($@)]) - -# Check how to create a tarball. -*- Autoconf -*- - -# Copyright (C) 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# -# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation -# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, -# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved. - -# serial 2 - -# _AM_PROG_TAR(FORMAT) -# -------------------- -# Check how to create a tarball in format FORMAT. -# FORMAT should be one of `v7', `ustar', or `pax'. -# -# Substitute a variable $(am__tar) that is a command -# writing to stdout a FORMAT-tarball containing the directory -# $tardir. -# tardir=directory && $(am__tar) > result.tar -# -# Substitute a variable $(am__untar) that extract such -# a tarball read from stdin. -# $(am__untar) < result.tar -AC_DEFUN([_AM_PROG_TAR], -[# Always define AMTAR for backward compatibility. -AM_MISSING_PROG([AMTAR], [tar]) -m4_if([$1], [v7], - [am__tar='${AMTAR} chof - "$$tardir"'; am__untar='${AMTAR} xf -'], - [m4_case([$1], [ustar],, [pax],, - [m4_fatal([Unknown tar format])]) -AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to create a $1 tar archive]) -# Loop over all known methods to create a tar archive until one works. -_am_tools='gnutar m4_if([$1], [ustar], [plaintar]) pax cpio none' -_am_tools=${am_cv_prog_tar_$1-$_am_tools} -# Do not fold the above two line into one, because Tru64 sh and -# Solaris sh will not grok spaces in the rhs of `-'. -for _am_tool in $_am_tools -do - case $_am_tool in - gnutar) - for _am_tar in tar gnutar gtar; - do - AM_RUN_LOG([$_am_tar --version]) && break - done - am__tar="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$$tardir"' - am__tar_="$_am_tar --format=m4_if([$1], [pax], [posix], [$1]) -chf - "'"$tardir"' - am__untar="$_am_tar -xf -" - ;; - plaintar) - # Must skip GNU tar: if it does not support --format= it doesn't create - # ustar tarball either. - (tar --version) >/dev/null 2>&1 && continue - am__tar='tar chf - "$$tardir"' - am__tar_='tar chf - "$tardir"' - am__untar='tar xf -' - ;; - pax) - am__tar='pax -L -x $1 -w "$$tardir"' - am__tar_='pax -L -x $1 -w "$tardir"' - am__untar='pax -r' - ;; - cpio) - am__tar='find "$$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' - am__tar_='find "$tardir" -print | cpio -o -H $1 -L' - am__untar='cpio -i -H $1 -d' - ;; - none) - am__tar=false - am__tar_=false - am__untar=false - ;; - esac - - # If the value was cached, stop now. We just wanted to have am__tar - # and am__untar set. - test -n "${am_cv_prog_tar_$1}" && break - - # tar/untar a dummy directory, and stop if the command works - rm -rf conftest.dir - mkdir conftest.dir - echo GrepMe > conftest.dir/file - AM_RUN_LOG([tardir=conftest.dir && eval $am__tar_ >conftest.tar]) - rm -rf conftest.dir - if test -s conftest.tar; then - AM_RUN_LOG([$am__untar /dev/null 2>&1 && break - fi -done -rm -rf conftest.dir - -AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_prog_tar_$1], [am_cv_prog_tar_$1=$_am_tool]) -AC_MSG_RESULT([$am_cv_prog_tar_$1])]) -AC_SUBST([am__tar]) -AC_SUBST([am__untar]) -]) # _AM_PROG_TAR - -m4_include([m4/libtool.m4]) -m4_include([m4/ltoptions.m4]) -m4_include([m4/ltsugar.m4]) -m4_include([m4/ltversion.m4]) -m4_include([m4/lt~obsolete.m4]) -m4_include([acinclude.m4]) diff --git a/.pc/ios/compile b/.pc/ios/compile deleted file mode 100755 index 1b1d232..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/compile +++ /dev/null @@ -1,142 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'. - -scriptversion=2005-05-14.22 - -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Written by Tom Tromey . -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you -# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a -# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - -# This file is maintained in Automake, please report -# bugs to or send patches to -# . - -case $1 in - '') - echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 - exit 1; - ;; - -h | --h*) - cat <<\EOF -Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] - -Wrapper for compilers which do not understand `-c -o'. -Remove `-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining -arguments, and rename the output as expected. - -If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the -right script to run: please start by reading the file `INSTALL'. - -Report bugs to . -EOF - exit $? - ;; - -v | --v*) - echo "compile $scriptversion" - exit $? - ;; -esac - -ofile= -cfile= -eat= - -for arg -do - if test -n "$eat"; then - eat= - else - case $1 in - -o) - # configure might choose to run compile as `compile cc -o foo foo.c'. - # So we strip `-o arg' only if arg is an object. - eat=1 - case $2 in - *.o | *.obj) - ofile=$2 - ;; - *) - set x "$@" -o "$2" - shift - ;; - esac - ;; - *.c) - cfile=$1 - set x "$@" "$1" - shift - ;; - *) - set x "$@" "$1" - shift - ;; - esac - fi - shift -done - -if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then - # If no `-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a - # pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a - # normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no - # `.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also - # ok. - exec "$@" -fi - -# Name of file we expect compiler to create. -cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.c$/.o/'` - -# Create the lock directory. -# Note: use `[/.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name -# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected -# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build. -lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/.-]|_|g'`.d -while true; do - if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then - break - fi - sleep 1 -done -# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap. -trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15 - -# Run the compile. -"$@" -ret=$? - -if test -f "$cofile"; then - mv "$cofile" "$ofile" -elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then - mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile" -fi - -rmdir "$lockdir" -exit $ret - -# Local Variables: -# mode: shell-script -# sh-indentation: 2 -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" -# End: diff --git a/.pc/ios/config.guess b/.pc/ios/config.guess deleted file mode 100755 index dc84c68..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/config.guess +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1501 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# Attempt to guess a canonical system name. -# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, -# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -timestamp='2009-11-20' - -# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it -# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. -# -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you -# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a -# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - - -# Originally written by Per Bothner. Please send patches (context -# diff format) to and include a ChangeLog -# entry. -# -# This script attempts to guess a canonical system name similar to -# config.sub. If it succeeds, it prints the system name on stdout, and -# exits with 0. Otherwise, it exits with 1. -# -# You can get the latest version of this script from: -# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.guess;hb=HEAD - -me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` - -usage="\ -Usage: $0 [OPTION] - -Output the configuration name of the system \`$me' is run on. - -Operation modes: - -h, --help print this help, then exit - -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit - -v, --version print version number, then exit - -Report bugs and patches to ." - -version="\ -GNU config.guess ($timestamp) - -Originally written by Per Bothner. -Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, -2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO -warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." - -help=" -Try \`$me --help' for more information." - -# Parse command line -while test $# -gt 0 ; do - case $1 in - --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) - echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; - --version | -v ) - echo "$version" ; exit ;; - --help | --h* | -h ) - echo "$usage"; exit ;; - -- ) # Stop option processing - shift; break ;; - - ) # Use stdin as input. - break ;; - -* ) - echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" >&2 - exit 1 ;; - * ) - break ;; - esac -done - -if test $# != 0; then - echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 - exit 1 -fi - -trap 'exit 1' 1 2 15 - -# CC_FOR_BUILD -- compiler used by this script. Note that the use of a -# compiler to aid in system detection is discouraged as it requires -# temporary files to be created and, as you can see below, it is a -# headache to deal with in a portable fashion. - -# Historically, `CC_FOR_BUILD' used to be named `HOST_CC'. We still -# use `HOST_CC' if defined, but it is deprecated. - -# Portable tmp directory creation inspired by the Autoconf team. - -set_cc_for_build=' -trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ; -trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ; -: ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ; - { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } || - { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } || - { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } || - { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ; -dummy=$tmp/dummy ; -tmpfiles="$dummy.c $dummy.o $dummy.rel $dummy" ; -case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in - ,,) echo "int x;" > $dummy.c ; - for c in cc gcc c89 c99 ; do - if ($c -c -o $dummy.o $dummy.c) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then - CC_FOR_BUILD="$c"; break ; - fi ; - done ; - if test x"$CC_FOR_BUILD" = x ; then - CC_FOR_BUILD=no_compiler_found ; - fi - ;; - ,,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;; - ,*,*) CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;; -esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;' - -# This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe. -# (ghazi@noc.rutgers.edu 1994-08-24) -if (test -f /.attbin/uname) >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then - PATH=$PATH:/.attbin ; export PATH -fi - -UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -m) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_MACHINE=unknown -UNAME_RELEASE=`(uname -r) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_RELEASE=unknown -UNAME_SYSTEM=`(uname -s) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_SYSTEM=unknown -UNAME_VERSION=`(uname -v) 2>/dev/null` || UNAME_VERSION=unknown - -# Note: order is significant - the case branches are not exclusive. - -case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in - *:NetBSD:*:*) - # NetBSD (nbsd) targets should (where applicable) match one or - # more of the tupples: *-*-netbsdelf*, *-*-netbsdaout*, - # *-*-netbsdecoff* and *-*-netbsd*. For targets that recently - # switched to ELF, *-*-netbsd* would select the old - # object file format. This provides both forward - # compatibility and a consistent mechanism for selecting the - # object file format. - # - # Note: NetBSD doesn't particularly care about the vendor - # portion of the name. We always set it to "unknown". - sysctl="sysctl -n hw.machine_arch" - UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`(/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || \ - /usr/sbin/$sysctl 2>/dev/null || echo unknown)` - case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in - armeb) machine=armeb-unknown ;; - arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;; - sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;; - sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;; - sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;; - *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;; - esac - # The Operating System including object format, if it has switched - # to ELF recently, or will in the future. - case "${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}" in - arm*|i386|m68k|ns32k|sh3*|sparc|vax) - eval $set_cc_for_build - if echo __ELF__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ - | grep -q __ELF__ - then - # Once all utilities can be ECOFF (netbsdecoff) or a.out (netbsdaout). - # Return netbsd for either. FIX? - os=netbsd - else - os=netbsdelf - fi - ;; - *) - os=netbsd - ;; - esac - # The OS release - # Debian GNU/NetBSD machines have a different userland, and - # thus, need a distinct triplet. However, they do not need - # kernel version information, so it can be replaced with a - # suitable tag, in the style of linux-gnu. - case "${UNAME_VERSION}" in - Debian*) - release='-gnu' - ;; - *) - release=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-_].*/\./'` - ;; - esac - # Since CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM: - # contains redundant information, the shorter form: - # CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used. - echo "${machine}-${os}${release}" - exit ;; - *:OpenBSD:*:*) - UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'` - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:ekkoBSD:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:SolidBSD:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - macppc:MirBSD:*:*) - echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:MirBSD:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - alpha:OSF1:*:*) - case $UNAME_RELEASE in - *4.0) - UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'` - ;; - *5.*) - UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'` - ;; - esac - # According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on - # OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995. I hope that - # covers most systems running today. This code pipes the CPU - # types through head -n 1, so we only detect the type of CPU 0. - ALPHA_CPU_TYPE=`/usr/sbin/psrinfo -v | sed -n -e 's/^ The alpha \(.*\) processor.*$/\1/p' | head -n 1` - case "$ALPHA_CPU_TYPE" in - "EV4 (21064)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; - "EV4.5 (21064)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; - "LCA4 (21066/21068)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alpha" ;; - "EV5 (21164)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev5" ;; - "EV5.6 (21164A)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev56" ;; - "EV5.6 (21164PC)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca56" ;; - "EV5.7 (21164PC)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphapca57" ;; - "EV6 (21264)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev6" ;; - "EV6.7 (21264A)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev67" ;; - "EV6.8CB (21264C)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; - "EV6.8AL (21264B)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; - "EV6.8CX (21264D)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev68" ;; - "EV6.9A (21264/EV69A)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev69" ;; - "EV7 (21364)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev7" ;; - "EV7.9 (21364A)") - UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;; - esac - # A Pn.n version is a patched version. - # A Vn.n version is a released version. - # A Tn.n version is a released field test version. - # A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel. - # 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r. - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` - exit ;; - Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*) - # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? - # Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead - # of the specific Alpha model? - echo alpha-pc-interix - exit ;; - 21064:Windows_NT:50:3) - echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5 - exit ;; - Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*) - echo m68k-unknown-sysv4 - exit ;; - *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos - exit ;; - *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos - exit ;; - *:OS/390:*:*) - echo i370-ibm-openedition - exit ;; - *:z/VM:*:*) - echo s390-ibm-zvmoe - exit ;; - *:OS400:*:*) - echo powerpc-ibm-os400 - exit ;; - arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*) - echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*) - echo arm-unknown-riscos - exit ;; - SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*) - echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp - exit ;; - Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*) - # akee@wpdis03.wpafb.af.mil (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE. - if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then - echo pyramid-pyramid-sysv3 - else - echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd - fi - exit ;; - NILE*:*:*:dcosx) - echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4 - exit ;; - DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*) - echo sparc-icl-nx6 - exit ;; - DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*) - case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in - sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;; - esac ;; - s390x:SunOS:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; - sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*) - echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; - sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*) - echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; - i86pc:AuroraUX:5.*:* | i86xen:AuroraUX:5.*:*) - echo i386-pc-auroraux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*) - eval $set_cc_for_build - SUN_ARCH="i386" - # If there is a compiler, see if it is configured for 64-bit objects. - # Note that the Sun cc does not turn __LP64__ into 1 like gcc does. - # This test works for both compilers. - if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then - if (echo '#ifdef __amd64'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ - (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ - grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null - then - SUN_ARCH="x86_64" - fi - fi - echo ${SUN_ARCH}-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; - sun4*:SunOS:6*:*) - # According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize - # SunOS6. Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but - # it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4. - echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; - sun4*:SunOS:*:*) - case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in - Series*|S4*) - UNAME_RELEASE=`uname -v` - ;; - esac - # Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'. - echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'` - exit ;; - sun3*:SunOS:*:*) - echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - sun*:*:4.2BSD:*) - UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null` - test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3 - case "`/bin/arch`" in - sun3) - echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} - ;; - sun4) - echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} - ;; - esac - exit ;; - aushp:SunOS:*:*) - echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing. The machine name - # can be virtually everything (everything which is not - # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor - # > m68000). The system name ranges from "MiNT" over "FreeMiNT" - # to the lowercase version "mint" (or "freemint"). Finally - # the system name "TOS" denotes a system which is actually not - # MiNT. But MiNT is downward compatible to TOS, so this should - # be no problem. - atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*) - echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - m68k:machten:*:*) - echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - powerpc:machten:*:*) - echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - RISC*:Mach:*:*) - echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3 - exit ;; - RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*) - echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*) - echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - 2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*) - echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos) - eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c -#ifdef __cplusplus -#include /* for printf() prototype */ - int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { -#else - int main (argc, argv) int argc; char *argv[]; { -#endif - #if defined (host_mips) && defined (MIPSEB) - #if defined (SYSTYPE_SYSV) - printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssysv\n", argv[1]); exit (0); - #endif - #if defined (SYSTYPE_SVR4) - printf ("mips-mips-riscos%ssvr4\n", argv[1]); exit (0); - #endif - #if defined (SYSTYPE_BSD43) || defined(SYSTYPE_BSD) - printf ("mips-mips-riscos%sbsd\n", argv[1]); exit (0); - #endif - #endif - exit (-1); - } -EOF - $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && - dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` && - SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` && - { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } - echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) - echo powerpc-motorola-powermax - exit ;; - Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*) - echo powerpc-harris-powermax - exit ;; - Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*) - echo powerpc-harris-powermax - exit ;; - Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*) - echo powerpc-harris-powerunix - exit ;; - m88k:CX/UX:7*:*) - echo m88k-harris-cxux7 - exit ;; - m88k:*:4*:R4*) - echo m88k-motorola-sysv4 - exit ;; - m88k:*:3*:R3*) - echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 - exit ;; - AViiON:dgux:*:*) - # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures - UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p` - if [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88100 ] || [ $UNAME_PROCESSOR = mc88110 ] - then - if [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = m88kdguxelfx ] || \ - [ ${TARGET_BINARY_INTERFACE}x = x ] - then - echo m88k-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} - else - echo m88k-dg-dguxbcs${UNAME_RELEASE} - fi - else - echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE} - fi - exit ;; - M88*:DolphinOS:*:*) # DolphinOS (SVR3) - echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3 - exit ;; - M88*:*:R3*:*) - # Delta 88k system running SVR3 - echo m88k-motorola-sysv3 - exit ;; - XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3) - echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3 - exit ;; - Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD) - echo m68k-tektronix-bsd - exit ;; - *:IRIX*:*:*) - echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'` - exit ;; - ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2) # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX. - echo romp-ibm-aix # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id - exit ;; # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX ' - i*86:AIX:*:*) - echo i386-ibm-aix - exit ;; - ia64:AIX:*:*) - if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then - IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` - else - IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} - fi - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} - exit ;; - *:AIX:2:3) - if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then - eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c - #include - - main() - { - if (!__power_pc()) - exit(1); - puts("powerpc-ibm-aix3.2.5"); - exit(0); - } -EOF - if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` - then - echo "$SYSTEM_NAME" - else - echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5 - fi - elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then - echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4 - else - echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2 - fi - exit ;; - *:AIX:*:[456]) - IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'` - if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then - IBM_ARCH=rs6000 - else - IBM_ARCH=powerpc - fi - if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then - IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel` - else - IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE} - fi - echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV} - exit ;; - *:AIX:*:*) - echo rs6000-ibm-aix - exit ;; - ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) - echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4 - exit ;; - ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*) # covers RT/PC BSD and - echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE} # 4.3 with uname added to - exit ;; # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3 - *:BOSX:*:*) - echo rs6000-bull-bosx - exit ;; - DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*) - echo m68k-bull-sysv3 - exit ;; - 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*) - echo m68k-hp-bsd - exit ;; - hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*) - echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4 - exit ;; - 9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*) - HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` - case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in - 9000/31? ) HP_ARCH=m68000 ;; - 9000/[34]?? ) HP_ARCH=m68k ;; - 9000/[678][0-9][0-9]) - if [ -x /usr/bin/getconf ]; then - sc_cpu_version=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_CPU_VERSION 2>/dev/null` - sc_kernel_bits=`/usr/bin/getconf SC_KERNEL_BITS 2>/dev/null` - case "${sc_cpu_version}" in - 523) HP_ARCH="hppa1.0" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_0 - 528) HP_ARCH="hppa1.1" ;; # CPU_PA_RISC1_1 - 532) # CPU_PA_RISC2_0 - case "${sc_kernel_bits}" in - 32) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0n" ;; - 64) HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" ;; - '') HP_ARCH="hppa2.0" ;; # HP-UX 10.20 - esac ;; - esac - fi - if [ "${HP_ARCH}" = "" ]; then - eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c - - #define _HPUX_SOURCE - #include - #include - - int main () - { - #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) - long bits = sysconf(_SC_KERNEL_BITS); - #endif - long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); - - switch (cpu) - { - case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; - case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1"); break; - case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: - #if defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) - switch (bits) - { - case 64: puts ("hppa2.0w"); break; - case 32: puts ("hppa2.0n"); break; - default: puts ("hppa2.0"); break; - } break; - #else /* !defined(_SC_KERNEL_BITS) */ - puts ("hppa2.0"); break; - #endif - default: puts ("hppa1.0"); break; - } - exit (0); - } -EOF - (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null) && HP_ARCH=`$dummy` - test -z "$HP_ARCH" && HP_ARCH=hppa - fi ;; - esac - if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ] - then - eval $set_cc_for_build - - # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating - # 32-bit code. hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler - # generating 64-bit code. GNU and HP use different nomenclature: - # - # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess - # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23 - # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess - # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23 - - if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | - grep -q __LP64__ - then - HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w" - else - HP_ARCH="hppa64" - fi - fi - echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} - exit ;; - ia64:HP-UX:*:*) - HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'` - echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV} - exit ;; - 3050*:HI-UX:*:*) - eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c - #include - int - main () - { - long cpu = sysconf (_SC_CPU_VERSION); - /* The order matters, because CPU_IS_HP_MC68K erroneously returns - true for CPU_PA_RISC1_0. CPU_IS_PA_RISC returns correct - results, however. */ - if (CPU_IS_PA_RISC (cpu)) - { - switch (cpu) - { - case CPU_PA_RISC1_0: puts ("hppa1.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; - case CPU_PA_RISC1_1: puts ("hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; - case CPU_PA_RISC2_0: puts ("hppa2.0-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; - default: puts ("hppa-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); break; - } - } - else if (CPU_IS_HP_MC68K (cpu)) - puts ("m68k-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); - else puts ("unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2"); - exit (0); - } -EOF - $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && - { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } - echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2 - exit ;; - 9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* ) - echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd - exit ;; - 9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*) - echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd - exit ;; - *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*) - echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix - exit ;; - hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* ) - echo hppa1.1-hp-osf - exit ;; - hp8??:OSF1:*:*) - echo hppa1.0-hp-osf - exit ;; - i*86:OSF1:*:*) - if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk - else - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1 - fi - exit ;; - parisc*:Lites*:*:*) - echo hppa1.1-hp-lites - exit ;; - C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*) - echo c1-convex-bsd - exit ;; - C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*) - if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc - then echo c32-convex-bsd - else echo c2-convex-bsd - fi - exit ;; - C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*) - echo c34-convex-bsd - exit ;; - C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*) - echo c38-convex-bsd - exit ;; - C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*) - echo c4-convex-bsd - exit ;; - CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*) - echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; - CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \ - | sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \ - -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \ - -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; - CRAY*TS:*:*:*) - echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; - CRAY*T3E:*:*:*) - echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; - CRAY*SV1:*:*:*) - echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; - *:UNICOS/mp:*:*) - echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/' - exit ;; - F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*) - FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'` - FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` - FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'` - echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" - exit ;; - 5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) - FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'` - FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'` - echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}" - exit ;; - i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*) - echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:BSD/OS:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:FreeBSD:*:*) - case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in - pc98) - echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; - amd64) - echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; - *) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;; - esac - exit ;; - i*:CYGWIN*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin - exit ;; - *:MINGW*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32 - exit ;; - i*:windows32*:*) - # uname -m includes "-pc" on this system. - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32 - exit ;; - i*:PW*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32 - exit ;; - *:Interix*:*) - case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in - x86) - echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - authenticamd | genuineintel | EM64T) - echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - IA64) - echo ia64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - esac ;; - [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*) - echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks - exit ;; - 8664:Windows_NT:*) - echo x86_64-pc-mks - exit ;; - i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*) - # How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem? - # It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we - # UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386? - echo i586-pc-interix - exit ;; - i*:UWIN*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin - exit ;; - amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*) - echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin - exit ;; - p*:CYGWIN*:*) - echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin - exit ;; - prep*:SunOS:5.*:*) - echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'` - exit ;; - *:GNU:*:*) - # the GNU system - echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'` - exit ;; - *:GNU/*:*:*) - # other systems with GNU libc and userland - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu - exit ;; - i*86:Minix:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix - exit ;; - alpha:Linux:*:*) - case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in - EV5) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;; - EV56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev56 ;; - PCA56) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; - PCA57) UNAME_MACHINE=alphapca56 ;; - EV6) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev6 ;; - EV67) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev67 ;; - EV68*) UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev68 ;; - esac - objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep -q ld.so.1 - if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC} - exit ;; - arm*:Linux:*:*) - eval $set_cc_for_build - if echo __ARM_EABI__ | $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null \ - | grep -q __ARM_EABI__ - then - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - else - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnueabi - fi - exit ;; - avr32*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; - cris:Linux:*:*) - echo cris-axis-linux-gnu - exit ;; - crisv32:Linux:*:*) - echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu - exit ;; - frv:Linux:*:*) - echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; - i*86:Linux:*:*) - LIBC=gnu - eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c - #ifdef __dietlibc__ - LIBC=dietlibc - #endif -EOF - eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^LIBC'` - echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" - exit ;; - ia64:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; - m32r*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; - m68*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; - mips:Linux:*:* | mips64:Linux:*:*) - eval $set_cc_for_build - sed 's/^ //' << EOF >$dummy.c - #undef CPU - #undef ${UNAME_MACHINE} - #undef ${UNAME_MACHINE}el - #if defined(__MIPSEL__) || defined(__MIPSEL) || defined(_MIPSEL) || defined(MIPSEL) - CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE}el - #else - #if defined(__MIPSEB__) || defined(__MIPSEB) || defined(_MIPSEB) || defined(MIPSEB) - CPU=${UNAME_MACHINE} - #else - CPU= - #endif - #endif -EOF - eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep '^CPU'` - test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; } - ;; - or32:Linux:*:*) - echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; - padre:Linux:*:*) - echo sparc-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; - parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*) - echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; - parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*) - # Look for CPU level - case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in - PA7*) echo hppa1.1-unknown-linux-gnu ;; - PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;; - *) echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;; - esac - exit ;; - ppc64:Linux:*:*) - echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; - ppc:Linux:*:*) - echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; - s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux - exit ;; - sh64*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; - sh*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; - sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; - vax:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu - exit ;; - x86_64:Linux:*:*) - echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; - xtensa*:Linux:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu - exit ;; - i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*) - # ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there. - # earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both - # sysname and nodename. - echo i386-sequent-sysv4 - exit ;; - i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*) - # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version - # number series starting with 2... - # I am not positive that other SVR4 systems won't match this, - # I just have to hope. -- rms. - # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it. - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION} - exit ;; - i*86:OS/2:*:*) - # If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility - # is probably installed. - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx - exit ;; - i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop - exit ;; - i*86:atheos:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos - exit ;; - i*86:syllable:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable - exit ;; - i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) - echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - i*86:*DOS:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp - exit ;; - i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*) - UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'` - if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-univel-sysv${UNAME_REL} - else - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL} - fi - exit ;; - i*86:*:5:[678]*) - # UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6. - case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in - *486*) UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;; - *Pentium) UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;; - *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;; - esac - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION} - exit ;; - i*86:*:3.2:*) - if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then - UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' /dev/null >/dev/null ; then - UNAME_REL=`(/bin/uname -X|grep Release|sed -e 's/.*= //')` - (/bin/uname -X|grep i80486 >/dev/null) && UNAME_MACHINE=i486 - (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium' >/dev/null) \ - && UNAME_MACHINE=i586 - (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pent *II' >/dev/null) \ - && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 - (/bin/uname -X|grep '^Machine.*Pentium Pro' >/dev/null) \ - && UNAME_MACHINE=i686 - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sco$UNAME_REL - else - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32 - fi - exit ;; - pc:*:*:*) - # Left here for compatibility: - # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about - # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i586. - # Note: whatever this is, it MUST be the same as what config.sub - # prints for the "djgpp" host, or else GDB configury will decide that - # this is a cross-build. - echo i586-pc-msdosdjgpp - exit ;; - Intel:Mach:3*:*) - echo i386-pc-mach3 - exit ;; - paragon:*:*:*) - echo i860-intel-osf1 - exit ;; - i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4 - if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then - echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4 - else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered. - echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Unknown i860-SVR4 - fi - exit ;; - mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*) - # "miniframe" - echo m68010-convergent-sysv - exit ;; - mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m) - echo m68k-convergent-sysv - exit ;; - M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*) - echo m68k-diab-dnix - exit ;; - M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*) - test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;; - 3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0) - OS_REL='' - test -r /etc/.relid \ - && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` - /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ - && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } - /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ - && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; - 3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*) - /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ - && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;; - NCR*:*:4.2:* | MPRAS*:*:4.2:*) - OS_REL='.3' - test -r /etc/.relid \ - && OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid` - /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \ - && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } - /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \ - && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } - /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep pteron >/dev/null \ - && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;; - m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*) - echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*) - echo m68k-atari-sysv4 - exit ;; - TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*) - echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*) - echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.[02]*:*) - echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*) - echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*) - echo mips-sni-sysv4 - exit ;; - RM*:SINIX-*:*:*) - echo mips-sni-sysv4 - exit ;; - *:SINIX-*:*:*) - if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then - UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-sni-sysv4 - else - echo ns32k-sni-sysv - fi - exit ;; - PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort - # says - echo i586-unisys-sysv4 - exit ;; - *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*) - # From Gerald Hewes . - # How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm - echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4 - exit ;; - *:*:*:FTX*) - # From seanf@swdc.stratus.com. - echo i860-stratus-sysv4 - exit ;; - i*86:VOS:*:*) - # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos - exit ;; - *:VOS:*:*) - # From Paul.Green@stratus.com. - echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos - exit ;; - mc68*:A/UX:*:*) - echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*) - echo mips-sony-newsos6 - exit ;; - R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*) - if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then - echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} - else - echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} - fi - exit ;; - BeBox:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only. - echo powerpc-be-beos - exit ;; - BeMac:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only. - echo powerpc-apple-beos - exit ;; - BePC:BeOS:*:*) # BeOS running on Intel PC compatible. - echo i586-pc-beos - exit ;; - BePC:Haiku:*:*) # Haiku running on Intel PC compatible. - echo i586-pc-haiku - exit ;; - SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*) - echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*) - echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*) - echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*) - echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*) - echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*) - echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - Power*:Rhapsody:*:*) - echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:Rhapsody:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:Darwin:*:*) - UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown - case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in - i386) - eval $set_cc_for_build - if [ "$CC_FOR_BUILD" != 'no_compiler_found' ]; then - if (echo '#ifdef __LP64__'; echo IS_64BIT_ARCH; echo '#endif') | \ - (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) | \ - grep IS_64BIT_ARCH >/dev/null - then - UNAME_PROCESSOR="x86_64" - fi - fi ;; - unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;; - esac - echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*) - UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` - if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then - UNAME_PROCESSOR=i386 - UNAME_MACHINE=pc - fi - echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:QNX:*:4*) - echo i386-pc-qnx - exit ;; - NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) - echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*) - echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:NonStop-UX:*:*) - echo mips-compaq-nonstopux - exit ;; - BS2000:POSIX*:*:*) - echo bs2000-siemens-sysv - exit ;; - DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:Plan9:*:*) - # "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386 - # is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86 - # operating systems. - if test "$cputype" = "386"; then - UNAME_MACHINE=i386 - else - UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype" - fi - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9 - exit ;; - *:TOPS-10:*:*) - echo pdp10-unknown-tops10 - exit ;; - *:TENEX:*:*) - echo pdp10-unknown-tenex - exit ;; - KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*) - echo pdp10-dec-tops20 - exit ;; - XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*) - echo pdp10-xkl-tops20 - exit ;; - *:TOPS-20:*:*) - echo pdp10-unknown-tops20 - exit ;; - *:ITS:*:*) - echo pdp10-unknown-its - exit ;; - SEI:*:*:SEIUX) - echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE} - exit ;; - *:DragonFly:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` - exit ;; - *:*VMS:*:*) - UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null` - case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in - A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;; - I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;; - V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;; - esac ;; - *:XENIX:*:SysV) - echo i386-pc-xenix - exit ;; - i*86:skyos:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//' - exit ;; - i*86:rdos:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos - exit ;; - i*86:AROS:*:*) - echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-aros - exit ;; -esac - -#echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2 -#echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" 1>&2 - -eval $set_cc_for_build -cat >$dummy.c < -# include -#endif -main () -{ -#if defined (sony) -#if defined (MIPSEB) - /* BFD wants "bsd" instead of "newsos". Perhaps BFD should be changed, - I don't know.... */ - printf ("mips-sony-bsd\n"); exit (0); -#else -#include - printf ("m68k-sony-newsos%s\n", -#ifdef NEWSOS4 - "4" -#else - "" -#endif - ); exit (0); -#endif -#endif - -#if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix) - printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0); -#endif - -#if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux) - printf ("m68k-hp-bsd\n"); exit (0); -#endif - -#if defined (NeXT) -#if !defined (__ARCHITECTURE__) -#define __ARCHITECTURE__ "m68k" -#endif - int version; - version=`(hostinfo | sed -n 's/.*NeXT Mach \([0-9]*\).*/\1/p') 2>/dev/null`; - if (version < 4) - printf ("%s-next-nextstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); - else - printf ("%s-next-openstep%d\n", __ARCHITECTURE__, version); - exit (0); -#endif - -#if defined (MULTIMAX) || defined (n16) -#if defined (UMAXV) - printf ("ns32k-encore-sysv\n"); exit (0); -#else -#if defined (CMU) - printf ("ns32k-encore-mach\n"); exit (0); -#else - printf ("ns32k-encore-bsd\n"); exit (0); -#endif -#endif -#endif - -#if defined (__386BSD__) - printf ("i386-pc-bsd\n"); exit (0); -#endif - -#if defined (sequent) -#if defined (i386) - printf ("i386-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); -#endif -#if defined (ns32000) - printf ("ns32k-sequent-dynix\n"); exit (0); -#endif -#endif - -#if defined (_SEQUENT_) - struct utsname un; - - uname(&un); - - if (strncmp(un.version, "V2", 2) == 0) { - printf ("i386-sequent-ptx2\n"); exit (0); - } - if (strncmp(un.version, "V1", 2) == 0) { /* XXX is V1 correct? */ - printf ("i386-sequent-ptx1\n"); exit (0); - } - printf ("i386-sequent-ptx\n"); exit (0); - -#endif - -#if defined (vax) -# if !defined (ultrix) -# include -# if defined (BSD) -# if BSD == 43 - printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3\n"); exit (0); -# else -# if BSD == 199006 - printf ("vax-dec-bsd4.3reno\n"); exit (0); -# else - printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); -# endif -# endif -# else - printf ("vax-dec-bsd\n"); exit (0); -# endif -# else - printf ("vax-dec-ultrix\n"); exit (0); -# endif -#endif - -#if defined (alliant) && defined (i860) - printf ("i860-alliant-bsd\n"); exit (0); -#endif - - exit (1); -} -EOF - -$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` && - { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; } - -# Apollos put the system type in the environment. - -test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; } - -# Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1) - -if [ -x /usr/convex/getsysinfo ] -then - case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in - c1*) - echo c1-convex-bsd - exit ;; - c2*) - if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc - then echo c32-convex-bsd - else echo c2-convex-bsd - fi - exit ;; - c34*) - echo c34-convex-bsd - exit ;; - c38*) - echo c38-convex-bsd - exit ;; - c4*) - echo c4-convex-bsd - exit ;; - esac -fi - -cat >&2 < in order to provide the needed -information to handle your system. - -config.guess timestamp = $timestamp - -uname -m = `(uname -m) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -uname -r = `(uname -r) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -uname -s = `(uname -s) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` -uname -v = `(uname -v) 2>/dev/null || echo unknown` - -/usr/bin/uname -p = `(/usr/bin/uname -p) 2>/dev/null` -/bin/uname -X = `(/bin/uname -X) 2>/dev/null` - -hostinfo = `(hostinfo) 2>/dev/null` -/bin/universe = `(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null` -/usr/bin/arch -k = `(/usr/bin/arch -k) 2>/dev/null` -/bin/arch = `(/bin/arch) 2>/dev/null` -/usr/bin/oslevel = `(/usr/bin/oslevel) 2>/dev/null` -/usr/convex/getsysinfo = `(/usr/convex/getsysinfo) 2>/dev/null` - -UNAME_MACHINE = ${UNAME_MACHINE} -UNAME_RELEASE = ${UNAME_RELEASE} -UNAME_SYSTEM = ${UNAME_SYSTEM} -UNAME_VERSION = ${UNAME_VERSION} -EOF - -exit 1 - -# Local variables: -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" -# time-stamp-end: "'" -# End: diff --git a/.pc/ios/config.sub b/.pc/ios/config.sub deleted file mode 100755 index 2a55a50..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/config.sub +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1705 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# Configuration validation subroutine script. -# Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, -# 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -timestamp='2009-11-20' - -# This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software. -# The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software -# can handle that machine. It does not imply ALL GNU software can. -# -# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. -# -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you -# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a -# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - - -# Please send patches to . Submit a context -# diff and a properly formatted GNU ChangeLog entry. -# -# Configuration subroutine to validate and canonicalize a configuration type. -# Supply the specified configuration type as an argument. -# If it is invalid, we print an error message on stderr and exit with code 1. -# Otherwise, we print the canonical config type on stdout and succeed. - -# You can get the latest version of this script from: -# http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=config.git;a=blob_plain;f=config.sub;hb=HEAD - -# This file is supposed to be the same for all GNU packages -# and recognize all the CPU types, system types and aliases -# that are meaningful with *any* GNU software. -# Each package is responsible for reporting which valid configurations -# it does not support. The user should be able to distinguish -# a failure to support a valid configuration from a meaningless -# configuration. - -# The goal of this file is to map all the various variations of a given -# machine specification into a single specification in the form: -# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM -# or in some cases, the newer four-part form: -# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM -# It is wrong to echo any other type of specification. - -me=`echo "$0" | sed -e 's,.*/,,'` - -usage="\ -Usage: $0 [OPTION] CPU-MFR-OPSYS - $0 [OPTION] ALIAS - -Canonicalize a configuration name. - -Operation modes: - -h, --help print this help, then exit - -t, --time-stamp print date of last modification, then exit - -v, --version print version number, then exit - -Report bugs and patches to ." - -version="\ -GNU config.sub ($timestamp) - -Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, -2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO -warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE." - -help=" -Try \`$me --help' for more information." - -# Parse command line -while test $# -gt 0 ; do - case $1 in - --time-stamp | --time* | -t ) - echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;; - --version | -v ) - echo "$version" ; exit ;; - --help | --h* | -h ) - echo "$usage"; exit ;; - -- ) # Stop option processing - shift; break ;; - - ) # Use stdin as input. - break ;; - -* ) - echo "$me: invalid option $1$help" - exit 1 ;; - - *local*) - # First pass through any local machine types. - echo $1 - exit ;; - - * ) - break ;; - esac -done - -case $# in - 0) echo "$me: missing argument$help" >&2 - exit 1;; - 1) ;; - *) echo "$me: too many arguments$help" >&2 - exit 1;; -esac - -# Separate what the user gave into CPU-COMPANY and OS or KERNEL-OS (if any). -# Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations. -maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'` -case $maybe_os in - nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \ - uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \ - kopensolaris*-gnu* | \ - storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*) - os=-$maybe_os - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'` - ;; - *) - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/-[^-]*$//'` - if [ $basic_machine != $1 ] - then os=`echo $1 | sed 's/.*-/-/'` - else os=; fi - ;; -esac - -### Let's recognize common machines as not being operating systems so -### that things like config.sub decstation-3100 work. We also -### recognize some manufacturers as not being operating systems, so we -### can provide default operating systems below. -case $os in - -sun*os*) - # Prevent following clause from handling this invalid input. - ;; - -dec* | -mips* | -sequent* | -encore* | -pc532* | -sgi* | -sony* | \ - -att* | -7300* | -3300* | -delta* | -motorola* | -sun[234]* | \ - -unicom* | -ibm* | -next | -hp | -isi* | -apollo | -altos* | \ - -convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\ - -c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \ - -harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \ - -apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray | -microblaze) - os= - basic_machine=$1 - ;; - -bluegene*) - os=-cnk - ;; - -sim | -cisco | -oki | -wec | -winbond) - os= - basic_machine=$1 - ;; - -scout) - ;; - -wrs) - os=-vxworks - basic_machine=$1 - ;; - -chorusos*) - os=-chorusos - basic_machine=$1 - ;; - -chorusrdb) - os=-chorusrdb - basic_machine=$1 - ;; - -hiux*) - os=-hiuxwe2 - ;; - -sco6) - os=-sco5v6 - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -sco5) - os=-sco3.2v5 - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -sco4) - os=-sco3.2v4 - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -sco3.2.[4-9]*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/sco3.2./sco3.2v/'` - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -sco3.2v[4-9]*) - # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -sco5v6*) - # Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer. - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -sco*) - os=-sco3.2v2 - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -udk*) - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -isc) - os=-isc2.2 - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -clix*) - basic_machine=clipper-intergraph - ;; - -isc*) - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'` - ;; - -lynx*) - os=-lynxos - ;; - -ptx*) - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-sequent/'` - ;; - -windowsnt*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's/windowsnt/winnt/'` - ;; - -psos*) - os=-psos - ;; - -mint | -mint[0-9]*) - basic_machine=m68k-atari - os=-mint - ;; -esac - -# Decode aliases for certain CPU-COMPANY combinations. -case $basic_machine in - # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name. - # Some are omitted here because they have special meanings below. - 1750a | 580 \ - | a29k \ - | alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \ - | alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \ - | am33_2.0 \ - | arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \ - | bfin \ - | c4x | clipper \ - | d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \ - | fido | fr30 | frv \ - | h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \ - | i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \ - | ip2k | iq2000 \ - | lm32 \ - | m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \ - | maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep | metag \ - | mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \ - | mips16 \ - | mips64 | mips64el \ - | mips64octeon | mips64octeonel \ - | mips64orion | mips64orionel \ - | mips64r5900 | mips64r5900el \ - | mips64vr | mips64vrel \ - | mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \ - | mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \ - | mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \ - | mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \ - | mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \ - | mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \ - | mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \ - | mipsisa64r2 | mipsisa64r2el \ - | mipsisa64sb1 | mipsisa64sb1el \ - | mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \ - | mipstx39 | mipstx39el \ - | mn10200 | mn10300 \ - | moxie \ - | mt \ - | msp430 \ - | nios | nios2 \ - | ns16k | ns32k \ - | or32 \ - | pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \ - | powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \ - | pyramid \ - | rx \ - | score \ - | sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \ - | sh64 | sh64le \ - | sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \ - | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \ - | spu | strongarm \ - | tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \ - | ubicom32 \ - | v850 | v850e \ - | we32k \ - | x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \ - | z8k | z80) - basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown - ;; - m6811 | m68hc11 | m6812 | m68hc12 | picochip) - # Motorola 68HC11/12. - basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown - os=-none - ;; - m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k) - ;; - ms1) - basic_machine=mt-unknown - ;; - - # We use `pc' rather than `unknown' - # because (1) that's what they normally are, and - # (2) the word "unknown" tends to confuse beginning users. - i*86 | x86_64) - basic_machine=$basic_machine-pc - ;; - # Object if more than one company name word. - *-*-*) - echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 - exit 1 - ;; - # Recognize the basic CPU types with company name. - 580-* \ - | a29k-* \ - | alpha-* | alphaev[4-8]-* | alphaev56-* | alphaev6[78]-* \ - | alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \ - | alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \ - | arm-* | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \ - | avr-* | avr32-* \ - | bfin-* | bs2000-* \ - | c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \ - | clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \ - | d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \ - | elxsi-* \ - | f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \ - | h8300-* | h8500-* \ - | hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \ - | i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \ - | ip2k-* | iq2000-* \ - | lm32-* \ - | m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \ - | m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \ - | m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* | metag-* | microblaze-* \ - | mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \ - | mips16-* \ - | mips64-* | mips64el-* \ - | mips64octeon-* | mips64octeonel-* \ - | mips64orion-* | mips64orionel-* \ - | mips64r5900-* | mips64r5900el-* \ - | mips64vr-* | mips64vrel-* \ - | mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \ - | mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \ - | mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \ - | mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \ - | mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \ - | mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \ - | mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \ - | mipsisa64r2-* | mipsisa64r2el-* \ - | mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \ - | mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \ - | mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \ - | mmix-* \ - | mt-* \ - | msp430-* \ - | nios-* | nios2-* \ - | none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \ - | orion-* \ - | pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \ - | powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \ - | pyramid-* \ - | romp-* | rs6000-* | rx-* \ - | sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[24]aeb-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \ - | shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \ - | sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \ - | sparclite-* \ - | sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \ - | tahoe-* | thumb-* \ - | tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* | tile-* \ - | tron-* \ - | ubicom32-* \ - | v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \ - | we32k-* \ - | x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \ - | xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \ - | ymp-* \ - | z8k-* | z80-*) - ;; - # Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match. - xtensa*) - basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown - ;; - # Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand - # for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS. - 386bsd) - basic_machine=i386-unknown - os=-bsd - ;; - 3b1 | 7300 | 7300-att | att-7300 | pc7300 | safari | unixpc) - basic_machine=m68000-att - ;; - 3b*) - basic_machine=we32k-att - ;; - a29khif) - basic_machine=a29k-amd - os=-udi - ;; - abacus) - basic_machine=abacus-unknown - ;; - adobe68k) - basic_machine=m68010-adobe - os=-scout - ;; - alliant | fx80) - basic_machine=fx80-alliant - ;; - altos | altos3068) - basic_machine=m68k-altos - ;; - am29k) - basic_machine=a29k-none - os=-bsd - ;; - amd64) - basic_machine=x86_64-pc - ;; - amd64-*) - basic_machine=x86_64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - amdahl) - basic_machine=580-amdahl - os=-sysv - ;; - amiga | amiga-*) - basic_machine=m68k-unknown - ;; - amigaos | amigados) - basic_machine=m68k-unknown - os=-amigaos - ;; - amigaunix | amix) - basic_machine=m68k-unknown - os=-sysv4 - ;; - apollo68) - basic_machine=m68k-apollo - os=-sysv - ;; - apollo68bsd) - basic_machine=m68k-apollo - os=-bsd - ;; - aros) - basic_machine=i386-pc - os=-aros - ;; - aux) - basic_machine=m68k-apple - os=-aux - ;; - balance) - basic_machine=ns32k-sequent - os=-dynix - ;; - blackfin) - basic_machine=bfin-unknown - os=-linux - ;; - blackfin-*) - basic_machine=bfin-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - os=-linux - ;; - bluegene*) - basic_machine=powerpc-ibm - os=-cnk - ;; - c90) - basic_machine=c90-cray - os=-unicos - ;; - cegcc) - basic_machine=arm-unknown - os=-cegcc - ;; - convex-c1) - basic_machine=c1-convex - os=-bsd - ;; - convex-c2) - basic_machine=c2-convex - os=-bsd - ;; - convex-c32) - basic_machine=c32-convex - os=-bsd - ;; - convex-c34) - basic_machine=c34-convex - os=-bsd - ;; - convex-c38) - basic_machine=c38-convex - os=-bsd - ;; - cray | j90) - basic_machine=j90-cray - os=-unicos - ;; - craynv) - basic_machine=craynv-cray - os=-unicosmp - ;; - cr16) - basic_machine=cr16-unknown - os=-elf - ;; - crds | unos) - basic_machine=m68k-crds - ;; - crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*) - basic_machine=crisv32-axis - ;; - cris | cris-* | etrax*) - basic_machine=cris-axis - ;; - crx) - basic_machine=crx-unknown - os=-elf - ;; - da30 | da30-*) - basic_machine=m68k-da30 - ;; - decstation | decstation-3100 | pmax | pmax-* | pmin | dec3100 | decstatn) - basic_machine=mips-dec - ;; - decsystem10* | dec10*) - basic_machine=pdp10-dec - os=-tops10 - ;; - decsystem20* | dec20*) - basic_machine=pdp10-dec - os=-tops20 - ;; - delta | 3300 | motorola-3300 | motorola-delta \ - | 3300-motorola | delta-motorola) - basic_machine=m68k-motorola - ;; - delta88) - basic_machine=m88k-motorola - os=-sysv3 - ;; - dicos) - basic_machine=i686-pc - os=-dicos - ;; - djgpp) - basic_machine=i586-pc - os=-msdosdjgpp - ;; - dpx20 | dpx20-*) - basic_machine=rs6000-bull - os=-bosx - ;; - dpx2* | dpx2*-bull) - basic_machine=m68k-bull - os=-sysv3 - ;; - ebmon29k) - basic_machine=a29k-amd - os=-ebmon - ;; - elxsi) - basic_machine=elxsi-elxsi - os=-bsd - ;; - encore | umax | mmax) - basic_machine=ns32k-encore - ;; - es1800 | OSE68k | ose68k | ose | OSE) - basic_machine=m68k-ericsson - os=-ose - ;; - fx2800) - basic_machine=i860-alliant - ;; - genix) - basic_machine=ns32k-ns - ;; - gmicro) - basic_machine=tron-gmicro - os=-sysv - ;; - go32) - basic_machine=i386-pc - os=-go32 - ;; - h3050r* | hiux*) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi - os=-hiuxwe2 - ;; - h8300hms) - basic_machine=h8300-hitachi - os=-hms - ;; - h8300xray) - basic_machine=h8300-hitachi - os=-xray - ;; - h8500hms) - basic_machine=h8500-hitachi - os=-hms - ;; - harris) - basic_machine=m88k-harris - os=-sysv3 - ;; - hp300-*) - basic_machine=m68k-hp - ;; - hp300bsd) - basic_machine=m68k-hp - os=-bsd - ;; - hp300hpux) - basic_machine=m68k-hp - os=-hpux - ;; - hp3k9[0-9][0-9] | hp9[0-9][0-9]) - basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp - ;; - hp9k2[0-9][0-9] | hp9k31[0-9]) - basic_machine=m68000-hp - ;; - hp9k3[2-9][0-9]) - basic_machine=m68k-hp - ;; - hp9k6[0-9][0-9] | hp6[0-9][0-9]) - basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp - ;; - hp9k7[0-79][0-9] | hp7[0-79][0-9]) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp - ;; - hp9k78[0-9] | hp78[0-9]) - # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp - basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp - ;; - hp9k8[67]1 | hp8[67]1 | hp9k80[24] | hp80[24] | hp9k8[78]9 | hp8[78]9 | hp9k893 | hp893) - # FIXME: really hppa2.0-hp - basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp - ;; - hp9k8[0-9][13679] | hp8[0-9][13679]) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp - ;; - hp9k8[0-9][0-9] | hp8[0-9][0-9]) - basic_machine=hppa1.0-hp - ;; - hppa-next) - os=-nextstep3 - ;; - hppaosf) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp - os=-osf - ;; - hppro) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-hp - os=-proelf - ;; - i370-ibm* | ibm*) - basic_machine=i370-ibm - ;; -# I'm not sure what "Sysv32" means. Should this be sysv3.2? - i*86v32) - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` - os=-sysv32 - ;; - i*86v4*) - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` - os=-sysv4 - ;; - i*86v) - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` - os=-sysv - ;; - i*86sol2) - basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86.*/86-pc/'` - os=-solaris2 - ;; - i386mach) - basic_machine=i386-mach - os=-mach - ;; - i386-vsta | vsta) - basic_machine=i386-unknown - os=-vsta - ;; - iris | iris4d) - basic_machine=mips-sgi - case $os in - -irix*) - ;; - *) - os=-irix4 - ;; - esac - ;; - isi68 | isi) - basic_machine=m68k-isi - os=-sysv - ;; - m68knommu) - basic_machine=m68k-unknown - os=-linux - ;; - m68knommu-*) - basic_machine=m68k-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - os=-linux - ;; - m88k-omron*) - basic_machine=m88k-omron - ;; - magnum | m3230) - basic_machine=mips-mips - os=-sysv - ;; - merlin) - basic_machine=ns32k-utek - os=-sysv - ;; - microblaze) - basic_machine=microblaze-xilinx - ;; - mingw32) - basic_machine=i386-pc - os=-mingw32 - ;; - mingw32ce) - basic_machine=arm-unknown - os=-mingw32ce - ;; - miniframe) - basic_machine=m68000-convergent - ;; - *mint | -mint[0-9]* | *MiNT | *MiNT[0-9]*) - basic_machine=m68k-atari - os=-mint - ;; - mips3*-*) - basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'` - ;; - mips3*) - basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown - ;; - monitor) - basic_machine=m68k-rom68k - os=-coff - ;; - morphos) - basic_machine=powerpc-unknown - os=-morphos - ;; - msdos) - basic_machine=i386-pc - os=-msdos - ;; - ms1-*) - basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'` - ;; - mvs) - basic_machine=i370-ibm - os=-mvs - ;; - ncr3000) - basic_machine=i486-ncr - os=-sysv4 - ;; - netbsd386) - basic_machine=i386-unknown - os=-netbsd - ;; - netwinder) - basic_machine=armv4l-rebel - os=-linux - ;; - news | news700 | news800 | news900) - basic_machine=m68k-sony - os=-newsos - ;; - news1000) - basic_machine=m68030-sony - os=-newsos - ;; - news-3600 | risc-news) - basic_machine=mips-sony - os=-newsos - ;; - necv70) - basic_machine=v70-nec - os=-sysv - ;; - next | m*-next ) - basic_machine=m68k-next - case $os in - -nextstep* ) - ;; - -ns2*) - os=-nextstep2 - ;; - *) - os=-nextstep3 - ;; - esac - ;; - nh3000) - basic_machine=m68k-harris - os=-cxux - ;; - nh[45]000) - basic_machine=m88k-harris - os=-cxux - ;; - nindy960) - basic_machine=i960-intel - os=-nindy - ;; - mon960) - basic_machine=i960-intel - os=-mon960 - ;; - nonstopux) - basic_machine=mips-compaq - os=-nonstopux - ;; - np1) - basic_machine=np1-gould - ;; - nsr-tandem) - basic_machine=nsr-tandem - ;; - op50n-* | op60c-*) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki - os=-proelf - ;; - openrisc | openrisc-*) - basic_machine=or32-unknown - ;; - os400) - basic_machine=powerpc-ibm - os=-os400 - ;; - OSE68000 | ose68000) - basic_machine=m68000-ericsson - os=-ose - ;; - os68k) - basic_machine=m68k-none - os=-os68k - ;; - pa-hitachi) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-hitachi - os=-hiuxwe2 - ;; - paragon) - basic_machine=i860-intel - os=-osf - ;; - parisc) - basic_machine=hppa-unknown - os=-linux - ;; - parisc-*) - basic_machine=hppa-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - os=-linux - ;; - pbd) - basic_machine=sparc-tti - ;; - pbb) - basic_machine=m68k-tti - ;; - pc532 | pc532-*) - basic_machine=ns32k-pc532 - ;; - pc98) - basic_machine=i386-pc - ;; - pc98-*) - basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3) - basic_machine=i586-pc - ;; - pentiumpro | p6 | 6x86 | athlon | athlon_*) - basic_machine=i686-pc - ;; - pentiumii | pentium2 | pentiumiii | pentium3) - basic_machine=i686-pc - ;; - pentium4) - basic_machine=i786-pc - ;; - pentium-* | p5-* | k5-* | k6-* | nexgen-* | viac3-*) - basic_machine=i586-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - pentiumpro-* | p6-* | 6x86-* | athlon-*) - basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - pentiumii-* | pentium2-* | pentiumiii-* | pentium3-*) - basic_machine=i686-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - pentium4-*) - basic_machine=i786-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - pn) - basic_machine=pn-gould - ;; - power) basic_machine=power-ibm - ;; - ppc) basic_machine=powerpc-unknown - ;; - ppc-*) basic_machine=powerpc-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - ppcle | powerpclittle | ppc-le | powerpc-little) - basic_machine=powerpcle-unknown - ;; - ppcle-* | powerpclittle-*) - basic_machine=powerpcle-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - ppc64) basic_machine=powerpc64-unknown - ;; - ppc64-*) basic_machine=powerpc64-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - ppc64le | powerpc64little | ppc64-le | powerpc64-little) - basic_machine=powerpc64le-unknown - ;; - ppc64le-* | powerpc64little-*) - basic_machine=powerpc64le-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'` - ;; - ps2) - basic_machine=i386-ibm - ;; - pw32) - basic_machine=i586-unknown - os=-pw32 - ;; - rdos) - basic_machine=i386-pc - os=-rdos - ;; - rom68k) - basic_machine=m68k-rom68k - os=-coff - ;; - rm[46]00) - basic_machine=mips-siemens - ;; - rtpc | rtpc-*) - basic_machine=romp-ibm - ;; - s390 | s390-*) - basic_machine=s390-ibm - ;; - s390x | s390x-*) - basic_machine=s390x-ibm - ;; - sa29200) - basic_machine=a29k-amd - os=-udi - ;; - sb1) - basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1-unknown - ;; - sb1el) - basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown - ;; - sde) - basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde - os=-elf - ;; - sei) - basic_machine=mips-sei - os=-seiux - ;; - sequent) - basic_machine=i386-sequent - ;; - sh) - basic_machine=sh-hitachi - os=-hms - ;; - sh5el) - basic_machine=sh5le-unknown - ;; - sh64) - basic_machine=sh64-unknown - ;; - sparclite-wrs | simso-wrs) - basic_machine=sparclite-wrs - os=-vxworks - ;; - sps7) - basic_machine=m68k-bull - os=-sysv2 - ;; - spur) - basic_machine=spur-unknown - ;; - st2000) - basic_machine=m68k-tandem - ;; - stratus) - basic_machine=i860-stratus - os=-sysv4 - ;; - sun2) - basic_machine=m68000-sun - ;; - sun2os3) - basic_machine=m68000-sun - os=-sunos3 - ;; - sun2os4) - basic_machine=m68000-sun - os=-sunos4 - ;; - sun3os3) - basic_machine=m68k-sun - os=-sunos3 - ;; - sun3os4) - basic_machine=m68k-sun - os=-sunos4 - ;; - sun4os3) - basic_machine=sparc-sun - os=-sunos3 - ;; - sun4os4) - basic_machine=sparc-sun - os=-sunos4 - ;; - sun4sol2) - basic_machine=sparc-sun - os=-solaris2 - ;; - sun3 | sun3-*) - basic_machine=m68k-sun - ;; - sun4) - basic_machine=sparc-sun - ;; - sun386 | sun386i | roadrunner) - basic_machine=i386-sun - ;; - sv1) - basic_machine=sv1-cray - os=-unicos - ;; - symmetry) - basic_machine=i386-sequent - os=-dynix - ;; - t3e) - basic_machine=alphaev5-cray - os=-unicos - ;; - t90) - basic_machine=t90-cray - os=-unicos - ;; - tic54x | c54x*) - basic_machine=tic54x-unknown - os=-coff - ;; - tic55x | c55x*) - basic_machine=tic55x-unknown - os=-coff - ;; - tic6x | c6x*) - basic_machine=tic6x-unknown - os=-coff - ;; - tile*) - basic_machine=tile-unknown - os=-linux-gnu - ;; - tx39) - basic_machine=mipstx39-unknown - ;; - tx39el) - basic_machine=mipstx39el-unknown - ;; - toad1) - basic_machine=pdp10-xkl - os=-tops20 - ;; - tower | tower-32) - basic_machine=m68k-ncr - ;; - tpf) - basic_machine=s390x-ibm - os=-tpf - ;; - udi29k) - basic_machine=a29k-amd - os=-udi - ;; - ultra3) - basic_machine=a29k-nyu - os=-sym1 - ;; - v810 | necv810) - basic_machine=v810-nec - os=-none - ;; - vaxv) - basic_machine=vax-dec - os=-sysv - ;; - vms) - basic_machine=vax-dec - os=-vms - ;; - vpp*|vx|vx-*) - basic_machine=f301-fujitsu - ;; - vxworks960) - basic_machine=i960-wrs - os=-vxworks - ;; - vxworks68) - basic_machine=m68k-wrs - os=-vxworks - ;; - vxworks29k) - basic_machine=a29k-wrs - os=-vxworks - ;; - w65*) - basic_machine=w65-wdc - os=-none - ;; - w89k-*) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond - os=-proelf - ;; - xbox) - basic_machine=i686-pc - os=-mingw32 - ;; - xps | xps100) - basic_machine=xps100-honeywell - ;; - ymp) - basic_machine=ymp-cray - os=-unicos - ;; - z8k-*-coff) - basic_machine=z8k-unknown - os=-sim - ;; - z80-*-coff) - basic_machine=z80-unknown - os=-sim - ;; - none) - basic_machine=none-none - os=-none - ;; - -# Here we handle the default manufacturer of certain CPU types. It is in -# some cases the only manufacturer, in others, it is the most popular. - w89k) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond - ;; - op50n) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki - ;; - op60c) - basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki - ;; - romp) - basic_machine=romp-ibm - ;; - mmix) - basic_machine=mmix-knuth - ;; - rs6000) - basic_machine=rs6000-ibm - ;; - vax) - basic_machine=vax-dec - ;; - pdp10) - # there are many clones, so DEC is not a safe bet - basic_machine=pdp10-unknown - ;; - pdp11) - basic_machine=pdp11-dec - ;; - we32k) - basic_machine=we32k-att - ;; - sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[24]aeb | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele) - basic_machine=sh-unknown - ;; - sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v) - basic_machine=sparc-sun - ;; - cydra) - basic_machine=cydra-cydrome - ;; - orion) - basic_machine=orion-highlevel - ;; - orion105) - basic_machine=clipper-highlevel - ;; - mac | mpw | mac-mpw) - basic_machine=m68k-apple - ;; - pmac | pmac-mpw) - basic_machine=powerpc-apple - ;; - *-unknown) - # Make sure to match an already-canonicalized machine name. - ;; - *) - echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': machine \`$basic_machine\' not recognized 1>&2 - exit 1 - ;; -esac - -# Here we canonicalize certain aliases for manufacturers. -case $basic_machine in - *-digital*) - basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/digital.*/dec/'` - ;; - *-commodore*) - basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/commodore.*/cbm/'` - ;; - *) - ;; -esac - -# Decode manufacturer-specific aliases for certain operating systems. - -if [ x"$os" != x"" ] -then -case $os in - # First match some system type aliases - # that might get confused with valid system types. - # -solaris* is a basic system type, with this one exception. - -auroraux) - os=-auroraux - ;; - -solaris1 | -solaris1.*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|solaris1|sunos4|'` - ;; - -solaris) - os=-solaris2 - ;; - -svr4*) - os=-sysv4 - ;; - -unixware*) - os=-sysv4.2uw - ;; - -gnu/linux*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|gnu/linux|linux-gnu|'` - ;; - # First accept the basic system types. - # The portable systems comes first. - # Each alternative MUST END IN A *, to match a version number. - # -sysv* is not here because it comes later, after sysvr4. - -gnu* | -bsd* | -mach* | -minix* | -genix* | -ultrix* | -irix* \ - | -*vms* | -sco* | -esix* | -isc* | -aix* | -cnk* | -sunos | -sunos[34]*\ - | -hpux* | -unos* | -osf* | -luna* | -dgux* | -auroraux* | -solaris* \ - | -sym* | -kopensolaris* \ - | -amigaos* | -amigados* | -msdos* | -newsos* | -unicos* | -aof* \ - | -aos* | -aros* \ - | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \ - | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \ - | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \ - | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \ - | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \ - | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \ - | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \ - | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \ - | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* | -cegcc* \ - | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \ - | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \ - | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \ - | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \ - | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \ - | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \ - | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \ - | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \ - | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \ - | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops* | -es*) - # Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number. - ;; - -qnx*) - case $basic_machine in - x86-* | i*86-*) - ;; - *) - os=-nto$os - ;; - esac - ;; - -nto-qnx*) - ;; - -nto*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'` - ;; - -sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \ - | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \ - | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*) - ;; - -mac*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|mac|macos|'` - ;; - -linux-dietlibc) - os=-linux-dietlibc - ;; - -linux*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|linux|linux-gnu|'` - ;; - -sunos5*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos5|solaris2|'` - ;; - -sunos6*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sunos6|solaris3|'` - ;; - -opened*) - os=-openedition - ;; - -os400*) - os=-os400 - ;; - -wince*) - os=-wince - ;; - -osfrose*) - os=-osfrose - ;; - -osf*) - os=-osf - ;; - -utek*) - os=-bsd - ;; - -dynix*) - os=-bsd - ;; - -acis*) - os=-aos - ;; - -atheos*) - os=-atheos - ;; - -syllable*) - os=-syllable - ;; - -386bsd) - os=-bsd - ;; - -ctix* | -uts*) - os=-sysv - ;; - -nova*) - os=-rtmk-nova - ;; - -ns2 ) - os=-nextstep2 - ;; - -nsk*) - os=-nsk - ;; - # Preserve the version number of sinix5. - -sinix5.*) - os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|sinix|sysv|'` - ;; - -sinix*) - os=-sysv4 - ;; - -tpf*) - os=-tpf - ;; - -triton*) - os=-sysv3 - ;; - -oss*) - os=-sysv3 - ;; - -svr4) - os=-sysv4 - ;; - -svr3) - os=-sysv3 - ;; - -sysvr4) - os=-sysv4 - ;; - # This must come after -sysvr4. - -sysv*) - ;; - -ose*) - os=-ose - ;; - -es1800*) - os=-ose - ;; - -xenix) - os=-xenix - ;; - -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) - os=-mint - ;; - -aros*) - os=-aros - ;; - -kaos*) - os=-kaos - ;; - -zvmoe) - os=-zvmoe - ;; - -dicos*) - os=-dicos - ;; - -none) - ;; - *) - # Get rid of the `-' at the beginning of $os. - os=`echo $os | sed 's/[^-]*-//'` - echo Invalid configuration \`$1\': system \`$os\' not recognized 1>&2 - exit 1 - ;; -esac -else - -# Here we handle the default operating systems that come with various machines. -# The value should be what the vendor currently ships out the door with their -# machine or put another way, the most popular os provided with the machine. - -# Note that if you're going to try to match "-MANUFACTURER" here (say, -# "-sun"), then you have to tell the case statement up towards the top -# that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating system. Otherwise, code above -# will signal an error saying that MANUFACTURER isn't an operating -# system, and we'll never get to this point. - -case $basic_machine in - score-*) - os=-elf - ;; - spu-*) - os=-elf - ;; - *-acorn) - os=-riscix1.2 - ;; - arm*-rebel) - os=-linux - ;; - arm*-semi) - os=-aout - ;; - c4x-* | tic4x-*) - os=-coff - ;; - # This must come before the *-dec entry. - pdp10-*) - os=-tops20 - ;; - pdp11-*) - os=-none - ;; - *-dec | vax-*) - os=-ultrix4.2 - ;; - m68*-apollo) - os=-domain - ;; - i386-sun) - os=-sunos4.0.2 - ;; - m68000-sun) - os=-sunos3 - # This also exists in the configure program, but was not the - # default. - # os=-sunos4 - ;; - m68*-cisco) - os=-aout - ;; - mep-*) - os=-elf - ;; - mips*-cisco) - os=-elf - ;; - mips*-*) - os=-elf - ;; - or32-*) - os=-coff - ;; - *-tti) # must be before sparc entry or we get the wrong os. - os=-sysv3 - ;; - sparc-* | *-sun) - os=-sunos4.1.1 - ;; - *-be) - os=-beos - ;; - *-haiku) - os=-haiku - ;; - *-ibm) - os=-aix - ;; - *-knuth) - os=-mmixware - ;; - *-wec) - os=-proelf - ;; - *-winbond) - os=-proelf - ;; - *-oki) - os=-proelf - ;; - *-hp) - os=-hpux - ;; - *-hitachi) - os=-hiux - ;; - i860-* | *-att | *-ncr | *-altos | *-motorola | *-convergent) - os=-sysv - ;; - *-cbm) - os=-amigaos - ;; - *-dg) - os=-dgux - ;; - *-dolphin) - os=-sysv3 - ;; - m68k-ccur) - os=-rtu - ;; - m88k-omron*) - os=-luna - ;; - *-next ) - os=-nextstep - ;; - *-sequent) - os=-ptx - ;; - *-crds) - os=-unos - ;; - *-ns) - os=-genix - ;; - i370-*) - os=-mvs - ;; - *-next) - os=-nextstep3 - ;; - *-gould) - os=-sysv - ;; - *-highlevel) - os=-bsd - ;; - *-encore) - os=-bsd - ;; - *-sgi) - os=-irix - ;; - *-siemens) - os=-sysv4 - ;; - *-masscomp) - os=-rtu - ;; - f30[01]-fujitsu | f700-fujitsu) - os=-uxpv - ;; - *-rom68k) - os=-coff - ;; - *-*bug) - os=-coff - ;; - *-apple) - os=-macos - ;; - *-atari*) - os=-mint - ;; - *) - os=-none - ;; -esac -fi - -# Here we handle the case where we know the os, and the CPU type, but not the -# manufacturer. We pick the logical manufacturer. -vendor=unknown -case $basic_machine in - *-unknown) - case $os in - -riscix*) - vendor=acorn - ;; - -sunos*) - vendor=sun - ;; - -cnk*|-aix*) - vendor=ibm - ;; - -beos*) - vendor=be - ;; - -hpux*) - vendor=hp - ;; - -mpeix*) - vendor=hp - ;; - -hiux*) - vendor=hitachi - ;; - -unos*) - vendor=crds - ;; - -dgux*) - vendor=dg - ;; - -luna*) - vendor=omron - ;; - -genix*) - vendor=ns - ;; - -mvs* | -opened*) - vendor=ibm - ;; - -os400*) - vendor=ibm - ;; - -ptx*) - vendor=sequent - ;; - -tpf*) - vendor=ibm - ;; - -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -windiss*) - vendor=wrs - ;; - -aux*) - vendor=apple - ;; - -hms*) - vendor=hitachi - ;; - -mpw* | -macos*) - vendor=apple - ;; - -*mint | -mint[0-9]* | -*MiNT | -MiNT[0-9]*) - vendor=atari - ;; - -vos*) - vendor=stratus - ;; - esac - basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed "s/unknown/$vendor/"` - ;; -esac - -echo $basic_machine$os -exit - -# Local variables: -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "timestamp='" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d" -# time-stamp-end: "'" -# End: diff --git a/.pc/ios/configure.host b/.pc/ios/configure.host deleted file mode 100644 index f52457b..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/configure.host +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -# configure.host -# -# This shell script handles all host based configuration for libffi. -# - -# THIS TABLE IS SORTED. KEEP IT THAT WAY. -case "${host}" in - frv*-elf) - LDFLAGS=`echo $LDFLAGS | sed "s/\-B[^ ]*libgloss\/frv\///"`\ -B`pwd`/../libgloss/frv/ - ;; -esac diff --git a/.pc/ios/depcomp b/.pc/ios/depcomp deleted file mode 100755 index ca5ea4e..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/depcomp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,584 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects - -scriptversion=2006-10-15.18 - -# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software -# Foundation, Inc. - -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. - -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. - -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you -# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a -# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - -# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva . - -case $1 in - '') - echo "$0: No command. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 - exit 1; - ;; - -h | --h*) - cat <<\EOF -Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS] - -Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies -as side-effects. - -Environment variables: - depmode Dependency tracking mode. - source Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. - object Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'. - DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies. - depfile Dependency file to output. - tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies. - libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no). - -Report bugs to . -EOF - exit $? - ;; - -v | --v*) - echo "depcomp $scriptversion" - exit $? - ;; -esac - -if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then - echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2 - exit 1 -fi - -# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po. -depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" | - sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`} -tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`} - -rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - -# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We -# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below, -# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case -# here, because this file can only contain one case statement. -if test "$depmode" = hp; then - # HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg. - gccflag=-M - depmode=gcc -fi - -if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then - # This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument. - dashmflag=-xM - depmode=dashmstdout -fi - -case "$depmode" in -gcc3) -## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what -## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like -## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm. -## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon -## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they -## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here -## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this. - for arg - do - case $arg in - -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;; - *) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;; - esac - shift # fnord - shift # $arg - done - "$@" - stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - exit $stat - fi - mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile" - ;; - -gcc) -## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's -## why we pick this rather obscure method: -## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end -## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly. -## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.) -## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like -## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). -## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse -## than renaming). - if test -z "$gccflag"; then - gccflag=-MD, - fi - "$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile" - stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - exit $stat - fi - rm -f "$depfile" - echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" - alpha=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz -## The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive letters. - sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \ - -e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" -## This next piece of magic avoids the `deleted header file' problem. -## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file -## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is -## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding -## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do -## this for us directly. - tr ' ' ' -' < "$tmpdepfile" | -## Some versions of gcc put a space before the `:'. On the theory -## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as -## well. -## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation -## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. - sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; - -hp) - # This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by - # looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run, - # since it is checked for above. - exit 1 - ;; - -sgi) - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - "$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile" - else - "$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile" - fi - stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - exit $stat - fi - rm -f "$depfile" - - if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files - echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" - - # Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be - # clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle - # lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in - # IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines; - # the IRIX cc adds comments like `#:fec' to the end of the - # dependency line. - tr ' ' ' -' < "$tmpdepfile" \ - | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' | \ - tr ' -' ' ' >> $depfile - echo >> $depfile - - # The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file. - tr ' ' ' -' < "$tmpdepfile" \ - | sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \ - >> $depfile - else - # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just - # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile - # "include basename.Plo" scheme. - echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" - fi - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; - -aix) - # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies - # in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the - # current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the - # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information. - # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases. - stripped=`echo "$object" | sed 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'` - tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - "$@" -Wc,-M - else - "$@" -M - fi - stat=$? - - if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then : - else - stripped=`echo "$stripped" | sed 's,^.*/,,'` - tmpdepfile="$stripped.u" - fi - - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - exit $stat - fi - - if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then - outname="$stripped.o" - # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'. - # Do two passes, one to just change these to - # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. - sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" - else - # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just - # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile - # "include basename.Plo" scheme. - echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" - fi - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; - -icc) - # Intel's C compiler understands `-MD -MF file'. However on - # icc -MD -MF foo.d -c -o sub/foo.o sub/foo.c - # ICC 7.0 will fill foo.d with something like - # foo.o: sub/foo.c - # foo.o: sub/foo.h - # which is wrong. We want: - # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.c - # sub/foo.o: sub/foo.h - # sub/foo.c: - # sub/foo.h: - # ICC 7.1 will output - # foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h - # and will wrap long lines using \ : - # foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \ - # sub/foo.h ... \ - # ... - - "$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile" - stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - exit $stat - fi - rm -f "$depfile" - # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h', - # or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'. - # Do two passes, one to just change these to - # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'. - sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - # Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation - # correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. - sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" | - sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; - -hp2) - # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64 - # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option - # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named - # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that - # happens to be. - # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there. - dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` - test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= - base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d - tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d - "$@" -Wc,+Maked - else - tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d - tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d - "$@" +Maked - fi - stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" - exit $stat - fi - - for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" - do - test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break - done - if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then - sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - # Add `dependent.h:' lines. - sed -ne '2,${; s/^ *//; s/ \\*$//; s/$/:/; p;}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" - else - echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" - fi - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2" - ;; - -tru64) - # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side - # effect. `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'. - # At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put - # dependencies in `foo.d' instead, so we check for that too. - # Subdirectories are respected. - dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'` - test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir= - base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'` - - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a - # static library. This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to - # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation. - # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d. - # - # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now - # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These two - # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and - # in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because - # one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer - # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is - # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring - # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic. - tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d # libtool 1.4 - tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 - tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # libtool 1.5 - tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504 - "$@" -Wc,-MD - else - tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d - tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d - tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d - tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d - "$@" -MD - fi - - stat=$? - if test $stat -eq 0; then : - else - rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4" - exit $stat - fi - - for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4" - do - test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break - done - if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then - sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - # That's a tab and a space in the []. - sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" - else - echo "#dummy" > "$depfile" - fi - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; - -#nosideeffect) - # This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect - # dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones. - -dashmstdout) - # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* - # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o. - "$@" || exit $? - - # Remove the call to Libtool. - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do - shift - done - shift - fi - - # Remove `-o $object'. - IFS=" " - for arg - do - case $arg in - -o) - shift - ;; - $object) - shift - ;; - *) - set fnord "$@" "$arg" - shift # fnord - shift # $arg - ;; - esac - done - - test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M - # Require at least two characters before searching for `:' - # in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames: - # a dependency such as `c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target `c' otherwise. - "$@" $dashmflag | - sed 's:^[ ]*[^: ][^:][^:]*\:[ ]*:'"$object"'\: :' > "$tmpdepfile" - rm -f "$depfile" - cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - tr ' ' ' -' < "$tmpdepfile" | \ -## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation -## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. - sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; - -dashXmstdout) - # This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually - # run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble. - exit 1 - ;; - -makedepend) - "$@" || exit $? - # Remove any Libtool call - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do - shift - done - shift - fi - # X makedepend - shift - cleared=no - for arg in "$@"; do - case $cleared in - no) - set ""; shift - cleared=yes ;; - esac - case "$arg" in - -D*|-I*) - set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; - # Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove - # the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file. - -*|$object) - ;; - *) - set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;; - esac - done - obj_suffix="`echo $object | sed 's/^.*\././'`" - touch "$tmpdepfile" - ${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@" - rm -f "$depfile" - cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile" - sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" | tr ' ' ' -' | \ -## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation -## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround. - sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' | sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak - ;; - -cpp) - # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* - # always write the preprocessed file to stdout. - "$@" || exit $? - - # Remove the call to Libtool. - if test "$libtool" = yes; then - while test $1 != '--mode=compile'; do - shift - done - shift - fi - - # Remove `-o $object'. - IFS=" " - for arg - do - case $arg in - -o) - shift - ;; - $object) - shift - ;; - *) - set fnord "$@" "$arg" - shift # fnord - shift # $arg - ;; - esac - done - - "$@" -E | - sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \ - -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' | - sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile" - rm -f "$depfile" - echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" - cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile" - sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile" - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; - -msvisualcpp) - # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must* - # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o, - # because we must use -o when running libtool. - "$@" || exit $? - IFS=" " - for arg - do - case "$arg" in - "-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI") - set fnord "$@" - shift - shift - ;; - *) - set fnord "$@" "$arg" - shift - shift - ;; - esac - done - "$@" -E | - sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::echo "`cygpath -u \\"\1\\"`":p' | sort | uniq > "$tmpdepfile" - rm -f "$depfile" - echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile" - . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s:: \1 \\:p' >> "$depfile" - echo " " >> "$depfile" - . "$tmpdepfile" | sed 's% %\\ %g' | sed -n '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile" - rm -f "$tmpdepfile" - ;; - -none) - exec "$@" - ;; - -*) - echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2 - exit 1 - ;; -esac - -exit 0 - -# Local Variables: -# mode: shell-script -# sh-indentation: 2 -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" -# End: diff --git a/.pc/ios/install-sh b/.pc/ios/install-sh deleted file mode 100755 index 6781b98..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/install-sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,520 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# install - install a program, script, or datafile - -scriptversion=2009-04-28.21; # UTC - -# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was -# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the -# following copyright and license. -# -# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium -# -# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy -# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to -# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the -# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or -# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is -# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: -# -# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -# all copies or substantial portions of the Software. -# -# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE -# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN -# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC- -# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. -# -# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not -# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal- -# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor- -# tium. -# -# -# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain. -# -# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent -# `make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it -# when there is no Makefile. -# -# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written -# from scratch. - -nl=' -' -IFS=" "" $nl" - -# set DOITPROG to echo to test this script - -# Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it. -doit=${DOITPROG-} -if test -z "$doit"; then - doit_exec=exec -else - doit_exec=$doit -fi - -# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path; -# or use environment vars. - -chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp} -chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod} -chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown} -cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp} -cpprog=${CPPROG-cp} -mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir} -mvprog=${MVPROG-mv} -rmprog=${RMPROG-rm} -stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip} - -posix_glob='?' -initialize_posix_glob=' - test "$posix_glob" != "?" || { - if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then - posix_glob= - else - posix_glob=: - fi - } -' - -posix_mkdir= - -# Desired mode of installed file. -mode=0755 - -chgrpcmd= -chmodcmd=$chmodprog -chowncmd= -mvcmd=$mvprog -rmcmd="$rmprog -f" -stripcmd= - -src= -dst= -dir_arg= -dst_arg= - -copy_on_change=false -no_target_directory= - -usage="\ -Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE - or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY - or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES... - or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES... - -In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE. -In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY. -In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES. - -Options: - --help display this help and exit. - --version display version info and exit. - - -c (ignored) - -C install only if different (preserve the last data modification time) - -d create directories instead of installing files. - -g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP. - -m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE. - -o USER $chownprog installed files to USER. - -s $stripprog installed files. - -t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY. - -T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory. - -Environment variables override the default commands: - CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG - RMPROG STRIPPROG -" - -while test $# -ne 0; do - case $1 in - -c) ;; - - -C) copy_on_change=true;; - - -d) dir_arg=true;; - - -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2" - shift;; - - --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;; - - -m) mode=$2 - case $mode in - *' '* | *' '* | *' -'* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*) - echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2 - exit 1;; - esac - shift;; - - -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2" - shift;; - - -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;; - - -t) dst_arg=$2 - shift;; - - -T) no_target_directory=true;; - - --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;; - - --) shift - break;; - - -*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2 - exit 1;; - - *) break;; - esac - shift -done - -if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then - # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create. - # When -t is used, the destination is already specified. - # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@. - for arg - do - if test -n "$dst_arg"; then - # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg. - set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg" - shift # fnord - fi - shift # arg - dst_arg=$arg - done -fi - -if test $# -eq 0; then - if test -z "$dir_arg"; then - echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2 - exit 1 - fi - # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument. - # This can happen when creating conditional directories. - exit 0 -fi - -if test -z "$dir_arg"; then - trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15 - - # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes. - # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps. - case $mode in - # Optimize common cases. - *644) cp_umask=133;; - *755) cp_umask=22;; - - *[0-7]) - if test -z "$stripcmd"; then - u_plus_rw= - else - u_plus_rw='% 200' - fi - cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;; - *) - if test -z "$stripcmd"; then - u_plus_rw= - else - u_plus_rw=,u+rw - fi - cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;; - esac -fi - -for src -do - # Protect names starting with `-'. - case $src in - -*) src=./$src;; - esac - - if test -n "$dir_arg"; then - dst=$src - dstdir=$dst - test -d "$dstdir" - dstdir_status=$? - else - - # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command - # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad - # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'. - if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then - echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2 - exit 1 - fi - - if test -z "$dst_arg"; then - echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2 - exit 1 - fi - - dst=$dst_arg - # Protect names starting with `-'. - case $dst in - -*) dst=./$dst;; - esac - - # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work - # if double slashes aren't ignored. - if test -d "$dst"; then - if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then - echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2 - exit 1 - fi - dstdir=$dst - dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"` - dstdir_status=0 - else - # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails. - dstdir=` - (dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null || - expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \ - X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \ - X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \ - X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null || - echo X"$dst" | - sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\/\)$/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - /^X\(\/\).*/{ - s//\1/ - q - } - s/.*/./; q' - ` - - test -d "$dstdir" - dstdir_status=$? - fi - fi - - obsolete_mkdir_used=false - - if test $dstdir_status != 0; then - case $posix_mkdir in - '') - # Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask. - # This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28. - umask=`umask` - case $stripcmd.$umask in - # Optimize common cases. - *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;; - .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;; - - *[0-7]) - mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \ - - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \ - - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2 - `;; - *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;; - esac - - # With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode. - # Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask. - if test -n "$dir_arg"; then - mkdir_mode=-m$mode - else - mkdir_mode= - fi - - posix_mkdir=false - case $umask in - *[123567][0-7][0-7]) - # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which - # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0. - ;; - *) - tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$ - trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0 - - if (umask $mkdir_umask && - exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1 - then - if test -z "$dir_arg" || { - # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m. - # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or - # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't. - # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory. - ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` - case $ls_ld_tmpdir in - d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;; - d????-?--*) different_mode=755;; - *) false;; - esac && - $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && { - ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"` - test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1" - } - } - then posix_mkdir=: - fi - rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" - else - # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations. - rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null - fi - trap '' 0;; - esac;; - esac - - if - $posix_mkdir && ( - umask $mkdir_umask && - $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir" - ) - then : - else - - # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX, - # or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the - # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go. - - case $dstdir in - /*) prefix='/';; - -*) prefix='./';; - *) prefix='';; - esac - - eval "$initialize_posix_glob" - - oIFS=$IFS - IFS=/ - $posix_glob set -f - set fnord $dstdir - shift - $posix_glob set +f - IFS=$oIFS - - prefixes= - - for d - do - test -z "$d" && continue - - prefix=$prefix$d - if test -d "$prefix"; then - prefixes= - else - if $posix_mkdir; then - (umask=$mkdir_umask && - $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break - # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. - test -d "$prefix" || exit 1 - else - case $prefix in - *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;; - *) qprefix=$prefix;; - esac - prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'" - fi - fi - prefix=$prefix/ - done - - if test -n "$prefixes"; then - # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently. - (umask $mkdir_umask && - eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") || - test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1 - obsolete_mkdir_used=true - fi - fi - fi - - if test -n "$dir_arg"; then - { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } && - { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } && - { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false || - test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1 - else - - # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory. - dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_ - rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_ - - # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit. - trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0 - - # Copy the file name to the temp name. - (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") && - - # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits. - # - # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to - # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore - # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command. - # - { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } && - { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } && - { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } && - { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } && - - # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file. - if $copy_on_change && - old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` && - new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` && - - eval "$initialize_posix_glob" && - $posix_glob set -f && - set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && - set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 && - $posix_glob set +f && - - test "$old" = "$new" && - $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1 - then - rm -f "$dsttmp" - else - # Rename the file to the real destination. - $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null || - - # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else - # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not - # support -f. - { - # Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location. - # We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some - # systems and the destination file might be busy for other - # reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new - # file should still install successfully. - { - test ! -f "$dst" || - $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null || - { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null && - { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; } - } || - { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2 - (exit 1); exit 1 - } - } && - - # Now rename the file to the real destination. - $doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst" - } - fi || exit 1 - - trap '' 0 - fi -done - -# Local variables: -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC" -# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC" -# End: diff --git a/.pc/ios/libffi.pc.in b/.pc/ios/libffi.pc.in deleted file mode 100644 index c2e1c7b..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/libffi.pc.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1,10 +0,0 @@ -prefix=@prefix@ -exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@ -libdir=@libdir@ -includedir=${libdir}/@PACKAGE_NAME@-@PACKAGE_VERSION@/include - -Name: @PACKAGE_NAME@ -Description: Library supporting Foreign Function Interfaces -Version: @PACKAGE_VERSION@ -Libs: -L${libdir} -lffi -Cflags: -I${includedir} diff --git a/.pc/ios/libtool-version b/.pc/ios/libtool-version deleted file mode 100644 index b8b80e0..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/libtool-version +++ /dev/null @@ -1,29 +0,0 @@ -# This file is used to maintain libtool version info for libffi. See -# the libtool manual to understand the meaning of the fields. This is -# a separate file so that version updates don't involve re-running -# automake. -# -# Here are a set of rules to help you update your library version -# information: -# -# 1. Start with version information of `0:0:0' for each libtool library. -# -# 2. Update the version information only immediately before a public -# release of your software. More frequent updates are unnecessary, -# and only guarantee that the current interface number gets larger -# faster. -# -# 3. If the library source code has changed at all since the last -# update, then increment revision (`c:r:a' becomes `c:r+1:a'). -# -# 4. If any interfaces have been added, removed, or changed since the -# last update, increment current, and set revision to 0. -# -# 5. If any interfaces have been added since the last public release, -# then increment age. -# -# 6. If any interfaces have been removed since the last public -# release, then set age to 0. -# -# CURRENT:REVISION:AGE -5:10:0 diff --git a/.pc/ios/ltmain.sh b/.pc/ios/ltmain.sh deleted file mode 100644 index a72f2fd..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/ltmain.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,8406 +0,0 @@ -# Generated from ltmain.m4sh. - -# ltmain.sh (GNU libtool) 2.2.6b -# Written by Gordon Matzigkeit , 1996 - -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO -# warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - -# GNU Libtool is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, -# if you distribute this file as part of a program or library that -# is built using GNU Libtool, you may include this file under the -# same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. -# -# GNU Libtool is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but -# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -# General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with GNU Libtool; see the file COPYING. If not, a copy -# can be downloaded from http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, -# or obtained by writing to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., -# 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - -# Usage: $progname [OPTION]... [MODE-ARG]... -# -# Provide generalized library-building support services. -# -# --config show all configuration variables -# --debug enable verbose shell tracing -# -n, --dry-run display commands without modifying any files -# --features display basic configuration information and exit -# --mode=MODE use operation mode MODE -# --preserve-dup-deps don't remove duplicate dependency libraries -# --quiet, --silent don't print informational messages -# --tag=TAG use configuration variables from tag TAG -# -v, --verbose print informational messages (default) -# --version print version information -# -h, --help print short or long help message -# -# MODE must be one of the following: -# -# clean remove files from the build directory -# compile compile a source file into a libtool object -# execute automatically set library path, then run a program -# finish complete the installation of libtool libraries -# install install libraries or executables -# link create a library or an executable -# uninstall remove libraries from an installed directory -# -# MODE-ARGS vary depending on the MODE. -# Try `$progname --help --mode=MODE' for a more detailed description of MODE. -# -# When reporting a bug, please describe a test case to reproduce it and -# include the following information: -# -# host-triplet: $host -# shell: $SHELL -# compiler: $LTCC -# compiler flags: $LTCFLAGS -# linker: $LD (gnu? $with_gnu_ld) -# $progname: (GNU libtool) 2.2.6b -# automake: $automake_version -# autoconf: $autoconf_version -# -# Report bugs to . - -PROGRAM=ltmain.sh -PACKAGE=libtool -VERSION=2.2.6b -TIMESTAMP="" -package_revision=1.3017 - -# Be Bourne compatible -if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - emulate sh - NULLCMD=: - # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which - # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. - alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"' - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -else - case `(set -o) 2>/dev/null` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac -fi -BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 -DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh - -# NLS nuisances: We save the old values to restore during execute mode. -# Only set LANG and LC_ALL to C if already set. -# These must not be set unconditionally because not all systems understand -# e.g. LANG=C (notably SCO). -lt_user_locale= -lt_safe_locale= -for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES -do - eval "if test \"\${$lt_var+set}\" = set; then - save_$lt_var=\$$lt_var - $lt_var=C - export $lt_var - lt_user_locale=\"$lt_var=\\\$save_\$lt_var; \$lt_user_locale\" - lt_safe_locale=\"$lt_var=C; \$lt_safe_locale\" - fi" -done - -$lt_unset CDPATH - - - - - -: ${CP="cp -f"} -: ${ECHO="echo"} -: ${EGREP="/bin/grep -E"} -: ${FGREP="/bin/grep -F"} -: ${GREP="/bin/grep"} -: ${LN_S="ln -s"} -: ${MAKE="make"} -: ${MKDIR="mkdir"} -: ${MV="mv -f"} -: ${RM="rm -f"} -: ${SED="/bin/sed"} -: ${SHELL="${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh}"} -: ${Xsed="$SED -e 1s/^X//"} - -# Global variables: -EXIT_SUCCESS=0 -EXIT_FAILURE=1 -EXIT_MISMATCH=63 # $? = 63 is used to indicate version mismatch to missing. -EXIT_SKIP=77 # $? = 77 is used to indicate a skipped test to automake. - -exit_status=$EXIT_SUCCESS - -# Make sure IFS has a sensible default -lt_nl=' -' -IFS=" $lt_nl" - -dirname="s,/[^/]*$,," -basename="s,^.*/,," - -# func_dirname_and_basename file append nondir_replacement -# perform func_basename and func_dirname in a single function -# call: -# dirname: Compute the dirname of FILE. If nonempty, -# add APPEND to the result, otherwise set result -# to NONDIR_REPLACEMENT. -# value returned in "$func_dirname_result" -# basename: Compute filename of FILE. -# value retuned in "$func_basename_result" -# Implementation must be kept synchronized with func_dirname -# and func_basename. For efficiency, we do not delegate to -# those functions but instead duplicate the functionality here. -func_dirname_and_basename () -{ - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - func_dirname_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"` - if test "X$func_dirname_result" = "X${1}"; then - func_dirname_result="${3}" - else - func_dirname_result="$func_dirname_result${2}" - fi - func_basename_result=`$ECHO "X${1}" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` -} - -# Generated shell functions inserted here. - -# Work around backward compatibility issue on IRIX 6.5. On IRIX 6.4+, sh -# is ksh but when the shell is invoked as "sh" and the current value of -# the _XPG environment variable is not equal to 1 (one), the special -# positional parameter $0, within a function call, is the name of the -# function. -progpath="$0" - -# The name of this program: -# In the unlikely event $progname began with a '-', it would play havoc with -# func_echo (imagine progname=-n), so we prepend ./ in that case: -func_dirname_and_basename "$progpath" -progname=$func_basename_result -case $progname in - -*) progname=./$progname ;; -esac - -# Make sure we have an absolute path for reexecution: -case $progpath in - [\\/]*|[A-Za-z]:\\*) ;; - *[\\/]*) - progdir=$func_dirname_result - progdir=`cd "$progdir" && pwd` - progpath="$progdir/$progname" - ;; - *) - save_IFS="$IFS" - IFS=: - for progdir in $PATH; do - IFS="$save_IFS" - test -x "$progdir/$progname" && break - done - IFS="$save_IFS" - test -n "$progdir" || progdir=`pwd` - progpath="$progdir/$progname" - ;; -esac - -# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies -# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. -Xsed="${SED}"' -e 1s/^X//' -sed_quote_subst='s/\([`"$\\]\)/\\\1/g' - -# Same as above, but do not quote variable references. -double_quote_subst='s/\(["`\\]\)/\\\1/g' - -# Re-`\' parameter expansions in output of double_quote_subst that were -# `\'-ed in input to the same. If an odd number of `\' preceded a '$' -# in input to double_quote_subst, that '$' was protected from expansion. -# Since each input `\' is now two `\'s, look for any number of runs of -# four `\'s followed by two `\'s and then a '$'. `\' that '$'. -bs='\\' -bs2='\\\\' -bs4='\\\\\\\\' -dollar='\$' -sed_double_backslash="\ - s/$bs4/&\\ -/g - s/^$bs2$dollar/$bs&/ - s/\\([^$bs]\\)$bs2$dollar/\\1$bs2$bs$dollar/g - s/\n//g" - -# Standard options: -opt_dry_run=false -opt_help=false -opt_quiet=false -opt_verbose=false -opt_warning=: - -# func_echo arg... -# Echo program name prefixed message, along with the current mode -# name if it has been set yet. -func_echo () -{ - $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: $*" -} - -# func_verbose arg... -# Echo program name prefixed message in verbose mode only. -func_verbose () -{ - $opt_verbose && func_echo ${1+"$@"} - - # A bug in bash halts the script if the last line of a function - # fails when set -e is in force, so we need another command to - # work around that: - : -} - -# func_error arg... -# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error. -func_error () -{ - $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2 -} - -# func_warning arg... -# Echo program name prefixed warning message to standard error. -func_warning () -{ - $opt_warning && $ECHO "$progname${mode+: }$mode: warning: "${1+"$@"} 1>&2 - - # bash bug again: - : -} - -# func_fatal_error arg... -# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, and exit. -func_fatal_error () -{ - func_error ${1+"$@"} - exit $EXIT_FAILURE -} - -# func_fatal_help arg... -# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error, followed by -# a help hint, and exit. -func_fatal_help () -{ - func_error ${1+"$@"} - func_fatal_error "$help" -} -help="Try \`$progname --help' for more information." ## default - - -# func_grep expression filename -# Check whether EXPRESSION matches any line of FILENAME, without output. -func_grep () -{ - $GREP "$1" "$2" >/dev/null 2>&1 -} - - -# func_mkdir_p directory-path -# Make sure the entire path to DIRECTORY-PATH is available. -func_mkdir_p () -{ - my_directory_path="$1" - my_dir_list= - - if test -n "$my_directory_path" && test "$opt_dry_run" != ":"; then - - # Protect directory names starting with `-' - case $my_directory_path in - -*) my_directory_path="./$my_directory_path" ;; - esac - - # While some portion of DIR does not yet exist... - while test ! -d "$my_directory_path"; do - # ...make a list in topmost first order. Use a colon delimited - # list incase some portion of path contains whitespace. - my_dir_list="$my_directory_path:$my_dir_list" - - # If the last portion added has no slash in it, the list is done - case $my_directory_path in */*) ;; *) break ;; esac - - # ...otherwise throw away the child directory and loop - my_directory_path=`$ECHO "X$my_directory_path" | $Xsed -e "$dirname"` - done - my_dir_list=`$ECHO "X$my_dir_list" | $Xsed -e 's,:*$,,'` - - save_mkdir_p_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=':' - for my_dir in $my_dir_list; do - IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS" - # mkdir can fail with a `File exist' error if two processes - # try to create one of the directories concurrently. Don't - # stop in that case! - $MKDIR "$my_dir" 2>/dev/null || : - done - IFS="$save_mkdir_p_IFS" - - # Bail out if we (or some other process) failed to create a directory. - test -d "$my_directory_path" || \ - func_fatal_error "Failed to create \`$1'" - fi -} - - -# func_mktempdir [string] -# Make a temporary directory that won't clash with other running -# libtool processes, and avoids race conditions if possible. If -# given, STRING is the basename for that directory. -func_mktempdir () -{ - my_template="${TMPDIR-/tmp}/${1-$progname}" - - if test "$opt_dry_run" = ":"; then - # Return a directory name, but don't create it in dry-run mode - my_tmpdir="${my_template}-$$" - else - - # If mktemp works, use that first and foremost - my_tmpdir=`mktemp -d "${my_template}-XXXXXXXX" 2>/dev/null` - - if test ! -d "$my_tmpdir"; then - # Failing that, at least try and use $RANDOM to avoid a race - my_tmpdir="${my_template}-${RANDOM-0}$$" - - save_mktempdir_umask=`umask` - umask 0077 - $MKDIR "$my_tmpdir" - umask $save_mktempdir_umask - fi - - # If we're not in dry-run mode, bomb out on failure - test -d "$my_tmpdir" || \ - func_fatal_error "cannot create temporary directory \`$my_tmpdir'" - fi - - $ECHO "X$my_tmpdir" | $Xsed -} - - -# func_quote_for_eval arg -# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later. -# This function returns two values: FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_RESULT -# is double-quoted, suitable for a subsequent eval, whereas -# FUNC_QUOTE_FOR_EVAL_UNQUOTED_RESULT has merely all characters -# which are still active within double quotes backslashified. -func_quote_for_eval () -{ - case $1 in - *[\\\`\"\$]*) - func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result=`$ECHO "X$1" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` ;; - *) - func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result="$1" ;; - esac - - case $func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result in - # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay - # word splitting, command substitution and and variable - # expansion for a subsequent eval. - # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly - # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - func_quote_for_eval_result="\"$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result\"" - ;; - *) - func_quote_for_eval_result="$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result" - esac -} - - -# func_quote_for_expand arg -# Aesthetically quote ARG to be evaled later; same as above, -# but do not quote variable references. -func_quote_for_expand () -{ - case $1 in - *[\\\`\"]*) - my_arg=`$ECHO "X$1" | $Xsed \ - -e "$double_quote_subst" -e "$sed_double_backslash"` ;; - *) - my_arg="$1" ;; - esac - - case $my_arg in - # Double-quote args containing shell metacharacters to delay - # word splitting and command substitution for a subsequent eval. - # Many Bourne shells cannot handle close brackets correctly - # in scan sets, so we specify it separately. - *[\[\~\#\^\&\*\(\)\{\}\|\;\<\>\?\'\ \ ]*|*]*|"") - my_arg="\"$my_arg\"" - ;; - esac - - func_quote_for_expand_result="$my_arg" -} - - -# func_show_eval cmd [fail_exp] -# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is -# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP -# is given, then evaluate it. -func_show_eval () -{ - my_cmd="$1" - my_fail_exp="${2-:}" - - ${opt_silent-false} || { - func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd" - eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" - } - - if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else - eval "$my_cmd" - my_status=$? - if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else - eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp" - fi - fi -} - - -# func_show_eval_locale cmd [fail_exp] -# Unless opt_silent is true, then output CMD. Then, if opt_dryrun is -# not true, evaluate CMD. If the evaluation of CMD fails, and FAIL_EXP -# is given, then evaluate it. Use the saved locale for evaluation. -func_show_eval_locale () -{ - my_cmd="$1" - my_fail_exp="${2-:}" - - ${opt_silent-false} || { - func_quote_for_expand "$my_cmd" - eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" - } - - if ${opt_dry_run-false}; then :; else - eval "$lt_user_locale - $my_cmd" - my_status=$? - eval "$lt_safe_locale" - if test "$my_status" -eq 0; then :; else - eval "(exit $my_status); $my_fail_exp" - fi - fi -} - - - - - -# func_version -# Echo version message to standard output and exit. -func_version () -{ - $SED -n '/^# '$PROGRAM' (GNU /,/# warranty; / { - s/^# // - s/^# *$// - s/\((C)\)[ 0-9,-]*\( [1-9][0-9]*\)/\1\2/ - p - }' < "$progpath" - exit $? -} - -# func_usage -# Echo short help message to standard output and exit. -func_usage () -{ - $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# -h/ { - s/^# // - s/^# *$// - s/\$progname/'$progname'/ - p - }' < "$progpath" - $ECHO - $ECHO "run \`$progname --help | more' for full usage" - exit $? -} - -# func_help -# Echo long help message to standard output and exit. -func_help () -{ - $SED -n '/^# Usage:/,/# Report bugs to/ { - s/^# // - s/^# *$// - s*\$progname*'$progname'* - s*\$host*'"$host"'* - s*\$SHELL*'"$SHELL"'* - s*\$LTCC*'"$LTCC"'* - s*\$LTCFLAGS*'"$LTCFLAGS"'* - s*\$LD*'"$LD"'* - s/\$with_gnu_ld/'"$with_gnu_ld"'/ - s/\$automake_version/'"`(automake --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/ - s/\$autoconf_version/'"`(autoconf --version) 2>/dev/null |$SED 1q`"'/ - p - }' < "$progpath" - exit $? -} - -# func_missing_arg argname -# Echo program name prefixed message to standard error and set global -# exit_cmd. -func_missing_arg () -{ - func_error "missing argument for $1" - exit_cmd=exit -} - -exit_cmd=: - - - - - -# Check that we have a working $ECHO. -if test "X$1" = X--no-reexec; then - # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. - shift -elif test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then - # Avoid inline document here, it may be left over - : -elif test "X`{ $ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null`" = 'X\t'; then - # Yippee, $ECHO works! - : -else - # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe $ECHO will work. - exec $SHELL "$progpath" --no-reexec ${1+"$@"} -fi - -if test "X$1" = X--fallback-echo; then - # used as fallback echo - shift - cat </dev/null 2>&1; then - taglist="$taglist $tagname" - - # Evaluate the configuration. Be careful to quote the path - # and the sed script, to avoid splitting on whitespace, but - # also don't use non-portable quotes within backquotes within - # quotes we have to do it in 2 steps: - extractedcf=`$SED -n -e "$sed_extractcf" < "$progpath"` - eval "$extractedcf" - else - func_error "ignoring unknown tag $tagname" - fi - ;; - esac -} - -# Parse options once, thoroughly. This comes as soon as possible in -# the script to make things like `libtool --version' happen quickly. -{ - - # Shorthand for --mode=foo, only valid as the first argument - case $1 in - clean|clea|cle|cl) - shift; set dummy --mode clean ${1+"$@"}; shift - ;; - compile|compil|compi|comp|com|co|c) - shift; set dummy --mode compile ${1+"$@"}; shift - ;; - execute|execut|execu|exec|exe|ex|e) - shift; set dummy --mode execute ${1+"$@"}; shift - ;; - finish|finis|fini|fin|fi|f) - shift; set dummy --mode finish ${1+"$@"}; shift - ;; - install|instal|insta|inst|ins|in|i) - shift; set dummy --mode install ${1+"$@"}; shift - ;; - link|lin|li|l) - shift; set dummy --mode link ${1+"$@"}; shift - ;; - uninstall|uninstal|uninsta|uninst|unins|unin|uni|un|u) - shift; set dummy --mode uninstall ${1+"$@"}; shift - ;; - esac - - # Parse non-mode specific arguments: - while test "$#" -gt 0; do - opt="$1" - shift - - case $opt in - --config) func_config ;; - - --debug) preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt" - func_echo "enabling shell trace mode" - opt_debug='set -x' - $opt_debug - ;; - - -dlopen) test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break - execute_dlfiles="$execute_dlfiles $1" - shift - ;; - - --dry-run | -n) opt_dry_run=: ;; - --features) func_features ;; - --finish) mode="finish" ;; - - --mode) test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break - case $1 in - # Valid mode arguments: - clean) ;; - compile) ;; - execute) ;; - finish) ;; - install) ;; - link) ;; - relink) ;; - uninstall) ;; - - # Catch anything else as an error - *) func_error "invalid argument for $opt" - exit_cmd=exit - break - ;; - esac - - mode="$1" - shift - ;; - - --preserve-dup-deps) - opt_duplicate_deps=: ;; - - --quiet|--silent) preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt" - opt_silent=: - ;; - - --verbose| -v) preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt" - opt_silent=false - ;; - - --tag) test "$#" -eq 0 && func_missing_arg "$opt" && break - preserve_args="$preserve_args $opt $1" - func_enable_tag "$1" # tagname is set here - shift - ;; - - # Separate optargs to long options: - -dlopen=*|--mode=*|--tag=*) - func_opt_split "$opt" - set dummy "$func_opt_split_opt" "$func_opt_split_arg" ${1+"$@"} - shift - ;; - - -\?|-h) func_usage ;; - --help) opt_help=: ;; - --version) func_version ;; - - -*) func_fatal_help "unrecognized option \`$opt'" ;; - - *) nonopt="$opt" - break - ;; - esac - done - - - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* | *pw32* | *cegcc*) - # don't eliminate duplications in $postdeps and $predeps - opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=: - ;; - *) - opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps=$opt_duplicate_deps - ;; - esac - - # Having warned about all mis-specified options, bail out if - # anything was wrong. - $exit_cmd $EXIT_FAILURE -} - -# func_check_version_match -# Ensure that we are using m4 macros, and libtool script from the same -# release of libtool. -func_check_version_match () -{ - if test "$package_revision" != "$macro_revision"; then - if test "$VERSION" != "$macro_version"; then - if test -z "$macro_version"; then - cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF -$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the -$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from an older release. -$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION -$progname: and run autoconf again. -_LT_EOF - else - cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF -$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, but the -$progname: definition of this LT_INIT comes from $PACKAGE $macro_version. -$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from $PACKAGE $VERSION -$progname: and run autoconf again. -_LT_EOF - fi - else - cat >&2 <<_LT_EOF -$progname: Version mismatch error. This is $PACKAGE $VERSION, revision $package_revision, -$progname: but the definition of this LT_INIT comes from revision $macro_revision. -$progname: You should recreate aclocal.m4 with macros from revision $package_revision -$progname: of $PACKAGE $VERSION and run autoconf again. -_LT_EOF - fi - - exit $EXIT_MISMATCH - fi -} - - -## ----------- ## -## Main. ## -## ----------- ## - -$opt_help || { - # Sanity checks first: - func_check_version_match - - if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && test "$build_old_libs" != yes; then - func_fatal_configuration "not configured to build any kind of library" - fi - - test -z "$mode" && func_fatal_error "error: you must specify a MODE." - - - # Darwin sucks - eval std_shrext=\"$shrext_cmds\" - - - # Only execute mode is allowed to have -dlopen flags. - if test -n "$execute_dlfiles" && test "$mode" != execute; then - func_error "unrecognized option \`-dlopen'" - $ECHO "$help" 1>&2 - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Change the help message to a mode-specific one. - generic_help="$help" - help="Try \`$progname --help --mode=$mode' for more information." -} - - -# func_lalib_p file -# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file. -# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out -# determined imposters. -func_lalib_p () -{ - test -f "$1" && - $SED -e 4q "$1" 2>/dev/null \ - | $GREP "^# Generated by .*$PACKAGE" > /dev/null 2>&1 -} - -# func_lalib_unsafe_p file -# True iff FILE is a libtool `.la' library or `.lo' object file. -# This function implements the same check as func_lalib_p without -# resorting to external programs. To this end, it redirects stdin and -# closes it afterwards, without saving the original file descriptor. -# As a safety measure, use it only where a negative result would be -# fatal anyway. Works if `file' does not exist. -func_lalib_unsafe_p () -{ - lalib_p=no - if test -f "$1" && test -r "$1" && exec 5<&0 <"$1"; then - for lalib_p_l in 1 2 3 4 - do - read lalib_p_line - case "$lalib_p_line" in - \#\ Generated\ by\ *$PACKAGE* ) lalib_p=yes; break;; - esac - done - exec 0<&5 5<&- - fi - test "$lalib_p" = yes -} - -# func_ltwrapper_script_p file -# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script -# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out -# determined imposters. -func_ltwrapper_script_p () -{ - func_lalib_p "$1" -} - -# func_ltwrapper_executable_p file -# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper executable -# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out -# determined imposters. -func_ltwrapper_executable_p () -{ - func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix= - case $1 in - *.exe) ;; - *) func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix=.exe ;; - esac - $GREP "$magic_exe" "$1$func_ltwrapper_exec_suffix" >/dev/null 2>&1 -} - -# func_ltwrapper_scriptname file -# Assumes file is an ltwrapper_executable -# uses $file to determine the appropriate filename for a -# temporary ltwrapper_script. -func_ltwrapper_scriptname () -{ - func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result="" - if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1"; then - func_dirname_and_basename "$1" "" "." - func_stripname '' '.exe' "$func_basename_result" - func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result="$func_dirname_result/$objdir/${func_stripname_result}_ltshwrapper" - fi -} - -# func_ltwrapper_p file -# True iff FILE is a libtool wrapper script or wrapper executable -# This function is only a basic sanity check; it will hardly flush out -# determined imposters. -func_ltwrapper_p () -{ - func_ltwrapper_script_p "$1" || func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$1" -} - - -# func_execute_cmds commands fail_cmd -# Execute tilde-delimited COMMANDS. -# If FAIL_CMD is given, eval that upon failure. -# FAIL_CMD may read-access the current command in variable CMD! -func_execute_cmds () -{ - $opt_debug - save_ifs=$IFS; IFS='~' - for cmd in $1; do - IFS=$save_ifs - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - func_show_eval "$cmd" "${2-:}" - done - IFS=$save_ifs -} - - -# func_source file -# Source FILE, adding directory component if necessary. -# Note that it is not necessary on cygwin/mingw to append a dot to -# FILE even if both FILE and FILE.exe exist: automatic-append-.exe -# behavior happens only for exec(3), not for open(2)! Also, sourcing -# `FILE.' does not work on cygwin managed mounts. -func_source () -{ - $opt_debug - case $1 in - */* | *\\*) . "$1" ;; - *) . "./$1" ;; - esac -} - - -# func_infer_tag arg -# Infer tagged configuration to use if any are available and -# if one wasn't chosen via the "--tag" command line option. -# Only attempt this if the compiler in the base compile -# command doesn't match the default compiler. -# arg is usually of the form 'gcc ...' -func_infer_tag () -{ - $opt_debug - if test -n "$available_tags" && test -z "$tagname"; then - CC_quoted= - for arg in $CC; do - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $func_quote_for_eval_result" - done - case $@ in - # Blanks in the command may have been stripped by the calling shell, - # but not from the CC environment variable when configure was run. - " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$ECHO $CC` "* | "`$ECHO $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$ECHO $CC_quoted` "* | "`$ECHO $CC_quoted` "*) ;; - # Blanks at the start of $base_compile will cause this to fail - # if we don't check for them as well. - *) - for z in $available_tags; do - if $GREP "^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: $z$" < "$progpath" > /dev/null; then - # Evaluate the configuration. - eval "`${SED} -n -e '/^# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/,/^# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: '$z'$/p' < $progpath`" - CC_quoted= - for arg in $CC; do - # Double-quote args containing other shell metacharacters. - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - CC_quoted="$CC_quoted $func_quote_for_eval_result" - done - case "$@ " in - " $CC "* | "$CC "* | " `$ECHO $CC` "* | "`$ECHO $CC` "* | " $CC_quoted"* | "$CC_quoted "* | " `$ECHO $CC_quoted` "* | "`$ECHO $CC_quoted` "*) - # The compiler in the base compile command matches - # the one in the tagged configuration. - # Assume this is the tagged configuration we want. - tagname=$z - break - ;; - esac - fi - done - # If $tagname still isn't set, then no tagged configuration - # was found and let the user know that the "--tag" command - # line option must be used. - if test -z "$tagname"; then - func_echo "unable to infer tagged configuration" - func_fatal_error "specify a tag with \`--tag'" -# else -# func_verbose "using $tagname tagged configuration" - fi - ;; - esac - fi -} - - - -# func_write_libtool_object output_name pic_name nonpic_name -# Create a libtool object file (analogous to a ".la" file), -# but don't create it if we're doing a dry run. -func_write_libtool_object () -{ - write_libobj=${1} - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - write_lobj=\'${2}\' - else - write_lobj=none - fi - - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - write_oldobj=\'${3}\' - else - write_oldobj=none - fi - - $opt_dry_run || { - cat >${write_libobj}T <?"'"'"' &()|`$[]' \ - && func_warning "libobj name \`$libobj' may not contain shell special characters." - func_dirname_and_basename "$obj" "/" "" - objname="$func_basename_result" - xdir="$func_dirname_result" - lobj=${xdir}$objdir/$objname - - test -z "$base_compile" && \ - func_fatal_help "you must specify a compilation command" - - # Delete any leftover library objects. - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - removelist="$obj $lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" - else - removelist="$lobj $libobj ${libobj}T" - fi - - # On Cygwin there's no "real" PIC flag so we must build both object types - case $host_os in - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*) - pic_mode=default - ;; - esac - if test "$pic_mode" = no && test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then - # non-PIC code in shared libraries is not supported - pic_mode=default - fi - - # Calculate the filename of the output object if compiler does - # not support -o with -c - if test "$compiler_c_o" = no; then - output_obj=`$ECHO "X$srcfile" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%' -e 's%\.[^.]*$%%'`.${objext} - lockfile="$output_obj.lock" - else - output_obj= - need_locks=no - lockfile= - fi - - # Lock this critical section if it is needed - # We use this script file to make the link, it avoids creating a new file - if test "$need_locks" = yes; then - until $opt_dry_run || ln "$progpath" "$lockfile" 2>/dev/null; do - func_echo "Waiting for $lockfile to be removed" - sleep 2 - done - elif test "$need_locks" = warn; then - if test -f "$lockfile"; then - $ECHO "\ -*** ERROR, $lockfile exists and contains: -`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` - -This indicates that another process is trying to use the same -temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because -your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you -repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better -avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better -compiler." - - $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - removelist="$removelist $output_obj" - $ECHO "$srcfile" > "$lockfile" - fi - - $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist - removelist="$removelist $lockfile" - trap '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' 1 2 15 - - if test -n "$fix_srcfile_path"; then - eval srcfile=\"$fix_srcfile_path\" - fi - func_quote_for_eval "$srcfile" - qsrcfile=$func_quote_for_eval_result - - # Only build a PIC object if we are building libtool libraries. - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - # Without this assignment, base_compile gets emptied. - fbsd_hideous_sh_bug=$base_compile - - if test "$pic_mode" != no; then - command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" - else - # Don't build PIC code - command="$base_compile $qsrcfile" - fi - - func_mkdir_p "$xdir$objdir" - - if test -z "$output_obj"; then - # Place PIC objects in $objdir - command="$command -o $lobj" - fi - - func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ - 'test -n "$output_obj" && $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' - - if test "$need_locks" = warn && - test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then - $ECHO "\ -*** ERROR, $lockfile contains: -`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` - -but it should contain: -$srcfile - -This indicates that another process is trying to use the same -temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because -your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you -repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better -avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better -compiler." - - $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Just move the object if needed, then go on to compile the next one - if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$lobj"; then - func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$lobj"' \ - 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' - fi - - # Allow error messages only from the first compilation. - if test "$suppress_opt" = yes; then - suppress_output=' >/dev/null 2>&1' - fi - fi - - # Only build a position-dependent object if we build old libraries. - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - if test "$pic_mode" != yes; then - # Don't build PIC code - command="$base_compile $qsrcfile$pie_flag" - else - command="$base_compile $qsrcfile $pic_flag" - fi - if test "$compiler_c_o" = yes; then - command="$command -o $obj" - fi - - # Suppress compiler output if we already did a PIC compilation. - command="$command$suppress_output" - func_show_eval_locale "$command" \ - '$opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $EXIT_FAILURE' - - if test "$need_locks" = warn && - test "X`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null`" != "X$srcfile"; then - $ECHO "\ -*** ERROR, $lockfile contains: -`cat $lockfile 2>/dev/null` - -but it should contain: -$srcfile - -This indicates that another process is trying to use the same -temporary object file, and libtool could not work around it because -your compiler does not support \`-c' and \`-o' together. If you -repeat this compilation, it may succeed, by chance, but you had better -avoid parallel builds (make -j) in this platform, or get a better -compiler." - - $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist - exit $EXIT_FAILURE - fi - - # Just move the object if needed - if test -n "$output_obj" && test "X$output_obj" != "X$obj"; then - func_show_eval '$MV "$output_obj" "$obj"' \ - 'error=$?; $opt_dry_run || $RM $removelist; exit $error' - fi - fi - - $opt_dry_run || { - func_write_libtool_object "$libobj" "$objdir/$objname" "$objname" - - # Unlock the critical section if it was locked - if test "$need_locks" != no; then - removelist=$lockfile - $RM "$lockfile" - fi - } - - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS -} - -$opt_help || { -test "$mode" = compile && func_mode_compile ${1+"$@"} -} - -func_mode_help () -{ - # We need to display help for each of the modes. - case $mode in - "") - # Generic help is extracted from the usage comments - # at the start of this file. - func_help - ;; - - clean) - $ECHO \ -"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=clean RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... - -Remove files from the build directory. - -RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE -(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed -to RM. - -If FILE is a libtool library, object or program, all the files associated -with it are deleted. Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." - ;; - - compile) - $ECHO \ -"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=compile COMPILE-COMMAND... SOURCEFILE - -Compile a source file into a libtool library object. - -This mode accepts the following additional options: - - -o OUTPUT-FILE set the output file name to OUTPUT-FILE - -no-suppress do not suppress compiler output for multiple passes - -prefer-pic try to building PIC objects only - -prefer-non-pic try to building non-PIC objects only - -shared do not build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking - -static only build a \`.o' file suitable for static linking - -COMPILE-COMMAND is a command to be used in creating a \`standard' object file -from the given SOURCEFILE. - -The output file name is determined by removing the directory component from -SOURCEFILE, then substituting the C source code suffix \`.c' with the -library object suffix, \`.lo'." - ;; - - execute) - $ECHO \ -"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=execute COMMAND [ARGS]... - -Automatically set library path, then run a program. - -This mode accepts the following additional options: - - -dlopen FILE add the directory containing FILE to the library path - -This mode sets the library path environment variable according to \`-dlopen' -flags. - -If any of the ARGS are libtool executable wrappers, then they are translated -into their corresponding uninstalled binary, and any of their required library -directories are added to the library path. - -Then, COMMAND is executed, with ARGS as arguments." - ;; - - finish) - $ECHO \ -"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=finish [LIBDIR]... - -Complete the installation of libtool libraries. - -Each LIBDIR is a directory that contains libtool libraries. - -The commands that this mode executes may require superuser privileges. Use -the \`--dry-run' option if you just want to see what would be executed." - ;; - - install) - $ECHO \ -"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=install INSTALL-COMMAND... - -Install executables or libraries. - -INSTALL-COMMAND is the installation command. The first component should be -either the \`install' or \`cp' program. - -The following components of INSTALL-COMMAND are treated specially: - - -inst-prefix PREFIX-DIR Use PREFIX-DIR as a staging area for installation - -The rest of the components are interpreted as arguments to that command (only -BSD-compatible install options are recognized)." - ;; - - link) - $ECHO \ -"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=link LINK-COMMAND... - -Link object files or libraries together to form another library, or to -create an executable program. - -LINK-COMMAND is a command using the C compiler that you would use to create -a program from several object files. - -The following components of LINK-COMMAND are treated specially: - - -all-static do not do any dynamic linking at all - -avoid-version do not add a version suffix if possible - -dlopen FILE \`-dlpreopen' FILE if it cannot be dlopened at runtime - -dlpreopen FILE link in FILE and add its symbols to lt_preloaded_symbols - -export-dynamic allow symbols from OUTPUT-FILE to be resolved with dlsym(3) - -export-symbols SYMFILE - try to export only the symbols listed in SYMFILE - -export-symbols-regex REGEX - try to export only the symbols matching REGEX - -LLIBDIR search LIBDIR for required installed libraries - -lNAME OUTPUT-FILE requires the installed library libNAME - -module build a library that can dlopened - -no-fast-install disable the fast-install mode - -no-install link a not-installable executable - -no-undefined declare that a library does not refer to external symbols - -o OUTPUT-FILE create OUTPUT-FILE from the specified objects - -objectlist FILE Use a list of object files found in FILE to specify objects - -precious-files-regex REGEX - don't remove output files matching REGEX - -release RELEASE specify package release information - -rpath LIBDIR the created library will eventually be installed in LIBDIR - -R[ ]LIBDIR add LIBDIR to the runtime path of programs and libraries - -shared only do dynamic linking of libtool libraries - -shrext SUFFIX override the standard shared library file extension - -static do not do any dynamic linking of uninstalled libtool libraries - -static-libtool-libs - do not do any dynamic linking of libtool libraries - -version-info CURRENT[:REVISION[:AGE]] - specify library version info [each variable defaults to 0] - -weak LIBNAME declare that the target provides the LIBNAME interface - -All other options (arguments beginning with \`-') are ignored. - -Every other argument is treated as a filename. Files ending in \`.la' are -treated as uninstalled libtool libraries, other files are standard or library -object files. - -If the OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.la', then a libtool library is created, -only library objects (\`.lo' files) may be specified, and \`-rpath' is -required, except when creating a convenience library. - -If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.a' or \`.lib', then a standard library is created -using \`ar' and \`ranlib', or on Windows using \`lib'. - -If OUTPUT-FILE ends in \`.lo' or \`.${objext}', then a reloadable object file -is created, otherwise an executable program is created." - ;; - - uninstall) - $ECHO \ -"Usage: $progname [OPTION]... --mode=uninstall RM [RM-OPTION]... FILE... - -Remove libraries from an installation directory. - -RM is the name of the program to use to delete files associated with each FILE -(typically \`/bin/rm'). RM-OPTIONS are options (such as \`-f') to be passed -to RM. - -If FILE is a libtool library, all the files associated with it are deleted. -Otherwise, only FILE itself is deleted using RM." - ;; - - *) - func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$mode'" - ;; - esac - - $ECHO - $ECHO "Try \`$progname --help' for more information about other modes." - - exit $? -} - - # Now that we've collected a possible --mode arg, show help if necessary - $opt_help && func_mode_help - - -# func_mode_execute arg... -func_mode_execute () -{ - $opt_debug - # The first argument is the command name. - cmd="$nonopt" - test -z "$cmd" && \ - func_fatal_help "you must specify a COMMAND" - - # Handle -dlopen flags immediately. - for file in $execute_dlfiles; do - test -f "$file" \ - || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a file" - - dir= - case $file in - *.la) - # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. - func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ - || func_fatal_help "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" - - # Read the libtool library. - dlname= - library_names= - func_source "$file" - - # Skip this library if it cannot be dlopened. - if test -z "$dlname"; then - # Warn if it was a shared library. - test -n "$library_names" && \ - func_warning "\`$file' was not linked with \`-export-dynamic'" - continue - fi - - func_dirname "$file" "" "." - dir="$func_dirname_result" - - if test -f "$dir/$objdir/$dlname"; then - dir="$dir/$objdir" - else - if test ! -f "$dir/$dlname"; then - func_fatal_error "cannot find \`$dlname' in \`$dir' or \`$dir/$objdir'" - fi - fi - ;; - - *.lo) - # Just add the directory containing the .lo file. - func_dirname "$file" "" "." - dir="$func_dirname_result" - ;; - - *) - func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for non-libtool libraries and objects" - continue - ;; - esac - - # Get the absolute pathname. - absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` - test -n "$absdir" && dir="$absdir" - - # Now add the directory to shlibpath_var. - if eval "test -z \"\$$shlibpath_var\""; then - eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir\"" - else - eval "$shlibpath_var=\"\$dir:\$$shlibpath_var\"" - fi - done - - # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set shlibpath_var - # rather than running their programs. - libtool_execute_magic="$magic" - - # Check if any of the arguments is a wrapper script. - args= - for file - do - case $file in - -*) ;; - *) - # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. - if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$file"; then - func_source "$file" - # Transform arg to wrapped name. - file="$progdir/$program" - elif func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then - func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" - func_source "$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" - # Transform arg to wrapped name. - file="$progdir/$program" - fi - ;; - esac - # Quote arguments (to preserve shell metacharacters). - func_quote_for_eval "$file" - args="$args $func_quote_for_eval_result" - done - - if test "X$opt_dry_run" = Xfalse; then - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - # Export the shlibpath_var. - eval "export $shlibpath_var" - fi - - # Restore saved environment variables - for lt_var in LANG LANGUAGE LC_ALL LC_CTYPE LC_COLLATE LC_MESSAGES - do - eval "if test \"\${save_$lt_var+set}\" = set; then - $lt_var=\$save_$lt_var; export $lt_var - else - $lt_unset $lt_var - fi" - done - - # Now prepare to actually exec the command. - exec_cmd="\$cmd$args" - else - # Display what would be done. - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - eval "\$ECHO \"\$shlibpath_var=\$$shlibpath_var\"" - $ECHO "export $shlibpath_var" - fi - $ECHO "$cmd$args" - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi -} - -test "$mode" = execute && func_mode_execute ${1+"$@"} - - -# func_mode_finish arg... -func_mode_finish () -{ - $opt_debug - libdirs="$nonopt" - admincmds= - - if test -n "$finish_cmds$finish_eval" && test -n "$libdirs"; then - for dir - do - libdirs="$libdirs $dir" - done - - for libdir in $libdirs; do - if test -n "$finish_cmds"; then - # Do each command in the finish commands. - func_execute_cmds "$finish_cmds" 'admincmds="$admincmds -'"$cmd"'"' - fi - if test -n "$finish_eval"; then - # Do the single finish_eval. - eval cmds=\"$finish_eval\" - $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmds" || admincmds="$admincmds - $cmds" - fi - done - fi - - # Exit here if they wanted silent mode. - $opt_silent && exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - - $ECHO "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed - $ECHO "Libraries have been installed in:" - for libdir in $libdirs; do - $ECHO " $libdir" - done - $ECHO - $ECHO "If you ever happen to want to link against installed libraries" - $ECHO "in a given directory, LIBDIR, you must either use libtool, and" - $ECHO "specify the full pathname of the library, or use the \`-LLIBDIR'" - $ECHO "flag during linking and do at least one of the following:" - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - $ECHO " - add LIBDIR to the \`$shlibpath_var' environment variable" - $ECHO " during execution" - fi - if test -n "$runpath_var"; then - $ECHO " - add LIBDIR to the \`$runpath_var' environment variable" - $ECHO " during linking" - fi - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then - libdir=LIBDIR - eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - - $ECHO " - use the \`$flag' linker flag" - fi - if test -n "$admincmds"; then - $ECHO " - have your system administrator run these commands:$admincmds" - fi - if test -f /etc/ld.so.conf; then - $ECHO " - have your system administrator add LIBDIR to \`/etc/ld.so.conf'" - fi - $ECHO - - $ECHO "See any operating system documentation about shared libraries for" - case $host in - solaris2.[6789]|solaris2.1[0-9]) - $ECHO "more information, such as the ld(1), crle(1) and ld.so(8) manual" - $ECHO "pages." - ;; - *) - $ECHO "more information, such as the ld(1) and ld.so(8) manual pages." - ;; - esac - $ECHO "X----------------------------------------------------------------------" | $Xsed - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS -} - -test "$mode" = finish && func_mode_finish ${1+"$@"} - - -# func_mode_install arg... -func_mode_install () -{ - $opt_debug - # There may be an optional sh(1) argument at the beginning of - # install_prog (especially on Windows NT). - if test "$nonopt" = "$SHELL" || test "$nonopt" = /bin/sh || - # Allow the use of GNU shtool's install command. - $ECHO "X$nonopt" | $GREP shtool >/dev/null; then - # Aesthetically quote it. - func_quote_for_eval "$nonopt" - install_prog="$func_quote_for_eval_result " - arg=$1 - shift - else - install_prog= - arg=$nonopt - fi - - # The real first argument should be the name of the installation program. - # Aesthetically quote it. - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - install_prog="$install_prog$func_quote_for_eval_result" - - # We need to accept at least all the BSD install flags. - dest= - files= - opts= - prev= - install_type= - isdir=no - stripme= - for arg - do - if test -n "$dest"; then - files="$files $dest" - dest=$arg - continue - fi - - case $arg in - -d) isdir=yes ;; - -f) - case " $install_prog " in - *[\\\ /]cp\ *) ;; - *) prev=$arg ;; - esac - ;; - -g | -m | -o) - prev=$arg - ;; - -s) - stripme=" -s" - continue - ;; - -*) - ;; - *) - # If the previous option needed an argument, then skip it. - if test -n "$prev"; then - prev= - else - dest=$arg - continue - fi - ;; - esac - - # Aesthetically quote the argument. - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - install_prog="$install_prog $func_quote_for_eval_result" - done - - test -z "$install_prog" && \ - func_fatal_help "you must specify an install program" - - test -n "$prev" && \ - func_fatal_help "the \`$prev' option requires an argument" - - if test -z "$files"; then - if test -z "$dest"; then - func_fatal_help "no file or destination specified" - else - func_fatal_help "you must specify a destination" - fi - fi - - # Strip any trailing slash from the destination. - func_stripname '' '/' "$dest" - dest=$func_stripname_result - - # Check to see that the destination is a directory. - test -d "$dest" && isdir=yes - if test "$isdir" = yes; then - destdir="$dest" - destname= - else - func_dirname_and_basename "$dest" "" "." - destdir="$func_dirname_result" - destname="$func_basename_result" - - # Not a directory, so check to see that there is only one file specified. - set dummy $files; shift - test "$#" -gt 1 && \ - func_fatal_help "\`$dest' is not a directory" - fi - case $destdir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; - *) - for file in $files; do - case $file in - *.lo) ;; - *) - func_fatal_help "\`$destdir' must be an absolute directory name" - ;; - esac - done - ;; - esac - - # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather - # than running their programs. - libtool_install_magic="$magic" - - staticlibs= - future_libdirs= - current_libdirs= - for file in $files; do - - # Do each installation. - case $file in - *.$libext) - # Do the static libraries later. - staticlibs="$staticlibs $file" - ;; - - *.la) - # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. - func_lalib_unsafe_p "$file" \ - || func_fatal_help "\`$file' is not a valid libtool archive" - - library_names= - old_library= - relink_command= - func_source "$file" - - # Add the libdir to current_libdirs if it is the destination. - if test "X$destdir" = "X$libdir"; then - case "$current_libdirs " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) current_libdirs="$current_libdirs $libdir" ;; - esac - else - # Note the libdir as a future libdir. - case "$future_libdirs " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) future_libdirs="$future_libdirs $libdir" ;; - esac - fi - - func_dirname "$file" "/" "" - dir="$func_dirname_result" - dir="$dir$objdir" - - if test -n "$relink_command"; then - # Determine the prefix the user has applied to our future dir. - inst_prefix_dir=`$ECHO "X$destdir" | $Xsed -e "s%$libdir\$%%"` - - # Don't allow the user to place us outside of our expected - # location b/c this prevents finding dependent libraries that - # are installed to the same prefix. - # At present, this check doesn't affect windows .dll's that - # are installed into $libdir/../bin (currently, that works fine) - # but it's something to keep an eye on. - test "$inst_prefix_dir" = "$destdir" && \ - func_fatal_error "error: cannot install \`$file' to a directory not ending in $libdir" - - if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then - # Stick the inst_prefix_dir data into the link command. - relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%-inst-prefix-dir $inst_prefix_dir%"` - else - relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@inst_prefix_dir@%%"` - fi - - func_warning "relinking \`$file'" - func_show_eval "$relink_command" \ - 'func_fatal_error "error: relink \`$file'\'' with the above command before installing it"' - fi - - # See the names of the shared library. - set dummy $library_names; shift - if test -n "$1"; then - realname="$1" - shift - - srcname="$realname" - test -n "$relink_command" && srcname="$realname"T - - # Install the shared library and build the symlinks. - func_show_eval "$install_prog $dir/$srcname $destdir/$realname" \ - 'exit $?' - tstripme="$stripme" - case $host_os in - cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*) - case $realname in - *.dll.a) - tstripme="" - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - if test -n "$tstripme" && test -n "$striplib"; then - func_show_eval "$striplib $destdir/$realname" 'exit $?' - fi - - if test "$#" -gt 0; then - # Delete the old symlinks, and create new ones. - # Try `ln -sf' first, because the `ln' binary might depend on - # the symlink we replace! Solaris /bin/ln does not understand -f, - # so we also need to try rm && ln -s. - for linkname - do - test "$linkname" != "$realname" \ - && func_show_eval "(cd $destdir && { $LN_S -f $realname $linkname || { $RM $linkname && $LN_S $realname $linkname; }; })" - done - fi - - # Do each command in the postinstall commands. - lib="$destdir/$realname" - func_execute_cmds "$postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' - fi - - # Install the pseudo-library for information purposes. - func_basename "$file" - name="$func_basename_result" - instname="$dir/$name"i - func_show_eval "$install_prog $instname $destdir/$name" 'exit $?' - - # Maybe install the static library, too. - test -n "$old_library" && staticlibs="$staticlibs $dir/$old_library" - ;; - - *.lo) - # Install (i.e. copy) a libtool object. - - # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. - if test -n "$destname"; then - destfile="$destdir/$destname" - else - func_basename "$file" - destfile="$func_basename_result" - destfile="$destdir/$destfile" - fi - - # Deduce the name of the destination old-style object file. - case $destfile in - *.lo) - func_lo2o "$destfile" - staticdest=$func_lo2o_result - ;; - *.$objext) - staticdest="$destfile" - destfile= - ;; - *) - func_fatal_help "cannot copy a libtool object to \`$destfile'" - ;; - esac - - # Install the libtool object if requested. - test -n "$destfile" && \ - func_show_eval "$install_prog $file $destfile" 'exit $?' - - # Install the old object if enabled. - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - # Deduce the name of the old-style object file. - func_lo2o "$file" - staticobj=$func_lo2o_result - func_show_eval "$install_prog \$staticobj \$staticdest" 'exit $?' - fi - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; - - *) - # Figure out destination file name, if it wasn't already specified. - if test -n "$destname"; then - destfile="$destdir/$destname" - else - func_basename "$file" - destfile="$func_basename_result" - destfile="$destdir/$destfile" - fi - - # If the file is missing, and there is a .exe on the end, strip it - # because it is most likely a libtool script we actually want to - # install - stripped_ext="" - case $file in - *.exe) - if test ! -f "$file"; then - func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" - file=$func_stripname_result - stripped_ext=".exe" - fi - ;; - esac - - # Do a test to see if this is really a libtool program. - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw*) - if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then - func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" - wrapper=$func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result - else - func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" - wrapper=$func_stripname_result - fi - ;; - *) - wrapper=$file - ;; - esac - if func_ltwrapper_script_p "$wrapper"; then - notinst_deplibs= - relink_command= - - func_source "$wrapper" - - # Check the variables that should have been set. - test -z "$generated_by_libtool_version" && \ - func_fatal_error "invalid libtool wrapper script \`$wrapper'" - - finalize=yes - for lib in $notinst_deplibs; do - # Check to see that each library is installed. - libdir= - if test -f "$lib"; then - func_source "$lib" - fi - libfile="$libdir/"`$ECHO "X$lib" | $Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%g'` ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test - if test -n "$libdir" && test ! -f "$libfile"; then - func_warning "\`$lib' has not been installed in \`$libdir'" - finalize=no - fi - done - - relink_command= - func_source "$wrapper" - - outputname= - if test "$fast_install" = no && test -n "$relink_command"; then - $opt_dry_run || { - if test "$finalize" = yes; then - tmpdir=`func_mktempdir` - func_basename "$file$stripped_ext" - file="$func_basename_result" - outputname="$tmpdir/$file" - # Replace the output file specification. - relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$outputname"'%g'` - - $opt_silent || { - func_quote_for_expand "$relink_command" - eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" - } - if eval "$relink_command"; then : - else - func_error "error: relink \`$file' with the above command before installing it" - $opt_dry_run || ${RM}r "$tmpdir" - continue - fi - file="$outputname" - else - func_warning "cannot relink \`$file'" - fi - } - else - # Install the binary that we compiled earlier. - file=`$ECHO "X$file$stripped_ext" | $Xsed -e "s%\([^/]*\)$%$objdir/\1%"` - fi - fi - - # remove .exe since cygwin /usr/bin/install will append another - # one anyway - case $install_prog,$host in - */usr/bin/install*,*cygwin*) - case $file:$destfile in - *.exe:*.exe) - # this is ok - ;; - *.exe:*) - destfile=$destfile.exe - ;; - *:*.exe) - func_stripname '' '.exe' "$destfile" - destfile=$func_stripname_result - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - func_show_eval "$install_prog\$stripme \$file \$destfile" 'exit $?' - $opt_dry_run || if test -n "$outputname"; then - ${RM}r "$tmpdir" - fi - ;; - esac - done - - for file in $staticlibs; do - func_basename "$file" - name="$func_basename_result" - - # Set up the ranlib parameters. - oldlib="$destdir/$name" - - func_show_eval "$install_prog \$file \$oldlib" 'exit $?' - - if test -n "$stripme" && test -n "$old_striplib"; then - func_show_eval "$old_striplib $oldlib" 'exit $?' - fi - - # Do each command in the postinstall commands. - func_execute_cmds "$old_postinstall_cmds" 'exit $?' - done - - test -n "$future_libdirs" && \ - func_warning "remember to run \`$progname --finish$future_libdirs'" - - if test -n "$current_libdirs"; then - # Maybe just do a dry run. - $opt_dry_run && current_libdirs=" -n$current_libdirs" - exec_cmd='$SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --finish$current_libdirs' - else - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi -} - -test "$mode" = install && func_mode_install ${1+"$@"} - - -# func_generate_dlsyms outputname originator pic_p -# Extract symbols from dlprefiles and create ${outputname}S.o with -# a dlpreopen symbol table. -func_generate_dlsyms () -{ - $opt_debug - my_outputname="$1" - my_originator="$2" - my_pic_p="${3-no}" - my_prefix=`$ECHO "$my_originator" | sed 's%[^a-zA-Z0-9]%_%g'` - my_dlsyms= - - if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then - if test -n "$NM" && test -n "$global_symbol_pipe"; then - my_dlsyms="${my_outputname}S.c" - else - func_error "not configured to extract global symbols from dlpreopened files" - fi - fi - - if test -n "$my_dlsyms"; then - case $my_dlsyms in - "") ;; - *.c) - # Discover the nlist of each of the dlfiles. - nlist="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}.nm" - - func_show_eval "$RM $nlist ${nlist}S ${nlist}T" - - # Parse the name list into a source file. - func_verbose "creating $output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" - - $opt_dry_run || $ECHO > "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ -/* $my_dlsyms - symbol resolution table for \`$my_outputname' dlsym emulation. */ -/* Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern \"C\" { -#endif - -/* External symbol declarations for the compiler. */\ -" - - if test "$dlself" = yes; then - func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$output'" - - $opt_dry_run || echo ': @PROGRAM@ ' > "$nlist" - - # Add our own program objects to the symbol list. - progfiles=`$ECHO "X$objs$old_deplibs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - for progfile in $progfiles; do - func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$progfile'" - $opt_dry_run || eval "$NM $progfile | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" - done - - if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then - $opt_dry_run || { - eval '$EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' - eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' - } - fi - - if test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then - $opt_dry_run || { - eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' - eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' - } - fi - - # Prepare the list of exported symbols - if test -z "$export_symbols"; then - export_symbols="$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" - $opt_dry_run || { - $RM $export_symbols - eval "${SED} -n -e '/^: @PROGRAM@ $/d' -e 's/^.* \(.*\)$/\1/p' "'< "$nlist" > "$export_symbols"' - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) - eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' - eval 'cat "$export_symbols" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' - ;; - esac - } - else - $opt_dry_run || { - eval "${SED} -e 's/\([].[*^$]\)/\\\\\1/g' -e 's/^/ /' -e 's/$/$/'"' < "$export_symbols" > "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp"' - eval '$GREP -f "$output_objdir/$outputname.exp" < "$nlist" > "$nlist"T' - eval '$MV "$nlist"T "$nlist"' - case $host in - *cygwin | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) - eval "echo EXPORTS "'> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' - eval 'cat "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$outputname.def"' - ;; - esac - } - fi - fi - - for dlprefile in $dlprefiles; do - func_verbose "extracting global C symbols from \`$dlprefile'" - func_basename "$dlprefile" - name="$func_basename_result" - $opt_dry_run || { - eval '$ECHO ": $name " >> "$nlist"' - eval "$NM $dlprefile 2>/dev/null | $global_symbol_pipe >> '$nlist'" - } - done - - $opt_dry_run || { - # Make sure we have at least an empty file. - test -f "$nlist" || : > "$nlist" - - if test -n "$exclude_expsyms"; then - $EGREP -v " ($exclude_expsyms)$" "$nlist" > "$nlist"T - $MV "$nlist"T "$nlist" - fi - - # Try sorting and uniquifying the output. - if $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" | - if sort -k 3 /dev/null 2>&1; then - sort -k 3 - else - sort +2 - fi | - uniq > "$nlist"S; then - : - else - $GREP -v "^: " < "$nlist" > "$nlist"S - fi - - if test -f "$nlist"S; then - eval "$global_symbol_to_cdecl"' < "$nlist"S >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms"' - else - $ECHO '/* NONE */' >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" - fi - - $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ - -/* The mapping between symbol names and symbols. */ -typedef struct { - const char *name; - void *address; -} lt_dlsymlist; -" - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) - $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ -/* DATA imports from DLLs on WIN32 con't be const, because - runtime relocations are performed -- see ld's documentation - on pseudo-relocs. */" - lt_dlsym_const= ;; - *osf5*) - echo >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ -/* This system does not cope well with relocations in const data */" - lt_dlsym_const= ;; - *) - lt_dlsym_const=const ;; - esac - - $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ -extern $lt_dlsym_const lt_dlsymlist -lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[]; -$lt_dlsym_const lt_dlsymlist -lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols[] = -{\ - { \"$my_originator\", (void *) 0 }," - - case $need_lib_prefix in - no) - eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" - ;; - *) - eval "$global_symbol_to_c_name_address_lib_prefix" < "$nlist" >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" - ;; - esac - $ECHO >> "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "\ - {0, (void *) 0} -}; - -/* This works around a problem in FreeBSD linker */ -#ifdef FREEBSD_WORKAROUND -static const void *lt_preloaded_setup() { - return lt_${my_prefix}_LTX_preloaded_symbols; -} -#endif - -#ifdef __cplusplus -} -#endif\ -" - } # !$opt_dry_run - - pic_flag_for_symtable= - case "$compile_command " in - *" -static "*) ;; - *) - case $host in - # compiling the symbol table file with pic_flag works around - # a FreeBSD bug that causes programs to crash when -lm is - # linked before any other PIC object. But we must not use - # pic_flag when linking with -static. The problem exists in - # FreeBSD 2.2.6 and is fixed in FreeBSD 3.1. - *-*-freebsd2*|*-*-freebsd3.0*|*-*-freebsdelf3.0*) - pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag -DFREEBSD_WORKAROUND" ;; - *-*-hpux*) - pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" ;; - *) - if test "X$my_pic_p" != Xno; then - pic_flag_for_symtable=" $pic_flag" - fi - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - symtab_cflags= - for arg in $LTCFLAGS; do - case $arg in - -pie | -fpie | -fPIE) ;; - *) symtab_cflags="$symtab_cflags $arg" ;; - esac - done - - # Now compile the dynamic symbol file. - func_show_eval '(cd $output_objdir && $LTCC$symtab_cflags -c$no_builtin_flag$pic_flag_for_symtable "$my_dlsyms")' 'exit $?' - - # Clean up the generated files. - func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/$my_dlsyms" "$nlist" "${nlist}S" "${nlist}T"' - - # Transform the symbol file into the correct name. - symfileobj="$output_objdir/${my_outputname}S.$objext" - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc* ) - if test -f "$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def"; then - compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` - finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$output_objdir/$my_outputname.def $symfileobj%"` - else - compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` - finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` - fi - ;; - *) - compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` - finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s%@SYMFILE@%$symfileobj%"` - ;; - esac - ;; - *) - func_fatal_error "unknown suffix for \`$my_dlsyms'" - ;; - esac - else - # We keep going just in case the user didn't refer to - # lt_preloaded_symbols. The linker will fail if global_symbol_pipe - # really was required. - - # Nullify the symbol file. - compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` - finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $Xsed -e "s% @SYMFILE@%%"` - fi -} - -# func_win32_libid arg -# return the library type of file 'arg' -# -# Need a lot of goo to handle *both* DLLs and import libs -# Has to be a shell function in order to 'eat' the argument -# that is supplied when $file_magic_command is called. -func_win32_libid () -{ - $opt_debug - win32_libid_type="unknown" - win32_fileres=`file -L $1 2>/dev/null` - case $win32_fileres in - *ar\ archive\ import\ library*) # definitely import - win32_libid_type="x86 archive import" - ;; - *ar\ archive*) # could be an import, or static - if eval $OBJDUMP -f $1 | $SED -e '10q' 2>/dev/null | - $EGREP 'file format pe-i386(.*architecture: i386)?' >/dev/null ; then - win32_nmres=`eval $NM -f posix -A $1 | - $SED -n -e ' - 1,100{ - / I /{ - s,.*,import, - p - q - } - }'` - case $win32_nmres in - import*) win32_libid_type="x86 archive import";; - *) win32_libid_type="x86 archive static";; - esac - fi - ;; - *DLL*) - win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" - ;; - *executable*) # but shell scripts are "executable" too... - case $win32_fileres in - *MS\ Windows\ PE\ Intel*) - win32_libid_type="x86 DLL" - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - $ECHO "$win32_libid_type" -} - - - -# func_extract_an_archive dir oldlib -func_extract_an_archive () -{ - $opt_debug - f_ex_an_ar_dir="$1"; shift - f_ex_an_ar_oldlib="$1" - func_show_eval "(cd \$f_ex_an_ar_dir && $AR x \"\$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib\")" 'exit $?' - if ($AR t "$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then - : - else - func_fatal_error "object name conflicts in archive: $f_ex_an_ar_dir/$f_ex_an_ar_oldlib" - fi -} - - -# func_extract_archives gentop oldlib ... -func_extract_archives () -{ - $opt_debug - my_gentop="$1"; shift - my_oldlibs=${1+"$@"} - my_oldobjs="" - my_xlib="" - my_xabs="" - my_xdir="" - - for my_xlib in $my_oldlibs; do - # Extract the objects. - case $my_xlib in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) my_xabs="$my_xlib" ;; - *) my_xabs=`pwd`"/$my_xlib" ;; - esac - func_basename "$my_xlib" - my_xlib="$func_basename_result" - my_xlib_u=$my_xlib - while :; do - case " $extracted_archives " in - *" $my_xlib_u "*) - func_arith $extracted_serial + 1 - extracted_serial=$func_arith_result - my_xlib_u=lt$extracted_serial-$my_xlib ;; - *) break ;; - esac - done - extracted_archives="$extracted_archives $my_xlib_u" - my_xdir="$my_gentop/$my_xlib_u" - - func_mkdir_p "$my_xdir" - - case $host in - *-darwin*) - func_verbose "Extracting $my_xabs" - # Do not bother doing anything if just a dry run - $opt_dry_run || { - darwin_orig_dir=`pwd` - cd $my_xdir || exit $? - darwin_archive=$my_xabs - darwin_curdir=`pwd` - darwin_base_archive=`basename "$darwin_archive"` - darwin_arches=`$LIPO -info "$darwin_archive" 2>/dev/null | $GREP Architectures 2>/dev/null || true` - if test -n "$darwin_arches"; then - darwin_arches=`$ECHO "$darwin_arches" | $SED -e 's/.*are://'` - darwin_arch= - func_verbose "$darwin_base_archive has multiple architectures $darwin_arches" - for darwin_arch in $darwin_arches ; do - func_mkdir_p "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" - $LIPO -thin $darwin_arch -output "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" "${darwin_archive}" - cd "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}" - func_extract_an_archive "`pwd`" "${darwin_base_archive}" - cd "$darwin_curdir" - $RM "unfat-$$/${darwin_base_archive}-${darwin_arch}/${darwin_base_archive}" - done # $darwin_arches - ## Okay now we've a bunch of thin objects, gotta fatten them up :) - darwin_filelist=`find unfat-$$ -type f -name \*.o -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $SED -e "$basename" | sort -u` - darwin_file= - darwin_files= - for darwin_file in $darwin_filelist; do - darwin_files=`find unfat-$$ -name $darwin_file -print | $NL2SP` - $LIPO -create -output "$darwin_file" $darwin_files - done # $darwin_filelist - $RM -rf unfat-$$ - cd "$darwin_orig_dir" - else - cd $darwin_orig_dir - func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" - fi # $darwin_arches - } # !$opt_dry_run - ;; - *) - func_extract_an_archive "$my_xdir" "$my_xabs" - ;; - esac - my_oldobjs="$my_oldobjs "`find $my_xdir -name \*.$objext -print -o -name \*.lo -print | $NL2SP` - done - - func_extract_archives_result="$my_oldobjs" -} - - - -# func_emit_wrapper_part1 [arg=no] -# -# Emit the first part of a libtool wrapper script on stdout. -# For more information, see the description associated with -# func_emit_wrapper(), below. -func_emit_wrapper_part1 () -{ - func_emit_wrapper_part1_arg1=no - if test -n "$1" ; then - func_emit_wrapper_part1_arg1=$1 - fi - - $ECHO "\ -#! $SHELL - -# $output - temporary wrapper script for $objdir/$outputname -# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION -# -# The $output program cannot be directly executed until all the libtool -# libraries that it depends on are installed. -# -# This wrapper script should never be moved out of the build directory. -# If it is, it will not operate correctly. - -# Sed substitution that helps us do robust quoting. It backslashifies -# metacharacters that are still active within double-quoted strings. -Xsed='${SED} -e 1s/^X//' -sed_quote_subst='$sed_quote_subst' - -# Be Bourne compatible -if test -n \"\${ZSH_VERSION+set}\" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then - emulate sh - NULLCMD=: - # Zsh 3.x and 4.x performs word splitting on \${1+\"\$@\"}, which - # is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature. - alias -g '\${1+\"\$@\"}'='\"\$@\"' - setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST -else - case \`(set -o) 2>/dev/null\` in *posix*) set -o posix;; esac -fi -BIN_SH=xpg4; export BIN_SH # for Tru64 -DUALCASE=1; export DUALCASE # for MKS sh - -# The HP-UX ksh and POSIX shell print the target directory to stdout -# if CDPATH is set. -(unset CDPATH) >/dev/null 2>&1 && unset CDPATH - -relink_command=\"$relink_command\" - -# This environment variable determines our operation mode. -if test \"\$libtool_install_magic\" = \"$magic\"; then - # install mode needs the following variables: - generated_by_libtool_version='$macro_version' - notinst_deplibs='$notinst_deplibs' -else - # When we are sourced in execute mode, \$file and \$ECHO are already set. - if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then - ECHO=\"$qecho\" - file=\"\$0\" - # Make sure echo works. - if test \"X\$1\" = X--no-reexec; then - # Discard the --no-reexec flag, and continue. - shift - elif test \"X\`{ \$ECHO '\t'; } 2>/dev/null\`\" = 'X\t'; then - # Yippee, \$ECHO works! - : - else - # Restart under the correct shell, and then maybe \$ECHO will work. - exec $SHELL \"\$0\" --no-reexec \${1+\"\$@\"} - fi - fi\ -" - $ECHO "\ - - # Find the directory that this script lives in. - thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*$%%'\` - test \"x\$thisdir\" = \"x\$file\" && thisdir=. - - # Follow symbolic links until we get to the real thisdir. - file=\`ls -ld \"\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\` - while test -n \"\$file\"; do - destdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%/[^/]*\$%%'\` - - # If there was a directory component, then change thisdir. - if test \"x\$destdir\" != \"x\$file\"; then - case \"\$destdir\" in - [\\\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\\\/]*) thisdir=\"\$destdir\" ;; - *) thisdir=\"\$thisdir/\$destdir\" ;; - esac - fi - - file=\`\$ECHO \"X\$file\" | \$Xsed -e 's%^.*/%%'\` - file=\`ls -ld \"\$thisdir/\$file\" | ${SED} -n 's/.*-> //p'\` - done -" -} -# end: func_emit_wrapper_part1 - -# func_emit_wrapper_part2 [arg=no] -# -# Emit the second part of a libtool wrapper script on stdout. -# For more information, see the description associated with -# func_emit_wrapper(), below. -func_emit_wrapper_part2 () -{ - func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1=no - if test -n "$1" ; then - func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1=$1 - fi - - $ECHO "\ - - # Usually 'no', except on cygwin/mingw when embedded into - # the cwrapper. - WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR=$func_emit_wrapper_part2_arg1 - if test \"\$WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR\" = \"yes\"; then - # special case for '.' - if test \"\$thisdir\" = \".\"; then - thisdir=\`pwd\` - fi - # remove .libs from thisdir - case \"\$thisdir\" in - *[\\\\/]$objdir ) thisdir=\`\$ECHO \"X\$thisdir\" | \$Xsed -e 's%[\\\\/][^\\\\/]*$%%'\` ;; - $objdir ) thisdir=. ;; - esac - fi - - # Try to get the absolute directory name. - absdir=\`cd \"\$thisdir\" && pwd\` - test -n \"\$absdir\" && thisdir=\"\$absdir\" -" - - if test "$fast_install" = yes; then - $ECHO "\ - program=lt-'$outputname'$exeext - progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" - - if test ! -f \"\$progdir/\$program\" || - { file=\`ls -1dt \"\$progdir/\$program\" \"\$progdir/../\$program\" 2>/dev/null | ${SED} 1q\`; \\ - test \"X\$file\" != \"X\$progdir/\$program\"; }; then - - file=\"\$\$-\$program\" - - if test ! -d \"\$progdir\"; then - $MKDIR \"\$progdir\" - else - $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" - fi" - - $ECHO "\ - - # relink executable if necessary - if test -n \"\$relink_command\"; then - if relink_command_output=\`eval \$relink_command 2>&1\`; then : - else - $ECHO \"\$relink_command_output\" >&2 - $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" - exit 1 - fi - fi - - $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\" 2>/dev/null || - { $RM \"\$progdir/\$program\"; - $MV \"\$progdir/\$file\" \"\$progdir/\$program\"; } - $RM \"\$progdir/\$file\" - fi" - else - $ECHO "\ - program='$outputname' - progdir=\"\$thisdir/$objdir\" -" - fi - - $ECHO "\ - - if test -f \"\$progdir/\$program\"; then" - - # Export our shlibpath_var if we have one. - if test "$shlibpath_overrides_runpath" = yes && test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -n "$temp_rpath"; then - $ECHO "\ - # Add our own library path to $shlibpath_var - $shlibpath_var=\"$temp_rpath\$$shlibpath_var\" - - # Some systems cannot cope with colon-terminated $shlibpath_var - # The second colon is a workaround for a bug in BeOS R4 sed - $shlibpath_var=\`\$ECHO \"X\$$shlibpath_var\" | \$Xsed -e 's/::*\$//'\` - - export $shlibpath_var -" - fi - - # fixup the dll searchpath if we need to. - if test -n "$dllsearchpath"; then - $ECHO "\ - # Add the dll search path components to the executable PATH - PATH=$dllsearchpath:\$PATH -" - fi - - $ECHO "\ - if test \"\$libtool_execute_magic\" != \"$magic\"; then - # Run the actual program with our arguments. -" - case $host in - # Backslashes separate directories on plain windows - *-*-mingw | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) - $ECHO "\ - exec \"\$progdir\\\\\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} -" - ;; - - *) - $ECHO "\ - exec \"\$progdir/\$program\" \${1+\"\$@\"} -" - ;; - esac - $ECHO "\ - \$ECHO \"\$0: cannot exec \$program \$*\" 1>&2 - exit 1 - fi - else - # The program doesn't exist. - \$ECHO \"\$0: error: \\\`\$progdir/\$program' does not exist\" 1>&2 - \$ECHO \"This script is just a wrapper for \$program.\" 1>&2 - $ECHO \"See the $PACKAGE documentation for more information.\" 1>&2 - exit 1 - fi -fi\ -" -} -# end: func_emit_wrapper_part2 - - -# func_emit_wrapper [arg=no] -# -# Emit a libtool wrapper script on stdout. -# Don't directly open a file because we may want to -# incorporate the script contents within a cygwin/mingw -# wrapper executable. Must ONLY be called from within -# func_mode_link because it depends on a number of variables -# set therein. -# -# ARG is the value that the WRAPPER_SCRIPT_BELONGS_IN_OBJDIR -# variable will take. If 'yes', then the emitted script -# will assume that the directory in which it is stored is -# the $objdir directory. This is a cygwin/mingw-specific -# behavior. -func_emit_wrapper () -{ - func_emit_wrapper_arg1=no - if test -n "$1" ; then - func_emit_wrapper_arg1=$1 - fi - - # split this up so that func_emit_cwrapperexe_src - # can call each part independently. - func_emit_wrapper_part1 "${func_emit_wrapper_arg1}" - func_emit_wrapper_part2 "${func_emit_wrapper_arg1}" -} - - -# func_to_host_path arg -# -# Convert paths to host format when used with build tools. -# Intended for use with "native" mingw (where libtool itself -# is running under the msys shell), or in the following cross- -# build environments: -# $build $host -# mingw (msys) mingw [e.g. native] -# cygwin mingw -# *nix + wine mingw -# where wine is equipped with the `winepath' executable. -# In the native mingw case, the (msys) shell automatically -# converts paths for any non-msys applications it launches, -# but that facility isn't available from inside the cwrapper. -# Similar accommodations are necessary for $host mingw and -# $build cygwin. Calling this function does no harm for other -# $host/$build combinations not listed above. -# -# ARG is the path (on $build) that should be converted to -# the proper representation for $host. The result is stored -# in $func_to_host_path_result. -func_to_host_path () -{ - func_to_host_path_result="$1" - if test -n "$1" ; then - case $host in - *mingw* ) - lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g' - case $build in - *mingw* ) # actually, msys - # awkward: cmd appends spaces to result - lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces="s/[ ]*\$//" - func_to_host_path_tmp1=`( cmd //c echo "$1" |\ - $SED -e "$lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces" ) 2>/dev/null || echo ""` - func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\ - $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` - ;; - *cygwin* ) - func_to_host_path_tmp1=`cygpath -w "$1"` - func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\ - $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` - ;; - * ) - # Unfortunately, winepath does not exit with a non-zero - # error code, so we are forced to check the contents of - # stdout. On the other hand, if the command is not - # found, the shell will set an exit code of 127 and print - # *an error message* to stdout. So we must check for both - # error code of zero AND non-empty stdout, which explains - # the odd construction: - func_to_host_path_tmp1=`winepath -w "$1" 2>/dev/null` - if test "$?" -eq 0 && test -n "${func_to_host_path_tmp1}"; then - func_to_host_path_result=`echo "$func_to_host_path_tmp1" |\ - $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` - else - # Allow warning below. - func_to_host_path_result="" - fi - ;; - esac - if test -z "$func_to_host_path_result" ; then - func_error "Could not determine host path corresponding to" - func_error " '$1'" - func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." - # Fallback: - func_to_host_path_result="$1" - fi - ;; - esac - fi -} -# end: func_to_host_path - -# func_to_host_pathlist arg -# -# Convert pathlists to host format when used with build tools. -# See func_to_host_path(), above. This function supports the -# following $build/$host combinations (but does no harm for -# combinations not listed here): -# $build $host -# mingw (msys) mingw [e.g. native] -# cygwin mingw -# *nix + wine mingw -# -# Path separators are also converted from $build format to -# $host format. If ARG begins or ends with a path separator -# character, it is preserved (but converted to $host format) -# on output. -# -# ARG is a pathlist (on $build) that should be converted to -# the proper representation on $host. The result is stored -# in $func_to_host_pathlist_result. -func_to_host_pathlist () -{ - func_to_host_pathlist_result="$1" - if test -n "$1" ; then - case $host in - *mingw* ) - lt_sed_naive_backslashify='s|\\\\*|\\|g;s|/|\\|g;s|\\|\\\\|g' - # Remove leading and trailing path separator characters from - # ARG. msys behavior is inconsistent here, cygpath turns them - # into '.;' and ';.', and winepath ignores them completely. - func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2="$1" - # Once set for this call, this variable should not be - # reassigned. It is used in tha fallback case. - func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\ - $SED -e 's|^:*||' -e 's|:*$||'` - case $build in - *mingw* ) # Actually, msys. - # Awkward: cmd appends spaces to result. - lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces="s/[ ]*\$//" - func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2=`( cmd //c echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1" |\ - $SED -e "$lt_sed_strip_trailing_spaces" ) 2>/dev/null || echo ""` - func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\ - $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` - ;; - *cygwin* ) - func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2=`cygpath -w -p "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1"` - func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp2" |\ - $SED -e "$lt_sed_naive_backslashify"` - ;; - * ) - # unfortunately, winepath doesn't convert pathlists - func_to_host_pathlist_result="" - func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS=$IFS - IFS=: - for func_to_host_pathlist_f in $func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1 ; do - IFS=$func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS - if test -n "$func_to_host_pathlist_f" ; then - func_to_host_path "$func_to_host_pathlist_f" - if test -n "$func_to_host_path_result" ; then - if test -z "$func_to_host_pathlist_result" ; then - func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_path_result" - else - func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_pathlist_result;$func_to_host_path_result" - fi - fi - fi - IFS=: - done - IFS=$func_to_host_pathlist_oldIFS - ;; - esac - if test -z "$func_to_host_pathlist_result" ; then - func_error "Could not determine the host path(s) corresponding to" - func_error " '$1'" - func_error "Continuing, but uninstalled executables may not work." - # Fallback. This may break if $1 contains DOS-style drive - # specifications. The fix is not to complicate the expression - # below, but for the user to provide a working wine installation - # with winepath so that path translation in the cross-to-mingw - # case works properly. - lt_replace_pathsep_nix_to_dos="s|:|;|g" - func_to_host_pathlist_result=`echo "$func_to_host_pathlist_tmp1" |\ - $SED -e "$lt_replace_pathsep_nix_to_dos"` - fi - # Now, add the leading and trailing path separators back - case "$1" in - :* ) func_to_host_pathlist_result=";$func_to_host_pathlist_result" - ;; - esac - case "$1" in - *: ) func_to_host_pathlist_result="$func_to_host_pathlist_result;" - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - fi -} -# end: func_to_host_pathlist - -# func_emit_cwrapperexe_src -# emit the source code for a wrapper executable on stdout -# Must ONLY be called from within func_mode_link because -# it depends on a number of variable set therein. -func_emit_cwrapperexe_src () -{ - cat < -#include -#ifdef _MSC_VER -# include -# include -# include -# define setmode _setmode -#else -# include -# include -# ifdef __CYGWIN__ -# include -# define HAVE_SETENV -# ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__ -char *realpath (const char *, char *); -int putenv (char *); -int setenv (const char *, const char *, int); -# endif -# endif -#endif -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include -#include - -#if defined(PATH_MAX) -# define LT_PATHMAX PATH_MAX -#elif defined(MAXPATHLEN) -# define LT_PATHMAX MAXPATHLEN -#else -# define LT_PATHMAX 1024 -#endif - -#ifndef S_IXOTH -# define S_IXOTH 0 -#endif -#ifndef S_IXGRP -# define S_IXGRP 0 -#endif - -#ifdef _MSC_VER -# define S_IXUSR _S_IEXEC -# define stat _stat -# ifndef _INTPTR_T_DEFINED -# define intptr_t int -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR -# define DIR_SEPARATOR '/' -# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':' -#endif - -#if defined (_WIN32) || defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (__DJGPP__) || \ - defined (__OS2__) -# define HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM -# define FOPEN_WB "wb" -# ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 -# define DIR_SEPARATOR_2 '\\' -# endif -# ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 -# define PATH_SEPARATOR_2 ';' -# endif -#endif - -#ifndef DIR_SEPARATOR_2 -# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) -#else /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ -# define IS_DIR_SEPARATOR(ch) \ - (((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR) || ((ch) == DIR_SEPARATOR_2)) -#endif /* DIR_SEPARATOR_2 */ - -#ifndef PATH_SEPARATOR_2 -# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR) -#else /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ -# define IS_PATH_SEPARATOR(ch) ((ch) == PATH_SEPARATOR_2) -#endif /* PATH_SEPARATOR_2 */ - -#ifdef __CYGWIN__ -# define FOPEN_WB "wb" -#endif - -#ifndef FOPEN_WB -# define FOPEN_WB "w" -#endif -#ifndef _O_BINARY -# define _O_BINARY 0 -#endif - -#define XMALLOC(type, num) ((type *) xmalloc ((num) * sizeof(type))) -#define XFREE(stale) do { \ - if (stale) { free ((void *) stale); stale = 0; } \ -} while (0) - -#undef LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF -#if defined DEBUGWRAPPER -# define LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF(args) ltwrapper_debugprintf args -static void -ltwrapper_debugprintf (const char *fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start (args, fmt); - (void) vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args); - va_end (args); -} -#else -# define LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF(args) -#endif - -const char *program_name = NULL; - -void *xmalloc (size_t num); -char *xstrdup (const char *string); -const char *base_name (const char *name); -char *find_executable (const char *wrapper); -char *chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec); -int make_executable (const char *path); -int check_executable (const char *path); -char *strendzap (char *str, const char *pat); -void lt_fatal (const char *message, ...); -void lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value); -char *lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end); -void lt_opt_process_env_set (const char *arg); -void lt_opt_process_env_prepend (const char *arg); -void lt_opt_process_env_append (const char *arg); -int lt_split_name_value (const char *arg, char** name, char** value); -void lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value); -void lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value); - -static const char *script_text_part1 = -EOF - - func_emit_wrapper_part1 yes | - $SED -e 's/\([\\"]\)/\\\1/g' \ - -e 's/^/ "/' -e 's/$/\\n"/' - echo ";" - cat <"))); - for (i = 0; i < newargc; i++) - { - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) newargz[%d] : %s\n", i, (newargz[i] ? newargz[i] : ""))); - } - -EOF - - case $host_os in - mingw*) - cat <<"EOF" - /* execv doesn't actually work on mingw as expected on unix */ - rval = _spawnv (_P_WAIT, lt_argv_zero, (const char * const *) newargz); - if (rval == -1) - { - /* failed to start process */ - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(main) failed to launch target \"%s\": errno = %d\n", lt_argv_zero, errno)); - return 127; - } - return rval; -EOF - ;; - *) - cat <<"EOF" - execv (lt_argv_zero, newargz); - return rval; /* =127, but avoids unused variable warning */ -EOF - ;; - esac - - cat <<"EOF" -} - -void * -xmalloc (size_t num) -{ - void *p = (void *) malloc (num); - if (!p) - lt_fatal ("Memory exhausted"); - - return p; -} - -char * -xstrdup (const char *string) -{ - return string ? strcpy ((char *) xmalloc (strlen (string) + 1), - string) : NULL; -} - -const char * -base_name (const char *name) -{ - const char *base; - -#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) - /* Skip over the disk name in MSDOS pathnames. */ - if (isalpha ((unsigned char) name[0]) && name[1] == ':') - name += 2; -#endif - - for (base = name; *name; name++) - if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*name)) - base = name + 1; - return base; -} - -int -check_executable (const char *path) -{ - struct stat st; - - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(check_executable) : %s\n", - path ? (*path ? path : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!")); - if ((!path) || (!*path)) - return 0; - - if ((stat (path, &st) >= 0) - && (st.st_mode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH))) - return 1; - else - return 0; -} - -int -make_executable (const char *path) -{ - int rval = 0; - struct stat st; - - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(make_executable) : %s\n", - path ? (*path ? path : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!")); - if ((!path) || (!*path)) - return 0; - - if (stat (path, &st) >= 0) - { - rval = chmod (path, st.st_mode | S_IXOTH | S_IXGRP | S_IXUSR); - } - return rval; -} - -/* Searches for the full path of the wrapper. Returns - newly allocated full path name if found, NULL otherwise - Does not chase symlinks, even on platforms that support them. -*/ -char * -find_executable (const char *wrapper) -{ - int has_slash = 0; - const char *p; - const char *p_next; - /* static buffer for getcwd */ - char tmp[LT_PATHMAX + 1]; - int tmp_len; - char *concat_name; - - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(find_executable) : %s\n", - wrapper ? (*wrapper ? wrapper : "EMPTY!") : "NULL!")); - - if ((wrapper == NULL) || (*wrapper == '\0')) - return NULL; - - /* Absolute path? */ -#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) - if (isalpha ((unsigned char) wrapper[0]) && wrapper[1] == ':') - { - concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); - if (check_executable (concat_name)) - return concat_name; - XFREE (concat_name); - } - else - { -#endif - if (IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (wrapper[0])) - { - concat_name = xstrdup (wrapper); - if (check_executable (concat_name)) - return concat_name; - XFREE (concat_name); - } -#if defined (HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM) - } -#endif - - for (p = wrapper; *p; p++) - if (*p == '/') - { - has_slash = 1; - break; - } - if (!has_slash) - { - /* no slashes; search PATH */ - const char *path = getenv ("PATH"); - if (path != NULL) - { - for (p = path; *p; p = p_next) - { - const char *q; - size_t p_len; - for (q = p; *q; q++) - if (IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (*q)) - break; - p_len = q - p; - p_next = (*q == '\0' ? q : q + 1); - if (p_len == 0) - { - /* empty path: current directory */ - if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) - lt_fatal ("getcwd failed"); - tmp_len = strlen (tmp); - concat_name = - XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); - memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); - concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; - strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); - } - else - { - concat_name = - XMALLOC (char, p_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); - memcpy (concat_name, p, p_len); - concat_name[p_len] = '/'; - strcpy (concat_name + p_len + 1, wrapper); - } - if (check_executable (concat_name)) - return concat_name; - XFREE (concat_name); - } - } - /* not found in PATH; assume curdir */ - } - /* Relative path | not found in path: prepend cwd */ - if (getcwd (tmp, LT_PATHMAX) == NULL) - lt_fatal ("getcwd failed"); - tmp_len = strlen (tmp); - concat_name = XMALLOC (char, tmp_len + 1 + strlen (wrapper) + 1); - memcpy (concat_name, tmp, tmp_len); - concat_name[tmp_len] = '/'; - strcpy (concat_name + tmp_len + 1, wrapper); - - if (check_executable (concat_name)) - return concat_name; - XFREE (concat_name); - return NULL; -} - -char * -chase_symlinks (const char *pathspec) -{ -#ifndef S_ISLNK - return xstrdup (pathspec); -#else - char buf[LT_PATHMAX]; - struct stat s; - char *tmp_pathspec = xstrdup (pathspec); - char *p; - int has_symlinks = 0; - while (strlen (tmp_pathspec) && !has_symlinks) - { - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("checking path component for symlinks: %s\n", - tmp_pathspec)); - if (lstat (tmp_pathspec, &s) == 0) - { - if (S_ISLNK (s.st_mode) != 0) - { - has_symlinks = 1; - break; - } - - /* search backwards for last DIR_SEPARATOR */ - p = tmp_pathspec + strlen (tmp_pathspec) - 1; - while ((p > tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) - p--; - if ((p == tmp_pathspec) && (!IS_DIR_SEPARATOR (*p))) - { - /* no more DIR_SEPARATORS left */ - break; - } - *p = '\0'; - } - else - { - char *errstr = strerror (errno); - lt_fatal ("Error accessing file %s (%s)", tmp_pathspec, errstr); - } - } - XFREE (tmp_pathspec); - - if (!has_symlinks) - { - return xstrdup (pathspec); - } - - tmp_pathspec = realpath (pathspec, buf); - if (tmp_pathspec == 0) - { - lt_fatal ("Could not follow symlinks for %s", pathspec); - } - return xstrdup (tmp_pathspec); -#endif -} - -char * -strendzap (char *str, const char *pat) -{ - size_t len, patlen; - - assert (str != NULL); - assert (pat != NULL); - - len = strlen (str); - patlen = strlen (pat); - - if (patlen <= len) - { - str += len - patlen; - if (strcmp (str, pat) == 0) - *str = '\0'; - } - return str; -} - -static void -lt_error_core (int exit_status, const char *mode, - const char *message, va_list ap) -{ - fprintf (stderr, "%s: %s: ", program_name, mode); - vfprintf (stderr, message, ap); - fprintf (stderr, ".\n"); - - if (exit_status >= 0) - exit (exit_status); -} - -void -lt_fatal (const char *message, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - va_start (ap, message); - lt_error_core (EXIT_FAILURE, "FATAL", message, ap); - va_end (ap); -} - -void -lt_setenv (const char *name, const char *value) -{ - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_setenv) setting '%s' to '%s'\n", - (name ? name : ""), - (value ? value : ""))); - { -#ifdef HAVE_SETENV - /* always make a copy, for consistency with !HAVE_SETENV */ - char *str = xstrdup (value); - setenv (name, str, 1); -#else - int len = strlen (name) + 1 + strlen (value) + 1; - char *str = XMALLOC (char, len); - sprintf (str, "%s=%s", name, value); - if (putenv (str) != EXIT_SUCCESS) - { - XFREE (str); - } -#endif - } -} - -char * -lt_extend_str (const char *orig_value, const char *add, int to_end) -{ - char *new_value; - if (orig_value && *orig_value) - { - int orig_value_len = strlen (orig_value); - int add_len = strlen (add); - new_value = XMALLOC (char, add_len + orig_value_len + 1); - if (to_end) - { - strcpy (new_value, orig_value); - strcpy (new_value + orig_value_len, add); - } - else - { - strcpy (new_value, add); - strcpy (new_value + add_len, orig_value); - } - } - else - { - new_value = xstrdup (add); - } - return new_value; -} - -int -lt_split_name_value (const char *arg, char** name, char** value) -{ - const char *p; - int len; - if (!arg || !*arg) - return 1; - - p = strchr (arg, (int)'='); - - if (!p) - return 1; - - *value = xstrdup (++p); - - len = strlen (arg) - strlen (*value); - *name = XMALLOC (char, len); - strncpy (*name, arg, len-1); - (*name)[len - 1] = '\0'; - - return 0; -} - -void -lt_opt_process_env_set (const char *arg) -{ - char *name = NULL; - char *value = NULL; - - if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0) - { - XFREE (name); - XFREE (value); - lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_set_opt, arg); - } - - lt_setenv (name, value); - XFREE (name); - XFREE (value); -} - -void -lt_opt_process_env_prepend (const char *arg) -{ - char *name = NULL; - char *value = NULL; - char *new_value = NULL; - - if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0) - { - XFREE (name); - XFREE (value); - lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_prepend_opt, arg); - } - - new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); - lt_setenv (name, new_value); - XFREE (new_value); - XFREE (name); - XFREE (value); -} - -void -lt_opt_process_env_append (const char *arg) -{ - char *name = NULL; - char *value = NULL; - char *new_value = NULL; - - if (lt_split_name_value (arg, &name, &value) != 0) - { - XFREE (name); - XFREE (value); - lt_fatal ("bad argument for %s: '%s'", env_append_opt, arg); - } - - new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 1); - lt_setenv (name, new_value); - XFREE (new_value); - XFREE (name); - XFREE (value); -} - -void -lt_update_exe_path (const char *name, const char *value) -{ - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_update_exe_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", - (name ? name : ""), - (value ? value : ""))); - - if (name && *name && value && *value) - { - char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); - /* some systems can't cope with a ':'-terminated path #' */ - int len = strlen (new_value); - while (((len = strlen (new_value)) > 0) && IS_PATH_SEPARATOR (new_value[len-1])) - { - new_value[len-1] = '\0'; - } - lt_setenv (name, new_value); - XFREE (new_value); - } -} - -void -lt_update_lib_path (const char *name, const char *value) -{ - LTWRAPPER_DEBUGPRINTF (("(lt_update_lib_path) modifying '%s' by prepending '%s'\n", - (name ? name : ""), - (value ? value : ""))); - - if (name && *name && value && *value) - { - char *new_value = lt_extend_str (getenv (name), value, 0); - lt_setenv (name, new_value); - XFREE (new_value); - } -} - - -EOF -} -# end: func_emit_cwrapperexe_src - -# func_mode_link arg... -func_mode_link () -{ - $opt_debug - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) - # It is impossible to link a dll without this setting, and - # we shouldn't force the makefile maintainer to figure out - # which system we are compiling for in order to pass an extra - # flag for every libtool invocation. - # allow_undefined=no - - # FIXME: Unfortunately, there are problems with the above when trying - # to make a dll which has undefined symbols, in which case not - # even a static library is built. For now, we need to specify - # -no-undefined on the libtool link line when we can be certain - # that all symbols are satisfied, otherwise we get a static library. - allow_undefined=yes - ;; - *) - allow_undefined=yes - ;; - esac - libtool_args=$nonopt - base_compile="$nonopt $@" - compile_command=$nonopt - finalize_command=$nonopt - - compile_rpath= - finalize_rpath= - compile_shlibpath= - finalize_shlibpath= - convenience= - old_convenience= - deplibs= - old_deplibs= - compiler_flags= - linker_flags= - dllsearchpath= - lib_search_path=`pwd` - inst_prefix_dir= - new_inherited_linker_flags= - - avoid_version=no - dlfiles= - dlprefiles= - dlself=no - export_dynamic=no - export_symbols= - export_symbols_regex= - generated= - libobjs= - ltlibs= - module=no - no_install=no - objs= - non_pic_objects= - precious_files_regex= - prefer_static_libs=no - preload=no - prev= - prevarg= - release= - rpath= - xrpath= - perm_rpath= - temp_rpath= - thread_safe=no - vinfo= - vinfo_number=no - weak_libs= - single_module="${wl}-single_module" - func_infer_tag $base_compile - - # We need to know -static, to get the right output filenames. - for arg - do - case $arg in - -shared) - test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes && \ - func_fatal_configuration "can not build a shared library" - build_old_libs=no - break - ;; - -all-static | -static | -static-libtool-libs) - case $arg in - -all-static) - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test -z "$link_static_flag"; then - func_warning "complete static linking is impossible in this configuration" - fi - if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then - dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static - fi - prefer_static_libs=yes - ;; - -static) - if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then - dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static - fi - prefer_static_libs=built - ;; - -static-libtool-libs) - if test -z "$pic_flag" && test -n "$link_static_flag"; then - dlopen_self=$dlopen_self_static - fi - prefer_static_libs=yes - ;; - esac - build_libtool_libs=no - build_old_libs=yes - break - ;; - esac - done - - # See if our shared archives depend on static archives. - test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && build_old_libs=yes - - # Go through the arguments, transforming them on the way. - while test "$#" -gt 0; do - arg="$1" - shift - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - qarg=$func_quote_for_eval_unquoted_result - func_append libtool_args " $func_quote_for_eval_result" - - # If the previous option needs an argument, assign it. - if test -n "$prev"; then - case $prev in - output) - func_append compile_command " @OUTPUT@" - func_append finalize_command " @OUTPUT@" - ;; - esac - - case $prev in - dlfiles|dlprefiles) - if test "$preload" = no; then - # Add the symbol object into the linking commands. - func_append compile_command " @SYMFILE@" - func_append finalize_command " @SYMFILE@" - preload=yes - fi - case $arg in - *.la | *.lo) ;; # We handle these cases below. - force) - if test "$dlself" = no; then - dlself=needless - export_dynamic=yes - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - self) - if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then - dlself=yes - elif test "$prev" = dlfiles && test "$dlopen_self" != yes; then - dlself=yes - else - dlself=needless - export_dynamic=yes - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - *) - if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then - dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" - else - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg" - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - esac - ;; - expsyms) - export_symbols="$arg" - test -f "$arg" \ - || func_fatal_error "symbol file \`$arg' does not exist" - prev= - continue - ;; - expsyms_regex) - export_symbols_regex="$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - framework) - case $host in - *-*-darwin*) - case "$deplibs " in - *" $qarg.ltframework "*) ;; - *) deplibs="$deplibs $qarg.ltframework" # this is fixed later - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - prev= - continue - ;; - inst_prefix) - inst_prefix_dir="$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - objectlist) - if test -f "$arg"; then - save_arg=$arg - moreargs= - for fil in `cat "$save_arg"` - do -# moreargs="$moreargs $fil" - arg=$fil - # A libtool-controlled object. - - # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. - if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then - pic_object= - non_pic_object= - - # Read the .lo file - func_source "$arg" - - if test -z "$pic_object" || - test -z "$non_pic_object" || - test "$pic_object" = none && - test "$non_pic_object" = none; then - func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" - fi - - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" - xdir="$func_dirname_result" - - if test "$pic_object" != none; then - # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. - pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" - - if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then - dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object" - prev= - continue - else - # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. - prev=dlprefiles - fi - fi - - # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama - if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then - # Preload the old-style object. - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object" - prev= - fi - - # A PIC object. - func_append libobjs " $pic_object" - arg="$pic_object" - fi - - # Non-PIC object. - if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then - # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. - non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" - - # A standard non-PIC object - func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" - if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then - arg="$non_pic_object" - fi - else - # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. - # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. - non_pic_object="$pic_object" - func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" - fi - else - # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. - if $opt_dry_run; then - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" - xdir="$func_dirname_result" - - func_lo2o "$arg" - pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result - non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result - func_append libobjs " $pic_object" - func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" - else - func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" - fi - fi - done - else - func_fatal_error "link input file \`$arg' does not exist" - fi - arg=$save_arg - prev= - continue - ;; - precious_regex) - precious_files_regex="$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - release) - release="-$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - rpath | xrpath) - # We need an absolute path. - case $arg in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; - *) - func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" - ;; - esac - if test "$prev" = rpath; then - case "$rpath " in - *" $arg "*) ;; - *) rpath="$rpath $arg" ;; - esac - else - case "$xrpath " in - *" $arg "*) ;; - *) xrpath="$xrpath $arg" ;; - esac - fi - prev= - continue - ;; - shrext) - shrext_cmds="$arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - weak) - weak_libs="$weak_libs $arg" - prev= - continue - ;; - xcclinker) - linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg" - prev= - func_append compile_command " $qarg" - func_append finalize_command " $qarg" - continue - ;; - xcompiler) - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $qarg" - prev= - func_append compile_command " $qarg" - func_append finalize_command " $qarg" - continue - ;; - xlinker) - linker_flags="$linker_flags $qarg" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$qarg" - prev= - func_append compile_command " $wl$qarg" - func_append finalize_command " $wl$qarg" - continue - ;; - *) - eval "$prev=\"\$arg\"" - prev= - continue - ;; - esac - fi # test -n "$prev" - - prevarg="$arg" - - case $arg in - -all-static) - if test -n "$link_static_flag"; then - # See comment for -static flag below, for more details. - func_append compile_command " $link_static_flag" - func_append finalize_command " $link_static_flag" - fi - continue - ;; - - -allow-undefined) - # FIXME: remove this flag sometime in the future. - func_fatal_error "\`-allow-undefined' must not be used because it is the default" - ;; - - -avoid-version) - avoid_version=yes - continue - ;; - - -dlopen) - prev=dlfiles - continue - ;; - - -dlpreopen) - prev=dlprefiles - continue - ;; - - -export-dynamic) - export_dynamic=yes - continue - ;; - - -export-symbols | -export-symbols-regex) - if test -n "$export_symbols" || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then - func_fatal_error "more than one -exported-symbols argument is not allowed" - fi - if test "X$arg" = "X-export-symbols"; then - prev=expsyms - else - prev=expsyms_regex - fi - continue - ;; - - -framework) - prev=framework - continue - ;; - - -inst-prefix-dir) - prev=inst_prefix - continue - ;; - - # The native IRIX linker understands -LANG:*, -LIST:* and -LNO:* - # so, if we see these flags be careful not to treat them like -L - -L[A-Z][A-Z]*:*) - case $with_gcc/$host in - no/*-*-irix* | /*-*-irix*) - func_append compile_command " $arg" - func_append finalize_command " $arg" - ;; - esac - continue - ;; - - -L*) - func_stripname '-L' '' "$arg" - dir=$func_stripname_result - if test -z "$dir"; then - if test "$#" -gt 0; then - func_fatal_error "require no space between \`-L' and \`$1'" - else - func_fatal_error "need path for \`-L' option" - fi - fi - # We need an absolute path. - case $dir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; - *) - absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` - test -z "$absdir" && \ - func_fatal_error "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" - dir="$absdir" - ;; - esac - case "$deplibs " in - *" -L$dir "*) ;; - *) - deplibs="$deplibs -L$dir" - lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" - ;; - esac - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) - testbindir=`$ECHO "X$dir" | $Xsed -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` - case :$dllsearchpath: in - *":$dir:"*) ;; - ::) dllsearchpath=$dir;; - *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$dir";; - esac - case :$dllsearchpath: in - *":$testbindir:"*) ;; - ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; - *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";; - esac - ;; - esac - continue - ;; - - -l*) - if test "X$arg" = "X-lc" || test "X$arg" = "X-lm"; then - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc*) - # These systems don't actually have a C or math library (as such) - continue - ;; - *-*-os2*) - # These systems don't actually have a C library (as such) - test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue - ;; - *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) - # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. - test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue - ;; - *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) - # Rhapsody C and math libraries are in the System framework - deplibs="$deplibs System.ltframework" - continue - ;; - *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) - # Causes problems with __ctype - test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue - ;; - *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) - # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work - test "X$arg" = "X-lc" && continue - ;; - esac - elif test "X$arg" = "X-lc_r"; then - case $host in - *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) - # Do not include libc_r directly, use -pthread flag. - continue - ;; - esac - fi - deplibs="$deplibs $arg" - continue - ;; - - -module) - module=yes - continue - ;; - - # Tru64 UNIX uses -model [arg] to determine the layout of C++ - # classes, name mangling, and exception handling. - # Darwin uses the -arch flag to determine output architecture. - -model|-arch|-isysroot) - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" - func_append compile_command " $arg" - func_append finalize_command " $arg" - prev=xcompiler - continue - ;; - - -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads) - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" - func_append compile_command " $arg" - func_append finalize_command " $arg" - case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in - *" $arg "*) ;; - * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $arg" ;; - esac - continue - ;; - - -multi_module) - single_module="${wl}-multi_module" - continue - ;; - - -no-fast-install) - fast_install=no - continue - ;; - - -no-install) - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-darwin* | *-cegcc*) - # The PATH hackery in wrapper scripts is required on Windows - # and Darwin in order for the loader to find any dlls it needs. - func_warning "\`-no-install' is ignored for $host" - func_warning "assuming \`-no-fast-install' instead" - fast_install=no - ;; - *) no_install=yes ;; - esac - continue - ;; - - -no-undefined) - allow_undefined=no - continue - ;; - - -objectlist) - prev=objectlist - continue - ;; - - -o) prev=output ;; - - -precious-files-regex) - prev=precious_regex - continue - ;; - - -release) - prev=release - continue - ;; - - -rpath) - prev=rpath - continue - ;; - - -R) - prev=xrpath - continue - ;; - - -R*) - func_stripname '-R' '' "$arg" - dir=$func_stripname_result - # We need an absolute path. - case $dir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) ;; - *) - func_fatal_error "only absolute run-paths are allowed" - ;; - esac - case "$xrpath " in - *" $dir "*) ;; - *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;; - esac - continue - ;; - - -shared) - # The effects of -shared are defined in a previous loop. - continue - ;; - - -shrext) - prev=shrext - continue - ;; - - -static | -static-libtool-libs) - # The effects of -static are defined in a previous loop. - # We used to do the same as -all-static on platforms that - # didn't have a PIC flag, but the assumption that the effects - # would be equivalent was wrong. It would break on at least - # Digital Unix and AIX. - continue - ;; - - -thread-safe) - thread_safe=yes - continue - ;; - - -version-info) - prev=vinfo - continue - ;; - - -version-number) - prev=vinfo - vinfo_number=yes - continue - ;; - - -weak) - prev=weak - continue - ;; - - -Wc,*) - func_stripname '-Wc,' '' "$arg" - args=$func_stripname_result - arg= - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' - for flag in $args; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - func_quote_for_eval "$flag" - arg="$arg $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $func_quote_for_eval_result" - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" - arg=$func_stripname_result - ;; - - -Wl,*) - func_stripname '-Wl,' '' "$arg" - args=$func_stripname_result - arg= - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=',' - for flag in $args; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - func_quote_for_eval "$flag" - arg="$arg $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $wl$func_quote_for_eval_result" - linker_flags="$linker_flags $func_quote_for_eval_result" - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - func_stripname ' ' '' "$arg" - arg=$func_stripname_result - ;; - - -Xcompiler) - prev=xcompiler - continue - ;; - - -Xlinker) - prev=xlinker - continue - ;; - - -XCClinker) - prev=xcclinker - continue - ;; - - # -msg_* for osf cc - -msg_*) - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" - ;; - - # -64, -mips[0-9] enable 64-bit mode on the SGI compiler - # -r[0-9][0-9]* specifies the processor on the SGI compiler - # -xarch=*, -xtarget=* enable 64-bit mode on the Sun compiler - # +DA*, +DD* enable 64-bit mode on the HP compiler - # -q* pass through compiler args for the IBM compiler - # -m*, -t[45]*, -txscale* pass through architecture-specific - # compiler args for GCC - # -F/path gives path to uninstalled frameworks, gcc on darwin - # -p, -pg, --coverage, -fprofile-* pass through profiling flag for GCC - # @file GCC response files - -64|-mips[0-9]|-r[0-9][0-9]*|-xarch=*|-xtarget=*|+DA*|+DD*|-q*|-m*| \ - -t[45]*|-txscale*|-p|-pg|--coverage|-fprofile-*|-F*|@*) - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" - func_append compile_command " $arg" - func_append finalize_command " $arg" - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $arg" - continue - ;; - - # Some other compiler flag. - -* | +*) - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" - ;; - - *.$objext) - # A standard object. - objs="$objs $arg" - ;; - - *.lo) - # A libtool-controlled object. - - # Check to see that this really is a libtool object. - if func_lalib_unsafe_p "$arg"; then - pic_object= - non_pic_object= - - # Read the .lo file - func_source "$arg" - - if test -z "$pic_object" || - test -z "$non_pic_object" || - test "$pic_object" = none && - test "$non_pic_object" = none; then - func_fatal_error "cannot find name of object for \`$arg'" - fi - - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" - xdir="$func_dirname_result" - - if test "$pic_object" != none; then - # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. - pic_object="$xdir$pic_object" - - if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && test "$dlopen_support" = yes; then - dlfiles="$dlfiles $pic_object" - prev= - continue - else - # If libtool objects are unsupported, then we need to preload. - prev=dlprefiles - fi - fi - - # CHECK ME: I think I busted this. -Ossama - if test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then - # Preload the old-style object. - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $pic_object" - prev= - fi - - # A PIC object. - func_append libobjs " $pic_object" - arg="$pic_object" - fi - - # Non-PIC object. - if test "$non_pic_object" != none; then - # Prepend the subdirectory the object is found in. - non_pic_object="$xdir$non_pic_object" - - # A standard non-PIC object - func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" - if test -z "$pic_object" || test "$pic_object" = none ; then - arg="$non_pic_object" - fi - else - # If the PIC object exists, use it instead. - # $xdir was prepended to $pic_object above. - non_pic_object="$pic_object" - func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" - fi - else - # Only an error if not doing a dry-run. - if $opt_dry_run; then - # Extract subdirectory from the argument. - func_dirname "$arg" "/" "" - xdir="$func_dirname_result" - - func_lo2o "$arg" - pic_object=$xdir$objdir/$func_lo2o_result - non_pic_object=$xdir$func_lo2o_result - func_append libobjs " $pic_object" - func_append non_pic_objects " $non_pic_object" - else - func_fatal_error "\`$arg' is not a valid libtool object" - fi - fi - ;; - - *.$libext) - # An archive. - deplibs="$deplibs $arg" - old_deplibs="$old_deplibs $arg" - continue - ;; - - *.la) - # A libtool-controlled library. - - if test "$prev" = dlfiles; then - # This library was specified with -dlopen. - dlfiles="$dlfiles $arg" - prev= - elif test "$prev" = dlprefiles; then - # The library was specified with -dlpreopen. - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $arg" - prev= - else - deplibs="$deplibs $arg" - fi - continue - ;; - - # Some other compiler argument. - *) - # Unknown arguments in both finalize_command and compile_command need - # to be aesthetically quoted because they are evaled later. - func_quote_for_eval "$arg" - arg="$func_quote_for_eval_result" - ;; - esac # arg - - # Now actually substitute the argument into the commands. - if test -n "$arg"; then - func_append compile_command " $arg" - func_append finalize_command " $arg" - fi - done # argument parsing loop - - test -n "$prev" && \ - func_fatal_help "the \`$prevarg' option requires an argument" - - if test "$export_dynamic" = yes && test -n "$export_dynamic_flag_spec"; then - eval arg=\"$export_dynamic_flag_spec\" - func_append compile_command " $arg" - func_append finalize_command " $arg" - fi - - oldlibs= - # calculate the name of the file, without its directory - func_basename "$output" - outputname="$func_basename_result" - libobjs_save="$libobjs" - - if test -n "$shlibpath_var"; then - # get the directories listed in $shlibpath_var - eval shlib_search_path=\`\$ECHO \"X\${$shlibpath_var}\" \| \$Xsed -e \'s/:/ /g\'\` - else - shlib_search_path= - fi - eval sys_lib_search_path=\"$sys_lib_search_path_spec\" - eval sys_lib_dlsearch_path=\"$sys_lib_dlsearch_path_spec\" - - func_dirname "$output" "/" "" - output_objdir="$func_dirname_result$objdir" - # Create the object directory. - func_mkdir_p "$output_objdir" - - # Determine the type of output - case $output in - "") - func_fatal_help "you must specify an output file" - ;; - *.$libext) linkmode=oldlib ;; - *.lo | *.$objext) linkmode=obj ;; - *.la) linkmode=lib ;; - *) linkmode=prog ;; # Anything else should be a program. - esac - - specialdeplibs= - - libs= - # Find all interdependent deplibs by searching for libraries - # that are linked more than once (e.g. -la -lb -la) - for deplib in $deplibs; do - if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then - case "$libs " in - *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - libs="$libs $deplib" - done - - if test "$linkmode" = lib; then - libs="$predeps $libs $compiler_lib_search_path $postdeps" - - # Compute libraries that are listed more than once in $predeps - # $postdeps and mark them as special (i.e., whose duplicates are - # not to be eliminated). - pre_post_deps= - if $opt_duplicate_compiler_generated_deps; then - for pre_post_dep in $predeps $postdeps; do - case "$pre_post_deps " in - *" $pre_post_dep "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $pre_post_deps" ;; - esac - pre_post_deps="$pre_post_deps $pre_post_dep" - done - fi - pre_post_deps= - fi - - deplibs= - newdependency_libs= - newlib_search_path= - need_relink=no # whether we're linking any uninstalled libtool libraries - notinst_deplibs= # not-installed libtool libraries - notinst_path= # paths that contain not-installed libtool libraries - - case $linkmode in - lib) - passes="conv dlpreopen link" - for file in $dlfiles $dlprefiles; do - case $file in - *.la) ;; - *) - func_fatal_help "libraries can \`-dlopen' only libtool libraries: $file" - ;; - esac - done - ;; - prog) - compile_deplibs= - finalize_deplibs= - alldeplibs=no - newdlfiles= - newdlprefiles= - passes="conv scan dlopen dlpreopen link" - ;; - *) passes="conv" - ;; - esac - - for pass in $passes; do - # The preopen pass in lib mode reverses $deplibs; put it back here - # so that -L comes before libs that need it for instance... - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link"; then - ## FIXME: Find the place where the list is rebuilt in the wrong - ## order, and fix it there properly - tmp_deplibs= - for deplib in $deplibs; do - tmp_deplibs="$deplib $tmp_deplibs" - done - deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" - fi - - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || - test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan"; then - libs="$deplibs" - deplibs= - fi - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - case $pass in - dlopen) libs="$dlfiles" ;; - dlpreopen) libs="$dlprefiles" ;; - link) libs="$deplibs %DEPLIBS% $dependency_libs" ;; - esac - fi - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,dlpreopen"; then - # Collect and forward deplibs of preopened libtool libs - for lib in $dlprefiles; do - # Ignore non-libtool-libs - dependency_libs= - case $lib in - *.la) func_source "$lib" ;; - esac - - # Collect preopened libtool deplibs, except any this library - # has declared as weak libs - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - deplib_base=`$ECHO "X$deplib" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` - case " $weak_libs " in - *" $deplib_base "*) ;; - *) deplibs="$deplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - done - done - libs="$dlprefiles" - fi - if test "$pass" = dlopen; then - # Collect dlpreopened libraries - save_deplibs="$deplibs" - deplibs= - fi - - for deplib in $libs; do - lib= - found=no - case $deplib in - -mt|-mthreads|-kthread|-Kthread|-pthread|-pthreads|--thread-safe|-threads) - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags $deplib" - if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then - case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - fi - continue - ;; - -l*) - if test "$linkmode" != lib && test "$linkmode" != prog; then - func_warning "\`-l' is ignored for archives/objects" - continue - fi - func_stripname '-l' '' "$deplib" - name=$func_stripname_result - if test "$linkmode" = lib; then - searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $compiler_lib_search_dirs $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" - else - searchdirs="$newlib_search_path $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path" - fi - for searchdir in $searchdirs; do - for search_ext in .la $std_shrext .so .a; do - # Search the libtool library - lib="$searchdir/lib${name}${search_ext}" - if test -f "$lib"; then - if test "$search_ext" = ".la"; then - found=yes - else - found=no - fi - break 2 - fi - done - done - if test "$found" != yes; then - # deplib doesn't seem to be a libtool library - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - fi - continue - else # deplib is a libtool library - # If $allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes && $deplib is a stdlib, - # We need to do some special things here, and not later. - if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then - case " $predeps $postdeps " in - *" $deplib "*) - if func_lalib_p "$lib"; then - library_names= - old_library= - func_source "$lib" - for l in $old_library $library_names; do - ll="$l" - done - if test "X$ll" = "X$old_library" ; then # only static version available - found=no - func_dirname "$lib" "" "." - ladir="$func_dirname_result" - lib=$ladir/$old_library - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - test "$linkmode" = lib && newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - fi - continue - fi - fi - ;; - *) ;; - esac - fi - fi - ;; # -l - *.ltframework) - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - if test "$linkmode" = lib ; then - case "$new_inherited_linker_flags " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - * ) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - fi - continue - ;; - -L*) - case $linkmode in - lib) - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - test "$pass" = conv && continue - newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result" - ;; - prog) - if test "$pass" = conv; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - continue - fi - if test "$pass" = scan; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - else - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - fi - func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result" - ;; - *) - func_warning "\`-L' is ignored for archives/objects" - ;; - esac # linkmode - continue - ;; # -L - -R*) - if test "$pass" = link; then - func_stripname '-R' '' "$deplib" - dir=$func_stripname_result - # Make sure the xrpath contains only unique directories. - case "$xrpath " in - *" $dir "*) ;; - *) xrpath="$xrpath $dir" ;; - esac - fi - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - continue - ;; - *.la) lib="$deplib" ;; - *.$libext) - if test "$pass" = conv; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - continue - fi - case $linkmode in - lib) - # Linking convenience modules into shared libraries is allowed, - # but linking other static libraries is non-portable. - case " $dlpreconveniencelibs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) - valid_a_lib=no - case $deplibs_check_method in - match_pattern*) - set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift - match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` - if eval "\$ECHO \"X$deplib\"" 2>/dev/null | $Xsed -e 10q \ - | $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then - valid_a_lib=yes - fi - ;; - pass_all) - valid_a_lib=yes - ;; - esac - if test "$valid_a_lib" != yes; then - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning: Trying to link with static lib archive $deplib." - $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" - $ECHO "*** because the file extensions .$libext of this argument makes me believe" - $ECHO "*** that it is just a static archive that I should not use here." - else - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the" - $ECHO "*** static library $deplib is not portable!" - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - fi - ;; - esac - continue - ;; - prog) - if test "$pass" != link; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - else - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - fi - continue - ;; - esac # linkmode - ;; # *.$libext - *.lo | *.$objext) - if test "$pass" = conv; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then - if test "$pass" = dlpreopen || test "$dlopen_support" != yes || test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then - # If there is no dlopen support or we're linking statically, - # we need to preload. - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $deplib" - compile_deplibs="$deplib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$deplib $finalize_deplibs" - else - newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $deplib" - fi - fi - continue - ;; - %DEPLIBS%) - alldeplibs=yes - continue - ;; - esac # case $deplib - - if test "$found" = yes || test -f "$lib"; then : - else - func_fatal_error "cannot find the library \`$lib' or unhandled argument \`$deplib'" - fi - - # Check to see that this really is a libtool archive. - func_lalib_unsafe_p "$lib" \ - || func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" - - func_dirname "$lib" "" "." - ladir="$func_dirname_result" - - dlname= - dlopen= - dlpreopen= - libdir= - library_names= - old_library= - inherited_linker_flags= - # If the library was installed with an old release of libtool, - # it will not redefine variables installed, or shouldnotlink - installed=yes - shouldnotlink=no - avoidtemprpath= - - - # Read the .la file - func_source "$lib" - - # Convert "-framework foo" to "foo.ltframework" - if test -n "$inherited_linker_flags"; then - tmp_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "X$inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's/-framework \([^ $]*\)/\1.ltframework/g'` - for tmp_inherited_linker_flag in $tmp_inherited_linker_flags; do - case " $new_inherited_linker_flags " in - *" $tmp_inherited_linker_flag "*) ;; - *) new_inherited_linker_flags="$new_inherited_linker_flags $tmp_inherited_linker_flag";; - esac - done - fi - dependency_libs=`$ECHO "X $dependency_libs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "lib,link" || - test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,scan" || - { test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; }; then - test -n "$dlopen" && dlfiles="$dlfiles $dlopen" - test -n "$dlpreopen" && dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $dlpreopen" - fi - - if test "$pass" = conv; then - # Only check for convenience libraries - deplibs="$lib $deplibs" - if test -z "$libdir"; then - if test -z "$old_library"; then - func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" - fi - # It is a libtool convenience library, so add in its objects. - convenience="$convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" - old_convenience="$old_convenience $ladir/$objdir/$old_library" - elif test "$linkmode" != prog && test "$linkmode" != lib; then - func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a convenience library" - fi - tmp_libs= - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then - case "$tmp_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" - done - continue - fi # $pass = conv - - - # Get the name of the library we link against. - linklib= - for l in $old_library $library_names; do - linklib="$l" - done - if test -z "$linklib"; then - func_fatal_error "cannot find name of link library for \`$lib'" - fi - - # This library was specified with -dlopen. - if test "$pass" = dlopen; then - if test -z "$libdir"; then - func_fatal_error "cannot -dlopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" - fi - if test -z "$dlname" || - test "$dlopen_support" != yes || - test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then - # If there is no dlname, no dlopen support or we're linking - # statically, we need to preload. We also need to preload any - # dependent libraries so libltdl's deplib preloader doesn't - # bomb out in the load deplibs phase. - dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib $dependency_libs" - else - newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib" - fi - continue - fi # $pass = dlopen - - # We need an absolute path. - case $ladir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs_ladir="$ladir" ;; - *) - abs_ladir=`cd "$ladir" && pwd` - if test -z "$abs_ladir"; then - func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$ladir'" - func_warning "passing it literally to the linker, although it might fail" - abs_ladir="$ladir" - fi - ;; - esac - func_basename "$lib" - laname="$func_basename_result" - - # Find the relevant object directory and library name. - if test "X$installed" = Xyes; then - if test ! -f "$libdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then - func_warning "library \`$lib' was moved." - dir="$ladir" - absdir="$abs_ladir" - libdir="$abs_ladir" - else - dir="$libdir" - absdir="$libdir" - fi - test "X$hardcode_automatic" = Xyes && avoidtemprpath=yes - else - if test ! -f "$ladir/$objdir/$linklib" && test -f "$abs_ladir/$linklib"; then - dir="$ladir" - absdir="$abs_ladir" - # Remove this search path later - notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir" - else - dir="$ladir/$objdir" - absdir="$abs_ladir/$objdir" - # Remove this search path later - notinst_path="$notinst_path $abs_ladir" - fi - fi # $installed = yes - func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$laname" - name=$func_stripname_result - - # This library was specified with -dlpreopen. - if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then - if test -z "$libdir" && test "$linkmode" = prog; then - func_fatal_error "only libraries may -dlpreopen a convenience library: \`$lib'" - fi - # Prefer using a static library (so that no silly _DYNAMIC symbols - # are required to link). - if test -n "$old_library"; then - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$old_library" - # Keep a list of preopened convenience libraries to check - # that they are being used correctly in the link pass. - test -z "$libdir" && \ - dlpreconveniencelibs="$dlpreconveniencelibs $dir/$old_library" - # Otherwise, use the dlname, so that lt_dlopen finds it. - elif test -n "$dlname"; then - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$dlname" - else - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $dir/$linklib" - fi - fi # $pass = dlpreopen - - if test -z "$libdir"; then - # Link the convenience library - if test "$linkmode" = lib; then - deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" - elif test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - compile_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$dir/$old_library $finalize_deplibs" - else - deplibs="$lib $deplibs" # used for prog,scan pass - fi - continue - fi - - - if test "$linkmode" = prog && test "$pass" != link; then - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $ladir" - deplibs="$lib $deplibs" - - linkalldeplibs=no - if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no || test -z "$library_names" || - test "$build_libtool_libs" = no; then - linkalldeplibs=yes - fi - - tmp_libs= - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) func_stripname '-L' '' "$deplib" - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $func_stripname_result" - ;; - esac - # Need to link against all dependency_libs? - if test "$linkalldeplibs" = yes; then - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - else - # Need to hardcode shared library paths - # or/and link against static libraries - newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - fi - if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then - case "$tmp_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" - done # for deplib - continue - fi # $linkmode = prog... - - if test "$linkmode,$pass" = "prog,link"; then - if test -n "$library_names" && - { { test "$prefer_static_libs" = no || - test "$prefer_static_libs,$installed" = "built,yes"; } || - test -z "$old_library"; }; then - # We need to hardcode the library path - if test -n "$shlibpath_var" && test -z "$avoidtemprpath" ; then - # Make sure the rpath contains only unique directories. - case "$temp_rpath:" in - *"$absdir:"*) ;; - *) temp_rpath="$temp_rpath$absdir:" ;; - esac - fi - - # Hardcode the library path. - # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time - # search path. - case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) - case "$compile_rpath " in - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir" - esac - ;; - esac - case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) - case "$finalize_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" - esac - ;; - esac - fi # $linkmode,$pass = prog,link... - - if test "$alldeplibs" = yes && - { test "$deplibs_check_method" = pass_all || - { test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes && - test -n "$library_names"; }; }; then - # We only need to search for static libraries - continue - fi - fi - - link_static=no # Whether the deplib will be linked statically - use_static_libs=$prefer_static_libs - if test "$use_static_libs" = built && test "$installed" = yes; then - use_static_libs=no - fi - if test -n "$library_names" && - { test "$use_static_libs" = no || test -z "$old_library"; }; then - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* | *cegcc*) - # No point in relinking DLLs because paths are not encoded - notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib" - need_relink=no - ;; - *) - if test "$installed" = no; then - notinst_deplibs="$notinst_deplibs $lib" - need_relink=yes - fi - ;; - esac - # This is a shared library - - # Warn about portability, can't link against -module's on some - # systems (darwin). Don't bleat about dlopened modules though! - dlopenmodule="" - for dlpremoduletest in $dlprefiles; do - if test "X$dlpremoduletest" = "X$lib"; then - dlopenmodule="$dlpremoduletest" - break - fi - done - if test -z "$dlopenmodule" && test "$shouldnotlink" = yes && test "$pass" = link; then - $ECHO - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the executable $output against the loadable module" - else - $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the loadable module" - fi - $ECHO "*** $linklib is not portable!" - fi - if test "$linkmode" = lib && - test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then - # Hardcode the library path. - # Skip directories that are in the system default run-time - # search path. - case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) - case "$compile_rpath " in - *" $absdir "*) ;; - *) compile_rpath="$compile_rpath $absdir" - esac - ;; - esac - case " $sys_lib_dlsearch_path " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) - case "$finalize_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" - esac - ;; - esac - fi - - if test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds"; then - # figure out the soname - set dummy $library_names - shift - realname="$1" - shift - libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` - # use dlname if we got it. it's perfectly good, no? - if test -n "$dlname"; then - soname="$dlname" - elif test -n "$soname_spec"; then - # bleh windows - case $host in - *cygwin* | mingw* | *cegcc*) - func_arith $current - $age - major=$func_arith_result - versuffix="-$major" - ;; - esac - eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" - else - soname="$realname" - fi - - # Make a new name for the extract_expsyms_cmds to use - soroot="$soname" - func_basename "$soroot" - soname="$func_basename_result" - func_stripname 'lib' '.dll' "$soname" - newlib=libimp-$func_stripname_result.a - - # If the library has no export list, then create one now - if test -f "$output_objdir/$soname-def"; then : - else - func_verbose "extracting exported symbol list from \`$soname'" - func_execute_cmds "$extract_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' - fi - - # Create $newlib - if test -f "$output_objdir/$newlib"; then :; else - func_verbose "generating import library for \`$soname'" - func_execute_cmds "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" 'exit $?' - fi - # make sure the library variables are pointing to the new library - dir=$output_objdir - linklib=$newlib - fi # test -n "$old_archive_from_expsyms_cmds" - - if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" != relink; then - add_shlibpath= - add_dir= - add= - lib_linked=yes - case $hardcode_action in - immediate | unsupported) - if test "$hardcode_direct" = no; then - add="$dir/$linklib" - case $host in - *-*-sco3.2v5.0.[024]*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; - *-*-sysv4*uw2*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; - *-*-sysv5OpenUNIX* | *-*-sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | \ - *-*-unixware7*) add_dir="-L$dir" ;; - *-*-darwin* ) - # if the lib is a (non-dlopened) module then we can not - # link against it, someone is ignoring the earlier warnings - if /usr/bin/file -L $add 2> /dev/null | - $GREP ": [^:]* bundle" >/dev/null ; then - if test "X$dlopenmodule" != "X$lib"; then - $ECHO "*** Warning: lib $linklib is a module, not a shared library" - if test -z "$old_library" ; then - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** And there doesn't seem to be a static archive available" - $ECHO "*** The link will probably fail, sorry" - else - add="$dir/$old_library" - fi - elif test -n "$old_library"; then - add="$dir/$old_library" - fi - fi - esac - elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then - case $host in - *-*-sunos*) add_shlibpath="$dir" ;; - esac - add_dir="-L$dir" - add="-l$name" - elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = no; then - add_shlibpath="$dir" - add="-l$name" - else - lib_linked=no - fi - ;; - relink) - if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes && - test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then - add="$dir/$linklib" - elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then - add_dir="-L$dir" - # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. - if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then - case $libdir in - [\\/]*) - add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - add="-l$name" - elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then - add_shlibpath="$dir" - add="-l$name" - else - lib_linked=no - fi - ;; - *) lib_linked=no ;; - esac - - if test "$lib_linked" != yes; then - func_fatal_configuration "unsupported hardcode properties" - fi - - if test -n "$add_shlibpath"; then - case :$compile_shlibpath: in - *":$add_shlibpath:"*) ;; - *) compile_shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$add_shlibpath:" ;; - esac - fi - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - test -n "$add_dir" && compile_deplibs="$add_dir $compile_deplibs" - test -n "$add" && compile_deplibs="$add $compile_deplibs" - else - test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" - test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" - if test "$hardcode_direct" != yes && - test "$hardcode_minus_L" != yes && - test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then - case :$finalize_shlibpath: in - *":$libdir:"*) ;; - *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;; - esac - fi - fi - fi - - if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$mode" = relink; then - add_shlibpath= - add_dir= - add= - # Finalize command for both is simple: just hardcode it. - if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes && - test "$hardcode_direct_absolute" = no; then - add="$libdir/$linklib" - elif test "$hardcode_minus_L" = yes; then - add_dir="-L$libdir" - add="-l$name" - elif test "$hardcode_shlibpath_var" = yes; then - case :$finalize_shlibpath: in - *":$libdir:"*) ;; - *) finalize_shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath$libdir:" ;; - esac - add="-l$name" - elif test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes; then - if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir" && - test -f "$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" ; then - add="$inst_prefix_dir$libdir/$linklib" - else - add="$libdir/$linklib" - fi - else - # We cannot seem to hardcode it, guess we'll fake it. - add_dir="-L$libdir" - # Try looking first in the location we're being installed to. - if test -n "$inst_prefix_dir"; then - case $libdir in - [\\/]*) - add_dir="$add_dir -L$inst_prefix_dir$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - add="-l$name" - fi - - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - test -n "$add_dir" && finalize_deplibs="$add_dir $finalize_deplibs" - test -n "$add" && finalize_deplibs="$add $finalize_deplibs" - else - test -n "$add_dir" && deplibs="$add_dir $deplibs" - test -n "$add" && deplibs="$add $deplibs" - fi - fi - elif test "$linkmode" = prog; then - # Here we assume that one of hardcode_direct or hardcode_minus_L - # is not unsupported. This is valid on all known static and - # shared platforms. - if test "$hardcode_direct" != unsupported; then - test -n "$old_library" && linklib="$old_library" - compile_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$dir/$linklib $finalize_deplibs" - else - compile_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="-l$name -L$dir $finalize_deplibs" - fi - elif test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - # Not a shared library - if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then - # We're trying link a shared library against a static one - # but the system doesn't support it. - - # Just print a warning and add the library to dependency_libs so - # that the program can be linked against the static library. - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning: This system can not link to static lib archive $lib." - $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have." - if test "$module" = yes; then - $ECHO "*** But as you try to build a module library, libtool will still create " - $ECHO "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening application" - $ECHO "*** is linked with the -dlopen flag to resolve symbols at runtime." - if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" - $ECHO "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" - $ECHO "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." - $ECHO "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." - fi - if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then - build_libtool_libs=module - build_old_libs=yes - else - build_libtool_libs=no - fi - fi - else - deplibs="$dir/$old_library $deplibs" - link_static=yes - fi - fi # link shared/static library? - - if test "$linkmode" = lib; then - if test -n "$dependency_libs" && - { test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || - test "$build_old_libs" = yes || - test "$link_static" = yes; }; then - # Extract -R from dependency_libs - temp_deplibs= - for libdir in $dependency_libs; do - case $libdir in - -R*) func_stripname '-R' '' "$libdir" - temp_xrpath=$func_stripname_result - case " $xrpath " in - *" $temp_xrpath "*) ;; - *) xrpath="$xrpath $temp_xrpath";; - esac;; - *) temp_deplibs="$temp_deplibs $libdir";; - esac - done - dependency_libs="$temp_deplibs" - fi - - newlib_search_path="$newlib_search_path $absdir" - # Link against this library - test "$link_static" = no && newdependency_libs="$abs_ladir/$laname $newdependency_libs" - # ... and its dependency_libs - tmp_libs= - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - newdependency_libs="$deplib $newdependency_libs" - if $opt_duplicate_deps ; then - case "$tmp_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) specialdeplibs="$specialdeplibs $deplib" ;; - esac - fi - tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" - done - - if test "$link_all_deplibs" != no; then - # Add the search paths of all dependency libraries - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) path="$deplib" ;; - *.la) - func_dirname "$deplib" "" "." - dir="$func_dirname_result" - # We need an absolute path. - case $dir in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) absdir="$dir" ;; - *) - absdir=`cd "$dir" && pwd` - if test -z "$absdir"; then - func_warning "cannot determine absolute directory name of \`$dir'" - absdir="$dir" - fi - ;; - esac - if $GREP "^installed=no" $deplib > /dev/null; then - case $host in - *-*-darwin*) - depdepl= - eval deplibrary_names=`${SED} -n -e 's/^library_names=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` - if test -n "$deplibrary_names" ; then - for tmp in $deplibrary_names ; do - depdepl=$tmp - done - if test -f "$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" ; then - depdepl="$absdir/$objdir/$depdepl" - darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` - if test -z "$darwin_install_name"; then - darwin_install_name=`${OTOOL64} -L $depdepl | awk '{if (NR == 2) {print $1;exit}}'` - fi - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags ${wl}-dylib_file ${wl}${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}" - linker_flags="$linker_flags -dylib_file ${darwin_install_name}:${depdepl}" - path= - fi - fi - ;; - *) - path="-L$absdir/$objdir" - ;; - esac - else - eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` - test -z "$libdir" && \ - func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" - test "$absdir" != "$libdir" && \ - func_warning "\`$deplib' seems to be moved" - - path="-L$absdir" - fi - ;; - esac - case " $deplibs " in - *" $path "*) ;; - *) deplibs="$path $deplibs" ;; - esac - done - fi # link_all_deplibs != no - fi # linkmode = lib - done # for deplib in $libs - if test "$pass" = link; then - if test "$linkmode" = "prog"; then - compile_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $compile_deplibs" - finalize_deplibs="$new_inherited_linker_flags $finalize_deplibs" - else - compiler_flags="$compiler_flags "`$ECHO "X $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` - fi - fi - dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" - if test "$pass" = dlpreopen; then - # Link the dlpreopened libraries before other libraries - for deplib in $save_deplibs; do - deplibs="$deplib $deplibs" - done - fi - if test "$pass" != dlopen; then - if test "$pass" != conv; then - # Make sure lib_search_path contains only unique directories. - lib_search_path= - for dir in $newlib_search_path; do - case "$lib_search_path " in - *" $dir "*) ;; - *) lib_search_path="$lib_search_path $dir" ;; - esac - done - newlib_search_path= - fi - - if test "$linkmode,$pass" != "prog,link"; then - vars="deplibs" - else - vars="compile_deplibs finalize_deplibs" - fi - for var in $vars dependency_libs; do - # Add libraries to $var in reverse order - eval tmp_libs=\"\$$var\" - new_libs= - for deplib in $tmp_libs; do - # FIXME: Pedantically, this is the right thing to do, so - # that some nasty dependency loop isn't accidentally - # broken: - #new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" - # Pragmatically, this seems to cause very few problems in - # practice: - case $deplib in - -L*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; - -R*) ;; - *) - # And here is the reason: when a library appears more - # than once as an explicit dependence of a library, or - # is implicitly linked in more than once by the - # compiler, it is considered special, and multiple - # occurrences thereof are not removed. Compare this - # with having the same library being listed as a - # dependency of multiple other libraries: in this case, - # we know (pedantically, we assume) the library does not - # need to be listed more than once, so we keep only the - # last copy. This is not always right, but it is rare - # enough that we require users that really mean to play - # such unportable linking tricks to link the library - # using -Wl,-lname, so that libtool does not consider it - # for duplicate removal. - case " $specialdeplibs " in - *" $deplib "*) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; - *) - case " $new_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) new_libs="$deplib $new_libs" ;; - esac - ;; - esac - ;; - esac - done - tmp_libs= - for deplib in $new_libs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) - case " $tmp_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - ;; - *) tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - done - eval $var=\"$tmp_libs\" - done # for var - fi - # Last step: remove runtime libs from dependency_libs - # (they stay in deplibs) - tmp_libs= - for i in $dependency_libs ; do - case " $predeps $postdeps $compiler_lib_search_path " in - *" $i "*) - i="" - ;; - esac - if test -n "$i" ; then - tmp_libs="$tmp_libs $i" - fi - done - dependency_libs=$tmp_libs - done # for pass - if test "$linkmode" = prog; then - dlfiles="$newdlfiles" - fi - if test "$linkmode" = prog || test "$linkmode" = lib; then - dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" - fi - - case $linkmode in - oldlib) - if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then - func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for archives" - fi - - case " $deplibs" in - *\ -l* | *\ -L*) - func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for archives" ;; - esac - - test -n "$rpath" && \ - func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for archives" - - test -n "$xrpath" && \ - func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for archives" - - test -n "$vinfo" && \ - func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for archives" - - test -n "$release" && \ - func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for archives" - - test -n "$export_symbols$export_symbols_regex" && \ - func_warning "\`-export-symbols' is ignored for archives" - - # Now set the variables for building old libraries. - build_libtool_libs=no - oldlibs="$output" - objs="$objs$old_deplibs" - ;; - - lib) - # Make sure we only generate libraries of the form `libNAME.la'. - case $outputname in - lib*) - func_stripname 'lib' '.la' "$outputname" - name=$func_stripname_result - eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" - eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" - ;; - *) - test "$module" = no && \ - func_fatal_help "libtool library \`$output' must begin with \`lib'" - - if test "$need_lib_prefix" != no; then - # Add the "lib" prefix for modules if required - func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" - name=$func_stripname_result - eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" - eval libname=\"$libname_spec\" - else - func_stripname '' '.la' "$outputname" - libname=$func_stripname_result - fi - ;; - esac - - if test -n "$objs"; then - if test "$deplibs_check_method" != pass_all; then - func_fatal_error "cannot build libtool library \`$output' from non-libtool objects on this host:$objs" - else - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning: Linking the shared library $output against the non-libtool" - $ECHO "*** objects $objs is not portable!" - libobjs="$libobjs $objs" - fi - fi - - test "$dlself" != no && \ - func_warning "\`-dlopen self' is ignored for libtool libraries" - - set dummy $rpath - shift - test "$#" -gt 1 && \ - func_warning "ignoring multiple \`-rpath's for a libtool library" - - install_libdir="$1" - - oldlibs= - if test -z "$rpath"; then - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - # Building a libtool convenience library. - # Some compilers have problems with a `.al' extension so - # convenience libraries should have the same extension an - # archive normally would. - oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext $oldlibs" - build_libtool_libs=convenience - build_old_libs=yes - fi - - test -n "$vinfo" && \ - func_warning "\`-version-info/-version-number' is ignored for convenience libraries" - - test -n "$release" && \ - func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for convenience libraries" - else - - # Parse the version information argument. - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=':' - set dummy $vinfo 0 0 0 - shift - IFS="$save_ifs" - - test -n "$7" && \ - func_fatal_help "too many parameters to \`-version-info'" - - # convert absolute version numbers to libtool ages - # this retains compatibility with .la files and attempts - # to make the code below a bit more comprehensible - - case $vinfo_number in - yes) - number_major="$1" - number_minor="$2" - number_revision="$3" - # - # There are really only two kinds -- those that - # use the current revision as the major version - # and those that subtract age and use age as - # a minor version. But, then there is irix - # which has an extra 1 added just for fun - # - case $version_type in - darwin|linux|osf|windows|none) - func_arith $number_major + $number_minor - current=$func_arith_result - age="$number_minor" - revision="$number_revision" - ;; - freebsd-aout|freebsd-elf|sunos) - current="$number_major" - revision="$number_minor" - age="0" - ;; - irix|nonstopux) - func_arith $number_major + $number_minor - current=$func_arith_result - age="$number_minor" - revision="$number_minor" - lt_irix_increment=no - ;; - esac - ;; - no) - current="$1" - revision="$2" - age="$3" - ;; - esac - - # Check that each of the things are valid numbers. - case $current in - 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; - *) - func_error "CURRENT \`$current' must be a nonnegative integer" - func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" - ;; - esac - - case $revision in - 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; - *) - func_error "REVISION \`$revision' must be a nonnegative integer" - func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" - ;; - esac - - case $age in - 0|[1-9]|[1-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]|[1-9][0-9][0-9][0-9][0-9]) ;; - *) - func_error "AGE \`$age' must be a nonnegative integer" - func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" - ;; - esac - - if test "$age" -gt "$current"; then - func_error "AGE \`$age' is greater than the current interface number \`$current'" - func_fatal_error "\`$vinfo' is not valid version information" - fi - - # Calculate the version variables. - major= - versuffix= - verstring= - case $version_type in - none) ;; - - darwin) - # Like Linux, but with the current version available in - # verstring for coding it into the library header - func_arith $current - $age - major=.$func_arith_result - versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" - # Darwin ld doesn't like 0 for these options... - func_arith $current + 1 - minor_current=$func_arith_result - xlcverstring="${wl}-compatibility_version ${wl}$minor_current ${wl}-current_version ${wl}$minor_current.$revision" - verstring="-compatibility_version $minor_current -current_version $minor_current.$revision" - ;; - - freebsd-aout) - major=".$current" - versuffix=".$current.$revision"; - ;; - - freebsd-elf) - major=".$current" - versuffix=".$current" - ;; - - irix | nonstopux) - if test "X$lt_irix_increment" = "Xno"; then - func_arith $current - $age - else - func_arith $current - $age + 1 - fi - major=$func_arith_result - - case $version_type in - nonstopux) verstring_prefix=nonstopux ;; - *) verstring_prefix=sgi ;; - esac - verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$revision" - - # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. - loop=$revision - while test "$loop" -ne 0; do - func_arith $revision - $loop - iface=$func_arith_result - func_arith $loop - 1 - loop=$func_arith_result - verstring="$verstring_prefix$major.$iface:$verstring" - done - - # Before this point, $major must not contain `.'. - major=.$major - versuffix="$major.$revision" - ;; - - linux) - func_arith $current - $age - major=.$func_arith_result - versuffix="$major.$age.$revision" - ;; - - osf) - func_arith $current - $age - major=.$func_arith_result - versuffix=".$current.$age.$revision" - verstring="$current.$age.$revision" - - # Add in all the interfaces that we are compatible with. - loop=$age - while test "$loop" -ne 0; do - func_arith $current - $loop - iface=$func_arith_result - func_arith $loop - 1 - loop=$func_arith_result - verstring="$verstring:${iface}.0" - done - - # Make executables depend on our current version. - verstring="$verstring:${current}.0" - ;; - - qnx) - major=".$current" - versuffix=".$current" - ;; - - sunos) - major=".$current" - versuffix=".$current.$revision" - ;; - - windows) - # Use '-' rather than '.', since we only want one - # extension on DOS 8.3 filesystems. - func_arith $current - $age - major=$func_arith_result - versuffix="-$major" - ;; - - *) - func_fatal_configuration "unknown library version type \`$version_type'" - ;; - esac - - # Clear the version info if we defaulted, and they specified a release. - if test -z "$vinfo" && test -n "$release"; then - major= - case $version_type in - darwin) - # we can't check for "0.0" in archive_cmds due to quoting - # problems, so we reset it completely - verstring= - ;; - *) - verstring="0.0" - ;; - esac - if test "$need_version" = no; then - versuffix= - else - versuffix=".0.0" - fi - fi - - # Remove version info from name if versioning should be avoided - if test "$avoid_version" = yes && test "$need_version" = no; then - major= - versuffix= - verstring="" - fi - - # Check to see if the archive will have undefined symbols. - if test "$allow_undefined" = yes; then - if test "$allow_undefined_flag" = unsupported; then - func_warning "undefined symbols not allowed in $host shared libraries" - build_libtool_libs=no - build_old_libs=yes - fi - else - # Don't allow undefined symbols. - allow_undefined_flag="$no_undefined_flag" - fi - - fi - - func_generate_dlsyms "$libname" "$libname" "yes" - libobjs="$libobjs $symfileobj" - test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= - - if test "$mode" != relink; then - # Remove our outputs, but don't remove object files since they - # may have been created when compiling PIC objects. - removelist= - tempremovelist=`$ECHO "$output_objdir/*"` - for p in $tempremovelist; do - case $p in - *.$objext | *.gcno) - ;; - $output_objdir/$outputname | $output_objdir/$libname.* | $output_objdir/${libname}${release}.*) - if test "X$precious_files_regex" != "X"; then - if $ECHO "$p" | $EGREP -e "$precious_files_regex" >/dev/null 2>&1 - then - continue - fi - fi - removelist="$removelist $p" - ;; - *) ;; - esac - done - test -n "$removelist" && \ - func_show_eval "${RM}r \$removelist" - fi - - # Now set the variables for building old libraries. - if test "$build_old_libs" = yes && test "$build_libtool_libs" != convenience ; then - oldlibs="$oldlibs $output_objdir/$libname.$libext" - - # Transform .lo files to .o files. - oldobjs="$objs "`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}'$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - fi - - # Eliminate all temporary directories. - #for path in $notinst_path; do - # lib_search_path=`$ECHO "X$lib_search_path " | $Xsed -e "s% $path % %g"` - # deplibs=`$ECHO "X$deplibs " | $Xsed -e "s% -L$path % %g"` - # dependency_libs=`$ECHO "X$dependency_libs " | $Xsed -e "s% -L$path % %g"` - #done - - if test -n "$xrpath"; then - # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. - temp_xrpath= - for libdir in $xrpath; do - temp_xrpath="$temp_xrpath -R$libdir" - case "$finalize_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - done - if test "$hardcode_into_libs" != yes || test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - dependency_libs="$temp_xrpath $dependency_libs" - fi - fi - - # Make sure dlfiles contains only unique files that won't be dlpreopened - old_dlfiles="$dlfiles" - dlfiles= - for lib in $old_dlfiles; do - case " $dlprefiles $dlfiles " in - *" $lib "*) ;; - *) dlfiles="$dlfiles $lib" ;; - esac - done - - # Make sure dlprefiles contains only unique files - old_dlprefiles="$dlprefiles" - dlprefiles= - for lib in $old_dlprefiles; do - case "$dlprefiles " in - *" $lib "*) ;; - *) dlprefiles="$dlprefiles $lib" ;; - esac - done - - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - if test -n "$rpath"; then - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-*-beos* | *-cegcc*) - # these systems don't actually have a c library (as such)! - ;; - *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) - # Rhapsody C library is in the System framework - deplibs="$deplibs System.ltframework" - ;; - *-*-netbsd*) - # Don't link with libc until the a.out ld.so is fixed. - ;; - *-*-openbsd* | *-*-freebsd* | *-*-dragonfly*) - # Do not include libc due to us having libc/libc_r. - ;; - *-*-sco3.2v5* | *-*-sco5v6*) - # Causes problems with __ctype - ;; - *-*-sysv4.2uw2* | *-*-sysv5* | *-*-unixware* | *-*-OpenUNIX*) - # Compiler inserts libc in the correct place for threads to work - ;; - *) - # Add libc to deplibs on all other systems if necessary. - if test "$build_libtool_need_lc" = "yes"; then - deplibs="$deplibs -lc" - fi - ;; - esac - fi - - # Transform deplibs into only deplibs that can be linked in shared. - name_save=$name - libname_save=$libname - release_save=$release - versuffix_save=$versuffix - major_save=$major - # I'm not sure if I'm treating the release correctly. I think - # release should show up in the -l (ie -lgmp5) so we don't want to - # add it in twice. Is that correct? - release="" - versuffix="" - major="" - newdeplibs= - droppeddeps=no - case $deplibs_check_method in - pass_all) - # Don't check for shared/static. Everything works. - # This might be a little naive. We might want to check - # whether the library exists or not. But this is on - # osf3 & osf4 and I'm not really sure... Just - # implementing what was already the behavior. - newdeplibs=$deplibs - ;; - test_compile) - # This code stresses the "libraries are programs" paradigm to its - # limits. Maybe even breaks it. We compile a program, linking it - # against the deplibs as a proxy for the library. Then we can check - # whether they linked in statically or dynamically with ldd. - $opt_dry_run || $RM conftest.c - cat > conftest.c </dev/null` - for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do - # Follow soft links. - if ls -lLd "$potent_lib" 2>/dev/null | - $GREP " -> " >/dev/null; then - continue - fi - # The statement above tries to avoid entering an - # endless loop below, in case of cyclic links. - # We might still enter an endless loop, since a link - # loop can be closed while we follow links, - # but so what? - potlib="$potent_lib" - while test -h "$potlib" 2>/dev/null; do - potliblink=`ls -ld $potlib | ${SED} 's/.* -> //'` - case $potliblink in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) potlib="$potliblink";; - *) potlib=`$ECHO "X$potlib" | $Xsed -e 's,[^/]*$,,'`"$potliblink";; - esac - done - if eval $file_magic_cmd \"\$potlib\" 2>/dev/null | - $SED -e 10q | - $EGREP "$file_magic_regex" > /dev/null; then - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - a_deplib="" - break 2 - fi - done - done - fi - if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then - droppeddeps=yes - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." - $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" - $ECHO "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" - if test -z "$potlib" ; then - $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for file magic test)" - else - $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" - $ECHO "*** using a file magic. Last file checked: $potlib" - fi - fi - ;; - *) - # Add a -L argument. - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - ;; - esac - done # Gone through all deplibs. - ;; - match_pattern*) - set dummy $deplibs_check_method; shift - match_pattern_regex=`expr "$deplibs_check_method" : "$1 \(.*\)"` - for a_deplib in $deplibs; do - case $a_deplib in - -l*) - func_stripname -l '' "$a_deplib" - name=$func_stripname_result - if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then - case " $predeps $postdeps " in - *" $a_deplib "*) - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - a_deplib="" - ;; - esac - fi - if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then - libname=`eval "\\$ECHO \"$libname_spec\""` - for i in $lib_search_path $sys_lib_search_path $shlib_search_path; do - potential_libs=`ls $i/$libname[.-]* 2>/dev/null` - for potent_lib in $potential_libs; do - potlib="$potent_lib" # see symlink-check above in file_magic test - if eval "\$ECHO \"X$potent_lib\"" 2>/dev/null | $Xsed -e 10q | \ - $EGREP "$match_pattern_regex" > /dev/null; then - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - a_deplib="" - break 2 - fi - done - done - fi - if test -n "$a_deplib" ; then - droppeddeps=yes - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning: linker path does not have real file for library $a_deplib." - $ECHO "*** I have the capability to make that library automatically link in when" - $ECHO "*** you link to this library. But I can only do this if you have a" - $ECHO "*** shared version of the library, which you do not appear to have" - $ECHO "*** because I did check the linker path looking for a file starting" - if test -z "$potlib" ; then - $ECHO "*** with $libname but no candidates were found. (...for regex pattern test)" - else - $ECHO "*** with $libname and none of the candidates passed a file format test" - $ECHO "*** using a regex pattern. Last file checked: $potlib" - fi - fi - ;; - *) - # Add a -L argument. - newdeplibs="$newdeplibs $a_deplib" - ;; - esac - done # Gone through all deplibs. - ;; - none | unknown | *) - newdeplibs="" - tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $deplibs" | $Xsed \ - -e 's/ -lc$//' -e 's/ -[LR][^ ]*//g'` - if test "X$allow_libtool_libs_with_static_runtimes" = "Xyes" ; then - for i in $predeps $postdeps ; do - # can't use Xsed below, because $i might contain '/' - tmp_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e "s,$i,,"` - done - fi - if $ECHO "X $tmp_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/[ ]//g' | - $GREP . >/dev/null; then - $ECHO - if test "X$deplibs_check_method" = "Xnone"; then - $ECHO "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not supported in this platform." - else - $ECHO "*** Warning: inter-library dependencies are not known to be supported." - fi - $ECHO "*** All declared inter-library dependencies are being dropped." - droppeddeps=yes - fi - ;; - esac - versuffix=$versuffix_save - major=$major_save - release=$release_save - libname=$libname_save - name=$name_save - - case $host in - *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) - # On Rhapsody replace the C library with the System framework - newdeplibs=`$ECHO "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` - ;; - esac - - if test "$droppeddeps" = yes; then - if test "$module" = yes; then - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Warning: libtool could not satisfy all declared inter-library" - $ECHO "*** dependencies of module $libname. Therefore, libtool will create" - $ECHO "*** a static module, that should work as long as the dlopening" - $ECHO "*** application is linked with the -dlopen flag." - if test -z "$global_symbol_pipe"; then - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** However, this would only work if libtool was able to extract symbol" - $ECHO "*** lists from a program, using \`nm' or equivalent, but libtool could" - $ECHO "*** not find such a program. So, this module is probably useless." - $ECHO "*** \`nm' from GNU binutils and a full rebuild may help." - fi - if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then - oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" - build_libtool_libs=module - build_old_libs=yes - else - build_libtool_libs=no - fi - else - $ECHO "*** The inter-library dependencies that have been dropped here will be" - $ECHO "*** automatically added whenever a program is linked with this library" - $ECHO "*** or is declared to -dlopen it." - - if test "$allow_undefined" = no; then - $ECHO - $ECHO "*** Since this library must not contain undefined symbols," - $ECHO "*** because either the platform does not support them or" - $ECHO "*** it was explicitly requested with -no-undefined," - $ECHO "*** libtool will only create a static version of it." - if test "$build_old_libs" = no; then - oldlibs="$output_objdir/$libname.$libext" - build_libtool_libs=module - build_old_libs=yes - else - build_libtool_libs=no - fi - fi - fi - fi - # Done checking deplibs! - deplibs=$newdeplibs - fi - # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" - case $host in - *-*-darwin*) - newdeplibs=`$ECHO "X $newdeplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` - new_inherited_linker_flags=`$ECHO "X $new_inherited_linker_flags" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` - deplibs=`$ECHO "X $deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` - ;; - esac - - # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet - # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list - new_libs= - for path in $notinst_path; do - case " $new_libs " in - *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; - *) - case " $deplibs " in - *" -L$path/$objdir "*) - new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;; - esac - ;; - esac - done - for deplib in $deplibs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) - case " $new_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - ;; - *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - done - deplibs="$new_libs" - - # All the library-specific variables (install_libdir is set above). - library_names= - old_library= - dlname= - - # Test again, we may have decided not to build it any more - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - if test "$hardcode_into_libs" = yes; then - # Hardcode the library paths - hardcode_libdirs= - dep_rpath= - rpath="$finalize_rpath" - test "$mode" != relink && rpath="$compile_rpath$rpath" - for libdir in $rpath; do - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then - if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" - else - # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. - case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in - *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) - ;; - *) - hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - else - eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - dep_rpath="$dep_rpath $flag" - fi - elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then - case "$perm_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - fi - done - # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && - test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld"; then - eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec_ld\" - else - eval dep_rpath=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - fi - fi - if test -n "$runpath_var" && test -n "$perm_rpath"; then - # We should set the runpath_var. - rpath= - for dir in $perm_rpath; do - rpath="$rpath$dir:" - done - eval "$runpath_var='$rpath\$$runpath_var'; export $runpath_var" - fi - test -n "$dep_rpath" && deplibs="$dep_rpath $deplibs" - fi - - shlibpath="$finalize_shlibpath" - test "$mode" != relink && shlibpath="$compile_shlibpath$shlibpath" - if test -n "$shlibpath"; then - eval "$shlibpath_var='$shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var'; export $shlibpath_var" - fi - - # Get the real and link names of the library. - eval shared_ext=\"$shrext_cmds\" - eval library_names=\"$library_names_spec\" - set dummy $library_names - shift - realname="$1" - shift - - if test -n "$soname_spec"; then - eval soname=\"$soname_spec\" - else - soname="$realname" - fi - if test -z "$dlname"; then - dlname=$soname - fi - - lib="$output_objdir/$realname" - linknames= - for link - do - linknames="$linknames $link" - done - - # Use standard objects if they are pic - test -z "$pic_flag" && libobjs=`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= - - delfiles= - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then - $opt_dry_run || cp "$export_symbols" "$output_objdir/$libname.uexp" - export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.uexp" - delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols" - fi - - orig_export_symbols= - case $host_os in - cygwin* | mingw* | cegcc*) - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -z "$export_symbols_regex"; then - # exporting using user supplied symfile - if test "x`$SED 1q $export_symbols`" != xEXPORTS; then - # and it's NOT already a .def file. Must figure out - # which of the given symbols are data symbols and tag - # them as such. So, trigger use of export_symbols_cmds. - # export_symbols gets reassigned inside the "prepare - # the list of exported symbols" if statement, so the - # include_expsyms logic still works. - orig_export_symbols="$export_symbols" - export_symbols= - always_export_symbols=yes - fi - fi - ;; - esac - - # Prepare the list of exported symbols - if test -z "$export_symbols"; then - if test "$always_export_symbols" = yes || test -n "$export_symbols_regex"; then - func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" - export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" - $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols - cmds=$export_symbols_cmds - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - func_len " $cmd" - len=$func_len_result - if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then - func_show_eval "$cmd" 'exit $?' - skipped_export=false - else - # The command line is too long to execute in one step. - func_verbose "using reloadable object file for export list..." - skipped_export=: - # Break out early, otherwise skipped_export may be - # set to false by a later but shorter cmd. - break - fi - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:"; then - func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' - func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' - fi - fi - fi - - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then - tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols" - test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols" - $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' - fi - - if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then - # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. - func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" - # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of - # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine - # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of - # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately - # isn't a blessed tool. - $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter - delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" - export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def - $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols - fi - - tmp_deplibs= - for test_deplib in $deplibs; do - case " $convenience " in - *" $test_deplib "*) ;; - *) - tmp_deplibs="$tmp_deplibs $test_deplib" - ;; - esac - done - deplibs="$tmp_deplibs" - - if test -n "$convenience"; then - if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec" && - test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes && - test -z "$libobjs"; then - # extract the archives, so we have objects to list. - # TODO: could optimize this to just extract one archive. - whole_archive_flag_spec= - fi - if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - save_libobjs=$libobjs - eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" - test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= - else - gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - - func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience - libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result" - test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= - fi - fi - - if test "$thread_safe" = yes && test -n "$thread_safe_flag_spec"; then - eval flag=\"$thread_safe_flag_spec\" - linker_flags="$linker_flags $flag" - fi - - # Make a backup of the uninstalled library when relinking - if test "$mode" = relink; then - $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}U && $MV $realname ${realname}U)' || exit $? - fi - - # Do each of the archive commands. - if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then - eval test_cmds=\"$module_expsym_cmds\" - cmds=$module_expsym_cmds - else - eval test_cmds=\"$module_cmds\" - cmds=$module_cmds - fi - else - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then - eval test_cmds=\"$archive_expsym_cmds\" - cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds - else - eval test_cmds=\"$archive_cmds\" - cmds=$archive_cmds - fi - fi - - if test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && - func_len " $test_cmds" && - len=$func_len_result && - test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then - : - else - # The command line is too long to link in one step, link piecewise - # or, if using GNU ld and skipped_export is not :, use a linker - # script. - - # Save the value of $output and $libobjs because we want to - # use them later. If we have whole_archive_flag_spec, we - # want to use save_libobjs as it was before - # whole_archive_flag_spec was expanded, because we can't - # assume the linker understands whole_archive_flag_spec. - # This may have to be revisited, in case too many - # convenience libraries get linked in and end up exceeding - # the spec. - if test -z "$convenience" || test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - save_libobjs=$libobjs - fi - save_output=$output - output_la=`$ECHO "X$output" | $Xsed -e "$basename"` - - # Clear the reloadable object creation command queue and - # initialize k to one. - test_cmds= - concat_cmds= - objlist= - last_robj= - k=1 - - if test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then - output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnkscript - func_verbose "creating GNU ld script: $output" - $ECHO 'INPUT (' > $output - for obj in $save_libobjs - do - $ECHO "$obj" >> $output - done - $ECHO ')' >> $output - delfiles="$delfiles $output" - elif test -n "$save_libobjs" && test "X$skipped_export" != "X:" && test "X$file_list_spec" != X; then - output=${output_objdir}/${output_la}.lnk - func_verbose "creating linker input file list: $output" - : > $output - set x $save_libobjs - shift - firstobj= - if test "$compiler_needs_object" = yes; then - firstobj="$1 " - shift - fi - for obj - do - $ECHO "$obj" >> $output - done - delfiles="$delfiles $output" - output=$firstobj\"$file_list_spec$output\" - else - if test -n "$save_libobjs"; then - func_verbose "creating reloadable object files..." - output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext - eval test_cmds=\"$reload_cmds\" - func_len " $test_cmds" - len0=$func_len_result - len=$len0 - - # Loop over the list of objects to be linked. - for obj in $save_libobjs - do - func_len " $obj" - func_arith $len + $func_len_result - len=$func_arith_result - if test "X$objlist" = X || - test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then - func_append objlist " $obj" - else - # The command $test_cmds is almost too long, add a - # command to the queue. - if test "$k" -eq 1 ; then - # The first file doesn't have a previous command to add. - eval concat_cmds=\"$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" - else - # All subsequent reloadable object files will link in - # the last one created. - eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj~\$RM $last_robj\" - fi - last_robj=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext - func_arith $k + 1 - k=$func_arith_result - output=$output_objdir/$output_la-${k}.$objext - objlist=$obj - func_len " $last_robj" - func_arith $len0 + $func_len_result - len=$func_arith_result - fi - done - # Handle the remaining objects by creating one last - # reloadable object file. All subsequent reloadable object - # files will link in the last one created. - test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ - eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$reload_cmds $objlist $last_robj\" - if test -n "$last_robj"; then - eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}~\$RM $last_robj\" - fi - delfiles="$delfiles $output" - - else - output= - fi - - if ${skipped_export-false}; then - func_verbose "generating symbol list for \`$libname.la'" - export_symbols="$output_objdir/$libname.exp" - $opt_dry_run || $RM $export_symbols - libobjs=$output - # Append the command to create the export file. - test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ - eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds$export_symbols_cmds\" - if test -n "$last_robj"; then - eval concat_cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$RM $last_robj\" - fi - fi - - test -n "$save_libobjs" && - func_verbose "creating a temporary reloadable object file: $output" - - # Loop through the commands generated above and execute them. - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $concat_cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - $opt_silent || { - func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" - eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" - } - $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { - lt_exit=$? - - # Restore the uninstalled library and exit - if test "$mode" = relink; then - ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ - $RM "${realname}T" && \ - $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) - fi - - exit $lt_exit - } - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - - if test -n "$export_symbols_regex" && ${skipped_export-false}; then - func_show_eval '$EGREP -e "$export_symbols_regex" "$export_symbols" > "${export_symbols}T"' - func_show_eval '$MV "${export_symbols}T" "$export_symbols"' - fi - fi - - if ${skipped_export-false}; then - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$include_expsyms"; then - tmp_export_symbols="$export_symbols" - test -n "$orig_export_symbols" && tmp_export_symbols="$orig_export_symbols" - $opt_dry_run || eval '$ECHO "X$include_expsyms" | $Xsed | $SP2NL >> "$tmp_export_symbols"' - fi - - if test -n "$orig_export_symbols"; then - # The given exports_symbols file has to be filtered, so filter it. - func_verbose "filter symbol list for \`$libname.la' to tag DATA exports" - # FIXME: $output_objdir/$libname.filter potentially contains lots of - # 's' commands which not all seds can handle. GNU sed should be fine - # though. Also, the filter scales superlinearly with the number of - # global variables. join(1) would be nice here, but unfortunately - # isn't a blessed tool. - $opt_dry_run || $SED -e '/[ ,]DATA/!d;s,\(.*\)\([ \,].*\),s|^\1$|\1\2|,' < $export_symbols > $output_objdir/$libname.filter - delfiles="$delfiles $export_symbols $output_objdir/$libname.filter" - export_symbols=$output_objdir/$libname.def - $opt_dry_run || $SED -f $output_objdir/$libname.filter < $orig_export_symbols > $export_symbols - fi - fi - - libobjs=$output - # Restore the value of output. - output=$save_output - - if test -n "$convenience" && test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - eval libobjs=\"\$libobjs $whole_archive_flag_spec\" - test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= - fi - # Expand the library linking commands again to reset the - # value of $libobjs for piecewise linking. - - # Do each of the archive commands. - if test "$module" = yes && test -n "$module_cmds" ; then - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$module_expsym_cmds"; then - cmds=$module_expsym_cmds - else - cmds=$module_cmds - fi - else - if test -n "$export_symbols" && test -n "$archive_expsym_cmds"; then - cmds=$archive_expsym_cmds - else - cmds=$archive_cmds - fi - fi - fi - - if test -n "$delfiles"; then - # Append the command to remove temporary files to $cmds. - eval cmds=\"\$cmds~\$RM $delfiles\" - fi - - # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries - if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then - gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - - func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles - libobjs="$libobjs $func_extract_archives_result" - test "X$libobjs" = "X " && libobjs= - fi - - save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS='~' - for cmd in $cmds; do - IFS="$save_ifs" - eval cmd=\"$cmd\" - $opt_silent || { - func_quote_for_expand "$cmd" - eval "func_echo $func_quote_for_expand_result" - } - $opt_dry_run || eval "$cmd" || { - lt_exit=$? - - # Restore the uninstalled library and exit - if test "$mode" = relink; then - ( cd "$output_objdir" && \ - $RM "${realname}T" && \ - $MV "${realname}U" "$realname" ) - fi - - exit $lt_exit - } - done - IFS="$save_ifs" - - # Restore the uninstalled library and exit - if test "$mode" = relink; then - $opt_dry_run || eval '(cd $output_objdir && $RM ${realname}T && $MV $realname ${realname}T && $MV ${realname}U $realname)' || exit $? - - if test -n "$convenience"; then - if test -z "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' - fi - fi - - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - - # Create links to the real library. - for linkname in $linknames; do - if test "$realname" != "$linkname"; then - func_show_eval '(cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$linkname" && $LN_S "$realname" "$linkname")' 'exit $?' - fi - done - - # If -module or -export-dynamic was specified, set the dlname. - if test "$module" = yes || test "$export_dynamic" = yes; then - # On all known operating systems, these are identical. - dlname="$soname" - fi - fi - ;; - - obj) - if test -n "$dlfiles$dlprefiles" || test "$dlself" != no; then - func_warning "\`-dlopen' is ignored for objects" - fi - - case " $deplibs" in - *\ -l* | *\ -L*) - func_warning "\`-l' and \`-L' are ignored for objects" ;; - esac - - test -n "$rpath" && \ - func_warning "\`-rpath' is ignored for objects" - - test -n "$xrpath" && \ - func_warning "\`-R' is ignored for objects" - - test -n "$vinfo" && \ - func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for objects" - - test -n "$release" && \ - func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for objects" - - case $output in - *.lo) - test -n "$objs$old_deplibs" && \ - func_fatal_error "cannot build library object \`$output' from non-libtool objects" - - libobj=$output - func_lo2o "$libobj" - obj=$func_lo2o_result - ;; - *) - libobj= - obj="$output" - ;; - esac - - # Delete the old objects. - $opt_dry_run || $RM $obj $libobj - - # Objects from convenience libraries. This assumes - # single-version convenience libraries. Whenever we create - # different ones for PIC/non-PIC, this we'll have to duplicate - # the extraction. - reload_conv_objs= - gentop= - # reload_cmds runs $LD directly, so let us get rid of - # -Wl from whole_archive_flag_spec and hope we can get by with - # turning comma into space.. - wl= - - if test -n "$convenience"; then - if test -n "$whole_archive_flag_spec"; then - eval tmp_whole_archive_flags=\"$whole_archive_flag_spec\" - reload_conv_objs=$reload_objs\ `$ECHO "X$tmp_whole_archive_flags" | $Xsed -e 's|,| |g'` - else - gentop="$output_objdir/${obj}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - - func_extract_archives $gentop $convenience - reload_conv_objs="$reload_objs $func_extract_archives_result" - fi - fi - - # Create the old-style object. - reload_objs="$objs$old_deplibs "`$ECHO "X$libobjs" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e '/\.'${libext}$'/d' -e '/\.lib$/d' -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP`" $reload_conv_objs" ### testsuite: skip nested quoting test - - output="$obj" - func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' - - # Exit if we aren't doing a library object file. - if test -z "$libobj"; then - if test -n "$gentop"; then - func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' - fi - - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - - if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then - if test -n "$gentop"; then - func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' - fi - - # Create an invalid libtool object if no PIC, so that we don't - # accidentally link it into a program. - # $show "echo timestamp > $libobj" - # $opt_dry_run || eval "echo timestamp > $libobj" || exit $? - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - - if test -n "$pic_flag" || test "$pic_mode" != default; then - # Only do commands if we really have different PIC objects. - reload_objs="$libobjs $reload_conv_objs" - output="$libobj" - func_execute_cmds "$reload_cmds" 'exit $?' - fi - - if test -n "$gentop"; then - func_show_eval '${RM}r "$gentop"' - fi - - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; - - prog) - case $host in - *cygwin*) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" - output=$func_stripname_result.exe;; - esac - test -n "$vinfo" && \ - func_warning "\`-version-info' is ignored for programs" - - test -n "$release" && \ - func_warning "\`-release' is ignored for programs" - - test "$preload" = yes \ - && test "$dlopen_support" = unknown \ - && test "$dlopen_self" = unknown \ - && test "$dlopen_self_static" = unknown && \ - func_warning "\`LT_INIT([dlopen])' not used. Assuming no dlopen support." - - case $host in - *-*-rhapsody* | *-*-darwin1.[012]) - # On Rhapsody replace the C library is the System framework - compile_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` - finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's/ -lc / System.ltframework /'` - ;; - esac - - case $host in - *-*-darwin*) - # Don't allow lazy linking, it breaks C++ global constructors - # But is supposedly fixed on 10.4 or later (yay!). - if test "$tagname" = CXX ; then - case ${MACOSX_DEPLOYMENT_TARGET-10.0} in - 10.[0123]) - compile_command="$compile_command ${wl}-bind_at_load" - finalize_command="$finalize_command ${wl}-bind_at_load" - ;; - esac - fi - # Time to change all our "foo.ltframework" stuff back to "-framework foo" - compile_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $compile_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` - finalize_deplibs=`$ECHO "X $finalize_deplibs" | $Xsed -e 's% \([^ $]*\).ltframework% -framework \1%g'` - ;; - esac - - - # move library search paths that coincide with paths to not yet - # installed libraries to the beginning of the library search list - new_libs= - for path in $notinst_path; do - case " $new_libs " in - *" -L$path/$objdir "*) ;; - *) - case " $compile_deplibs " in - *" -L$path/$objdir "*) - new_libs="$new_libs -L$path/$objdir" ;; - esac - ;; - esac - done - for deplib in $compile_deplibs; do - case $deplib in - -L*) - case " $new_libs " in - *" $deplib "*) ;; - *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - ;; - *) new_libs="$new_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - done - compile_deplibs="$new_libs" - - - compile_command="$compile_command $compile_deplibs" - finalize_command="$finalize_command $finalize_deplibs" - - if test -n "$rpath$xrpath"; then - # If the user specified any rpath flags, then add them. - for libdir in $rpath $xrpath; do - # This is the magic to use -rpath. - case "$finalize_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_rpath="$finalize_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - done - fi - - # Now hardcode the library paths - rpath= - hardcode_libdirs= - for libdir in $compile_rpath $finalize_rpath; do - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then - if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" - else - # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. - case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in - *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) - ;; - *) - hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - else - eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - rpath="$rpath $flag" - fi - elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then - case "$perm_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) perm_rpath="$perm_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - fi - case $host in - *-*-cygwin* | *-*-mingw* | *-*-pw32* | *-*-os2* | *-cegcc*) - testbindir=`${ECHO} "$libdir" | ${SED} -e 's*/lib$*/bin*'` - case :$dllsearchpath: in - *":$libdir:"*) ;; - ::) dllsearchpath=$libdir;; - *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$libdir";; - esac - case :$dllsearchpath: in - *":$testbindir:"*) ;; - ::) dllsearchpath=$testbindir;; - *) dllsearchpath="$dllsearchpath:$testbindir";; - esac - ;; - esac - done - # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && - test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" - eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - fi - compile_rpath="$rpath" - - rpath= - hardcode_libdirs= - for libdir in $finalize_rpath; do - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"; then - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then - if test -z "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - hardcode_libdirs="$libdir" - else - # Just accumulate the unique libdirs. - case $hardcode_libdir_separator$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator in - *"$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir$hardcode_libdir_separator"*) - ;; - *) - hardcode_libdirs="$hardcode_libdirs$hardcode_libdir_separator$libdir" - ;; - esac - fi - else - eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - rpath="$rpath $flag" - fi - elif test -n "$runpath_var"; then - case "$finalize_perm_rpath " in - *" $libdir "*) ;; - *) finalize_perm_rpath="$finalize_perm_rpath $libdir" ;; - esac - fi - done - # Substitute the hardcoded libdirs into the rpath. - if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator" && - test -n "$hardcode_libdirs"; then - libdir="$hardcode_libdirs" - eval rpath=\" $hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\" - fi - finalize_rpath="$rpath" - - if test -n "$libobjs" && test "$build_old_libs" = yes; then - # Transform all the library objects into standard objects. - compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - finalize_command=`$ECHO "X$finalize_command" | $SP2NL | $Xsed -e "$lo2o" | $NL2SP` - fi - - func_generate_dlsyms "$outputname" "@PROGRAM@" "no" - - # template prelinking step - if test -n "$prelink_cmds"; then - func_execute_cmds "$prelink_cmds" 'exit $?' - fi - - wrappers_required=yes - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* ) - if test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then - wrappers_required=no - fi - ;; - *cegcc) - # Disable wrappers for cegcc, we are cross compiling anyway. - wrappers_required=no - ;; - *) - if test "$need_relink" = no || test "$build_libtool_libs" != yes; then - wrappers_required=no - fi - ;; - esac - if test "$wrappers_required" = no; then - # Replace the output file specification. - compile_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` - link_command="$compile_command$compile_rpath" - - # We have no uninstalled library dependencies, so finalize right now. - exit_status=0 - func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit_status=$?' - - # Delete the generated files. - if test -f "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"; then - func_show_eval '$RM "$output_objdir/${outputname}S.${objext}"' - fi - - exit $exit_status - fi - - if test -n "$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath"; then - compile_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$compile_shlibpath$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $compile_command" - fi - if test -n "$finalize_shlibpath"; then - finalize_command="$shlibpath_var=\"$finalize_shlibpath\$$shlibpath_var\" $finalize_command" - fi - - compile_var= - finalize_var= - if test -n "$runpath_var"; then - if test -n "$perm_rpath"; then - # We should set the runpath_var. - rpath= - for dir in $perm_rpath; do - rpath="$rpath$dir:" - done - compile_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " - fi - if test -n "$finalize_perm_rpath"; then - # We should set the runpath_var. - rpath= - for dir in $finalize_perm_rpath; do - rpath="$rpath$dir:" - done - finalize_var="$runpath_var=\"$rpath\$$runpath_var\" " - fi - fi - - if test "$no_install" = yes; then - # We don't need to create a wrapper script. - link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" - # Replace the output file specification. - link_command=`$ECHO "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output"'%g'` - # Delete the old output file. - $opt_dry_run || $RM $output - # Link the executable and exit - func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - fi - - if test "$hardcode_action" = relink; then - # Fast installation is not supported - link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" - relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" - - func_warning "this platform does not like uninstalled shared libraries" - func_warning "\`$output' will be relinked during installation" - else - if test "$fast_install" != no; then - link_command="$finalize_var$compile_command$finalize_rpath" - if test "$fast_install" = yes; then - relink_command=`$ECHO "X$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%\$progdir/\$file%g'` - else - # fast_install is set to needless - relink_command= - fi - else - link_command="$compile_var$compile_command$compile_rpath" - relink_command="$finalize_var$finalize_command$finalize_rpath" - fi - fi - - # Replace the output file specification. - link_command=`$ECHO "X$link_command" | $Xsed -e 's%@OUTPUT@%'"$output_objdir/$outputname"'%g'` - - # Delete the old output files. - $opt_dry_run || $RM $output $output_objdir/$outputname $output_objdir/lt-$outputname - - func_show_eval "$link_command" 'exit $?' - - # Now create the wrapper script. - func_verbose "creating $output" - - # Quote the relink command for shipping. - if test -n "$relink_command"; then - # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior - for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do - if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then - relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" - elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then - relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" - else - func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" - relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" - fi - done - relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $relink_command)" - relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - fi - - # Quote $ECHO for shipping. - if test "X$ECHO" = "X$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo"; then - case $progpath in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) qecho="$SHELL $progpath --fallback-echo";; - *) qecho="$SHELL `pwd`/$progpath --fallback-echo";; - esac - qecho=`$ECHO "X$qecho" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - else - qecho=`$ECHO "X$ECHO" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - fi - - # Only actually do things if not in dry run mode. - $opt_dry_run || { - # win32 will think the script is a binary if it has - # a .exe suffix, so we strip it off here. - case $output in - *.exe) func_stripname '' '.exe' "$output" - output=$func_stripname_result ;; - esac - # test for cygwin because mv fails w/o .exe extensions - case $host in - *cygwin*) - exeext=.exe - func_stripname '' '.exe' "$outputname" - outputname=$func_stripname_result ;; - *) exeext= ;; - esac - case $host in - *cygwin* | *mingw* ) - func_dirname_and_basename "$output" "" "." - output_name=$func_basename_result - output_path=$func_dirname_result - cwrappersource="$output_path/$objdir/lt-$output_name.c" - cwrapper="$output_path/$output_name.exe" - $RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper - trap "$RM $cwrappersource $cwrapper; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 - - func_emit_cwrapperexe_src > $cwrappersource - - # The wrapper executable is built using the $host compiler, - # because it contains $host paths and files. If cross- - # compiling, it, like the target executable, must be - # executed on the $host or under an emulation environment. - $opt_dry_run || { - $LTCC $LTCFLAGS -o $cwrapper $cwrappersource - $STRIP $cwrapper - } - - # Now, create the wrapper script for func_source use: - func_ltwrapper_scriptname $cwrapper - $RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result - trap "$RM $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 - $opt_dry_run || { - # note: this script will not be executed, so do not chmod. - if test "x$build" = "x$host" ; then - $cwrapper --lt-dump-script > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result - else - func_emit_wrapper no > $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result - fi - } - ;; - * ) - $RM $output - trap "$RM $output; exit $EXIT_FAILURE" 1 2 15 - - func_emit_wrapper no > $output - chmod +x $output - ;; - esac - } - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS - ;; - esac - - # See if we need to build an old-fashioned archive. - for oldlib in $oldlibs; do - - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = convenience; then - oldobjs="$libobjs_save $symfileobj" - addlibs="$convenience" - build_libtool_libs=no - else - if test "$build_libtool_libs" = module; then - oldobjs="$libobjs_save" - build_libtool_libs=no - else - oldobjs="$old_deplibs $non_pic_objects" - if test "$preload" = yes && test -f "$symfileobj"; then - oldobjs="$oldobjs $symfileobj" - fi - fi - addlibs="$old_convenience" - fi - - if test -n "$addlibs"; then - gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - - func_extract_archives $gentop $addlibs - oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result" - fi - - # Do each command in the archive commands. - if test -n "$old_archive_from_new_cmds" && test "$build_libtool_libs" = yes; then - cmds=$old_archive_from_new_cmds - else - - # Add any objects from preloaded convenience libraries - if test -n "$dlprefiles"; then - gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - - func_extract_archives $gentop $dlprefiles - oldobjs="$oldobjs $func_extract_archives_result" - fi - - # POSIX demands no paths to be encoded in archives. We have - # to avoid creating archives with duplicate basenames if we - # might have to extract them afterwards, e.g., when creating a - # static archive out of a convenience library, or when linking - # the entirety of a libtool archive into another (currently - # not supported by libtool). - if (for obj in $oldobjs - do - func_basename "$obj" - $ECHO "$func_basename_result" - done | sort | sort -uc >/dev/null 2>&1); then - : - else - $ECHO "copying selected object files to avoid basename conflicts..." - gentop="$output_objdir/${outputname}x" - generated="$generated $gentop" - func_mkdir_p "$gentop" - save_oldobjs=$oldobjs - oldobjs= - counter=1 - for obj in $save_oldobjs - do - func_basename "$obj" - objbase="$func_basename_result" - case " $oldobjs " in - " ") oldobjs=$obj ;; - *[\ /]"$objbase "*) - while :; do - # Make sure we don't pick an alternate name that also - # overlaps. - newobj=lt$counter-$objbase - func_arith $counter + 1 - counter=$func_arith_result - case " $oldobjs " in - *[\ /]"$newobj "*) ;; - *) if test ! -f "$gentop/$newobj"; then break; fi ;; - esac - done - func_show_eval "ln $obj $gentop/$newobj || cp $obj $gentop/$newobj" - oldobjs="$oldobjs $gentop/$newobj" - ;; - *) oldobjs="$oldobjs $obj" ;; - esac - done - fi - eval cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" - - func_len " $cmds" - len=$func_len_result - if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len" || test "$max_cmd_len" -le -1; then - cmds=$old_archive_cmds - else - # the command line is too long to link in one step, link in parts - func_verbose "using piecewise archive linking..." - save_RANLIB=$RANLIB - RANLIB=: - objlist= - concat_cmds= - save_oldobjs=$oldobjs - oldobjs= - # Is there a better way of finding the last object in the list? - for obj in $save_oldobjs - do - last_oldobj=$obj - done - eval test_cmds=\"$old_archive_cmds\" - func_len " $test_cmds" - len0=$func_len_result - len=$len0 - for obj in $save_oldobjs - do - func_len " $obj" - func_arith $len + $func_len_result - len=$func_arith_result - func_append objlist " $obj" - if test "$len" -lt "$max_cmd_len"; then - : - else - # the above command should be used before it gets too long - oldobjs=$objlist - if test "$obj" = "$last_oldobj" ; then - RANLIB=$save_RANLIB - fi - test -z "$concat_cmds" || concat_cmds=$concat_cmds~ - eval concat_cmds=\"\${concat_cmds}$old_archive_cmds\" - objlist= - len=$len0 - fi - done - RANLIB=$save_RANLIB - oldobjs=$objlist - if test "X$oldobjs" = "X" ; then - eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds\" - else - eval cmds=\"\$concat_cmds~\$old_archive_cmds\" - fi - fi - fi - func_execute_cmds "$cmds" 'exit $?' - done - - test -n "$generated" && \ - func_show_eval "${RM}r$generated" - - # Now create the libtool archive. - case $output in - *.la) - old_library= - test "$build_old_libs" = yes && old_library="$libname.$libext" - func_verbose "creating $output" - - # Preserve any variables that may affect compiler behavior - for var in $variables_saved_for_relink; do - if eval test -z \"\${$var+set}\"; then - relink_command="{ test -z \"\${$var+set}\" || $lt_unset $var || { $var=; export $var; }; }; $relink_command" - elif eval var_value=\$$var; test -z "$var_value"; then - relink_command="$var=; export $var; $relink_command" - else - func_quote_for_eval "$var_value" - relink_command="$var=$func_quote_for_eval_result; export $var; $relink_command" - fi - done - # Quote the link command for shipping. - relink_command="(cd `pwd`; $SHELL $progpath $preserve_args --mode=relink $libtool_args @inst_prefix_dir@)" - relink_command=`$ECHO "X$relink_command" | $Xsed -e "$sed_quote_subst"` - if test "$hardcode_automatic" = yes ; then - relink_command= - fi - - # Only create the output if not a dry run. - $opt_dry_run || { - for installed in no yes; do - if test "$installed" = yes; then - if test -z "$install_libdir"; then - break - fi - output="$output_objdir/$outputname"i - # Replace all uninstalled libtool libraries with the installed ones - newdependency_libs= - for deplib in $dependency_libs; do - case $deplib in - *.la) - func_basename "$deplib" - name="$func_basename_result" - eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $deplib` - test -z "$libdir" && \ - func_fatal_error "\`$deplib' is not a valid libtool archive" - newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $libdir/$name" - ;; - *) newdependency_libs="$newdependency_libs $deplib" ;; - esac - done - dependency_libs="$newdependency_libs" - newdlfiles= - - for lib in $dlfiles; do - case $lib in - *.la) - func_basename "$lib" - name="$func_basename_result" - eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` - test -z "$libdir" && \ - func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" - newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $libdir/$name" - ;; - *) newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $lib" ;; - esac - done - dlfiles="$newdlfiles" - newdlprefiles= - for lib in $dlprefiles; do - case $lib in - *.la) - # Only pass preopened files to the pseudo-archive (for - # eventual linking with the app. that links it) if we - # didn't already link the preopened objects directly into - # the library: - func_basename "$lib" - name="$func_basename_result" - eval libdir=`${SED} -n -e 's/^libdir=\(.*\)$/\1/p' $lib` - test -z "$libdir" && \ - func_fatal_error "\`$lib' is not a valid libtool archive" - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $libdir/$name" - ;; - esac - done - dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" - else - newdlfiles= - for lib in $dlfiles; do - case $lib in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; - *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; - esac - newdlfiles="$newdlfiles $abs" - done - dlfiles="$newdlfiles" - newdlprefiles= - for lib in $dlprefiles; do - case $lib in - [\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*) abs="$lib" ;; - *) abs=`pwd`"/$lib" ;; - esac - newdlprefiles="$newdlprefiles $abs" - done - dlprefiles="$newdlprefiles" - fi - $RM $output - # place dlname in correct position for cygwin - tdlname=$dlname - case $host,$output,$installed,$module,$dlname in - *cygwin*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *mingw*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll | *cegcc*,*lai,yes,no,*.dll) tdlname=../bin/$dlname ;; - esac - $ECHO > $output "\ -# $outputname - a libtool library file -# Generated by $PROGRAM (GNU $PACKAGE$TIMESTAMP) $VERSION -# -# Please DO NOT delete this file! -# It is necessary for linking the library. - -# The name that we can dlopen(3). -dlname='$tdlname' - -# Names of this library. -library_names='$library_names' - -# The name of the static archive. -old_library='$old_library' - -# Linker flags that can not go in dependency_libs. -inherited_linker_flags='$new_inherited_linker_flags' - -# Libraries that this one depends upon. -dependency_libs='$dependency_libs' - -# Names of additional weak libraries provided by this library -weak_library_names='$weak_libs' - -# Version information for $libname. -current=$current -age=$age -revision=$revision - -# Is this an already installed library? -installed=$installed - -# Should we warn about portability when linking against -modules? -shouldnotlink=$module - -# Files to dlopen/dlpreopen -dlopen='$dlfiles' -dlpreopen='$dlprefiles' - -# Directory that this library needs to be installed in: -libdir='$install_libdir'" - if test "$installed" = no && test "$need_relink" = yes; then - $ECHO >> $output "\ -relink_command=\"$relink_command\"" - fi - done - } - - # Do a symbolic link so that the libtool archive can be found in - # LD_LIBRARY_PATH before the program is installed. - func_show_eval '( cd "$output_objdir" && $RM "$outputname" && $LN_S "../$outputname" "$outputname" )' 'exit $?' - ;; - esac - exit $EXIT_SUCCESS -} - -{ test "$mode" = link || test "$mode" = relink; } && - func_mode_link ${1+"$@"} - - -# func_mode_uninstall arg... -func_mode_uninstall () -{ - $opt_debug - RM="$nonopt" - files= - rmforce= - exit_status=0 - - # This variable tells wrapper scripts just to set variables rather - # than running their programs. - libtool_install_magic="$magic" - - for arg - do - case $arg in - -f) RM="$RM $arg"; rmforce=yes ;; - -*) RM="$RM $arg" ;; - *) files="$files $arg" ;; - esac - done - - test -z "$RM" && \ - func_fatal_help "you must specify an RM program" - - rmdirs= - - origobjdir="$objdir" - for file in $files; do - func_dirname "$file" "" "." - dir="$func_dirname_result" - if test "X$dir" = X.; then - objdir="$origobjdir" - else - objdir="$dir/$origobjdir" - fi - func_basename "$file" - name="$func_basename_result" - test "$mode" = uninstall && objdir="$dir" - - # Remember objdir for removal later, being careful to avoid duplicates - if test "$mode" = clean; then - case " $rmdirs " in - *" $objdir "*) ;; - *) rmdirs="$rmdirs $objdir" ;; - esac - fi - - # Don't error if the file doesn't exist and rm -f was used. - if { test -L "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || - { test -h "$file"; } >/dev/null 2>&1 || - test -f "$file"; then - : - elif test -d "$file"; then - exit_status=1 - continue - elif test "$rmforce" = yes; then - continue - fi - - rmfiles="$file" - - case $name in - *.la) - # Possibly a libtool archive, so verify it. - if func_lalib_p "$file"; then - func_source $dir/$name - - # Delete the libtool libraries and symlinks. - for n in $library_names; do - rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$n" - done - test -n "$old_library" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$old_library" - - case "$mode" in - clean) - case " $library_names " in - # " " in the beginning catches empty $dlname - *" $dlname "*) ;; - *) rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$dlname" ;; - esac - test -n "$libdir" && rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}i" - ;; - uninstall) - if test -n "$library_names"; then - # Do each command in the postuninstall commands. - func_execute_cmds "$postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1' - fi - - if test -n "$old_library"; then - # Do each command in the old_postuninstall commands. - func_execute_cmds "$old_postuninstall_cmds" 'test "$rmforce" = yes || exit_status=1' - fi - # FIXME: should reinstall the best remaining shared library. - ;; - esac - fi - ;; - - *.lo) - # Possibly a libtool object, so verify it. - if func_lalib_p "$file"; then - - # Read the .lo file - func_source $dir/$name - - # Add PIC object to the list of files to remove. - if test -n "$pic_object" && - test "$pic_object" != none; then - rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$pic_object" - fi - - # Add non-PIC object to the list of files to remove. - if test -n "$non_pic_object" && - test "$non_pic_object" != none; then - rmfiles="$rmfiles $dir/$non_pic_object" - fi - fi - ;; - - *) - if test "$mode" = clean ; then - noexename=$name - case $file in - *.exe) - func_stripname '' '.exe' "$file" - file=$func_stripname_result - func_stripname '' '.exe' "$name" - noexename=$func_stripname_result - # $file with .exe has already been added to rmfiles, - # add $file without .exe - rmfiles="$rmfiles $file" - ;; - esac - # Do a test to see if this is a libtool program. - if func_ltwrapper_p "$file"; then - if func_ltwrapper_executable_p "$file"; then - func_ltwrapper_scriptname "$file" - relink_command= - func_source $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result - rmfiles="$rmfiles $func_ltwrapper_scriptname_result" - else - relink_command= - func_source $dir/$noexename - fi - - # note $name still contains .exe if it was in $file originally - # as does the version of $file that was added into $rmfiles - rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/$name $objdir/${name}S.${objext}" - if test "$fast_install" = yes && test -n "$relink_command"; then - rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-$name" - fi - if test "X$noexename" != "X$name" ; then - rmfiles="$rmfiles $objdir/lt-${noexename}.c" - fi - fi - fi - ;; - esac - func_show_eval "$RM $rmfiles" 'exit_status=1' - done - objdir="$origobjdir" - - # Try to remove the ${objdir}s in the directories where we deleted files - for dir in $rmdirs; do - if test -d "$dir"; then - func_show_eval "rmdir $dir >/dev/null 2>&1" - fi - done - - exit $exit_status -} - -{ test "$mode" = uninstall || test "$mode" = clean; } && - func_mode_uninstall ${1+"$@"} - -test -z "$mode" && { - help="$generic_help" - func_fatal_help "you must specify a MODE" -} - -test -z "$exec_cmd" && \ - func_fatal_help "invalid operation mode \`$mode'" - -if test -n "$exec_cmd"; then - eval exec "$exec_cmd" - exit $EXIT_FAILURE -fi - -exit $exit_status - - -# The TAGs below are defined such that we never get into a situation -# in which we disable both kinds of libraries. Given conflicting -# choices, we go for a static library, that is the most portable, -# since we can't tell whether shared libraries were disabled because -# the user asked for that or because the platform doesn't support -# them. This is particularly important on AIX, because we don't -# support having both static and shared libraries enabled at the same -# time on that platform, so we default to a shared-only configuration. -# If a disable-shared tag is given, we'll fallback to a static-only -# configuration. But we'll never go from static-only to shared-only. - -# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared -build_libtool_libs=no -build_old_libs=yes -# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-shared - -# ### BEGIN LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static -build_old_libs=`case $build_libtool_libs in yes) echo no;; *) echo yes;; esac` -# ### END LIBTOOL TAG CONFIG: disable-static - -# Local Variables: -# mode:shell-script -# sh-indentation:2 -# End: -# vi:sw=2 - diff --git a/.pc/ios/mdate-sh b/.pc/ios/mdate-sh deleted file mode 100755 index cd916c0..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/mdate-sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,201 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh -# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it. - -scriptversion=2005-06-29.22 - -# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software -# Foundation, Inc. -# written by Ulrich Drepper , June 1995 -# -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, -# Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. - -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you -# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a -# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - -# This file is maintained in Automake, please report -# bugs to or send patches to -# . - -case $1 in - '') - echo "$0: No file. Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2 - exit 1; - ;; - -h | --h*) - cat <<\EOF -Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE - -Pretty-print the modification time of FILE. - -Report bugs to . -EOF - exit $? - ;; - -v | --v*) - echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion" - exit $? - ;; -esac - -# Prevent date giving response in another language. -LANG=C -export LANG -LC_ALL=C -export LC_ALL -LC_TIME=C -export LC_TIME - -# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE -# variable. Since we cannot assume `unset' works, revert this -# variable to its documented default. -if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then - TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso - export TIME_STYLE -fi - -save_arg1=$1 - -# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory. -if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then - ls_command='ls -L -l -d' -else - ls_command='ls -l -d' -fi - -# A `ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2. -# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo -# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information. -# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo -# -# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words -# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a -# user named `Jan', or `Feb', etc. However, it's unlikely that `/' -# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at -# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many -# words should be skipped to get the date. - -# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below. -set x`ls -l -d /` - -# Find which argument is the month. -month= -command= -until test $month -do - shift - # Add another shift to the command. - command="$command shift;" - case $1 in - Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; - Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; - Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; - Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; - May) month=May; nummonth=5;; - Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; - Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; - Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; - Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; - Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; - Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; - Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; - esac -done - -# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory. -set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\$save_arg1\""` - -# Remove all preceding arguments -eval $command - -# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2. -# -# On a POSIX system, we should have -# -# $# = 5 -# $1 = file size -# $2 = month -# $3 = day -# $4 = year or time -# $5 = filename -# -# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have -# -# $# = 4 -# $1 = day -# $2 = month -# $3 = year or time -# $4 = filename - -# Get the month. -case $2 in - Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;; - Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;; - Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;; - Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;; - May) month=May; nummonth=5;; - Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;; - Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;; - Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;; - Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;; - Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;; - Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;; - Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;; -esac - -case $3 in - ???*) day=$1;; - *) day=$3; shift;; -esac - -# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either -# the time of day or the year. -case $3 in - *:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$# - case $2 in - Jan) nummonthtod=1;; - Feb) nummonthtod=2;; - Mar) nummonthtod=3;; - Apr) nummonthtod=4;; - May) nummonthtod=5;; - Jun) nummonthtod=6;; - Jul) nummonthtod=7;; - Aug) nummonthtod=8;; - Sep) nummonthtod=9;; - Oct) nummonthtod=10;; - Nov) nummonthtod=11;; - Dec) nummonthtod=12;; - esac - # For the first six month of the year the time notation can also - # be used for files modified in the last year. - if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null; - then - year=`expr $year - 1` - fi;; - *) year=$3;; -esac - -# The result. -echo $day $month $year - -# Local Variables: -# mode: shell-script -# sh-indentation: 2 -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" -# End: diff --git a/.pc/ios/missing b/.pc/ios/missing deleted file mode 100755 index 894e786..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/missing +++ /dev/null @@ -1,360 +0,0 @@ -#! /bin/sh -# Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing. - -scriptversion=2005-06-08.21 - -# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 -# Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# Originally by Fran,cois Pinard , 1996. - -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) -# any later version. - -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. - -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA -# 02110-1301, USA. - -# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you -# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a -# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under -# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program. - -if test $# -eq 0; then - echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" - exit 1 -fi - -run=: - -# In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the -# srcdir already. -if test -f configure.ac; then - configure_ac=configure.ac -else - configure_ac=configure.in -fi - -msg="missing on your system" - -case "$1" in ---run) - # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds. - run= - shift - "$@" && exit 0 - # Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens - # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on - # a file that requires a minimum version. In this case we - # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or - # if --run hadn't been passed. - if test $? = 63; then - run=: - msg="probably too old" - fi - ;; - - -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help) - echo "\ -$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]... - -Handle \`PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...' for when PROGRAM is missing, or return an -error status if there is no known handling for PROGRAM. - -Options: - -h, --help display this help and exit - -v, --version output version information and exit - --run try to run the given command, and emulate it if it fails - -Supported PROGRAM values: - aclocal touch file \`aclocal.m4' - autoconf touch file \`configure' - autoheader touch file \`config.h.in' - automake touch all \`Makefile.in' files - bison create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] - flex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c - help2man touch the output file - lex create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c - makeinfo touch the output file - tar try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags - yacc create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch] - -Send bug reports to ." - exit $? - ;; - - -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version) - echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)" - exit $? - ;; - - -*) - echo 1>&2 "$0: Unknown \`$1' option" - echo 1>&2 "Try \`$0 --help' for more information" - exit 1 - ;; - -esac - -# Now exit if we have it, but it failed. Also exit now if we -# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect -# the program). -case "$1" in - lex|yacc) - # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version. - ;; - - tar) - if test -n "$run"; then - echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run" - exit 1 - elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then - exit 1 - fi - ;; - - *) - if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then - # We have it, but it failed. - exit 1 - elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then - # Could not run --version or --help. This is probably someone - # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether - # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing. - exit 1 - fi - ;; -esac - -# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version), -# try to emulate it. -case "$1" in - aclocal*) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want - to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. Grab them from - any GNU archive site." - touch aclocal.m4 - ;; - - autoconf) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified \`${configure_ac}'. You might want to install the - \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them from any GNU - archive site." - touch configure - ;; - - autoheader) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'. You might want - to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages. Grab them - from any GNU archive site." - files=`sed -n 's/^[ ]*A[CM]_CONFIG_HEADER(\([^)]*\)).*/\1/p' ${configure_ac}` - test -z "$files" && files="config.h" - touch_files= - for f in $files; do - case "$f" in - *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" | - sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;; - *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";; - esac - done - touch $touch_files - ;; - - automake*) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'. - You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages. - Grab them from any GNU archive site." - find . -type f -name Makefile.am -print | - sed 's/\.am$/.in/' | - while read f; do touch "$f"; done - ;; - - autom4te) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg. - You might have modified some files without having the - proper tools for further handling them. - You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU - archive site." - - file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output[ =]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` - test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o[ ]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` - if test -f "$file"; then - touch $file - else - test -z "$file" || exec >$file - echo "#! /bin/sh" - echo "# Created by GNU Automake missing as a replacement of" - echo "# $ $@" - echo "exit 0" - chmod +x $file - exit 1 - fi - ;; - - bison|yacc) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' $msg. You should only need it if - you modified a \`.y' file. You may need the \`Bison' package - in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get - \`Bison' from any GNU archive site." - rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h - if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then - eval LASTARG="\${$#}" - case "$LASTARG" in - *.y) - SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'` - if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then - cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c - fi - SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'` - if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then - cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h - fi - ;; - esac - fi - if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then - echo >y.tab.h - fi - if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then - echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c - fi - ;; - - lex|flex) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified a \`.l' file. You may need the \`Flex' package - in order for those modifications to take effect. You can get - \`Flex' from any GNU archive site." - rm -f lex.yy.c - if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then - eval LASTARG="\${$#}" - case "$LASTARG" in - *.l) - SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'` - if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then - cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c - fi - ;; - esac - fi - if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then - echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c - fi - ;; - - help2man) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified a dependency of a manual page. You may need the - \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take - effect. You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site." - - file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` - if test -z "$file"; then - file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` - fi - if [ -f "$file" ]; then - touch $file - else - test -z "$file" || exec >$file - echo ".ab help2man is required to generate this page" - exit 1 - fi - ;; - - makeinfo) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is $msg. You should only need it if - you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file - indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual. The spurious - call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX, - DU, IRIX). You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or - the \`GNU make' package. Grab either from any GNU archive site." - # The file to touch is that specified with -o ... - file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'` - if test -z "$file"; then - # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ... - infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'` - file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $infile` - # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info) - test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info - fi - # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo; - # let's fail without touching anything. - test -f $file || exit 1 - touch $file - ;; - - tar) - shift - - # We have already tried tar in the generic part. - # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error - # messages. - if (gnutar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then - gnutar "$@" && exit 0 - fi - if (gtar --version > /dev/null 2>&1); then - gtar "$@" && exit 0 - fi - firstarg="$1" - if shift; then - case "$firstarg" in - *o*) - firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//` - tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 - ;; - esac - case "$firstarg" in - *h*) - firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//` - tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0 - ;; - esac - fi - - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments. - You may want to install GNU tar or Free paxutils, or check the - command line arguments." - exit 1 - ;; - - *) - echo 1>&2 "\ -WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg. - You might have modified some files without having the - proper tools for further handling them. Check the \`README' file, - it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing - this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case - some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program." - exit 1 - ;; -esac - -exit 0 - -# Local variables: -# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion=" -# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -# time-stamp-end: "$" -# End: diff --git a/.pc/ios/msvcc.sh b/.pc/ios/msvcc.sh deleted file mode 100755 index dcdbeab..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/msvcc.sh +++ /dev/null @@ -1,197 +0,0 @@ -#!/bin/sh - -# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK ***** -# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1 -# -# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version -# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with -# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at -# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/ -# -# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, -# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License -# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the -# License. -# -# The Original Code is the MSVC wrappificator. -# -# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is -# Timothy Wall . -# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2009 -# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved. -# -# Contributor(s): -# Daniel Witte -# -# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of -# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or -# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"), -# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead -# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only -# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to -# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your -# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice -# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete -# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under -# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL. -# -# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** - -# -# GCC-compatible wrapper for cl.exe and ml.exe. Arguments are given in GCC -# format and translated into something sensible for cl or ml. -# - -args="-nologo -W3" -md=-MD -cl="cl" -ml="ml" -safeseh="-safeseh" -output= - -while [ $# -gt 0 ] -do - case $1 - in - -fexceptions) - # Don't enable exceptions for now. - #args="$args -EHac" - shift 1 - ;; - -m32) - shift 1 - ;; - -m64) - cl="cl" # "$MSVC/x86_amd64/cl" - ml="ml64" # "$MSVC/x86_amd64/ml64" - safeseh= - shift 1 - ;; - -O0) - args="$args -Od" - shift 1 - ;; - -O*) - # If we're optimizing, make sure we explicitly turn on some optimizations - # that are implicitly disabled by debug symbols (-Zi). - args="$args $1 -OPT:REF -OPT:ICF -INCREMENTAL:NO" - shift 1 - ;; - -g) - # Enable debug symbol generation. - args="$args -Zi -DEBUG" - shift 1 - ;; - -DFFI_DEBUG) - # Link against debug CRT and enable runtime error checks. - args="$args -RTC1" - defines="$defines $1" - md=-MDd - shift 1 - ;; - -c) - args="$args -c" - args="$(echo $args | sed 's%/Fe%/Fo%g')" - single="-c" - shift 1 - ;; - -D*=*) - name="$(echo $1|sed 's/-D\([^=][^=]*\)=.*/\1/g')" - value="$(echo $1|sed 's/-D[^=][^=]*=//g')" - args="$args -D${name}='$value'" - defines="$defines -D${name}='$value'" - shift 1 - ;; - -D*) - args="$args $1" - defines="$defines $1" - shift 1 - ;; - -I) - args="$args -I$2" - includes="$includes -I$2" - shift 2 - ;; - -I*) - args="$args $1" - includes="$includes $1" - shift 1 - ;; - -W|-Wextra) - # TODO map extra warnings - shift 1 - ;; - -Wall) - # -Wall on MSVC is overzealous, and we already build with -W3. Nothing - # to do here. - shift 1 - ;; - -Werror) - args="$args -WX" - shift 1 - ;; - -W*) - # TODO map specific warnings - shift 1 - ;; - -S) - args="$args -FAs" - shift 1 - ;; - -o) - outdir="$(dirname $2)" - base="$(basename $2|sed 's/\.[^.]*//g')" - if [ -n "$single" ]; then - output="-Fo$2" - else - output="-Fe$2" - fi - if [ -n "$assembly" ]; then - args="$args $output" - else - args="$args $output -Fd$outdir/$base -Fp$outdir/$base -Fa$outdir/$base" - fi - shift 2 - ;; - *.S) - src=$1 - assembly="true" - shift 1 - ;; - *.c) - args="$args $1" - shift 1 - ;; - *) - # Assume it's an MSVC argument, and pass it through. - args="$args $1" - shift 1 - ;; - esac -done - -if [ -n "$assembly" ]; then - if [ -z "$outdir" ]; then - outdir="." - fi - ppsrc="$outdir/$(basename $src|sed 's/.S$/.asm/g')" - echo "$cl -nologo -EP $includes $defines $src > $ppsrc" - "$cl" -nologo -EP $includes $defines $src > $ppsrc || exit $? - output="$(echo $output | sed 's%/F[dpa][^ ]*%%g')" - args="-nologo $safeseh $single $output $ppsrc" - - echo "$ml $args" - eval "\"$ml\" $args" - result=$? - - # required to fix ml64 broken output? - #mv *.obj $outdir -else - args="$md $args" - echo "$cl $args" - eval "\"$cl\" $args" - result=$? -fi - -exit $result - diff --git a/.pc/ios/src/arm/ffitarget.h b/.pc/ios/src/arm/ffitarget.h deleted file mode 100644 index ce25b23..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/src/arm/ffitarget.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -/* -----------------------------------------------------------------*-C-*- - ffitarget.h - Copyright (c) 1996-2003 Red Hat, Inc. - Copyright (c) 2010 CodeSourcery - - Target configuration macros for ARM. - - Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining - a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the - ``Software''), to deal in the Software without restriction, including - without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, - distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to - permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to - the following conditions: - - The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included - in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - - THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, - EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF - MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND - NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT - HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, - WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, - OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER - DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -#ifndef LIBFFI_TARGET_H -#define LIBFFI_TARGET_H - -#ifndef LIBFFI_ASM -typedef unsigned long ffi_arg; -typedef signed long ffi_sarg; - -typedef enum ffi_abi { - FFI_FIRST_ABI = 0, - FFI_SYSV, - FFI_VFP, - FFI_LAST_ABI, -#ifdef __ARM_PCS_VFP - FFI_DEFAULT_ABI = FFI_VFP, -#else - FFI_DEFAULT_ABI = FFI_SYSV, -#endif -} ffi_abi; -#endif - -#define FFI_EXTRA_CIF_FIELDS \ - int vfp_used; \ - short vfp_reg_free, vfp_nargs; \ - signed char vfp_args[16] \ - -/* Internally used. */ -#define FFI_TYPE_STRUCT_VFP_FLOAT (FFI_TYPE_LAST + 1) -#define FFI_TYPE_STRUCT_VFP_DOUBLE (FFI_TYPE_LAST + 2) - -/* ---- Definitions for closures ----------------------------------------- */ - -#define FFI_CLOSURES 1 -#define FFI_TRAMPOLINE_SIZE 20 -#define FFI_NATIVE_RAW_API 0 - -#endif - diff --git a/.pc/ios/src/debug.c b/.pc/ios/src/debug.c deleted file mode 100644 index 51dcfcf..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/src/debug.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - debug.c - Copyright (c) 1996 Red Hat, Inc. - - Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining - a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the - ``Software''), to deal in the Software without restriction, including - without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, - distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to - permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to - the following conditions: - - The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included - in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - - THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, - EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF - MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND - NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT - HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, - WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, - OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER - DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -#include -#include -#include -#include - -/* General debugging routines */ - -void ffi_stop_here(void) -{ - /* This function is only useful for debugging purposes. - Place a breakpoint on ffi_stop_here to be notified of - significant events. */ -} - -/* This function should only be called via the FFI_ASSERT() macro */ - -void ffi_assert(char *expr, char *file, int line) -{ - fprintf(stderr, "ASSERTION FAILURE: %s at %s:%d\n", expr, file, line); - ffi_stop_here(); - abort(); -} - -/* Perform a sanity check on an ffi_type structure */ - -void ffi_type_test(ffi_type *a, char *file, int line) -{ - FFI_ASSERT_AT(a != NULL, file, line); - - FFI_ASSERT_AT(a->type <= FFI_TYPE_LAST, file, line); - FFI_ASSERT_AT(a->type == FFI_TYPE_VOID || a->size > 0, file, line); - FFI_ASSERT_AT(a->type == FFI_TYPE_VOID || a->alignment > 0, file, line); - FFI_ASSERT_AT(a->type != FFI_TYPE_STRUCT || a->elements != NULL, file, line); - -} diff --git a/.pc/ios/src/dlmalloc.c b/.pc/ios/src/dlmalloc.c deleted file mode 100644 index 5c9f9c2..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/src/dlmalloc.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5161 +0,0 @@ -/* - This is a version (aka dlmalloc) of malloc/free/realloc written by - Doug Lea and released to the public domain, as explained at - http://creativecommons.org/licenses/publicdomain. Send questions, - comments, complaints, performance data, etc to dl@cs.oswego.edu - -* Version 2.8.3 Thu Sep 22 11:16:15 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee) - - Note: There may be an updated version of this malloc obtainable at - ftp://gee.cs.oswego.edu/pub/misc/malloc.c - Check before installing! - -* Quickstart - - This library is all in one file to simplify the most common usage: - ftp it, compile it (-O3), and link it into another program. All of - the compile-time options default to reasonable values for use on - most platforms. You might later want to step through various - compile-time and dynamic tuning options. - - For convenience, an include file for code using this malloc is at: - ftp://gee.cs.oswego.edu/pub/misc/malloc-2.8.3.h - You don't really need this .h file unless you call functions not - defined in your system include files. The .h file contains only the - excerpts from this file needed for using this malloc on ANSI C/C++ - systems, so long as you haven't changed compile-time options about - naming and tuning parameters. If you do, then you can create your - own malloc.h that does include all settings by cutting at the point - indicated below. Note that you may already by default be using a C - library containing a malloc that is based on some version of this - malloc (for example in linux). You might still want to use the one - in this file to customize settings or to avoid overheads associated - with library versions. - -* Vital statistics: - - Supported pointer/size_t representation: 4 or 8 bytes - size_t MUST be an unsigned type of the same width as - pointers. (If you are using an ancient system that declares - size_t as a signed type, or need it to be a different width - than pointers, you can use a previous release of this malloc - (e.g. 2.7.2) supporting these.) - - Alignment: 8 bytes (default) - This suffices for nearly all current machines and C compilers. - However, you can define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT to be wider than this - if necessary (up to 128bytes), at the expense of using more space. - - Minimum overhead per allocated chunk: 4 or 8 bytes (if 4byte sizes) - 8 or 16 bytes (if 8byte sizes) - Each malloced chunk has a hidden word of overhead holding size - and status information, and additional cross-check word - if FOOTERS is defined. - - Minimum allocated size: 4-byte ptrs: 16 bytes (including overhead) - 8-byte ptrs: 32 bytes (including overhead) - - Even a request for zero bytes (i.e., malloc(0)) returns a - pointer to something of the minimum allocatable size. - The maximum overhead wastage (i.e., number of extra bytes - allocated than were requested in malloc) is less than or equal - to the minimum size, except for requests >= mmap_threshold that - are serviced via mmap(), where the worst case wastage is about - 32 bytes plus the remainder from a system page (the minimal - mmap unit); typically 4096 or 8192 bytes. - - Security: static-safe; optionally more or less - The "security" of malloc refers to the ability of malicious - code to accentuate the effects of errors (for example, freeing - space that is not currently malloc'ed or overwriting past the - ends of chunks) in code that calls malloc. This malloc - guarantees not to modify any memory locations below the base of - heap, i.e., static variables, even in the presence of usage - errors. The routines additionally detect most improper frees - and reallocs. All this holds as long as the static bookkeeping - for malloc itself is not corrupted by some other means. This - is only one aspect of security -- these checks do not, and - cannot, detect all possible programming errors. - - If FOOTERS is defined nonzero, then each allocated chunk - carries an additional check word to verify that it was malloced - from its space. These check words are the same within each - execution of a program using malloc, but differ across - executions, so externally crafted fake chunks cannot be - freed. This improves security by rejecting frees/reallocs that - could corrupt heap memory, in addition to the checks preventing - writes to statics that are always on. This may further improve - security at the expense of time and space overhead. (Note that - FOOTERS may also be worth using with MSPACES.) - - By default detected errors cause the program to abort (calling - "abort()"). You can override this to instead proceed past - errors by defining PROCEED_ON_ERROR. In this case, a bad free - has no effect, and a malloc that encounters a bad address - caused by user overwrites will ignore the bad address by - dropping pointers and indices to all known memory. This may - be appropriate for programs that should continue if at all - possible in the face of programming errors, although they may - run out of memory because dropped memory is never reclaimed. - - If you don't like either of these options, you can define - CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION and USAGE_ERROR_ACTION to do anything - else. And if if you are sure that your program using malloc has - no errors or vulnerabilities, you can define INSECURE to 1, - which might (or might not) provide a small performance improvement. - - Thread-safety: NOT thread-safe unless USE_LOCKS defined - When USE_LOCKS is defined, each public call to malloc, free, - etc is surrounded with either a pthread mutex or a win32 - spinlock (depending on WIN32). This is not especially fast, and - can be a major bottleneck. It is designed only to provide - minimal protection in concurrent environments, and to provide a - basis for extensions. If you are using malloc in a concurrent - program, consider instead using ptmalloc, which is derived from - a version of this malloc. (See http://www.malloc.de). - - System requirements: Any combination of MORECORE and/or MMAP/MUNMAP - This malloc can use unix sbrk or any emulation (invoked using - the CALL_MORECORE macro) and/or mmap/munmap or any emulation - (invoked using CALL_MMAP/CALL_MUNMAP) to get and release system - memory. On most unix systems, it tends to work best if both - MORECORE and MMAP are enabled. On Win32, it uses emulations - based on VirtualAlloc. It also uses common C library functions - like memset. - - Compliance: I believe it is compliant with the Single Unix Specification - (See http://www.unix.org). Also SVID/XPG, ANSI C, and probably - others as well. - -* Overview of algorithms - - This is not the fastest, most space-conserving, most portable, or - most tunable malloc ever written. However it is among the fastest - while also being among the most space-conserving, portable and - tunable. Consistent balance across these factors results in a good - general-purpose allocator for malloc-intensive programs. - - In most ways, this malloc is a best-fit allocator. Generally, it - chooses the best-fitting existing chunk for a request, with ties - broken in approximately least-recently-used order. (This strategy - normally maintains low fragmentation.) However, for requests less - than 256bytes, it deviates from best-fit when there is not an - exactly fitting available chunk by preferring to use space adjacent - to that used for the previous small request, as well as by breaking - ties in approximately most-recently-used order. (These enhance - locality of series of small allocations.) And for very large requests - (>= 256Kb by default), it relies on system memory mapping - facilities, if supported. (This helps avoid carrying around and - possibly fragmenting memory used only for large chunks.) - - All operations (except malloc_stats and mallinfo) have execution - times that are bounded by a constant factor of the number of bits in - a size_t, not counting any clearing in calloc or copying in realloc, - or actions surrounding MORECORE and MMAP that have times - proportional to the number of non-contiguous regions returned by - system allocation routines, which is often just 1. - - The implementation is not very modular and seriously overuses - macros. Perhaps someday all C compilers will do as good a job - inlining modular code as can now be done by brute-force expansion, - but now, enough of them seem not to. - - Some compilers issue a lot of warnings about code that is - dead/unreachable only on some platforms, and also about intentional - uses of negation on unsigned types. All known cases of each can be - ignored. - - For a longer but out of date high-level description, see - http://gee.cs.oswego.edu/dl/html/malloc.html - -* MSPACES - If MSPACES is defined, then in addition to malloc, free, etc., - this file also defines mspace_malloc, mspace_free, etc. These - are versions of malloc routines that take an "mspace" argument - obtained using create_mspace, to control all internal bookkeeping. - If ONLY_MSPACES is defined, only these versions are compiled. - So if you would like to use this allocator for only some allocations, - and your system malloc for others, you can compile with - ONLY_MSPACES and then do something like... - static mspace mymspace = create_mspace(0,0); // for example - #define mymalloc(bytes) mspace_malloc(mymspace, bytes) - - (Note: If you only need one instance of an mspace, you can instead - use "USE_DL_PREFIX" to relabel the global malloc.) - - You can similarly create thread-local allocators by storing - mspaces as thread-locals. For example: - static __thread mspace tlms = 0; - void* tlmalloc(size_t bytes) { - if (tlms == 0) tlms = create_mspace(0, 0); - return mspace_malloc(tlms, bytes); - } - void tlfree(void* mem) { mspace_free(tlms, mem); } - - Unless FOOTERS is defined, each mspace is completely independent. - You cannot allocate from one and free to another (although - conformance is only weakly checked, so usage errors are not always - caught). If FOOTERS is defined, then each chunk carries around a tag - indicating its originating mspace, and frees are directed to their - originating spaces. - - ------------------------- Compile-time options --------------------------- - -Be careful in setting #define values for numerical constants of type -size_t. On some systems, literal values are not automatically extended -to size_t precision unless they are explicitly casted. - -WIN32 default: defined if _WIN32 defined - Defining WIN32 sets up defaults for MS environment and compilers. - Otherwise defaults are for unix. - -MALLOC_ALIGNMENT default: (size_t)8 - Controls the minimum alignment for malloc'ed chunks. It must be a - power of two and at least 8, even on machines for which smaller - alignments would suffice. It may be defined as larger than this - though. Note however that code and data structures are optimized for - the case of 8-byte alignment. - -MSPACES default: 0 (false) - If true, compile in support for independent allocation spaces. - This is only supported if HAVE_MMAP is true. - -ONLY_MSPACES default: 0 (false) - If true, only compile in mspace versions, not regular versions. - -USE_LOCKS default: 0 (false) - Causes each call to each public routine to be surrounded with - pthread or WIN32 mutex lock/unlock. (If set true, this can be - overridden on a per-mspace basis for mspace versions.) - -FOOTERS default: 0 - If true, provide extra checking and dispatching by placing - information in the footers of allocated chunks. This adds - space and time overhead. - -INSECURE default: 0 - If true, omit checks for usage errors and heap space overwrites. - -USE_DL_PREFIX default: NOT defined - Causes compiler to prefix all public routines with the string 'dl'. - This can be useful when you only want to use this malloc in one part - of a program, using your regular system malloc elsewhere. - -ABORT default: defined as abort() - Defines how to abort on failed checks. On most systems, a failed - check cannot die with an "assert" or even print an informative - message, because the underlying print routines in turn call malloc, - which will fail again. Generally, the best policy is to simply call - abort(). It's not very useful to do more than this because many - errors due to overwriting will show up as address faults (null, odd - addresses etc) rather than malloc-triggered checks, so will also - abort. Also, most compilers know that abort() does not return, so - can better optimize code conditionally calling it. - -PROCEED_ON_ERROR default: defined as 0 (false) - Controls whether detected bad addresses cause them to bypassed - rather than aborting. If set, detected bad arguments to free and - realloc are ignored. And all bookkeeping information is zeroed out - upon a detected overwrite of freed heap space, thus losing the - ability to ever return it from malloc again, but enabling the - application to proceed. If PROCEED_ON_ERROR is defined, the - static variable malloc_corruption_error_count is compiled in - and can be examined to see if errors have occurred. This option - generates slower code than the default abort policy. - -DEBUG default: NOT defined - The DEBUG setting is mainly intended for people trying to modify - this code or diagnose problems when porting to new platforms. - However, it may also be able to better isolate user errors than just - using runtime checks. The assertions in the check routines spell - out in more detail the assumptions and invariants underlying the - algorithms. The checking is fairly extensive, and will slow down - execution noticeably. Calling malloc_stats or mallinfo with DEBUG - set will attempt to check every non-mmapped allocated and free chunk - in the course of computing the summaries. - -ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE default: defined as 1 (true) - Debugging assertion failures can be nearly impossible if your - version of the assert macro causes malloc to be called, which will - lead to a cascade of further failures, blowing the runtime stack. - ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE cause assertions failures to call abort(), - which will usually make debugging easier. - -MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION default: sets errno to ENOMEM, or no-op on win32 - The action to take before "return 0" when malloc fails to be able to - return memory because there is none available. - -HAVE_MORECORE default: 1 (true) unless win32 or ONLY_MSPACES - True if this system supports sbrk or an emulation of it. - -MORECORE default: sbrk - The name of the sbrk-style system routine to call to obtain more - memory. See below for guidance on writing custom MORECORE - functions. The type of the argument to sbrk/MORECORE varies across - systems. It cannot be size_t, because it supports negative - arguments, so it is normally the signed type of the same width as - size_t (sometimes declared as "intptr_t"). It doesn't much matter - though. Internally, we only call it with arguments less than half - the max value of a size_t, which should work across all reasonable - possibilities, although sometimes generating compiler warnings. See - near the end of this file for guidelines for creating a custom - version of MORECORE. - -MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS default: 1 (true) - If true, take advantage of fact that consecutive calls to MORECORE - with positive arguments always return contiguous increasing - addresses. This is true of unix sbrk. It does not hurt too much to - set it true anyway, since malloc copes with non-contiguities. - Setting it false when definitely non-contiguous saves time - and possibly wasted space it would take to discover this though. - -MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM default: NOT defined - True if MORECORE cannot release space back to the system when given - negative arguments. This is generally necessary only if you are - using a hand-crafted MORECORE function that cannot handle negative - arguments. - -HAVE_MMAP default: 1 (true) - True if this system supports mmap or an emulation of it. If so, and - HAVE_MORECORE is not true, MMAP is used for all system - allocation. If set and HAVE_MORECORE is true as well, MMAP is - primarily used to directly allocate very large blocks. It is also - used as a backup strategy in cases where MORECORE fails to provide - space from system. Note: A single call to MUNMAP is assumed to be - able to unmap memory that may have be allocated using multiple calls - to MMAP, so long as they are adjacent. - -HAVE_MREMAP default: 1 on linux, else 0 - If true realloc() uses mremap() to re-allocate large blocks and - extend or shrink allocation spaces. - -MMAP_CLEARS default: 1 on unix - True if mmap clears memory so calloc doesn't need to. This is true - for standard unix mmap using /dev/zero. - -USE_BUILTIN_FFS default: 0 (i.e., not used) - Causes malloc to use the builtin ffs() function to compute indices. - Some compilers may recognize and intrinsify ffs to be faster than the - supplied C version. Also, the case of x86 using gcc is special-cased - to an asm instruction, so is already as fast as it can be, and so - this setting has no effect. (On most x86s, the asm version is only - slightly faster than the C version.) - -malloc_getpagesize default: derive from system includes, or 4096. - The system page size. To the extent possible, this malloc manages - memory from the system in page-size units. This may be (and - usually is) a function rather than a constant. This is ignored - if WIN32, where page size is determined using getSystemInfo during - initialization. - -USE_DEV_RANDOM default: 0 (i.e., not used) - Causes malloc to use /dev/random to initialize secure magic seed for - stamping footers. Otherwise, the current time is used. - -NO_MALLINFO default: 0 - If defined, don't compile "mallinfo". This can be a simple way - of dealing with mismatches between system declarations and - those in this file. - -MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE default: size_t - The type of the fields in the mallinfo struct. This was originally - defined as "int" in SVID etc, but is more usefully defined as - size_t. The value is used only if HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H is not set - -REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES default: not defined - This should be set if a call to realloc with zero bytes should - be the same as a call to free. Some people think it should. Otherwise, - since this malloc returns a unique pointer for malloc(0), so does - realloc(p, 0). - -LACKS_UNISTD_H, LACKS_FCNTL_H, LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H, LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H -LACKS_STRINGS_H, LACKS_STRING_H, LACKS_SYS_TYPES_H, LACKS_ERRNO_H -LACKS_STDLIB_H default: NOT defined unless on WIN32 - Define these if your system does not have these header files. - You might need to manually insert some of the declarations they provide. - -DEFAULT_GRANULARITY default: page size if MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS, - system_info.dwAllocationGranularity in WIN32, - otherwise 64K. - Also settable using mallopt(M_GRANULARITY, x) - The unit for allocating and deallocating memory from the system. On - most systems with contiguous MORECORE, there is no reason to - make this more than a page. However, systems with MMAP tend to - either require or encourage larger granularities. You can increase - this value to prevent system allocation functions to be called so - often, especially if they are slow. The value must be at least one - page and must be a power of two. Setting to 0 causes initialization - to either page size or win32 region size. (Note: In previous - versions of malloc, the equivalent of this option was called - "TOP_PAD") - -DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD default: 2MB - Also settable using mallopt(M_TRIM_THRESHOLD, x) - The maximum amount of unused top-most memory to keep before - releasing via malloc_trim in free(). Automatic trimming is mainly - useful in long-lived programs using contiguous MORECORE. Because - trimming via sbrk can be slow on some systems, and can sometimes be - wasteful (in cases where programs immediately afterward allocate - more large chunks) the value should be high enough so that your - overall system performance would improve by releasing this much - memory. As a rough guide, you might set to a value close to the - average size of a process (program) running on your system. - Releasing this much memory would allow such a process to run in - memory. Generally, it is worth tuning trim thresholds when a - program undergoes phases where several large chunks are allocated - and released in ways that can reuse each other's storage, perhaps - mixed with phases where there are no such chunks at all. The trim - value must be greater than page size to have any useful effect. To - disable trimming completely, you can set to MAX_SIZE_T. Note that the trick - some people use of mallocing a huge space and then freeing it at - program startup, in an attempt to reserve system memory, doesn't - have the intended effect under automatic trimming, since that memory - will immediately be returned to the system. - -DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD default: 256K - Also settable using mallopt(M_MMAP_THRESHOLD, x) - The request size threshold for using MMAP to directly service a - request. Requests of at least this size that cannot be allocated - using already-existing space will be serviced via mmap. (If enough - normal freed space already exists it is used instead.) Using mmap - segregates relatively large chunks of memory so that they can be - individually obtained and released from the host system. A request - serviced through mmap is never reused by any other request (at least - not directly; the system may just so happen to remap successive - requests to the same locations). Segregating space in this way has - the benefits that: Mmapped space can always be individually released - back to the system, which helps keep the system level memory demands - of a long-lived program low. Also, mapped memory doesn't become - `locked' between other chunks, as can happen with normally allocated - chunks, which means that even trimming via malloc_trim would not - release them. However, it has the disadvantage that the space - cannot be reclaimed, consolidated, and then used to service later - requests, as happens with normal chunks. The advantages of mmap - nearly always outweigh disadvantages for "large" chunks, but the - value of "large" may vary across systems. The default is an - empirically derived value that works well in most systems. You can - disable mmap by setting to MAX_SIZE_T. - -*/ - -#ifndef WIN32 -#ifdef _WIN32 -#define WIN32 1 -#endif /* _WIN32 */ -#endif /* WIN32 */ -#ifdef WIN32 -#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN -#include -#define HAVE_MMAP 1 -#define HAVE_MORECORE 0 -#define LACKS_UNISTD_H -#define LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H -#define LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H -#define LACKS_STRING_H -#define LACKS_STRINGS_H -#define LACKS_SYS_TYPES_H -#define LACKS_ERRNO_H -#define MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION -#define MMAP_CLEARS 0 /* WINCE and some others apparently don't clear */ -#endif /* WIN32 */ - -#ifdef __OS2__ -#define INCL_DOS -#include -#define HAVE_MMAP 1 -#define HAVE_MORECORE 0 -#define LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H -#endif /* __OS2__ */ - -#if defined(DARWIN) || defined(_DARWIN) -/* Mac OSX docs advise not to use sbrk; it seems better to use mmap */ -#ifndef HAVE_MORECORE -#define HAVE_MORECORE 0 -#define HAVE_MMAP 1 -#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */ -#endif /* DARWIN */ - -#ifndef LACKS_SYS_TYPES_H -#include /* For size_t */ -#endif /* LACKS_SYS_TYPES_H */ - -/* The maximum possible size_t value has all bits set */ -#define MAX_SIZE_T (~(size_t)0) - -#ifndef ONLY_MSPACES -#define ONLY_MSPACES 0 -#endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */ -#ifndef MSPACES -#if ONLY_MSPACES -#define MSPACES 1 -#else /* ONLY_MSPACES */ -#define MSPACES 0 -#endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */ -#endif /* MSPACES */ -#ifndef MALLOC_ALIGNMENT -#define MALLOC_ALIGNMENT ((size_t)8U) -#endif /* MALLOC_ALIGNMENT */ -#ifndef FOOTERS -#define FOOTERS 0 -#endif /* FOOTERS */ -#ifndef ABORT -#define ABORT abort() -#endif /* ABORT */ -#ifndef ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE -#define ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE 1 -#endif /* ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE */ -#ifndef PROCEED_ON_ERROR -#define PROCEED_ON_ERROR 0 -#endif /* PROCEED_ON_ERROR */ -#ifndef USE_LOCKS -#define USE_LOCKS 0 -#endif /* USE_LOCKS */ -#ifndef INSECURE -#define INSECURE 0 -#endif /* INSECURE */ -#ifndef HAVE_MMAP -#define HAVE_MMAP 1 -#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ -#ifndef MMAP_CLEARS -#define MMAP_CLEARS 1 -#endif /* MMAP_CLEARS */ -#ifndef HAVE_MREMAP -#ifdef linux -#define HAVE_MREMAP 1 -#else /* linux */ -#define HAVE_MREMAP 0 -#endif /* linux */ -#endif /* HAVE_MREMAP */ -#ifndef MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION -#define MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION errno = ENOMEM; -#endif /* MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION */ -#ifndef HAVE_MORECORE -#if ONLY_MSPACES -#define HAVE_MORECORE 0 -#else /* ONLY_MSPACES */ -#define HAVE_MORECORE 1 -#endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */ -#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */ -#if !HAVE_MORECORE -#define MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS 0 -#else /* !HAVE_MORECORE */ -#ifndef MORECORE -#define MORECORE sbrk -#endif /* MORECORE */ -#ifndef MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS -#define MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS 1 -#endif /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */ -#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */ -#ifndef DEFAULT_GRANULARITY -#if MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS -#define DEFAULT_GRANULARITY (0) /* 0 means to compute in init_mparams */ -#else /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */ -#define DEFAULT_GRANULARITY ((size_t)64U * (size_t)1024U) -#endif /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */ -#endif /* DEFAULT_GRANULARITY */ -#ifndef DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD -#ifndef MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM -#define DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD ((size_t)2U * (size_t)1024U * (size_t)1024U) -#else /* MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */ -#define DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD MAX_SIZE_T -#endif /* MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */ -#endif /* DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD */ -#ifndef DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD -#if HAVE_MMAP -#define DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD ((size_t)256U * (size_t)1024U) -#else /* HAVE_MMAP */ -#define DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD MAX_SIZE_T -#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ -#endif /* DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD */ -#ifndef USE_BUILTIN_FFS -#define USE_BUILTIN_FFS 0 -#endif /* USE_BUILTIN_FFS */ -#ifndef USE_DEV_RANDOM -#define USE_DEV_RANDOM 0 -#endif /* USE_DEV_RANDOM */ -#ifndef NO_MALLINFO -#define NO_MALLINFO 0 -#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ -#ifndef MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE -#define MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE size_t -#endif /* MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE */ - -/* - mallopt tuning options. SVID/XPG defines four standard parameter - numbers for mallopt, normally defined in malloc.h. None of these - are used in this malloc, so setting them has no effect. But this - malloc does support the following options. -*/ - -#define M_TRIM_THRESHOLD (-1) -#define M_GRANULARITY (-2) -#define M_MMAP_THRESHOLD (-3) - -/* ------------------------ Mallinfo declarations ------------------------ */ - -#if !NO_MALLINFO -/* - This version of malloc supports the standard SVID/XPG mallinfo - routine that returns a struct containing usage properties and - statistics. It should work on any system that has a - /usr/include/malloc.h defining struct mallinfo. The main - declaration needed is the mallinfo struct that is returned (by-copy) - by mallinfo(). The malloinfo struct contains a bunch of fields that - are not even meaningful in this version of malloc. These fields are - are instead filled by mallinfo() with other numbers that might be of - interest. - - HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H should be set if you have a - /usr/include/malloc.h file that includes a declaration of struct - mallinfo. If so, it is included; else a compliant version is - declared below. These must be precisely the same for mallinfo() to - work. The original SVID version of this struct, defined on most - systems with mallinfo, declares all fields as ints. But some others - define as unsigned long. If your system defines the fields using a - type of different width than listed here, you MUST #include your - system version and #define HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H. -*/ - -/* #define HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H */ - -#ifdef HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H -#include "/usr/include/malloc.h" -#else /* HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H */ - -/* HP-UX's stdlib.h redefines mallinfo unless _STRUCT_MALLINFO is defined */ -#define _STRUCT_MALLINFO - -struct mallinfo { - MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE arena; /* non-mmapped space allocated from system */ - MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE ordblks; /* number of free chunks */ - MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE smblks; /* always 0 */ - MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE hblks; /* always 0 */ - MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE hblkhd; /* space in mmapped regions */ - MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE usmblks; /* maximum total allocated space */ - MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE fsmblks; /* always 0 */ - MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE uordblks; /* total allocated space */ - MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE fordblks; /* total free space */ - MALLINFO_FIELD_TYPE keepcost; /* releasable (via malloc_trim) space */ -}; - -#endif /* HAVE_USR_INCLUDE_MALLOC_H */ -#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -#if !ONLY_MSPACES - -/* ------------------- Declarations of public routines ------------------- */ - -#ifndef USE_DL_PREFIX -#define dlcalloc calloc -#define dlfree free -#define dlmalloc malloc -#define dlmemalign memalign -#define dlrealloc realloc -#define dlvalloc valloc -#define dlpvalloc pvalloc -#define dlmallinfo mallinfo -#define dlmallopt mallopt -#define dlmalloc_trim malloc_trim -#define dlmalloc_stats malloc_stats -#define dlmalloc_usable_size malloc_usable_size -#define dlmalloc_footprint malloc_footprint -#define dlmalloc_max_footprint malloc_max_footprint -#define dlindependent_calloc independent_calloc -#define dlindependent_comalloc independent_comalloc -#endif /* USE_DL_PREFIX */ - - -/* - malloc(size_t n) - Returns a pointer to a newly allocated chunk of at least n bytes, or - null if no space is available, in which case errno is set to ENOMEM - on ANSI C systems. - - If n is zero, malloc returns a minimum-sized chunk. (The minimum - size is 16 bytes on most 32bit systems, and 32 bytes on 64bit - systems.) Note that size_t is an unsigned type, so calls with - arguments that would be negative if signed are interpreted as - requests for huge amounts of space, which will often fail. The - maximum supported value of n differs across systems, but is in all - cases less than the maximum representable value of a size_t. -*/ -void* dlmalloc(size_t); - -/* - free(void* p) - Releases the chunk of memory pointed to by p, that had been previously - allocated using malloc or a related routine such as realloc. - It has no effect if p is null. If p was not malloced or already - freed, free(p) will by default cause the current program to abort. -*/ -void dlfree(void*); - -/* - calloc(size_t n_elements, size_t element_size); - Returns a pointer to n_elements * element_size bytes, with all locations - set to zero. -*/ -void* dlcalloc(size_t, size_t); - -/* - realloc(void* p, size_t n) - Returns a pointer to a chunk of size n that contains the same data - as does chunk p up to the minimum of (n, p's size) bytes, or null - if no space is available. - - The returned pointer may or may not be the same as p. The algorithm - prefers extending p in most cases when possible, otherwise it - employs the equivalent of a malloc-copy-free sequence. - - If p is null, realloc is equivalent to malloc. - - If space is not available, realloc returns null, errno is set (if on - ANSI) and p is NOT freed. - - if n is for fewer bytes than already held by p, the newly unused - space is lopped off and freed if possible. realloc with a size - argument of zero (re)allocates a minimum-sized chunk. - - The old unix realloc convention of allowing the last-free'd chunk - to be used as an argument to realloc is not supported. -*/ - -void* dlrealloc(void*, size_t); - -/* - memalign(size_t alignment, size_t n); - Returns a pointer to a newly allocated chunk of n bytes, aligned - in accord with the alignment argument. - - The alignment argument should be a power of two. If the argument is - not a power of two, the nearest greater power is used. - 8-byte alignment is guaranteed by normal malloc calls, so don't - bother calling memalign with an argument of 8 or less. - - Overreliance on memalign is a sure way to fragment space. -*/ -void* dlmemalign(size_t, size_t); - -/* - valloc(size_t n); - Equivalent to memalign(pagesize, n), where pagesize is the page - size of the system. If the pagesize is unknown, 4096 is used. -*/ -void* dlvalloc(size_t); - -/* - mallopt(int parameter_number, int parameter_value) - Sets tunable parameters The format is to provide a - (parameter-number, parameter-value) pair. mallopt then sets the - corresponding parameter to the argument value if it can (i.e., so - long as the value is meaningful), and returns 1 if successful else - 0. SVID/XPG/ANSI defines four standard param numbers for mallopt, - normally defined in malloc.h. None of these are use in this malloc, - so setting them has no effect. But this malloc also supports other - options in mallopt. See below for details. Briefly, supported - parameters are as follows (listed defaults are for "typical" - configurations). - - Symbol param # default allowed param values - M_TRIM_THRESHOLD -1 2*1024*1024 any (MAX_SIZE_T disables) - M_GRANULARITY -2 page size any power of 2 >= page size - M_MMAP_THRESHOLD -3 256*1024 any (or 0 if no MMAP support) -*/ -int dlmallopt(int, int); - -/* - malloc_footprint(); - Returns the number of bytes obtained from the system. The total - number of bytes allocated by malloc, realloc etc., is less than this - value. Unlike mallinfo, this function returns only a precomputed - result, so can be called frequently to monitor memory consumption. - Even if locks are otherwise defined, this function does not use them, - so results might not be up to date. -*/ -size_t dlmalloc_footprint(void); - -/* - malloc_max_footprint(); - Returns the maximum number of bytes obtained from the system. This - value will be greater than current footprint if deallocated space - has been reclaimed by the system. The peak number of bytes allocated - by malloc, realloc etc., is less than this value. Unlike mallinfo, - this function returns only a precomputed result, so can be called - frequently to monitor memory consumption. Even if locks are - otherwise defined, this function does not use them, so results might - not be up to date. -*/ -size_t dlmalloc_max_footprint(void); - -#if !NO_MALLINFO -/* - mallinfo() - Returns (by copy) a struct containing various summary statistics: - - arena: current total non-mmapped bytes allocated from system - ordblks: the number of free chunks - smblks: always zero. - hblks: current number of mmapped regions - hblkhd: total bytes held in mmapped regions - usmblks: the maximum total allocated space. This will be greater - than current total if trimming has occurred. - fsmblks: always zero - uordblks: current total allocated space (normal or mmapped) - fordblks: total free space - keepcost: the maximum number of bytes that could ideally be released - back to system via malloc_trim. ("ideally" means that - it ignores page restrictions etc.) - - Because these fields are ints, but internal bookkeeping may - be kept as longs, the reported values may wrap around zero and - thus be inaccurate. -*/ -struct mallinfo dlmallinfo(void); -#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ - -/* - independent_calloc(size_t n_elements, size_t element_size, void* chunks[]); - - independent_calloc is similar to calloc, but instead of returning a - single cleared space, it returns an array of pointers to n_elements - independent elements that can hold contents of size elem_size, each - of which starts out cleared, and can be independently freed, - realloc'ed etc. The elements are guaranteed to be adjacently - allocated (this is not guaranteed to occur with multiple callocs or - mallocs), which may also improve cache locality in some - applications. - - The "chunks" argument is optional (i.e., may be null, which is - probably the most typical usage). If it is null, the returned array - is itself dynamically allocated and should also be freed when it is - no longer needed. Otherwise, the chunks array must be of at least - n_elements in length. It is filled in with the pointers to the - chunks. - - In either case, independent_calloc returns this pointer array, or - null if the allocation failed. If n_elements is zero and "chunks" - is null, it returns a chunk representing an array with zero elements - (which should be freed if not wanted). - - Each element must be individually freed when it is no longer - needed. If you'd like to instead be able to free all at once, you - should instead use regular calloc and assign pointers into this - space to represent elements. (In this case though, you cannot - independently free elements.) - - independent_calloc simplifies and speeds up implementations of many - kinds of pools. It may also be useful when constructing large data - structures that initially have a fixed number of fixed-sized nodes, - but the number is not known at compile time, and some of the nodes - may later need to be freed. For example: - - struct Node { int item; struct Node* next; }; - - struct Node* build_list() { - struct Node** pool; - int n = read_number_of_nodes_needed(); - if (n <= 0) return 0; - pool = (struct Node**)(independent_calloc(n, sizeof(struct Node), 0); - if (pool == 0) die(); - // organize into a linked list... - struct Node* first = pool[0]; - for (i = 0; i < n-1; ++i) - pool[i]->next = pool[i+1]; - free(pool); // Can now free the array (or not, if it is needed later) - return first; - } -*/ -void** dlindependent_calloc(size_t, size_t, void**); - -/* - independent_comalloc(size_t n_elements, size_t sizes[], void* chunks[]); - - independent_comalloc allocates, all at once, a set of n_elements - chunks with sizes indicated in the "sizes" array. It returns - an array of pointers to these elements, each of which can be - independently freed, realloc'ed etc. The elements are guaranteed to - be adjacently allocated (this is not guaranteed to occur with - multiple callocs or mallocs), which may also improve cache locality - in some applications. - - The "chunks" argument is optional (i.e., may be null). If it is null - the returned array is itself dynamically allocated and should also - be freed when it is no longer needed. Otherwise, the chunks array - must be of at least n_elements in length. It is filled in with the - pointers to the chunks. - - In either case, independent_comalloc returns this pointer array, or - null if the allocation failed. If n_elements is zero and chunks is - null, it returns a chunk representing an array with zero elements - (which should be freed if not wanted). - - Each element must be individually freed when it is no longer - needed. If you'd like to instead be able to free all at once, you - should instead use a single regular malloc, and assign pointers at - particular offsets in the aggregate space. (In this case though, you - cannot independently free elements.) - - independent_comallac differs from independent_calloc in that each - element may have a different size, and also that it does not - automatically clear elements. - - independent_comalloc can be used to speed up allocation in cases - where several structs or objects must always be allocated at the - same time. For example: - - struct Head { ... } - struct Foot { ... } - - void send_message(char* msg) { - int msglen = strlen(msg); - size_t sizes[3] = { sizeof(struct Head), msglen, sizeof(struct Foot) }; - void* chunks[3]; - if (independent_comalloc(3, sizes, chunks) == 0) - die(); - struct Head* head = (struct Head*)(chunks[0]); - char* body = (char*)(chunks[1]); - struct Foot* foot = (struct Foot*)(chunks[2]); - // ... - } - - In general though, independent_comalloc is worth using only for - larger values of n_elements. For small values, you probably won't - detect enough difference from series of malloc calls to bother. - - Overuse of independent_comalloc can increase overall memory usage, - since it cannot reuse existing noncontiguous small chunks that - might be available for some of the elements. -*/ -void** dlindependent_comalloc(size_t, size_t*, void**); - - -/* - pvalloc(size_t n); - Equivalent to valloc(minimum-page-that-holds(n)), that is, - round up n to nearest pagesize. - */ -void* dlpvalloc(size_t); - -/* - malloc_trim(size_t pad); - - If possible, gives memory back to the system (via negative arguments - to sbrk) if there is unused memory at the `high' end of the malloc - pool or in unused MMAP segments. You can call this after freeing - large blocks of memory to potentially reduce the system-level memory - requirements of a program. However, it cannot guarantee to reduce - memory. Under some allocation patterns, some large free blocks of - memory will be locked between two used chunks, so they cannot be - given back to the system. - - The `pad' argument to malloc_trim represents the amount of free - trailing space to leave untrimmed. If this argument is zero, only - the minimum amount of memory to maintain internal data structures - will be left. Non-zero arguments can be supplied to maintain enough - trailing space to service future expected allocations without having - to re-obtain memory from the system. - - Malloc_trim returns 1 if it actually released any memory, else 0. -*/ -int dlmalloc_trim(size_t); - -/* - malloc_usable_size(void* p); - - Returns the number of bytes you can actually use in - an allocated chunk, which may be more than you requested (although - often not) due to alignment and minimum size constraints. - You can use this many bytes without worrying about - overwriting other allocated objects. This is not a particularly great - programming practice. malloc_usable_size can be more useful in - debugging and assertions, for example: - - p = malloc(n); - assert(malloc_usable_size(p) >= 256); -*/ -size_t dlmalloc_usable_size(void*); - -/* - malloc_stats(); - Prints on stderr the amount of space obtained from the system (both - via sbrk and mmap), the maximum amount (which may be more than - current if malloc_trim and/or munmap got called), and the current - number of bytes allocated via malloc (or realloc, etc) but not yet - freed. Note that this is the number of bytes allocated, not the - number requested. It will be larger than the number requested - because of alignment and bookkeeping overhead. Because it includes - alignment wastage as being in use, this figure may be greater than - zero even when no user-level chunks are allocated. - - The reported current and maximum system memory can be inaccurate if - a program makes other calls to system memory allocation functions - (normally sbrk) outside of malloc. - - malloc_stats prints only the most commonly interesting statistics. - More information can be obtained by calling mallinfo. -*/ -void dlmalloc_stats(void); - -#endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */ - -#if MSPACES - -/* - mspace is an opaque type representing an independent - region of space that supports mspace_malloc, etc. -*/ -typedef void* mspace; - -/* - create_mspace creates and returns a new independent space with the - given initial capacity, or, if 0, the default granularity size. It - returns null if there is no system memory available to create the - space. If argument locked is non-zero, the space uses a separate - lock to control access. The capacity of the space will grow - dynamically as needed to service mspace_malloc requests. You can - control the sizes of incremental increases of this space by - compiling with a different DEFAULT_GRANULARITY or dynamically - setting with mallopt(M_GRANULARITY, value). -*/ -mspace create_mspace(size_t capacity, int locked); - -/* - destroy_mspace destroys the given space, and attempts to return all - of its memory back to the system, returning the total number of - bytes freed. After destruction, the results of access to all memory - used by the space become undefined. -*/ -size_t destroy_mspace(mspace msp); - -/* - create_mspace_with_base uses the memory supplied as the initial base - of a new mspace. Part (less than 128*sizeof(size_t) bytes) of this - space is used for bookkeeping, so the capacity must be at least this - large. (Otherwise 0 is returned.) When this initial space is - exhausted, additional memory will be obtained from the system. - Destroying this space will deallocate all additionally allocated - space (if possible) but not the initial base. -*/ -mspace create_mspace_with_base(void* base, size_t capacity, int locked); - -/* - mspace_malloc behaves as malloc, but operates within - the given space. -*/ -void* mspace_malloc(mspace msp, size_t bytes); - -/* - mspace_free behaves as free, but operates within - the given space. - - If compiled with FOOTERS==1, mspace_free is not actually needed. - free may be called instead of mspace_free because freed chunks from - any space are handled by their originating spaces. -*/ -void mspace_free(mspace msp, void* mem); - -/* - mspace_realloc behaves as realloc, but operates within - the given space. - - If compiled with FOOTERS==1, mspace_realloc is not actually - needed. realloc may be called instead of mspace_realloc because - realloced chunks from any space are handled by their originating - spaces. -*/ -void* mspace_realloc(mspace msp, void* mem, size_t newsize); - -/* - mspace_calloc behaves as calloc, but operates within - the given space. -*/ -void* mspace_calloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size); - -/* - mspace_memalign behaves as memalign, but operates within - the given space. -*/ -void* mspace_memalign(mspace msp, size_t alignment, size_t bytes); - -/* - mspace_independent_calloc behaves as independent_calloc, but - operates within the given space. -*/ -void** mspace_independent_calloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, - size_t elem_size, void* chunks[]); - -/* - mspace_independent_comalloc behaves as independent_comalloc, but - operates within the given space. -*/ -void** mspace_independent_comalloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, - size_t sizes[], void* chunks[]); - -/* - mspace_footprint() returns the number of bytes obtained from the - system for this space. -*/ -size_t mspace_footprint(mspace msp); - -/* - mspace_max_footprint() returns the peak number of bytes obtained from the - system for this space. -*/ -size_t mspace_max_footprint(mspace msp); - - -#if !NO_MALLINFO -/* - mspace_mallinfo behaves as mallinfo, but reports properties of - the given space. -*/ -struct mallinfo mspace_mallinfo(mspace msp); -#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ - -/* - mspace_malloc_stats behaves as malloc_stats, but reports - properties of the given space. -*/ -void mspace_malloc_stats(mspace msp); - -/* - mspace_trim behaves as malloc_trim, but - operates within the given space. -*/ -int mspace_trim(mspace msp, size_t pad); - -/* - An alias for mallopt. -*/ -int mspace_mallopt(int, int); - -#endif /* MSPACES */ - -#ifdef __cplusplus -}; /* end of extern "C" */ -#endif /* __cplusplus */ - -/* - ======================================================================== - To make a fully customizable malloc.h header file, cut everything - above this line, put into file malloc.h, edit to suit, and #include it - on the next line, as well as in programs that use this malloc. - ======================================================================== -*/ - -/* #include "malloc.h" */ - -/*------------------------------ internal #includes ---------------------- */ - -#ifdef _MSC_VER -#pragma warning( disable : 4146 ) /* no "unsigned" warnings */ -#endif /* _MSC_VER */ - -#include /* for printing in malloc_stats */ - -#ifndef LACKS_ERRNO_H -#include /* for MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION */ -#endif /* LACKS_ERRNO_H */ -#if FOOTERS -#include /* for magic initialization */ -#endif /* FOOTERS */ -#ifndef LACKS_STDLIB_H -#include /* for abort() */ -#endif /* LACKS_STDLIB_H */ -#ifdef DEBUG -#if ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE -#define assert(x) if(!(x)) ABORT -#else /* ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE */ -#include -#endif /* ABORT_ON_ASSERT_FAILURE */ -#else /* DEBUG */ -#define assert(x) -#endif /* DEBUG */ -#ifndef LACKS_STRING_H -#include /* for memset etc */ -#endif /* LACKS_STRING_H */ -#if USE_BUILTIN_FFS -#ifndef LACKS_STRINGS_H -#include /* for ffs */ -#endif /* LACKS_STRINGS_H */ -#endif /* USE_BUILTIN_FFS */ -#if HAVE_MMAP -#ifndef LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H -#include /* for mmap */ -#endif /* LACKS_SYS_MMAN_H */ -#ifndef LACKS_FCNTL_H -#include -#endif /* LACKS_FCNTL_H */ -#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ -#if HAVE_MORECORE -#ifndef LACKS_UNISTD_H -#include /* for sbrk */ -#else /* LACKS_UNISTD_H */ -#if !defined(__FreeBSD__) && !defined(__OpenBSD__) && !defined(__NetBSD__) -extern void* sbrk(ptrdiff_t); -#endif /* FreeBSD etc */ -#endif /* LACKS_UNISTD_H */ -#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ - -#ifndef WIN32 -#ifndef malloc_getpagesize -# ifdef _SC_PAGESIZE /* some SVR4 systems omit an underscore */ -# ifndef _SC_PAGE_SIZE -# define _SC_PAGE_SIZE _SC_PAGESIZE -# endif -# endif -# ifdef _SC_PAGE_SIZE -# define malloc_getpagesize sysconf(_SC_PAGE_SIZE) -# else -# if defined(BSD) || defined(DGUX) || defined(HAVE_GETPAGESIZE) - extern size_t getpagesize(); -# define malloc_getpagesize getpagesize() -# else -# ifdef WIN32 /* use supplied emulation of getpagesize */ -# define malloc_getpagesize getpagesize() -# else -# ifndef LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H -# include -# endif -# ifdef EXEC_PAGESIZE -# define malloc_getpagesize EXEC_PAGESIZE -# else -# ifdef NBPG -# ifndef CLSIZE -# define malloc_getpagesize NBPG -# else -# define malloc_getpagesize (NBPG * CLSIZE) -# endif -# else -# ifdef NBPC -# define malloc_getpagesize NBPC -# else -# ifdef PAGESIZE -# define malloc_getpagesize PAGESIZE -# else /* just guess */ -# define malloc_getpagesize ((size_t)4096U) -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif -#endif - -/* ------------------- size_t and alignment properties -------------------- */ - -/* The byte and bit size of a size_t */ -#define SIZE_T_SIZE (sizeof(size_t)) -#define SIZE_T_BITSIZE (sizeof(size_t) << 3) - -/* Some constants coerced to size_t */ -/* Annoying but necessary to avoid errors on some plaftorms */ -#define SIZE_T_ZERO ((size_t)0) -#define SIZE_T_ONE ((size_t)1) -#define SIZE_T_TWO ((size_t)2) -#define TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES (SIZE_T_SIZE<<1) -#define FOUR_SIZE_T_SIZES (SIZE_T_SIZE<<2) -#define SIX_SIZE_T_SIZES (FOUR_SIZE_T_SIZES+TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES) -#define HALF_MAX_SIZE_T (MAX_SIZE_T / 2U) - -/* The bit mask value corresponding to MALLOC_ALIGNMENT */ -#define CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK (MALLOC_ALIGNMENT - SIZE_T_ONE) - -/* True if address a has acceptable alignment */ -#define is_aligned(A) (((size_t)((A)) & (CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK)) == 0) - -/* the number of bytes to offset an address to align it */ -#define align_offset(A)\ - ((((size_t)(A) & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) == 0)? 0 :\ - ((MALLOC_ALIGNMENT - ((size_t)(A) & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK)) & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK)) - -/* -------------------------- MMAP preliminaries ------------------------- */ - -/* - If HAVE_MORECORE or HAVE_MMAP are false, we just define calls and - checks to fail so compiler optimizer can delete code rather than - using so many "#if"s. -*/ - - -/* MORECORE and MMAP must return MFAIL on failure */ -#define MFAIL ((void*)(MAX_SIZE_T)) -#define CMFAIL ((char*)(MFAIL)) /* defined for convenience */ - -#if !HAVE_MMAP -#define IS_MMAPPED_BIT (SIZE_T_ZERO) -#define USE_MMAP_BIT (SIZE_T_ZERO) -#define CALL_MMAP(s) MFAIL -#define CALL_MUNMAP(a, s) (-1) -#define DIRECT_MMAP(s) MFAIL - -#else /* HAVE_MMAP */ -#define IS_MMAPPED_BIT (SIZE_T_ONE) -#define USE_MMAP_BIT (SIZE_T_ONE) - -#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined (__OS2__) -#define CALL_MUNMAP(a, s) munmap((a), (s)) -#define MMAP_PROT (PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE) -#if !defined(MAP_ANONYMOUS) && defined(MAP_ANON) -#define MAP_ANONYMOUS MAP_ANON -#endif /* MAP_ANON */ -#ifdef MAP_ANONYMOUS -#define MMAP_FLAGS (MAP_PRIVATE|MAP_ANONYMOUS) -#define CALL_MMAP(s) mmap(0, (s), MMAP_PROT, MMAP_FLAGS, -1, 0) -#else /* MAP_ANONYMOUS */ -/* - Nearly all versions of mmap support MAP_ANONYMOUS, so the following - is unlikely to be needed, but is supplied just in case. -*/ -#define MMAP_FLAGS (MAP_PRIVATE) -static int dev_zero_fd = -1; /* Cached file descriptor for /dev/zero. */ -#define CALL_MMAP(s) ((dev_zero_fd < 0) ? \ - (dev_zero_fd = open("/dev/zero", O_RDWR), \ - mmap(0, (s), MMAP_PROT, MMAP_FLAGS, dev_zero_fd, 0)) : \ - mmap(0, (s), MMAP_PROT, MMAP_FLAGS, dev_zero_fd, 0)) -#endif /* MAP_ANONYMOUS */ - -#define DIRECT_MMAP(s) CALL_MMAP(s) - -#elif defined(__OS2__) - -/* OS/2 MMAP via DosAllocMem */ -static void* os2mmap(size_t size) { - void* ptr; - if (DosAllocMem(&ptr, size, OBJ_ANY|PAG_COMMIT|PAG_READ|PAG_WRITE) && - DosAllocMem(&ptr, size, PAG_COMMIT|PAG_READ|PAG_WRITE)) - return MFAIL; - return ptr; -} - -#define os2direct_mmap(n) os2mmap(n) - -/* This function supports releasing coalesed segments */ -static int os2munmap(void* ptr, size_t size) { - while (size) { - ULONG ulSize = size; - ULONG ulFlags = 0; - if (DosQueryMem(ptr, &ulSize, &ulFlags) != 0) - return -1; - if ((ulFlags & PAG_BASE) == 0 ||(ulFlags & PAG_COMMIT) == 0 || - ulSize > size) - return -1; - if (DosFreeMem(ptr) != 0) - return -1; - ptr = ( void * ) ( ( char * ) ptr + ulSize ); - size -= ulSize; - } - return 0; -} - -#define CALL_MMAP(s) os2mmap(s) -#define CALL_MUNMAP(a, s) os2munmap((a), (s)) -#define DIRECT_MMAP(s) os2direct_mmap(s) - -#else /* WIN32 */ - -/* Win32 MMAP via VirtualAlloc */ -static void* win32mmap(size_t size) { - void* ptr = VirtualAlloc(0, size, MEM_RESERVE|MEM_COMMIT, PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE); - return (ptr != 0)? ptr: MFAIL; -} - -/* For direct MMAP, use MEM_TOP_DOWN to minimize interference */ -static void* win32direct_mmap(size_t size) { - void* ptr = VirtualAlloc(0, size, MEM_RESERVE|MEM_COMMIT|MEM_TOP_DOWN, - PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE); - return (ptr != 0)? ptr: MFAIL; -} - -/* This function supports releasing coalesed segments */ -static int win32munmap(void* ptr, size_t size) { - MEMORY_BASIC_INFORMATION minfo; - char* cptr = ptr; - while (size) { - if (VirtualQuery(cptr, &minfo, sizeof(minfo)) == 0) - return -1; - if (minfo.BaseAddress != cptr || minfo.AllocationBase != cptr || - minfo.State != MEM_COMMIT || minfo.RegionSize > size) - return -1; - if (VirtualFree(cptr, 0, MEM_RELEASE) == 0) - return -1; - cptr += minfo.RegionSize; - size -= minfo.RegionSize; - } - return 0; -} - -#define CALL_MMAP(s) win32mmap(s) -#define CALL_MUNMAP(a, s) win32munmap((a), (s)) -#define DIRECT_MMAP(s) win32direct_mmap(s) -#endif /* WIN32 */ -#endif /* HAVE_MMAP */ - -#if HAVE_MMAP && HAVE_MREMAP -#define CALL_MREMAP(addr, osz, nsz, mv) mremap((addr), (osz), (nsz), (mv)) -#else /* HAVE_MMAP && HAVE_MREMAP */ -#define CALL_MREMAP(addr, osz, nsz, mv) MFAIL -#endif /* HAVE_MMAP && HAVE_MREMAP */ - -#if HAVE_MORECORE -#define CALL_MORECORE(S) MORECORE(S) -#else /* HAVE_MORECORE */ -#define CALL_MORECORE(S) MFAIL -#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */ - -/* mstate bit set if continguous morecore disabled or failed */ -#define USE_NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT (4U) - -/* segment bit set in create_mspace_with_base */ -#define EXTERN_BIT (8U) - - -/* --------------------------- Lock preliminaries ------------------------ */ - -#if USE_LOCKS - -/* - When locks are defined, there are up to two global locks: - - * If HAVE_MORECORE, morecore_mutex protects sequences of calls to - MORECORE. In many cases sys_alloc requires two calls, that should - not be interleaved with calls by other threads. This does not - protect against direct calls to MORECORE by other threads not - using this lock, so there is still code to cope the best we can on - interference. - - * magic_init_mutex ensures that mparams.magic and other - unique mparams values are initialized only once. -*/ - -#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__) -/* By default use posix locks */ -#include -#define MLOCK_T pthread_mutex_t -#define INITIAL_LOCK(l) pthread_mutex_init(l, NULL) -#define ACQUIRE_LOCK(l) pthread_mutex_lock(l) -#define RELEASE_LOCK(l) pthread_mutex_unlock(l) - -#if HAVE_MORECORE -static MLOCK_T morecore_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; -#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */ - -static MLOCK_T magic_init_mutex = PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER; - -#elif defined(__OS2__) -#define MLOCK_T HMTX -#define INITIAL_LOCK(l) DosCreateMutexSem(0, l, 0, FALSE) -#define ACQUIRE_LOCK(l) DosRequestMutexSem(*l, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT) -#define RELEASE_LOCK(l) DosReleaseMutexSem(*l) -#if HAVE_MORECORE -static MLOCK_T morecore_mutex; -#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */ -static MLOCK_T magic_init_mutex; - -#else /* WIN32 */ -/* - Because lock-protected regions have bounded times, and there - are no recursive lock calls, we can use simple spinlocks. -*/ - -#define MLOCK_T long -static int win32_acquire_lock (MLOCK_T *sl) { - for (;;) { -#ifdef InterlockedCompareExchangePointer - if (!InterlockedCompareExchange(sl, 1, 0)) - return 0; -#else /* Use older void* version */ - if (!InterlockedCompareExchange((void**)sl, (void*)1, (void*)0)) - return 0; -#endif /* InterlockedCompareExchangePointer */ - Sleep (0); - } -} - -static void win32_release_lock (MLOCK_T *sl) { - InterlockedExchange (sl, 0); -} - -#define INITIAL_LOCK(l) *(l)=0 -#define ACQUIRE_LOCK(l) win32_acquire_lock(l) -#define RELEASE_LOCK(l) win32_release_lock(l) -#if HAVE_MORECORE -static MLOCK_T morecore_mutex; -#endif /* HAVE_MORECORE */ -static MLOCK_T magic_init_mutex; -#endif /* WIN32 */ - -#define USE_LOCK_BIT (2U) -#else /* USE_LOCKS */ -#define USE_LOCK_BIT (0U) -#define INITIAL_LOCK(l) -#endif /* USE_LOCKS */ - -#if USE_LOCKS && HAVE_MORECORE -#define ACQUIRE_MORECORE_LOCK() ACQUIRE_LOCK(&morecore_mutex); -#define RELEASE_MORECORE_LOCK() RELEASE_LOCK(&morecore_mutex); -#else /* USE_LOCKS && HAVE_MORECORE */ -#define ACQUIRE_MORECORE_LOCK() -#define RELEASE_MORECORE_LOCK() -#endif /* USE_LOCKS && HAVE_MORECORE */ - -#if USE_LOCKS -#define ACQUIRE_MAGIC_INIT_LOCK() ACQUIRE_LOCK(&magic_init_mutex); -#define RELEASE_MAGIC_INIT_LOCK() RELEASE_LOCK(&magic_init_mutex); -#else /* USE_LOCKS */ -#define ACQUIRE_MAGIC_INIT_LOCK() -#define RELEASE_MAGIC_INIT_LOCK() -#endif /* USE_LOCKS */ - - -/* ----------------------- Chunk representations ------------------------ */ - -/* - (The following includes lightly edited explanations by Colin Plumb.) - - The malloc_chunk declaration below is misleading (but accurate and - necessary). It declares a "view" into memory allowing access to - necessary fields at known offsets from a given base. - - Chunks of memory are maintained using a `boundary tag' method as - originally described by Knuth. (See the paper by Paul Wilson - ftp://ftp.cs.utexas.edu/pub/garbage/allocsrv.ps for a survey of such - techniques.) Sizes of free chunks are stored both in the front of - each chunk and at the end. This makes consolidating fragmented - chunks into bigger chunks fast. The head fields also hold bits - representing whether chunks are free or in use. - - Here are some pictures to make it clearer. They are "exploded" to - show that the state of a chunk can be thought of as extending from - the high 31 bits of the head field of its header through the - prev_foot and PINUSE_BIT bit of the following chunk header. - - A chunk that's in use looks like: - - chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | Size of previous chunk (if P = 1) | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |P| - | Size of this chunk 1| +-+ - mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | | - +- -+ - | | - +- -+ - | : - +- size - sizeof(size_t) available payload bytes -+ - : | - chunk-> +- -+ - | | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |1| - | Size of next chunk (may or may not be in use) | +-+ - mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - - And if it's free, it looks like this: - - chunk-> +- -+ - | User payload (must be in use, or we would have merged!) | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |P| - | Size of this chunk 0| +-+ - mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | Next pointer | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | Prev pointer | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | : - +- size - sizeof(struct chunk) unused bytes -+ - : | - chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | Size of this chunk | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ |0| - | Size of next chunk (must be in use, or we would have merged)| +-+ - mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | : - +- User payload -+ - : | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - |0| - +-+ - Note that since we always merge adjacent free chunks, the chunks - adjacent to a free chunk must be in use. - - Given a pointer to a chunk (which can be derived trivially from the - payload pointer) we can, in O(1) time, find out whether the adjacent - chunks are free, and if so, unlink them from the lists that they - are on and merge them with the current chunk. - - Chunks always begin on even word boundaries, so the mem portion - (which is returned to the user) is also on an even word boundary, and - thus at least double-word aligned. - - The P (PINUSE_BIT) bit, stored in the unused low-order bit of the - chunk size (which is always a multiple of two words), is an in-use - bit for the *previous* chunk. If that bit is *clear*, then the - word before the current chunk size contains the previous chunk - size, and can be used to find the front of the previous chunk. - The very first chunk allocated always has this bit set, preventing - access to non-existent (or non-owned) memory. If pinuse is set for - any given chunk, then you CANNOT determine the size of the - previous chunk, and might even get a memory addressing fault when - trying to do so. - - The C (CINUSE_BIT) bit, stored in the unused second-lowest bit of - the chunk size redundantly records whether the current chunk is - inuse. This redundancy enables usage checks within free and realloc, - and reduces indirection when freeing and consolidating chunks. - - Each freshly allocated chunk must have both cinuse and pinuse set. - That is, each allocated chunk borders either a previously allocated - and still in-use chunk, or the base of its memory arena. This is - ensured by making all allocations from the the `lowest' part of any - found chunk. Further, no free chunk physically borders another one, - so each free chunk is known to be preceded and followed by either - inuse chunks or the ends of memory. - - Note that the `foot' of the current chunk is actually represented - as the prev_foot of the NEXT chunk. This makes it easier to - deal with alignments etc but can be very confusing when trying - to extend or adapt this code. - - The exceptions to all this are - - 1. The special chunk `top' is the top-most available chunk (i.e., - the one bordering the end of available memory). It is treated - specially. Top is never included in any bin, is used only if - no other chunk is available, and is released back to the - system if it is very large (see M_TRIM_THRESHOLD). In effect, - the top chunk is treated as larger (and thus less well - fitting) than any other available chunk. The top chunk - doesn't update its trailing size field since there is no next - contiguous chunk that would have to index off it. However, - space is still allocated for it (TOP_FOOT_SIZE) to enable - separation or merging when space is extended. - - 3. Chunks allocated via mmap, which have the lowest-order bit - (IS_MMAPPED_BIT) set in their prev_foot fields, and do not set - PINUSE_BIT in their head fields. Because they are allocated - one-by-one, each must carry its own prev_foot field, which is - also used to hold the offset this chunk has within its mmapped - region, which is needed to preserve alignment. Each mmapped - chunk is trailed by the first two fields of a fake next-chunk - for sake of usage checks. - -*/ - -struct malloc_chunk { - size_t prev_foot; /* Size of previous chunk (if free). */ - size_t head; /* Size and inuse bits. */ - struct malloc_chunk* fd; /* double links -- used only if free. */ - struct malloc_chunk* bk; -}; - -typedef struct malloc_chunk mchunk; -typedef struct malloc_chunk* mchunkptr; -typedef struct malloc_chunk* sbinptr; /* The type of bins of chunks */ -typedef unsigned int bindex_t; /* Described below */ -typedef unsigned int binmap_t; /* Described below */ -typedef unsigned int flag_t; /* The type of various bit flag sets */ - -/* ------------------- Chunks sizes and alignments ----------------------- */ - -#define MCHUNK_SIZE (sizeof(mchunk)) - -#if FOOTERS -#define CHUNK_OVERHEAD (TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES) -#else /* FOOTERS */ -#define CHUNK_OVERHEAD (SIZE_T_SIZE) -#endif /* FOOTERS */ - -/* MMapped chunks need a second word of overhead ... */ -#define MMAP_CHUNK_OVERHEAD (TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES) -/* ... and additional padding for fake next-chunk at foot */ -#define MMAP_FOOT_PAD (FOUR_SIZE_T_SIZES) - -/* The smallest size we can malloc is an aligned minimal chunk */ -#define MIN_CHUNK_SIZE\ - ((MCHUNK_SIZE + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) & ~CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) - -/* conversion from malloc headers to user pointers, and back */ -#define chunk2mem(p) ((void*)((char*)(p) + TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES)) -#define mem2chunk(mem) ((mchunkptr)((char*)(mem) - TWO_SIZE_T_SIZES)) -/* chunk associated with aligned address A */ -#define align_as_chunk(A) (mchunkptr)((A) + align_offset(chunk2mem(A))) - -/* Bounds on request (not chunk) sizes. */ -#define MAX_REQUEST ((-MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) << 2) -#define MIN_REQUEST (MIN_CHUNK_SIZE - CHUNK_OVERHEAD - SIZE_T_ONE) - -/* pad request bytes into a usable size */ -#define pad_request(req) \ - (((req) + CHUNK_OVERHEAD + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) & ~CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) - -/* pad request, checking for minimum (but not maximum) */ -#define request2size(req) \ - (((req) < MIN_REQUEST)? MIN_CHUNK_SIZE : pad_request(req)) - - -/* ------------------ Operations on head and foot fields ----------------- */ - -/* - The head field of a chunk is or'ed with PINUSE_BIT when previous - adjacent chunk in use, and or'ed with CINUSE_BIT if this chunk is in - use. If the chunk was obtained with mmap, the prev_foot field has - IS_MMAPPED_BIT set, otherwise holding the offset of the base of the - mmapped region to the base of the chunk. -*/ - -#define PINUSE_BIT (SIZE_T_ONE) -#define CINUSE_BIT (SIZE_T_TWO) -#define INUSE_BITS (PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT) - -/* Head value for fenceposts */ -#define FENCEPOST_HEAD (INUSE_BITS|SIZE_T_SIZE) - -/* extraction of fields from head words */ -#define cinuse(p) ((p)->head & CINUSE_BIT) -#define pinuse(p) ((p)->head & PINUSE_BIT) -#define chunksize(p) ((p)->head & ~(INUSE_BITS)) - -#define clear_pinuse(p) ((p)->head &= ~PINUSE_BIT) -#define clear_cinuse(p) ((p)->head &= ~CINUSE_BIT) - -/* Treat space at ptr +/- offset as a chunk */ -#define chunk_plus_offset(p, s) ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s))) -#define chunk_minus_offset(p, s) ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) - (s))) - -/* Ptr to next or previous physical malloc_chunk. */ -#define next_chunk(p) ((mchunkptr)( ((char*)(p)) + ((p)->head & ~INUSE_BITS))) -#define prev_chunk(p) ((mchunkptr)( ((char*)(p)) - ((p)->prev_foot) )) - -/* extract next chunk's pinuse bit */ -#define next_pinuse(p) ((next_chunk(p)->head) & PINUSE_BIT) - -/* Get/set size at footer */ -#define get_foot(p, s) (((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) + (s)))->prev_foot) -#define set_foot(p, s) (((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) + (s)))->prev_foot = (s)) - -/* Set size, pinuse bit, and foot */ -#define set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, s)\ - ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT), set_foot(p, s)) - -/* Set size, pinuse bit, foot, and clear next pinuse */ -#define set_free_with_pinuse(p, s, n)\ - (clear_pinuse(n), set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, s)) - -#define is_mmapped(p)\ - (!((p)->head & PINUSE_BIT) && ((p)->prev_foot & IS_MMAPPED_BIT)) - -/* Get the internal overhead associated with chunk p */ -#define overhead_for(p)\ - (is_mmapped(p)? MMAP_CHUNK_OVERHEAD : CHUNK_OVERHEAD) - -/* Return true if malloced space is not necessarily cleared */ -#if MMAP_CLEARS -#define calloc_must_clear(p) (!is_mmapped(p)) -#else /* MMAP_CLEARS */ -#define calloc_must_clear(p) (1) -#endif /* MMAP_CLEARS */ - -/* ---------------------- Overlaid data structures ----------------------- */ - -/* - When chunks are not in use, they are treated as nodes of either - lists or trees. - - "Small" chunks are stored in circular doubly-linked lists, and look - like this: - - chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | Size of previous chunk | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - `head:' | Size of chunk, in bytes |P| - mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | Forward pointer to next chunk in list | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | Back pointer to previous chunk in list | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | Unused space (may be 0 bytes long) . - . . - . | -nextchunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - `foot:' | Size of chunk, in bytes | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - - Larger chunks are kept in a form of bitwise digital trees (aka - tries) keyed on chunksizes. Because malloc_tree_chunks are only for - free chunks greater than 256 bytes, their size doesn't impose any - constraints on user chunk sizes. Each node looks like: - - chunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | Size of previous chunk | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - `head:' | Size of chunk, in bytes |P| - mem-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | Forward pointer to next chunk of same size | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | Back pointer to previous chunk of same size | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | Pointer to left child (child[0]) | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | Pointer to right child (child[1]) | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | Pointer to parent | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | bin index of this chunk | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - | Unused space . - . | -nextchunk-> +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - `foot:' | Size of chunk, in bytes | - +-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+-+ - - Each tree holding treenodes is a tree of unique chunk sizes. Chunks - of the same size are arranged in a circularly-linked list, with only - the oldest chunk (the next to be used, in our FIFO ordering) - actually in the tree. (Tree members are distinguished by a non-null - parent pointer.) If a chunk with the same size an an existing node - is inserted, it is linked off the existing node using pointers that - work in the same way as fd/bk pointers of small chunks. - - Each tree contains a power of 2 sized range of chunk sizes (the - smallest is 0x100 <= x < 0x180), which is is divided in half at each - tree level, with the chunks in the smaller half of the range (0x100 - <= x < 0x140 for the top nose) in the left subtree and the larger - half (0x140 <= x < 0x180) in the right subtree. This is, of course, - done by inspecting individual bits. - - Using these rules, each node's left subtree contains all smaller - sizes than its right subtree. However, the node at the root of each - subtree has no particular ordering relationship to either. (The - dividing line between the subtree sizes is based on trie relation.) - If we remove the last chunk of a given size from the interior of the - tree, we need to replace it with a leaf node. The tree ordering - rules permit a node to be replaced by any leaf below it. - - The smallest chunk in a tree (a common operation in a best-fit - allocator) can be found by walking a path to the leftmost leaf in - the tree. Unlike a usual binary tree, where we follow left child - pointers until we reach a null, here we follow the right child - pointer any time the left one is null, until we reach a leaf with - both child pointers null. The smallest chunk in the tree will be - somewhere along that path. - - The worst case number of steps to add, find, or remove a node is - bounded by the number of bits differentiating chunks within - bins. Under current bin calculations, this ranges from 6 up to 21 - (for 32 bit sizes) or up to 53 (for 64 bit sizes). The typical case - is of course much better. -*/ - -struct malloc_tree_chunk { - /* The first four fields must be compatible with malloc_chunk */ - size_t prev_foot; - size_t head; - struct malloc_tree_chunk* fd; - struct malloc_tree_chunk* bk; - - struct malloc_tree_chunk* child[2]; - struct malloc_tree_chunk* parent; - bindex_t index; -}; - -typedef struct malloc_tree_chunk tchunk; -typedef struct malloc_tree_chunk* tchunkptr; -typedef struct malloc_tree_chunk* tbinptr; /* The type of bins of trees */ - -/* A little helper macro for trees */ -#define leftmost_child(t) ((t)->child[0] != 0? (t)->child[0] : (t)->child[1]) - -/* ----------------------------- Segments -------------------------------- */ - -/* - Each malloc space may include non-contiguous segments, held in a - list headed by an embedded malloc_segment record representing the - top-most space. Segments also include flags holding properties of - the space. Large chunks that are directly allocated by mmap are not - included in this list. They are instead independently created and - destroyed without otherwise keeping track of them. - - Segment management mainly comes into play for spaces allocated by - MMAP. Any call to MMAP might or might not return memory that is - adjacent to an existing segment. MORECORE normally contiguously - extends the current space, so this space is almost always adjacent, - which is simpler and faster to deal with. (This is why MORECORE is - used preferentially to MMAP when both are available -- see - sys_alloc.) When allocating using MMAP, we don't use any of the - hinting mechanisms (inconsistently) supported in various - implementations of unix mmap, or distinguish reserving from - committing memory. Instead, we just ask for space, and exploit - contiguity when we get it. It is probably possible to do - better than this on some systems, but no general scheme seems - to be significantly better. - - Management entails a simpler variant of the consolidation scheme - used for chunks to reduce fragmentation -- new adjacent memory is - normally prepended or appended to an existing segment. However, - there are limitations compared to chunk consolidation that mostly - reflect the fact that segment processing is relatively infrequent - (occurring only when getting memory from system) and that we - don't expect to have huge numbers of segments: - - * Segments are not indexed, so traversal requires linear scans. (It - would be possible to index these, but is not worth the extra - overhead and complexity for most programs on most platforms.) - * New segments are only appended to old ones when holding top-most - memory; if they cannot be prepended to others, they are held in - different segments. - - Except for the top-most segment of an mstate, each segment record - is kept at the tail of its segment. Segments are added by pushing - segment records onto the list headed by &mstate.seg for the - containing mstate. - - Segment flags control allocation/merge/deallocation policies: - * If EXTERN_BIT set, then we did not allocate this segment, - and so should not try to deallocate or merge with others. - (This currently holds only for the initial segment passed - into create_mspace_with_base.) - * If IS_MMAPPED_BIT set, the segment may be merged with - other surrounding mmapped segments and trimmed/de-allocated - using munmap. - * If neither bit is set, then the segment was obtained using - MORECORE so can be merged with surrounding MORECORE'd segments - and deallocated/trimmed using MORECORE with negative arguments. -*/ - -struct malloc_segment { - char* base; /* base address */ - size_t size; /* allocated size */ - struct malloc_segment* next; /* ptr to next segment */ -#if FFI_MMAP_EXEC_WRIT - /* The mmap magic is supposed to store the address of the executable - segment at the very end of the requested block. */ - -# define mmap_exec_offset(b,s) (*(ptrdiff_t*)((b)+(s)-sizeof(ptrdiff_t))) - - /* We can only merge segments if their corresponding executable - segments are at identical offsets. */ -# define check_segment_merge(S,b,s) \ - (mmap_exec_offset((b),(s)) == (S)->exec_offset) - -# define add_segment_exec_offset(p,S) ((char*)(p) + (S)->exec_offset) -# define sub_segment_exec_offset(p,S) ((char*)(p) - (S)->exec_offset) - - /* The removal of sflags only works with HAVE_MORECORE == 0. */ - -# define get_segment_flags(S) (IS_MMAPPED_BIT) -# define set_segment_flags(S,v) \ - (((v) != IS_MMAPPED_BIT) ? (ABORT, (v)) : \ - (((S)->exec_offset = \ - mmap_exec_offset((S)->base, (S)->size)), \ - (mmap_exec_offset((S)->base + (S)->exec_offset, (S)->size) != \ - (S)->exec_offset) ? (ABORT, (v)) : \ - (mmap_exec_offset((S)->base, (S)->size) = 0), (v))) - - /* We use an offset here, instead of a pointer, because then, when - base changes, we don't have to modify this. On architectures - with segmented addresses, this might not work. */ - ptrdiff_t exec_offset; -#else - -# define get_segment_flags(S) ((S)->sflags) -# define set_segment_flags(S,v) ((S)->sflags = (v)) -# define check_segment_merge(S,b,s) (1) - - flag_t sflags; /* mmap and extern flag */ -#endif -}; - -#define is_mmapped_segment(S) (get_segment_flags(S) & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) -#define is_extern_segment(S) (get_segment_flags(S) & EXTERN_BIT) - -typedef struct malloc_segment msegment; -typedef struct malloc_segment* msegmentptr; - -/* ---------------------------- malloc_state ----------------------------- */ - -/* - A malloc_state holds all of the bookkeeping for a space. - The main fields are: - - Top - The topmost chunk of the currently active segment. Its size is - cached in topsize. The actual size of topmost space is - topsize+TOP_FOOT_SIZE, which includes space reserved for adding - fenceposts and segment records if necessary when getting more - space from the system. The size at which to autotrim top is - cached from mparams in trim_check, except that it is disabled if - an autotrim fails. - - Designated victim (dv) - This is the preferred chunk for servicing small requests that - don't have exact fits. It is normally the chunk split off most - recently to service another small request. Its size is cached in - dvsize. The link fields of this chunk are not maintained since it - is not kept in a bin. - - SmallBins - An array of bin headers for free chunks. These bins hold chunks - with sizes less than MIN_LARGE_SIZE bytes. Each bin contains - chunks of all the same size, spaced 8 bytes apart. To simplify - use in double-linked lists, each bin header acts as a malloc_chunk - pointing to the real first node, if it exists (else pointing to - itself). This avoids special-casing for headers. But to avoid - waste, we allocate only the fd/bk pointers of bins, and then use - repositioning tricks to treat these as the fields of a chunk. - - TreeBins - Treebins are pointers to the roots of trees holding a range of - sizes. There are 2 equally spaced treebins for each power of two - from TREE_SHIFT to TREE_SHIFT+16. The last bin holds anything - larger. - - Bin maps - There is one bit map for small bins ("smallmap") and one for - treebins ("treemap). Each bin sets its bit when non-empty, and - clears the bit when empty. Bit operations are then used to avoid - bin-by-bin searching -- nearly all "search" is done without ever - looking at bins that won't be selected. The bit maps - conservatively use 32 bits per map word, even if on 64bit system. - For a good description of some of the bit-based techniques used - here, see Henry S. Warren Jr's book "Hacker's Delight" (and - supplement at http://hackersdelight.org/). Many of these are - intended to reduce the branchiness of paths through malloc etc, as - well as to reduce the number of memory locations read or written. - - Segments - A list of segments headed by an embedded malloc_segment record - representing the initial space. - - Address check support - The least_addr field is the least address ever obtained from - MORECORE or MMAP. Attempted frees and reallocs of any address less - than this are trapped (unless INSECURE is defined). - - Magic tag - A cross-check field that should always hold same value as mparams.magic. - - Flags - Bits recording whether to use MMAP, locks, or contiguous MORECORE - - Statistics - Each space keeps track of current and maximum system memory - obtained via MORECORE or MMAP. - - Locking - If USE_LOCKS is defined, the "mutex" lock is acquired and released - around every public call using this mspace. -*/ - -/* Bin types, widths and sizes */ -#define NSMALLBINS (32U) -#define NTREEBINS (32U) -#define SMALLBIN_SHIFT (3U) -#define SMALLBIN_WIDTH (SIZE_T_ONE << SMALLBIN_SHIFT) -#define TREEBIN_SHIFT (8U) -#define MIN_LARGE_SIZE (SIZE_T_ONE << TREEBIN_SHIFT) -#define MAX_SMALL_SIZE (MIN_LARGE_SIZE - SIZE_T_ONE) -#define MAX_SMALL_REQUEST (MAX_SMALL_SIZE - CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK - CHUNK_OVERHEAD) - -struct malloc_state { - binmap_t smallmap; - binmap_t treemap; - size_t dvsize; - size_t topsize; - char* least_addr; - mchunkptr dv; - mchunkptr top; - size_t trim_check; - size_t magic; - mchunkptr smallbins[(NSMALLBINS+1)*2]; - tbinptr treebins[NTREEBINS]; - size_t footprint; - size_t max_footprint; - flag_t mflags; -#if USE_LOCKS - MLOCK_T mutex; /* locate lock among fields that rarely change */ -#endif /* USE_LOCKS */ - msegment seg; -}; - -typedef struct malloc_state* mstate; - -/* ------------- Global malloc_state and malloc_params ------------------- */ - -/* - malloc_params holds global properties, including those that can be - dynamically set using mallopt. There is a single instance, mparams, - initialized in init_mparams. -*/ - -struct malloc_params { - size_t magic; - size_t page_size; - size_t granularity; - size_t mmap_threshold; - size_t trim_threshold; - flag_t default_mflags; -}; - -static struct malloc_params mparams; - -/* The global malloc_state used for all non-"mspace" calls */ -static struct malloc_state _gm_; -#define gm (&_gm_) -#define is_global(M) ((M) == &_gm_) -#define is_initialized(M) ((M)->top != 0) - -/* -------------------------- system alloc setup ------------------------- */ - -/* Operations on mflags */ - -#define use_lock(M) ((M)->mflags & USE_LOCK_BIT) -#define enable_lock(M) ((M)->mflags |= USE_LOCK_BIT) -#define disable_lock(M) ((M)->mflags &= ~USE_LOCK_BIT) - -#define use_mmap(M) ((M)->mflags & USE_MMAP_BIT) -#define enable_mmap(M) ((M)->mflags |= USE_MMAP_BIT) -#define disable_mmap(M) ((M)->mflags &= ~USE_MMAP_BIT) - -#define use_noncontiguous(M) ((M)->mflags & USE_NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT) -#define disable_contiguous(M) ((M)->mflags |= USE_NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT) - -#define set_lock(M,L)\ - ((M)->mflags = (L)?\ - ((M)->mflags | USE_LOCK_BIT) :\ - ((M)->mflags & ~USE_LOCK_BIT)) - -/* page-align a size */ -#define page_align(S)\ - (((S) + (mparams.page_size)) & ~(mparams.page_size - SIZE_T_ONE)) - -/* granularity-align a size */ -#define granularity_align(S)\ - (((S) + (mparams.granularity)) & ~(mparams.granularity - SIZE_T_ONE)) - -#define is_page_aligned(S)\ - (((size_t)(S) & (mparams.page_size - SIZE_T_ONE)) == 0) -#define is_granularity_aligned(S)\ - (((size_t)(S) & (mparams.granularity - SIZE_T_ONE)) == 0) - -/* True if segment S holds address A */ -#define segment_holds(S, A)\ - ((char*)(A) >= S->base && (char*)(A) < S->base + S->size) - -/* Return segment holding given address */ -static msegmentptr segment_holding(mstate m, char* addr) { - msegmentptr sp = &m->seg; - for (;;) { - if (addr >= sp->base && addr < sp->base + sp->size) - return sp; - if ((sp = sp->next) == 0) - return 0; - } -} - -/* Return true if segment contains a segment link */ -static int has_segment_link(mstate m, msegmentptr ss) { - msegmentptr sp = &m->seg; - for (;;) { - if ((char*)sp >= ss->base && (char*)sp < ss->base + ss->size) - return 1; - if ((sp = sp->next) == 0) - return 0; - } -} - -#ifndef MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM -#define should_trim(M,s) ((s) > (M)->trim_check) -#else /* MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */ -#define should_trim(M,s) (0) -#endif /* MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM */ - -/* - TOP_FOOT_SIZE is padding at the end of a segment, including space - that may be needed to place segment records and fenceposts when new - noncontiguous segments are added. -*/ -#define TOP_FOOT_SIZE\ - (align_offset(chunk2mem(0))+pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_segment))+MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) - - -/* ------------------------------- Hooks -------------------------------- */ - -/* - PREACTION should be defined to return 0 on success, and nonzero on - failure. If you are not using locking, you can redefine these to do - anything you like. -*/ - -#if USE_LOCKS - -/* Ensure locks are initialized */ -#define GLOBALLY_INITIALIZE() (mparams.page_size == 0 && init_mparams()) - -#define PREACTION(M) ((GLOBALLY_INITIALIZE() || use_lock(M))? ACQUIRE_LOCK(&(M)->mutex) : 0) -#define POSTACTION(M) { if (use_lock(M)) RELEASE_LOCK(&(M)->mutex); } -#else /* USE_LOCKS */ - -#ifndef PREACTION -#define PREACTION(M) (0) -#endif /* PREACTION */ - -#ifndef POSTACTION -#define POSTACTION(M) -#endif /* POSTACTION */ - -#endif /* USE_LOCKS */ - -/* - CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION is triggered upon detected bad addresses. - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION is triggered on detected bad frees and - reallocs. The argument p is an address that might have triggered the - fault. It is ignored by the two predefined actions, but might be - useful in custom actions that try to help diagnose errors. -*/ - -#if PROCEED_ON_ERROR - -/* A count of the number of corruption errors causing resets */ -int malloc_corruption_error_count; - -/* default corruption action */ -static void reset_on_error(mstate m); - -#define CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m) reset_on_error(m) -#define USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m, p) - -#else /* PROCEED_ON_ERROR */ - -#ifndef CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION -#define CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m) ABORT -#endif /* CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION */ - -#ifndef USAGE_ERROR_ACTION -#define USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m,p) ABORT -#endif /* USAGE_ERROR_ACTION */ - -#endif /* PROCEED_ON_ERROR */ - -/* -------------------------- Debugging setup ---------------------------- */ - -#if ! DEBUG - -#define check_free_chunk(M,P) -#define check_inuse_chunk(M,P) -#define check_malloced_chunk(M,P,N) -#define check_mmapped_chunk(M,P) -#define check_malloc_state(M) -#define check_top_chunk(M,P) - -#else /* DEBUG */ -#define check_free_chunk(M,P) do_check_free_chunk(M,P) -#define check_inuse_chunk(M,P) do_check_inuse_chunk(M,P) -#define check_top_chunk(M,P) do_check_top_chunk(M,P) -#define check_malloced_chunk(M,P,N) do_check_malloced_chunk(M,P,N) -#define check_mmapped_chunk(M,P) do_check_mmapped_chunk(M,P) -#define check_malloc_state(M) do_check_malloc_state(M) - -static void do_check_any_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p); -static void do_check_top_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p); -static void do_check_mmapped_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p); -static void do_check_inuse_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p); -static void do_check_free_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p); -static void do_check_malloced_chunk(mstate m, void* mem, size_t s); -static void do_check_tree(mstate m, tchunkptr t); -static void do_check_treebin(mstate m, bindex_t i); -static void do_check_smallbin(mstate m, bindex_t i); -static void do_check_malloc_state(mstate m); -static int bin_find(mstate m, mchunkptr x); -static size_t traverse_and_check(mstate m); -#endif /* DEBUG */ - -/* ---------------------------- Indexing Bins ---------------------------- */ - -#define is_small(s) (((s) >> SMALLBIN_SHIFT) < NSMALLBINS) -#define small_index(s) ((s) >> SMALLBIN_SHIFT) -#define small_index2size(i) ((i) << SMALLBIN_SHIFT) -#define MIN_SMALL_INDEX (small_index(MIN_CHUNK_SIZE)) - -/* addressing by index. See above about smallbin repositioning */ -#define smallbin_at(M, i) ((sbinptr)((char*)&((M)->smallbins[(i)<<1]))) -#define treebin_at(M,i) (&((M)->treebins[i])) - -/* assign tree index for size S to variable I */ -#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(i386) -#define compute_tree_index(S, I)\ -{\ - size_t X = S >> TREEBIN_SHIFT;\ - if (X == 0)\ - I = 0;\ - else if (X > 0xFFFF)\ - I = NTREEBINS-1;\ - else {\ - unsigned int K;\ - __asm__("bsrl %1,%0\n\t" : "=r" (K) : "rm" (X));\ - I = (bindex_t)((K << 1) + ((S >> (K + (TREEBIN_SHIFT-1)) & 1)));\ - }\ -} -#else /* GNUC */ -#define compute_tree_index(S, I)\ -{\ - size_t X = S >> TREEBIN_SHIFT;\ - if (X == 0)\ - I = 0;\ - else if (X > 0xFFFF)\ - I = NTREEBINS-1;\ - else {\ - unsigned int Y = (unsigned int)X;\ - unsigned int N = ((Y - 0x100) >> 16) & 8;\ - unsigned int K = (((Y <<= N) - 0x1000) >> 16) & 4;\ - N += K;\ - N += K = (((Y <<= K) - 0x4000) >> 16) & 2;\ - K = 14 - N + ((Y <<= K) >> 15);\ - I = (K << 1) + ((S >> (K + (TREEBIN_SHIFT-1)) & 1));\ - }\ -} -#endif /* GNUC */ - -/* Bit representing maximum resolved size in a treebin at i */ -#define bit_for_tree_index(i) \ - (i == NTREEBINS-1)? (SIZE_T_BITSIZE-1) : (((i) >> 1) + TREEBIN_SHIFT - 2) - -/* Shift placing maximum resolved bit in a treebin at i as sign bit */ -#define leftshift_for_tree_index(i) \ - ((i == NTREEBINS-1)? 0 : \ - ((SIZE_T_BITSIZE-SIZE_T_ONE) - (((i) >> 1) + TREEBIN_SHIFT - 2))) - -/* The size of the smallest chunk held in bin with index i */ -#define minsize_for_tree_index(i) \ - ((SIZE_T_ONE << (((i) >> 1) + TREEBIN_SHIFT)) | \ - (((size_t)((i) & SIZE_T_ONE)) << (((i) >> 1) + TREEBIN_SHIFT - 1))) - - -/* ------------------------ Operations on bin maps ----------------------- */ - -/* bit corresponding to given index */ -#define idx2bit(i) ((binmap_t)(1) << (i)) - -/* Mark/Clear bits with given index */ -#define mark_smallmap(M,i) ((M)->smallmap |= idx2bit(i)) -#define clear_smallmap(M,i) ((M)->smallmap &= ~idx2bit(i)) -#define smallmap_is_marked(M,i) ((M)->smallmap & idx2bit(i)) - -#define mark_treemap(M,i) ((M)->treemap |= idx2bit(i)) -#define clear_treemap(M,i) ((M)->treemap &= ~idx2bit(i)) -#define treemap_is_marked(M,i) ((M)->treemap & idx2bit(i)) - -/* index corresponding to given bit */ - -#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(i386) -#define compute_bit2idx(X, I)\ -{\ - unsigned int J;\ - __asm__("bsfl %1,%0\n\t" : "=r" (J) : "rm" (X));\ - I = (bindex_t)J;\ -} - -#else /* GNUC */ -#if USE_BUILTIN_FFS -#define compute_bit2idx(X, I) I = ffs(X)-1 - -#else /* USE_BUILTIN_FFS */ -#define compute_bit2idx(X, I)\ -{\ - unsigned int Y = X - 1;\ - unsigned int K = Y >> (16-4) & 16;\ - unsigned int N = K; Y >>= K;\ - N += K = Y >> (8-3) & 8; Y >>= K;\ - N += K = Y >> (4-2) & 4; Y >>= K;\ - N += K = Y >> (2-1) & 2; Y >>= K;\ - N += K = Y >> (1-0) & 1; Y >>= K;\ - I = (bindex_t)(N + Y);\ -} -#endif /* USE_BUILTIN_FFS */ -#endif /* GNUC */ - -/* isolate the least set bit of a bitmap */ -#define least_bit(x) ((x) & -(x)) - -/* mask with all bits to left of least bit of x on */ -#define left_bits(x) ((x<<1) | -(x<<1)) - -/* mask with all bits to left of or equal to least bit of x on */ -#define same_or_left_bits(x) ((x) | -(x)) - - -/* ----------------------- Runtime Check Support ------------------------- */ - -/* - For security, the main invariant is that malloc/free/etc never - writes to a static address other than malloc_state, unless static - malloc_state itself has been corrupted, which cannot occur via - malloc (because of these checks). In essence this means that we - believe all pointers, sizes, maps etc held in malloc_state, but - check all of those linked or offsetted from other embedded data - structures. These checks are interspersed with main code in a way - that tends to minimize their run-time cost. - - When FOOTERS is defined, in addition to range checking, we also - verify footer fields of inuse chunks, which can be used guarantee - that the mstate controlling malloc/free is intact. This is a - streamlined version of the approach described by William Robertson - et al in "Run-time Detection of Heap-based Overflows" LISA'03 - http://www.usenix.org/events/lisa03/tech/robertson.html The footer - of an inuse chunk holds the xor of its mstate and a random seed, - that is checked upon calls to free() and realloc(). This is - (probablistically) unguessable from outside the program, but can be - computed by any code successfully malloc'ing any chunk, so does not - itself provide protection against code that has already broken - security through some other means. Unlike Robertson et al, we - always dynamically check addresses of all offset chunks (previous, - next, etc). This turns out to be cheaper than relying on hashes. -*/ - -#if !INSECURE -/* Check if address a is at least as high as any from MORECORE or MMAP */ -#define ok_address(M, a) ((char*)(a) >= (M)->least_addr) -/* Check if address of next chunk n is higher than base chunk p */ -#define ok_next(p, n) ((char*)(p) < (char*)(n)) -/* Check if p has its cinuse bit on */ -#define ok_cinuse(p) cinuse(p) -/* Check if p has its pinuse bit on */ -#define ok_pinuse(p) pinuse(p) - -#else /* !INSECURE */ -#define ok_address(M, a) (1) -#define ok_next(b, n) (1) -#define ok_cinuse(p) (1) -#define ok_pinuse(p) (1) -#endif /* !INSECURE */ - -#if (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) -/* Check if (alleged) mstate m has expected magic field */ -#define ok_magic(M) ((M)->magic == mparams.magic) -#else /* (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) */ -#define ok_magic(M) (1) -#endif /* (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) */ - - -/* In gcc, use __builtin_expect to minimize impact of checks */ -#if !INSECURE -#if defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 3 -#define RTCHECK(e) __builtin_expect(e, 1) -#else /* GNUC */ -#define RTCHECK(e) (e) -#endif /* GNUC */ -#else /* !INSECURE */ -#define RTCHECK(e) (1) -#endif /* !INSECURE */ - -/* macros to set up inuse chunks with or without footers */ - -#if !FOOTERS - -#define mark_inuse_foot(M,p,s) - -/* Set cinuse bit and pinuse bit of next chunk */ -#define set_inuse(M,p,s)\ - ((p)->head = (((p)->head & PINUSE_BIT)|s|CINUSE_BIT),\ - ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->head |= PINUSE_BIT) - -/* Set cinuse and pinuse of this chunk and pinuse of next chunk */ -#define set_inuse_and_pinuse(M,p,s)\ - ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT),\ - ((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->head |= PINUSE_BIT) - -/* Set size, cinuse and pinuse bit of this chunk */ -#define set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(M, p, s)\ - ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT)) - -#else /* FOOTERS */ - -/* Set foot of inuse chunk to be xor of mstate and seed */ -#define mark_inuse_foot(M,p,s)\ - (((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) + (s)))->prev_foot = ((size_t)(M) ^ mparams.magic)) - -#define get_mstate_for(p)\ - ((mstate)(((mchunkptr)((char*)(p) +\ - (chunksize(p))))->prev_foot ^ mparams.magic)) - -#define set_inuse(M,p,s)\ - ((p)->head = (((p)->head & PINUSE_BIT)|s|CINUSE_BIT),\ - (((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->head |= PINUSE_BIT), \ - mark_inuse_foot(M,p,s)) - -#define set_inuse_and_pinuse(M,p,s)\ - ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT),\ - (((mchunkptr)(((char*)(p)) + (s)))->head |= PINUSE_BIT),\ - mark_inuse_foot(M,p,s)) - -#define set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(M, p, s)\ - ((p)->head = (s|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT),\ - mark_inuse_foot(M, p, s)) - -#endif /* !FOOTERS */ - -/* ---------------------------- setting mparams -------------------------- */ - -/* Initialize mparams */ -static int init_mparams(void) { - if (mparams.page_size == 0) { - size_t s; - - mparams.mmap_threshold = DEFAULT_MMAP_THRESHOLD; - mparams.trim_threshold = DEFAULT_TRIM_THRESHOLD; -#if MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS - mparams.default_mflags = USE_LOCK_BIT|USE_MMAP_BIT; -#else /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */ - mparams.default_mflags = USE_LOCK_BIT|USE_MMAP_BIT|USE_NONCONTIGUOUS_BIT; -#endif /* MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS */ - -#if (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) - { -#if USE_DEV_RANDOM - int fd; - unsigned char buf[sizeof(size_t)]; - /* Try to use /dev/urandom, else fall back on using time */ - if ((fd = open("/dev/urandom", O_RDONLY)) >= 0 && - read(fd, buf, sizeof(buf)) == sizeof(buf)) { - s = *((size_t *) buf); - close(fd); - } - else -#endif /* USE_DEV_RANDOM */ - s = (size_t)(time(0) ^ (size_t)0x55555555U); - - s |= (size_t)8U; /* ensure nonzero */ - s &= ~(size_t)7U; /* improve chances of fault for bad values */ - - } -#else /* (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) */ - s = (size_t)0x58585858U; -#endif /* (FOOTERS && !INSECURE) */ - ACQUIRE_MAGIC_INIT_LOCK(); - if (mparams.magic == 0) { - mparams.magic = s; - /* Set up lock for main malloc area */ - INITIAL_LOCK(&gm->mutex); - gm->mflags = mparams.default_mflags; - } - RELEASE_MAGIC_INIT_LOCK(); - -#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__OS2__) - mparams.page_size = malloc_getpagesize; - mparams.granularity = ((DEFAULT_GRANULARITY != 0)? - DEFAULT_GRANULARITY : mparams.page_size); -#elif defined (__OS2__) - /* if low-memory is used, os2munmap() would break - if it were anything other than 64k */ - mparams.page_size = 4096u; - mparams.granularity = 65536u; -#else /* WIN32 */ - { - SYSTEM_INFO system_info; - GetSystemInfo(&system_info); - mparams.page_size = system_info.dwPageSize; - mparams.granularity = system_info.dwAllocationGranularity; - } -#endif /* WIN32 */ - - /* Sanity-check configuration: - size_t must be unsigned and as wide as pointer type. - ints must be at least 4 bytes. - alignment must be at least 8. - Alignment, min chunk size, and page size must all be powers of 2. - */ - if ((sizeof(size_t) != sizeof(char*)) || - (MAX_SIZE_T < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) || - (sizeof(int) < 4) || - (MALLOC_ALIGNMENT < (size_t)8U) || - ((MALLOC_ALIGNMENT & (MALLOC_ALIGNMENT-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) || - ((MCHUNK_SIZE & (MCHUNK_SIZE-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) || - ((mparams.granularity & (mparams.granularity-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) || - ((mparams.page_size & (mparams.page_size-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0)) - ABORT; - } - return 0; -} - -/* support for mallopt */ -static int change_mparam(int param_number, int value) { - size_t val = (size_t)value; - init_mparams(); - switch(param_number) { - case M_TRIM_THRESHOLD: - mparams.trim_threshold = val; - return 1; - case M_GRANULARITY: - if (val >= mparams.page_size && ((val & (val-1)) == 0)) { - mparams.granularity = val; - return 1; - } - else - return 0; - case M_MMAP_THRESHOLD: - mparams.mmap_threshold = val; - return 1; - default: - return 0; - } -} - -#if DEBUG -/* ------------------------- Debugging Support --------------------------- */ - -/* Check properties of any chunk, whether free, inuse, mmapped etc */ -static void do_check_any_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) { - assert((is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))) || (p->head == FENCEPOST_HEAD)); - assert(ok_address(m, p)); -} - -/* Check properties of top chunk */ -static void do_check_top_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) { - msegmentptr sp = segment_holding(m, (char*)p); - size_t sz = chunksize(p); - assert(sp != 0); - assert((is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))) || (p->head == FENCEPOST_HEAD)); - assert(ok_address(m, p)); - assert(sz == m->topsize); - assert(sz > 0); - assert(sz == ((sp->base + sp->size) - (char*)p) - TOP_FOOT_SIZE); - assert(pinuse(p)); - assert(!next_pinuse(p)); -} - -/* Check properties of (inuse) mmapped chunks */ -static void do_check_mmapped_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) { - size_t sz = chunksize(p); - size_t len = (sz + (p->prev_foot & ~IS_MMAPPED_BIT) + MMAP_FOOT_PAD); - assert(is_mmapped(p)); - assert(use_mmap(m)); - assert((is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))) || (p->head == FENCEPOST_HEAD)); - assert(ok_address(m, p)); - assert(!is_small(sz)); - assert((len & (mparams.page_size-SIZE_T_ONE)) == 0); - assert(chunk_plus_offset(p, sz)->head == FENCEPOST_HEAD); - assert(chunk_plus_offset(p, sz+SIZE_T_SIZE)->head == 0); -} - -/* Check properties of inuse chunks */ -static void do_check_inuse_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) { - do_check_any_chunk(m, p); - assert(cinuse(p)); - assert(next_pinuse(p)); - /* If not pinuse and not mmapped, previous chunk has OK offset */ - assert(is_mmapped(p) || pinuse(p) || next_chunk(prev_chunk(p)) == p); - if (is_mmapped(p)) - do_check_mmapped_chunk(m, p); -} - -/* Check properties of free chunks */ -static void do_check_free_chunk(mstate m, mchunkptr p) { - size_t sz = p->head & ~(PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT); - mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(p, sz); - do_check_any_chunk(m, p); - assert(!cinuse(p)); - assert(!next_pinuse(p)); - assert (!is_mmapped(p)); - if (p != m->dv && p != m->top) { - if (sz >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { - assert((sz & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) == 0); - assert(is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))); - assert(next->prev_foot == sz); - assert(pinuse(p)); - assert (next == m->top || cinuse(next)); - assert(p->fd->bk == p); - assert(p->bk->fd == p); - } - else /* markers are always of size SIZE_T_SIZE */ - assert(sz == SIZE_T_SIZE); - } -} - -/* Check properties of malloced chunks at the point they are malloced */ -static void do_check_malloced_chunk(mstate m, void* mem, size_t s) { - if (mem != 0) { - mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); - size_t sz = p->head & ~(PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT); - do_check_inuse_chunk(m, p); - assert((sz & CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK) == 0); - assert(sz >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE); - assert(sz >= s); - /* unless mmapped, size is less than MIN_CHUNK_SIZE more than request */ - assert(is_mmapped(p) || sz < (s + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE)); - } -} - -/* Check a tree and its subtrees. */ -static void do_check_tree(mstate m, tchunkptr t) { - tchunkptr head = 0; - tchunkptr u = t; - bindex_t tindex = t->index; - size_t tsize = chunksize(t); - bindex_t idx; - compute_tree_index(tsize, idx); - assert(tindex == idx); - assert(tsize >= MIN_LARGE_SIZE); - assert(tsize >= minsize_for_tree_index(idx)); - assert((idx == NTREEBINS-1) || (tsize < minsize_for_tree_index((idx+1)))); - - do { /* traverse through chain of same-sized nodes */ - do_check_any_chunk(m, ((mchunkptr)u)); - assert(u->index == tindex); - assert(chunksize(u) == tsize); - assert(!cinuse(u)); - assert(!next_pinuse(u)); - assert(u->fd->bk == u); - assert(u->bk->fd == u); - if (u->parent == 0) { - assert(u->child[0] == 0); - assert(u->child[1] == 0); - } - else { - assert(head == 0); /* only one node on chain has parent */ - head = u; - assert(u->parent != u); - assert (u->parent->child[0] == u || - u->parent->child[1] == u || - *((tbinptr*)(u->parent)) == u); - if (u->child[0] != 0) { - assert(u->child[0]->parent == u); - assert(u->child[0] != u); - do_check_tree(m, u->child[0]); - } - if (u->child[1] != 0) { - assert(u->child[1]->parent == u); - assert(u->child[1] != u); - do_check_tree(m, u->child[1]); - } - if (u->child[0] != 0 && u->child[1] != 0) { - assert(chunksize(u->child[0]) < chunksize(u->child[1])); - } - } - u = u->fd; - } while (u != t); - assert(head != 0); -} - -/* Check all the chunks in a treebin. */ -static void do_check_treebin(mstate m, bindex_t i) { - tbinptr* tb = treebin_at(m, i); - tchunkptr t = *tb; - int empty = (m->treemap & (1U << i)) == 0; - if (t == 0) - assert(empty); - if (!empty) - do_check_tree(m, t); -} - -/* Check all the chunks in a smallbin. */ -static void do_check_smallbin(mstate m, bindex_t i) { - sbinptr b = smallbin_at(m, i); - mchunkptr p = b->bk; - unsigned int empty = (m->smallmap & (1U << i)) == 0; - if (p == b) - assert(empty); - if (!empty) { - for (; p != b; p = p->bk) { - size_t size = chunksize(p); - mchunkptr q; - /* each chunk claims to be free */ - do_check_free_chunk(m, p); - /* chunk belongs in bin */ - assert(small_index(size) == i); - assert(p->bk == b || chunksize(p->bk) == chunksize(p)); - /* chunk is followed by an inuse chunk */ - q = next_chunk(p); - if (q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) - do_check_inuse_chunk(m, q); - } - } -} - -/* Find x in a bin. Used in other check functions. */ -static int bin_find(mstate m, mchunkptr x) { - size_t size = chunksize(x); - if (is_small(size)) { - bindex_t sidx = small_index(size); - sbinptr b = smallbin_at(m, sidx); - if (smallmap_is_marked(m, sidx)) { - mchunkptr p = b; - do { - if (p == x) - return 1; - } while ((p = p->fd) != b); - } - } - else { - bindex_t tidx; - compute_tree_index(size, tidx); - if (treemap_is_marked(m, tidx)) { - tchunkptr t = *treebin_at(m, tidx); - size_t sizebits = size << leftshift_for_tree_index(tidx); - while (t != 0 && chunksize(t) != size) { - t = t->child[(sizebits >> (SIZE_T_BITSIZE-SIZE_T_ONE)) & 1]; - sizebits <<= 1; - } - if (t != 0) { - tchunkptr u = t; - do { - if (u == (tchunkptr)x) - return 1; - } while ((u = u->fd) != t); - } - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* Traverse each chunk and check it; return total */ -static size_t traverse_and_check(mstate m) { - size_t sum = 0; - if (is_initialized(m)) { - msegmentptr s = &m->seg; - sum += m->topsize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE; - while (s != 0) { - mchunkptr q = align_as_chunk(s->base); - mchunkptr lastq = 0; - assert(pinuse(q)); - while (segment_holds(s, q) && - q != m->top && q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) { - sum += chunksize(q); - if (cinuse(q)) { - assert(!bin_find(m, q)); - do_check_inuse_chunk(m, q); - } - else { - assert(q == m->dv || bin_find(m, q)); - assert(lastq == 0 || cinuse(lastq)); /* Not 2 consecutive free */ - do_check_free_chunk(m, q); - } - lastq = q; - q = next_chunk(q); - } - s = s->next; - } - } - return sum; -} - -/* Check all properties of malloc_state. */ -static void do_check_malloc_state(mstate m) { - bindex_t i; - size_t total; - /* check bins */ - for (i = 0; i < NSMALLBINS; ++i) - do_check_smallbin(m, i); - for (i = 0; i < NTREEBINS; ++i) - do_check_treebin(m, i); - - if (m->dvsize != 0) { /* check dv chunk */ - do_check_any_chunk(m, m->dv); - assert(m->dvsize == chunksize(m->dv)); - assert(m->dvsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE); - assert(bin_find(m, m->dv) == 0); - } - - if (m->top != 0) { /* check top chunk */ - do_check_top_chunk(m, m->top); - assert(m->topsize == chunksize(m->top)); - assert(m->topsize > 0); - assert(bin_find(m, m->top) == 0); - } - - total = traverse_and_check(m); - assert(total <= m->footprint); - assert(m->footprint <= m->max_footprint); -} -#endif /* DEBUG */ - -/* ----------------------------- statistics ------------------------------ */ - -#if !NO_MALLINFO -static struct mallinfo internal_mallinfo(mstate m) { - struct mallinfo nm = { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }; - if (!PREACTION(m)) { - check_malloc_state(m); - if (is_initialized(m)) { - size_t nfree = SIZE_T_ONE; /* top always free */ - size_t mfree = m->topsize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE; - size_t sum = mfree; - msegmentptr s = &m->seg; - while (s != 0) { - mchunkptr q = align_as_chunk(s->base); - while (segment_holds(s, q) && - q != m->top && q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) { - size_t sz = chunksize(q); - sum += sz; - if (!cinuse(q)) { - mfree += sz; - ++nfree; - } - q = next_chunk(q); - } - s = s->next; - } - - nm.arena = sum; - nm.ordblks = nfree; - nm.hblkhd = m->footprint - sum; - nm.usmblks = m->max_footprint; - nm.uordblks = m->footprint - mfree; - nm.fordblks = mfree; - nm.keepcost = m->topsize; - } - - POSTACTION(m); - } - return nm; -} -#endif /* !NO_MALLINFO */ - -static void internal_malloc_stats(mstate m) { - if (!PREACTION(m)) { - size_t maxfp = 0; - size_t fp = 0; - size_t used = 0; - check_malloc_state(m); - if (is_initialized(m)) { - msegmentptr s = &m->seg; - maxfp = m->max_footprint; - fp = m->footprint; - used = fp - (m->topsize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE); - - while (s != 0) { - mchunkptr q = align_as_chunk(s->base); - while (segment_holds(s, q) && - q != m->top && q->head != FENCEPOST_HEAD) { - if (!cinuse(q)) - used -= chunksize(q); - q = next_chunk(q); - } - s = s->next; - } - } - - fprintf(stderr, "max system bytes = %10lu\n", (unsigned long)(maxfp)); - fprintf(stderr, "system bytes = %10lu\n", (unsigned long)(fp)); - fprintf(stderr, "in use bytes = %10lu\n", (unsigned long)(used)); - - POSTACTION(m); - } -} - -/* ----------------------- Operations on smallbins ----------------------- */ - -/* - Various forms of linking and unlinking are defined as macros. Even - the ones for trees, which are very long but have very short typical - paths. This is ugly but reduces reliance on inlining support of - compilers. -*/ - -/* Link a free chunk into a smallbin */ -#define insert_small_chunk(M, P, S) {\ - bindex_t I = small_index(S);\ - mchunkptr B = smallbin_at(M, I);\ - mchunkptr F = B;\ - assert(S >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE);\ - if (!smallmap_is_marked(M, I))\ - mark_smallmap(M, I);\ - else if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, B->fd)))\ - F = B->fd;\ - else {\ - CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ - }\ - B->fd = P;\ - F->bk = P;\ - P->fd = F;\ - P->bk = B;\ -} - -/* Unlink a chunk from a smallbin */ -#define unlink_small_chunk(M, P, S) {\ - mchunkptr F = P->fd;\ - mchunkptr B = P->bk;\ - bindex_t I = small_index(S);\ - assert(P != B);\ - assert(P != F);\ - assert(chunksize(P) == small_index2size(I));\ - if (F == B)\ - clear_smallmap(M, I);\ - else if (RTCHECK((F == smallbin_at(M,I) || ok_address(M, F)) &&\ - (B == smallbin_at(M,I) || ok_address(M, B)))) {\ - F->bk = B;\ - B->fd = F;\ - }\ - else {\ - CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ - }\ -} - -/* Unlink the first chunk from a smallbin */ -#define unlink_first_small_chunk(M, B, P, I) {\ - mchunkptr F = P->fd;\ - assert(P != B);\ - assert(P != F);\ - assert(chunksize(P) == small_index2size(I));\ - if (B == F)\ - clear_smallmap(M, I);\ - else if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, F))) {\ - B->fd = F;\ - F->bk = B;\ - }\ - else {\ - CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ - }\ -} - -/* Replace dv node, binning the old one */ -/* Used only when dvsize known to be small */ -#define replace_dv(M, P, S) {\ - size_t DVS = M->dvsize;\ - if (DVS != 0) {\ - mchunkptr DV = M->dv;\ - assert(is_small(DVS));\ - insert_small_chunk(M, DV, DVS);\ - }\ - M->dvsize = S;\ - M->dv = P;\ -} - -/* ------------------------- Operations on trees ------------------------- */ - -/* Insert chunk into tree */ -#define insert_large_chunk(M, X, S) {\ - tbinptr* H;\ - bindex_t I;\ - compute_tree_index(S, I);\ - H = treebin_at(M, I);\ - X->index = I;\ - X->child[0] = X->child[1] = 0;\ - if (!treemap_is_marked(M, I)) {\ - mark_treemap(M, I);\ - *H = X;\ - X->parent = (tchunkptr)H;\ - X->fd = X->bk = X;\ - }\ - else {\ - tchunkptr T = *H;\ - size_t K = S << leftshift_for_tree_index(I);\ - for (;;) {\ - if (chunksize(T) != S) {\ - tchunkptr* C = &(T->child[(K >> (SIZE_T_BITSIZE-SIZE_T_ONE)) & 1]);\ - K <<= 1;\ - if (*C != 0)\ - T = *C;\ - else if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, C))) {\ - *C = X;\ - X->parent = T;\ - X->fd = X->bk = X;\ - break;\ - }\ - else {\ - CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ - break;\ - }\ - }\ - else {\ - tchunkptr F = T->fd;\ - if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, T) && ok_address(M, F))) {\ - T->fd = F->bk = X;\ - X->fd = F;\ - X->bk = T;\ - X->parent = 0;\ - break;\ - }\ - else {\ - CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ - break;\ - }\ - }\ - }\ - }\ -} - -/* - Unlink steps: - - 1. If x is a chained node, unlink it from its same-sized fd/bk links - and choose its bk node as its replacement. - 2. If x was the last node of its size, but not a leaf node, it must - be replaced with a leaf node (not merely one with an open left or - right), to make sure that lefts and rights of descendents - correspond properly to bit masks. We use the rightmost descendent - of x. We could use any other leaf, but this is easy to locate and - tends to counteract removal of leftmosts elsewhere, and so keeps - paths shorter than minimally guaranteed. This doesn't loop much - because on average a node in a tree is near the bottom. - 3. If x is the base of a chain (i.e., has parent links) relink - x's parent and children to x's replacement (or null if none). -*/ - -#define unlink_large_chunk(M, X) {\ - tchunkptr XP = X->parent;\ - tchunkptr R;\ - if (X->bk != X) {\ - tchunkptr F = X->fd;\ - R = X->bk;\ - if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, F))) {\ - F->bk = R;\ - R->fd = F;\ - }\ - else {\ - CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ - }\ - }\ - else {\ - tchunkptr* RP;\ - if (((R = *(RP = &(X->child[1]))) != 0) ||\ - ((R = *(RP = &(X->child[0]))) != 0)) {\ - tchunkptr* CP;\ - while ((*(CP = &(R->child[1])) != 0) ||\ - (*(CP = &(R->child[0])) != 0)) {\ - R = *(RP = CP);\ - }\ - if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, RP)))\ - *RP = 0;\ - else {\ - CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ - }\ - }\ - }\ - if (XP != 0) {\ - tbinptr* H = treebin_at(M, X->index);\ - if (X == *H) {\ - if ((*H = R) == 0) \ - clear_treemap(M, X->index);\ - }\ - else if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, XP))) {\ - if (XP->child[0] == X) \ - XP->child[0] = R;\ - else \ - XP->child[1] = R;\ - }\ - else\ - CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ - if (R != 0) {\ - if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, R))) {\ - tchunkptr C0, C1;\ - R->parent = XP;\ - if ((C0 = X->child[0]) != 0) {\ - if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, C0))) {\ - R->child[0] = C0;\ - C0->parent = R;\ - }\ - else\ - CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ - }\ - if ((C1 = X->child[1]) != 0) {\ - if (RTCHECK(ok_address(M, C1))) {\ - R->child[1] = C1;\ - C1->parent = R;\ - }\ - else\ - CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ - }\ - }\ - else\ - CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(M);\ - }\ - }\ -} - -/* Relays to large vs small bin operations */ - -#define insert_chunk(M, P, S)\ - if (is_small(S)) insert_small_chunk(M, P, S)\ - else { tchunkptr TP = (tchunkptr)(P); insert_large_chunk(M, TP, S); } - -#define unlink_chunk(M, P, S)\ - if (is_small(S)) unlink_small_chunk(M, P, S)\ - else { tchunkptr TP = (tchunkptr)(P); unlink_large_chunk(M, TP); } - - -/* Relays to internal calls to malloc/free from realloc, memalign etc */ - -#if ONLY_MSPACES -#define internal_malloc(m, b) mspace_malloc(m, b) -#define internal_free(m, mem) mspace_free(m,mem); -#else /* ONLY_MSPACES */ -#if MSPACES -#define internal_malloc(m, b)\ - (m == gm)? dlmalloc(b) : mspace_malloc(m, b) -#define internal_free(m, mem)\ - if (m == gm) dlfree(mem); else mspace_free(m,mem); -#else /* MSPACES */ -#define internal_malloc(m, b) dlmalloc(b) -#define internal_free(m, mem) dlfree(mem) -#endif /* MSPACES */ -#endif /* ONLY_MSPACES */ - -/* ----------------------- Direct-mmapping chunks ----------------------- */ - -/* - Directly mmapped chunks are set up with an offset to the start of - the mmapped region stored in the prev_foot field of the chunk. This - allows reconstruction of the required argument to MUNMAP when freed, - and also allows adjustment of the returned chunk to meet alignment - requirements (especially in memalign). There is also enough space - allocated to hold a fake next chunk of size SIZE_T_SIZE to maintain - the PINUSE bit so frees can be checked. -*/ - -/* Malloc using mmap */ -static void* mmap_alloc(mstate m, size_t nb) { - size_t mmsize = granularity_align(nb + SIX_SIZE_T_SIZES + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK); - if (mmsize > nb) { /* Check for wrap around 0 */ - char* mm = (char*)(DIRECT_MMAP(mmsize)); - if (mm != CMFAIL) { - size_t offset = align_offset(chunk2mem(mm)); - size_t psize = mmsize - offset - MMAP_FOOT_PAD; - mchunkptr p = (mchunkptr)(mm + offset); - p->prev_foot = offset | IS_MMAPPED_BIT; - (p)->head = (psize|CINUSE_BIT); - mark_inuse_foot(m, p, psize); - chunk_plus_offset(p, psize)->head = FENCEPOST_HEAD; - chunk_plus_offset(p, psize+SIZE_T_SIZE)->head = 0; - - if (mm < m->least_addr) - m->least_addr = mm; - if ((m->footprint += mmsize) > m->max_footprint) - m->max_footprint = m->footprint; - assert(is_aligned(chunk2mem(p))); - check_mmapped_chunk(m, p); - return chunk2mem(p); - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* Realloc using mmap */ -static mchunkptr mmap_resize(mstate m, mchunkptr oldp, size_t nb) { - size_t oldsize = chunksize(oldp); - if (is_small(nb)) /* Can't shrink mmap regions below small size */ - return 0; - /* Keep old chunk if big enough but not too big */ - if (oldsize >= nb + SIZE_T_SIZE && - (oldsize - nb) <= (mparams.granularity << 1)) - return oldp; - else { - size_t offset = oldp->prev_foot & ~IS_MMAPPED_BIT; - size_t oldmmsize = oldsize + offset + MMAP_FOOT_PAD; - size_t newmmsize = granularity_align(nb + SIX_SIZE_T_SIZES + - CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK); - char* cp = (char*)CALL_MREMAP((char*)oldp - offset, - oldmmsize, newmmsize, 1); - if (cp != CMFAIL) { - mchunkptr newp = (mchunkptr)(cp + offset); - size_t psize = newmmsize - offset - MMAP_FOOT_PAD; - newp->head = (psize|CINUSE_BIT); - mark_inuse_foot(m, newp, psize); - chunk_plus_offset(newp, psize)->head = FENCEPOST_HEAD; - chunk_plus_offset(newp, psize+SIZE_T_SIZE)->head = 0; - - if (cp < m->least_addr) - m->least_addr = cp; - if ((m->footprint += newmmsize - oldmmsize) > m->max_footprint) - m->max_footprint = m->footprint; - check_mmapped_chunk(m, newp); - return newp; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* -------------------------- mspace management -------------------------- */ - -/* Initialize top chunk and its size */ -static void init_top(mstate m, mchunkptr p, size_t psize) { - /* Ensure alignment */ - size_t offset = align_offset(chunk2mem(p)); - p = (mchunkptr)((char*)p + offset); - psize -= offset; - - m->top = p; - m->topsize = psize; - p->head = psize | PINUSE_BIT; - /* set size of fake trailing chunk holding overhead space only once */ - chunk_plus_offset(p, psize)->head = TOP_FOOT_SIZE; - m->trim_check = mparams.trim_threshold; /* reset on each update */ -} - -/* Initialize bins for a new mstate that is otherwise zeroed out */ -static void init_bins(mstate m) { - /* Establish circular links for smallbins */ - bindex_t i; - for (i = 0; i < NSMALLBINS; ++i) { - sbinptr bin = smallbin_at(m,i); - bin->fd = bin->bk = bin; - } -} - -#if PROCEED_ON_ERROR - -/* default corruption action */ -static void reset_on_error(mstate m) { - int i; - ++malloc_corruption_error_count; - /* Reinitialize fields to forget about all memory */ - m->smallbins = m->treebins = 0; - m->dvsize = m->topsize = 0; - m->seg.base = 0; - m->seg.size = 0; - m->seg.next = 0; - m->top = m->dv = 0; - for (i = 0; i < NTREEBINS; ++i) - *treebin_at(m, i) = 0; - init_bins(m); -} -#endif /* PROCEED_ON_ERROR */ - -/* Allocate chunk and prepend remainder with chunk in successor base. */ -static void* prepend_alloc(mstate m, char* newbase, char* oldbase, - size_t nb) { - mchunkptr p = align_as_chunk(newbase); - mchunkptr oldfirst = align_as_chunk(oldbase); - size_t psize = (char*)oldfirst - (char*)p; - mchunkptr q = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); - size_t qsize = psize - nb; - set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, p, nb); - - assert((char*)oldfirst > (char*)q); - assert(pinuse(oldfirst)); - assert(qsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE); - - /* consolidate remainder with first chunk of old base */ - if (oldfirst == m->top) { - size_t tsize = m->topsize += qsize; - m->top = q; - q->head = tsize | PINUSE_BIT; - check_top_chunk(m, q); - } - else if (oldfirst == m->dv) { - size_t dsize = m->dvsize += qsize; - m->dv = q; - set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(q, dsize); - } - else { - if (!cinuse(oldfirst)) { - size_t nsize = chunksize(oldfirst); - unlink_chunk(m, oldfirst, nsize); - oldfirst = chunk_plus_offset(oldfirst, nsize); - qsize += nsize; - } - set_free_with_pinuse(q, qsize, oldfirst); - insert_chunk(m, q, qsize); - check_free_chunk(m, q); - } - - check_malloced_chunk(m, chunk2mem(p), nb); - return chunk2mem(p); -} - - -/* Add a segment to hold a new noncontiguous region */ -static void add_segment(mstate m, char* tbase, size_t tsize, flag_t mmapped) { - /* Determine locations and sizes of segment, fenceposts, old top */ - char* old_top = (char*)m->top; - msegmentptr oldsp = segment_holding(m, old_top); - char* old_end = oldsp->base + oldsp->size; - size_t ssize = pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_segment)); - char* rawsp = old_end - (ssize + FOUR_SIZE_T_SIZES + CHUNK_ALIGN_MASK); - size_t offset = align_offset(chunk2mem(rawsp)); - char* asp = rawsp + offset; - char* csp = (asp < (old_top + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE))? old_top : asp; - mchunkptr sp = (mchunkptr)csp; - msegmentptr ss = (msegmentptr)(chunk2mem(sp)); - mchunkptr tnext = chunk_plus_offset(sp, ssize); - mchunkptr p = tnext; - int nfences = 0; - - /* reset top to new space */ - init_top(m, (mchunkptr)tbase, tsize - TOP_FOOT_SIZE); - - /* Set up segment record */ - assert(is_aligned(ss)); - set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, sp, ssize); - *ss = m->seg; /* Push current record */ - m->seg.base = tbase; - m->seg.size = tsize; - set_segment_flags(&m->seg, mmapped); - m->seg.next = ss; - - /* Insert trailing fenceposts */ - for (;;) { - mchunkptr nextp = chunk_plus_offset(p, SIZE_T_SIZE); - p->head = FENCEPOST_HEAD; - ++nfences; - if ((char*)(&(nextp->head)) < old_end) - p = nextp; - else - break; - } - assert(nfences >= 2); - - /* Insert the rest of old top into a bin as an ordinary free chunk */ - if (csp != old_top) { - mchunkptr q = (mchunkptr)old_top; - size_t psize = csp - old_top; - mchunkptr tn = chunk_plus_offset(q, psize); - set_free_with_pinuse(q, psize, tn); - insert_chunk(m, q, psize); - } - - check_top_chunk(m, m->top); -} - -/* -------------------------- System allocation -------------------------- */ - -/* Get memory from system using MORECORE or MMAP */ -static void* sys_alloc(mstate m, size_t nb) { - char* tbase = CMFAIL; - size_t tsize = 0; - flag_t mmap_flag = 0; - - init_mparams(); - - /* Directly map large chunks */ - if (use_mmap(m) && nb >= mparams.mmap_threshold) { - void* mem = mmap_alloc(m, nb); - if (mem != 0) - return mem; - } - - /* - Try getting memory in any of three ways (in most-preferred to - least-preferred order): - 1. A call to MORECORE that can normally contiguously extend memory. - (disabled if not MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS or not HAVE_MORECORE or - or main space is mmapped or a previous contiguous call failed) - 2. A call to MMAP new space (disabled if not HAVE_MMAP). - Note that under the default settings, if MORECORE is unable to - fulfill a request, and HAVE_MMAP is true, then mmap is - used as a noncontiguous system allocator. This is a useful backup - strategy for systems with holes in address spaces -- in this case - sbrk cannot contiguously expand the heap, but mmap may be able to - find space. - 3. A call to MORECORE that cannot usually contiguously extend memory. - (disabled if not HAVE_MORECORE) - */ - - if (MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS && !use_noncontiguous(m)) { - char* br = CMFAIL; - msegmentptr ss = (m->top == 0)? 0 : segment_holding(m, (char*)m->top); - size_t asize = 0; - ACQUIRE_MORECORE_LOCK(); - - if (ss == 0) { /* First time through or recovery */ - char* base = (char*)CALL_MORECORE(0); - if (base != CMFAIL) { - asize = granularity_align(nb + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + SIZE_T_ONE); - /* Adjust to end on a page boundary */ - if (!is_page_aligned(base)) - asize += (page_align((size_t)base) - (size_t)base); - /* Can't call MORECORE if size is negative when treated as signed */ - if (asize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T && - (br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(asize))) == base) { - tbase = base; - tsize = asize; - } - } - } - else { - /* Subtract out existing available top space from MORECORE request. */ - asize = granularity_align(nb - m->topsize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + SIZE_T_ONE); - /* Use mem here only if it did continuously extend old space */ - if (asize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T && - (br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(asize))) == ss->base+ss->size) { - tbase = br; - tsize = asize; - } - } - - if (tbase == CMFAIL) { /* Cope with partial failure */ - if (br != CMFAIL) { /* Try to use/extend the space we did get */ - if (asize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T && - asize < nb + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + SIZE_T_ONE) { - size_t esize = granularity_align(nb + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + SIZE_T_ONE - asize); - if (esize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) { - char* end = (char*)CALL_MORECORE(esize); - if (end != CMFAIL) - asize += esize; - else { /* Can't use; try to release */ - (void)CALL_MORECORE(-asize); - br = CMFAIL; - } - } - } - } - if (br != CMFAIL) { /* Use the space we did get */ - tbase = br; - tsize = asize; - } - else - disable_contiguous(m); /* Don't try contiguous path in the future */ - } - - RELEASE_MORECORE_LOCK(); - } - - if (HAVE_MMAP && tbase == CMFAIL) { /* Try MMAP */ - size_t req = nb + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + SIZE_T_ONE; - size_t rsize = granularity_align(req); - if (rsize > nb) { /* Fail if wraps around zero */ - char* mp = (char*)(CALL_MMAP(rsize)); - if (mp != CMFAIL) { - tbase = mp; - tsize = rsize; - mmap_flag = IS_MMAPPED_BIT; - } - } - } - - if (HAVE_MORECORE && tbase == CMFAIL) { /* Try noncontiguous MORECORE */ - size_t asize = granularity_align(nb + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + SIZE_T_ONE); - if (asize < HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) { - char* br = CMFAIL; - char* end = CMFAIL; - ACQUIRE_MORECORE_LOCK(); - br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(asize)); - end = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(0)); - RELEASE_MORECORE_LOCK(); - if (br != CMFAIL && end != CMFAIL && br < end) { - size_t ssize = end - br; - if (ssize > nb + TOP_FOOT_SIZE) { - tbase = br; - tsize = ssize; - } - } - } - } - - if (tbase != CMFAIL) { - - if ((m->footprint += tsize) > m->max_footprint) - m->max_footprint = m->footprint; - - if (!is_initialized(m)) { /* first-time initialization */ - m->seg.base = m->least_addr = tbase; - m->seg.size = tsize; - set_segment_flags(&m->seg, mmap_flag); - m->magic = mparams.magic; - init_bins(m); - if (is_global(m)) - init_top(m, (mchunkptr)tbase, tsize - TOP_FOOT_SIZE); - else { - /* Offset top by embedded malloc_state */ - mchunkptr mn = next_chunk(mem2chunk(m)); - init_top(m, mn, (size_t)((tbase + tsize) - (char*)mn) -TOP_FOOT_SIZE); - } - } - - else { - /* Try to merge with an existing segment */ - msegmentptr sp = &m->seg; - while (sp != 0 && tbase != sp->base + sp->size) - sp = sp->next; - if (sp != 0 && - !is_extern_segment(sp) && - check_segment_merge(sp, tbase, tsize) && - (get_segment_flags(sp) & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) == mmap_flag && - segment_holds(sp, m->top)) { /* append */ - sp->size += tsize; - init_top(m, m->top, m->topsize + tsize); - } - else { - if (tbase < m->least_addr) - m->least_addr = tbase; - sp = &m->seg; - while (sp != 0 && sp->base != tbase + tsize) - sp = sp->next; - if (sp != 0 && - !is_extern_segment(sp) && - check_segment_merge(sp, tbase, tsize) && - (get_segment_flags(sp) & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) == mmap_flag) { - char* oldbase = sp->base; - sp->base = tbase; - sp->size += tsize; - return prepend_alloc(m, tbase, oldbase, nb); - } - else - add_segment(m, tbase, tsize, mmap_flag); - } - } - - if (nb < m->topsize) { /* Allocate from new or extended top space */ - size_t rsize = m->topsize -= nb; - mchunkptr p = m->top; - mchunkptr r = m->top = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); - r->head = rsize | PINUSE_BIT; - set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, p, nb); - check_top_chunk(m, m->top); - check_malloced_chunk(m, chunk2mem(p), nb); - return chunk2mem(p); - } - } - - MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION; - return 0; -} - -/* ----------------------- system deallocation -------------------------- */ - -/* Unmap and unlink any mmapped segments that don't contain used chunks */ -static size_t release_unused_segments(mstate m) { - size_t released = 0; - msegmentptr pred = &m->seg; - msegmentptr sp = pred->next; - while (sp != 0) { - char* base = sp->base; - size_t size = sp->size; - msegmentptr next = sp->next; - if (is_mmapped_segment(sp) && !is_extern_segment(sp)) { - mchunkptr p = align_as_chunk(base); - size_t psize = chunksize(p); - /* Can unmap if first chunk holds entire segment and not pinned */ - if (!cinuse(p) && (char*)p + psize >= base + size - TOP_FOOT_SIZE) { - tchunkptr tp = (tchunkptr)p; - assert(segment_holds(sp, (char*)sp)); - if (p == m->dv) { - m->dv = 0; - m->dvsize = 0; - } - else { - unlink_large_chunk(m, tp); - } - if (CALL_MUNMAP(base, size) == 0) { - released += size; - m->footprint -= size; - /* unlink obsoleted record */ - sp = pred; - sp->next = next; - } - else { /* back out if cannot unmap */ - insert_large_chunk(m, tp, psize); - } - } - } - pred = sp; - sp = next; - } - return released; -} - -static int sys_trim(mstate m, size_t pad) { - size_t released = 0; - if (pad < MAX_REQUEST && is_initialized(m)) { - pad += TOP_FOOT_SIZE; /* ensure enough room for segment overhead */ - - if (m->topsize > pad) { - /* Shrink top space in granularity-size units, keeping at least one */ - size_t unit = mparams.granularity; - size_t extra = ((m->topsize - pad + (unit - SIZE_T_ONE)) / unit - - SIZE_T_ONE) * unit; - msegmentptr sp = segment_holding(m, (char*)m->top); - - if (!is_extern_segment(sp)) { - if (is_mmapped_segment(sp)) { - if (HAVE_MMAP && - sp->size >= extra && - !has_segment_link(m, sp)) { /* can't shrink if pinned */ - size_t newsize = sp->size - extra; - /* Prefer mremap, fall back to munmap */ - if ((CALL_MREMAP(sp->base, sp->size, newsize, 0) != MFAIL) || - (CALL_MUNMAP(sp->base + newsize, extra) == 0)) { - released = extra; - } - } - } - else if (HAVE_MORECORE) { - if (extra >= HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) /* Avoid wrapping negative */ - extra = (HALF_MAX_SIZE_T) + SIZE_T_ONE - unit; - ACQUIRE_MORECORE_LOCK(); - { - /* Make sure end of memory is where we last set it. */ - char* old_br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(0)); - if (old_br == sp->base + sp->size) { - char* rel_br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(-extra)); - char* new_br = (char*)(CALL_MORECORE(0)); - if (rel_br != CMFAIL && new_br < old_br) - released = old_br - new_br; - } - } - RELEASE_MORECORE_LOCK(); - } - } - - if (released != 0) { - sp->size -= released; - m->footprint -= released; - init_top(m, m->top, m->topsize - released); - check_top_chunk(m, m->top); - } - } - - /* Unmap any unused mmapped segments */ - if (HAVE_MMAP) - released += release_unused_segments(m); - - /* On failure, disable autotrim to avoid repeated failed future calls */ - if (released == 0) - m->trim_check = MAX_SIZE_T; - } - - return (released != 0)? 1 : 0; -} - -/* ---------------------------- malloc support --------------------------- */ - -/* allocate a large request from the best fitting chunk in a treebin */ -static void* tmalloc_large(mstate m, size_t nb) { - tchunkptr v = 0; - size_t rsize = -nb; /* Unsigned negation */ - tchunkptr t; - bindex_t idx; - compute_tree_index(nb, idx); - - if ((t = *treebin_at(m, idx)) != 0) { - /* Traverse tree for this bin looking for node with size == nb */ - size_t sizebits = nb << leftshift_for_tree_index(idx); - tchunkptr rst = 0; /* The deepest untaken right subtree */ - for (;;) { - tchunkptr rt; - size_t trem = chunksize(t) - nb; - if (trem < rsize) { - v = t; - if ((rsize = trem) == 0) - break; - } - rt = t->child[1]; - t = t->child[(sizebits >> (SIZE_T_BITSIZE-SIZE_T_ONE)) & 1]; - if (rt != 0 && rt != t) - rst = rt; - if (t == 0) { - t = rst; /* set t to least subtree holding sizes > nb */ - break; - } - sizebits <<= 1; - } - } - - if (t == 0 && v == 0) { /* set t to root of next non-empty treebin */ - binmap_t leftbits = left_bits(idx2bit(idx)) & m->treemap; - if (leftbits != 0) { - bindex_t i; - binmap_t leastbit = least_bit(leftbits); - compute_bit2idx(leastbit, i); - t = *treebin_at(m, i); - } - } - - while (t != 0) { /* find smallest of tree or subtree */ - size_t trem = chunksize(t) - nb; - if (trem < rsize) { - rsize = trem; - v = t; - } - t = leftmost_child(t); - } - - /* If dv is a better fit, return 0 so malloc will use it */ - if (v != 0 && rsize < (size_t)(m->dvsize - nb)) { - if (RTCHECK(ok_address(m, v))) { /* split */ - mchunkptr r = chunk_plus_offset(v, nb); - assert(chunksize(v) == rsize + nb); - if (RTCHECK(ok_next(v, r))) { - unlink_large_chunk(m, v); - if (rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) - set_inuse_and_pinuse(m, v, (rsize + nb)); - else { - set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, v, nb); - set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); - insert_chunk(m, r, rsize); - } - return chunk2mem(v); - } - } - CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m); - } - return 0; -} - -/* allocate a small request from the best fitting chunk in a treebin */ -static void* tmalloc_small(mstate m, size_t nb) { - tchunkptr t, v; - size_t rsize; - bindex_t i; - binmap_t leastbit = least_bit(m->treemap); - compute_bit2idx(leastbit, i); - - v = t = *treebin_at(m, i); - rsize = chunksize(t) - nb; - - while ((t = leftmost_child(t)) != 0) { - size_t trem = chunksize(t) - nb; - if (trem < rsize) { - rsize = trem; - v = t; - } - } - - if (RTCHECK(ok_address(m, v))) { - mchunkptr r = chunk_plus_offset(v, nb); - assert(chunksize(v) == rsize + nb); - if (RTCHECK(ok_next(v, r))) { - unlink_large_chunk(m, v); - if (rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) - set_inuse_and_pinuse(m, v, (rsize + nb)); - else { - set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, v, nb); - set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); - replace_dv(m, r, rsize); - } - return chunk2mem(v); - } - } - - CORRUPTION_ERROR_ACTION(m); - return 0; -} - -/* --------------------------- realloc support --------------------------- */ - -static void* internal_realloc(mstate m, void* oldmem, size_t bytes) { - if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST) { - MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION; - return 0; - } - if (!PREACTION(m)) { - mchunkptr oldp = mem2chunk(oldmem); - size_t oldsize = chunksize(oldp); - mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(oldp, oldsize); - mchunkptr newp = 0; - void* extra = 0; - - /* Try to either shrink or extend into top. Else malloc-copy-free */ - - if (RTCHECK(ok_address(m, oldp) && ok_cinuse(oldp) && - ok_next(oldp, next) && ok_pinuse(next))) { - size_t nb = request2size(bytes); - if (is_mmapped(oldp)) - newp = mmap_resize(m, oldp, nb); - else if (oldsize >= nb) { /* already big enough */ - size_t rsize = oldsize - nb; - newp = oldp; - if (rsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { - mchunkptr remainder = chunk_plus_offset(newp, nb); - set_inuse(m, newp, nb); - set_inuse(m, remainder, rsize); - extra = chunk2mem(remainder); - } - } - else if (next == m->top && oldsize + m->topsize > nb) { - /* Expand into top */ - size_t newsize = oldsize + m->topsize; - size_t newtopsize = newsize - nb; - mchunkptr newtop = chunk_plus_offset(oldp, nb); - set_inuse(m, oldp, nb); - newtop->head = newtopsize |PINUSE_BIT; - m->top = newtop; - m->topsize = newtopsize; - newp = oldp; - } - } - else { - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m, oldmem); - POSTACTION(m); - return 0; - } - - POSTACTION(m); - - if (newp != 0) { - if (extra != 0) { - internal_free(m, extra); - } - check_inuse_chunk(m, newp); - return chunk2mem(newp); - } - else { - void* newmem = internal_malloc(m, bytes); - if (newmem != 0) { - size_t oc = oldsize - overhead_for(oldp); - memcpy(newmem, oldmem, (oc < bytes)? oc : bytes); - internal_free(m, oldmem); - } - return newmem; - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* --------------------------- memalign support -------------------------- */ - -static void* internal_memalign(mstate m, size_t alignment, size_t bytes) { - if (alignment <= MALLOC_ALIGNMENT) /* Can just use malloc */ - return internal_malloc(m, bytes); - if (alignment < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) /* must be at least a minimum chunk size */ - alignment = MIN_CHUNK_SIZE; - if ((alignment & (alignment-SIZE_T_ONE)) != 0) {/* Ensure a power of 2 */ - size_t a = MALLOC_ALIGNMENT << 1; - while (a < alignment) a <<= 1; - alignment = a; - } - - if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST - alignment) { - if (m != 0) { /* Test isn't needed but avoids compiler warning */ - MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION; - } - } - else { - size_t nb = request2size(bytes); - size_t req = nb + alignment + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE - CHUNK_OVERHEAD; - char* mem = (char*)internal_malloc(m, req); - if (mem != 0) { - void* leader = 0; - void* trailer = 0; - mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); - - if (PREACTION(m)) return 0; - if ((((size_t)(mem)) % alignment) != 0) { /* misaligned */ - /* - Find an aligned spot inside chunk. Since we need to give - back leading space in a chunk of at least MIN_CHUNK_SIZE, if - the first calculation places us at a spot with less than - MIN_CHUNK_SIZE leader, we can move to the next aligned spot. - We've allocated enough total room so that this is always - possible. - */ - char* br = (char*)mem2chunk((size_t)(((size_t)(mem + - alignment - - SIZE_T_ONE)) & - -alignment)); - char* pos = ((size_t)(br - (char*)(p)) >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE)? - br : br+alignment; - mchunkptr newp = (mchunkptr)pos; - size_t leadsize = pos - (char*)(p); - size_t newsize = chunksize(p) - leadsize; - - if (is_mmapped(p)) { /* For mmapped chunks, just adjust offset */ - newp->prev_foot = p->prev_foot + leadsize; - newp->head = (newsize|CINUSE_BIT); - } - else { /* Otherwise, give back leader, use the rest */ - set_inuse(m, newp, newsize); - set_inuse(m, p, leadsize); - leader = chunk2mem(p); - } - p = newp; - } - - /* Give back spare room at the end */ - if (!is_mmapped(p)) { - size_t size = chunksize(p); - if (size > nb + MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { - size_t remainder_size = size - nb; - mchunkptr remainder = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); - set_inuse(m, p, nb); - set_inuse(m, remainder, remainder_size); - trailer = chunk2mem(remainder); - } - } - - assert (chunksize(p) >= nb); - assert((((size_t)(chunk2mem(p))) % alignment) == 0); - check_inuse_chunk(m, p); - POSTACTION(m); - if (leader != 0) { - internal_free(m, leader); - } - if (trailer != 0) { - internal_free(m, trailer); - } - return chunk2mem(p); - } - } - return 0; -} - -/* ------------------------ comalloc/coalloc support --------------------- */ - -static void** ialloc(mstate m, - size_t n_elements, - size_t* sizes, - int opts, - void* chunks[]) { - /* - This provides common support for independent_X routines, handling - all of the combinations that can result. - - The opts arg has: - bit 0 set if all elements are same size (using sizes[0]) - bit 1 set if elements should be zeroed - */ - - size_t element_size; /* chunksize of each element, if all same */ - size_t contents_size; /* total size of elements */ - size_t array_size; /* request size of pointer array */ - void* mem; /* malloced aggregate space */ - mchunkptr p; /* corresponding chunk */ - size_t remainder_size; /* remaining bytes while splitting */ - void** marray; /* either "chunks" or malloced ptr array */ - mchunkptr array_chunk; /* chunk for malloced ptr array */ - flag_t was_enabled; /* to disable mmap */ - size_t size; - size_t i; - - /* compute array length, if needed */ - if (chunks != 0) { - if (n_elements == 0) - return chunks; /* nothing to do */ - marray = chunks; - array_size = 0; - } - else { - /* if empty req, must still return chunk representing empty array */ - if (n_elements == 0) - return (void**)internal_malloc(m, 0); - marray = 0; - array_size = request2size(n_elements * (sizeof(void*))); - } - - /* compute total element size */ - if (opts & 0x1) { /* all-same-size */ - element_size = request2size(*sizes); - contents_size = n_elements * element_size; - } - else { /* add up all the sizes */ - element_size = 0; - contents_size = 0; - for (i = 0; i != n_elements; ++i) - contents_size += request2size(sizes[i]); - } - - size = contents_size + array_size; - - /* - Allocate the aggregate chunk. First disable direct-mmapping so - malloc won't use it, since we would not be able to later - free/realloc space internal to a segregated mmap region. - */ - was_enabled = use_mmap(m); - disable_mmap(m); - mem = internal_malloc(m, size - CHUNK_OVERHEAD); - if (was_enabled) - enable_mmap(m); - if (mem == 0) - return 0; - - if (PREACTION(m)) return 0; - p = mem2chunk(mem); - remainder_size = chunksize(p); - - assert(!is_mmapped(p)); - - if (opts & 0x2) { /* optionally clear the elements */ - memset((size_t*)mem, 0, remainder_size - SIZE_T_SIZE - array_size); - } - - /* If not provided, allocate the pointer array as final part of chunk */ - if (marray == 0) { - size_t array_chunk_size; - array_chunk = chunk_plus_offset(p, contents_size); - array_chunk_size = remainder_size - contents_size; - marray = (void**) (chunk2mem(array_chunk)); - set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, array_chunk, array_chunk_size); - remainder_size = contents_size; - } - - /* split out elements */ - for (i = 0; ; ++i) { - marray[i] = chunk2mem(p); - if (i != n_elements-1) { - if (element_size != 0) - size = element_size; - else - size = request2size(sizes[i]); - remainder_size -= size; - set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, p, size); - p = chunk_plus_offset(p, size); - } - else { /* the final element absorbs any overallocation slop */ - set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(m, p, remainder_size); - break; - } - } - -#if DEBUG - if (marray != chunks) { - /* final element must have exactly exhausted chunk */ - if (element_size != 0) { - assert(remainder_size == element_size); - } - else { - assert(remainder_size == request2size(sizes[i])); - } - check_inuse_chunk(m, mem2chunk(marray)); - } - for (i = 0; i != n_elements; ++i) - check_inuse_chunk(m, mem2chunk(marray[i])); - -#endif /* DEBUG */ - - POSTACTION(m); - return marray; -} - - -/* -------------------------- public routines ---------------------------- */ - -#if !ONLY_MSPACES - -void* dlmalloc(size_t bytes) { - /* - Basic algorithm: - If a small request (< 256 bytes minus per-chunk overhead): - 1. If one exists, use a remainderless chunk in associated smallbin. - (Remainderless means that there are too few excess bytes to - represent as a chunk.) - 2. If it is big enough, use the dv chunk, which is normally the - chunk adjacent to the one used for the most recent small request. - 3. If one exists, split the smallest available chunk in a bin, - saving remainder in dv. - 4. If it is big enough, use the top chunk. - 5. If available, get memory from system and use it - Otherwise, for a large request: - 1. Find the smallest available binned chunk that fits, and use it - if it is better fitting than dv chunk, splitting if necessary. - 2. If better fitting than any binned chunk, use the dv chunk. - 3. If it is big enough, use the top chunk. - 4. If request size >= mmap threshold, try to directly mmap this chunk. - 5. If available, get memory from system and use it - - The ugly goto's here ensure that postaction occurs along all paths. - */ - - if (!PREACTION(gm)) { - void* mem; - size_t nb; - if (bytes <= MAX_SMALL_REQUEST) { - bindex_t idx; - binmap_t smallbits; - nb = (bytes < MIN_REQUEST)? MIN_CHUNK_SIZE : pad_request(bytes); - idx = small_index(nb); - smallbits = gm->smallmap >> idx; - - if ((smallbits & 0x3U) != 0) { /* Remainderless fit to a smallbin. */ - mchunkptr b, p; - idx += ~smallbits & 1; /* Uses next bin if idx empty */ - b = smallbin_at(gm, idx); - p = b->fd; - assert(chunksize(p) == small_index2size(idx)); - unlink_first_small_chunk(gm, b, p, idx); - set_inuse_and_pinuse(gm, p, small_index2size(idx)); - mem = chunk2mem(p); - check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); - goto postaction; - } - - else if (nb > gm->dvsize) { - if (smallbits != 0) { /* Use chunk in next nonempty smallbin */ - mchunkptr b, p, r; - size_t rsize; - bindex_t i; - binmap_t leftbits = (smallbits << idx) & left_bits(idx2bit(idx)); - binmap_t leastbit = least_bit(leftbits); - compute_bit2idx(leastbit, i); - b = smallbin_at(gm, i); - p = b->fd; - assert(chunksize(p) == small_index2size(i)); - unlink_first_small_chunk(gm, b, p, i); - rsize = small_index2size(i) - nb; - /* Fit here cannot be remainderless if 4byte sizes */ - if (SIZE_T_SIZE != 4 && rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) - set_inuse_and_pinuse(gm, p, small_index2size(i)); - else { - set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(gm, p, nb); - r = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); - set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); - replace_dv(gm, r, rsize); - } - mem = chunk2mem(p); - check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); - goto postaction; - } - - else if (gm->treemap != 0 && (mem = tmalloc_small(gm, nb)) != 0) { - check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); - goto postaction; - } - } - } - else if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST) - nb = MAX_SIZE_T; /* Too big to allocate. Force failure (in sys alloc) */ - else { - nb = pad_request(bytes); - if (gm->treemap != 0 && (mem = tmalloc_large(gm, nb)) != 0) { - check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); - goto postaction; - } - } - - if (nb <= gm->dvsize) { - size_t rsize = gm->dvsize - nb; - mchunkptr p = gm->dv; - if (rsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { /* split dv */ - mchunkptr r = gm->dv = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); - gm->dvsize = rsize; - set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); - set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(gm, p, nb); - } - else { /* exhaust dv */ - size_t dvs = gm->dvsize; - gm->dvsize = 0; - gm->dv = 0; - set_inuse_and_pinuse(gm, p, dvs); - } - mem = chunk2mem(p); - check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); - goto postaction; - } - - else if (nb < gm->topsize) { /* Split top */ - size_t rsize = gm->topsize -= nb; - mchunkptr p = gm->top; - mchunkptr r = gm->top = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); - r->head = rsize | PINUSE_BIT; - set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(gm, p, nb); - mem = chunk2mem(p); - check_top_chunk(gm, gm->top); - check_malloced_chunk(gm, mem, nb); - goto postaction; - } - - mem = sys_alloc(gm, nb); - - postaction: - POSTACTION(gm); - return mem; - } - - return 0; -} - -void dlfree(void* mem) { - /* - Consolidate freed chunks with preceding or succeeding bordering - free chunks, if they exist, and then place in a bin. Intermixed - with special cases for top, dv, mmapped chunks, and usage errors. - */ - - if (mem != 0) { - mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); -#if FOOTERS - mstate fm = get_mstate_for(p); - if (!ok_magic(fm)) { - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p); - return; - } -#else /* FOOTERS */ -#define fm gm -#endif /* FOOTERS */ - if (!PREACTION(fm)) { - check_inuse_chunk(fm, p); - if (RTCHECK(ok_address(fm, p) && ok_cinuse(p))) { - size_t psize = chunksize(p); - mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(p, psize); - if (!pinuse(p)) { - size_t prevsize = p->prev_foot; - if ((prevsize & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) != 0) { - prevsize &= ~IS_MMAPPED_BIT; - psize += prevsize + MMAP_FOOT_PAD; - if (CALL_MUNMAP((char*)p - prevsize, psize) == 0) - fm->footprint -= psize; - goto postaction; - } - else { - mchunkptr prev = chunk_minus_offset(p, prevsize); - psize += prevsize; - p = prev; - if (RTCHECK(ok_address(fm, prev))) { /* consolidate backward */ - if (p != fm->dv) { - unlink_chunk(fm, p, prevsize); - } - else if ((next->head & INUSE_BITS) == INUSE_BITS) { - fm->dvsize = psize; - set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next); - goto postaction; - } - } - else - goto erroraction; - } - } - - if (RTCHECK(ok_next(p, next) && ok_pinuse(next))) { - if (!cinuse(next)) { /* consolidate forward */ - if (next == fm->top) { - size_t tsize = fm->topsize += psize; - fm->top = p; - p->head = tsize | PINUSE_BIT; - if (p == fm->dv) { - fm->dv = 0; - fm->dvsize = 0; - } - if (should_trim(fm, tsize)) - sys_trim(fm, 0); - goto postaction; - } - else if (next == fm->dv) { - size_t dsize = fm->dvsize += psize; - fm->dv = p; - set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, dsize); - goto postaction; - } - else { - size_t nsize = chunksize(next); - psize += nsize; - unlink_chunk(fm, next, nsize); - set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, psize); - if (p == fm->dv) { - fm->dvsize = psize; - goto postaction; - } - } - } - else - set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next); - insert_chunk(fm, p, psize); - check_free_chunk(fm, p); - goto postaction; - } - } - erroraction: - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p); - postaction: - POSTACTION(fm); - } - } -#if !FOOTERS -#undef fm -#endif /* FOOTERS */ -} - -void* dlcalloc(size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size) { - void* mem; - size_t req = 0; - if (n_elements != 0) { - req = n_elements * elem_size; - if (((n_elements | elem_size) & ~(size_t)0xffff) && - (req / n_elements != elem_size)) - req = MAX_SIZE_T; /* force downstream failure on overflow */ - } - mem = dlmalloc(req); - if (mem != 0 && calloc_must_clear(mem2chunk(mem))) - memset(mem, 0, req); - return mem; -} - -void* dlrealloc(void* oldmem, size_t bytes) { - if (oldmem == 0) - return dlmalloc(bytes); -#ifdef REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES - if (bytes == 0) { - dlfree(oldmem); - return 0; - } -#endif /* REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES */ - else { -#if ! FOOTERS - mstate m = gm; -#else /* FOOTERS */ - mstate m = get_mstate_for(mem2chunk(oldmem)); - if (!ok_magic(m)) { - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(m, oldmem); - return 0; - } -#endif /* FOOTERS */ - return internal_realloc(m, oldmem, bytes); - } -} - -void* dlmemalign(size_t alignment, size_t bytes) { - return internal_memalign(gm, alignment, bytes); -} - -void** dlindependent_calloc(size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size, - void* chunks[]) { - size_t sz = elem_size; /* serves as 1-element array */ - return ialloc(gm, n_elements, &sz, 3, chunks); -} - -void** dlindependent_comalloc(size_t n_elements, size_t sizes[], - void* chunks[]) { - return ialloc(gm, n_elements, sizes, 0, chunks); -} - -void* dlvalloc(size_t bytes) { - size_t pagesz; - init_mparams(); - pagesz = mparams.page_size; - return dlmemalign(pagesz, bytes); -} - -void* dlpvalloc(size_t bytes) { - size_t pagesz; - init_mparams(); - pagesz = mparams.page_size; - return dlmemalign(pagesz, (bytes + pagesz - SIZE_T_ONE) & ~(pagesz - SIZE_T_ONE)); -} - -int dlmalloc_trim(size_t pad) { - int result = 0; - if (!PREACTION(gm)) { - result = sys_trim(gm, pad); - POSTACTION(gm); - } - return result; -} - -size_t dlmalloc_footprint(void) { - return gm->footprint; -} - -size_t dlmalloc_max_footprint(void) { - return gm->max_footprint; -} - -#if !NO_MALLINFO -struct mallinfo dlmallinfo(void) { - return internal_mallinfo(gm); -} -#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ - -void dlmalloc_stats() { - internal_malloc_stats(gm); -} - -size_t dlmalloc_usable_size(void* mem) { - if (mem != 0) { - mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); - if (cinuse(p)) - return chunksize(p) - overhead_for(p); - } - return 0; -} - -int dlmallopt(int param_number, int value) { - return change_mparam(param_number, value); -} - -#endif /* !ONLY_MSPACES */ - -/* ----------------------------- user mspaces ---------------------------- */ - -#if MSPACES - -static mstate init_user_mstate(char* tbase, size_t tsize) { - size_t msize = pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_state)); - mchunkptr mn; - mchunkptr msp = align_as_chunk(tbase); - mstate m = (mstate)(chunk2mem(msp)); - memset(m, 0, msize); - INITIAL_LOCK(&m->mutex); - msp->head = (msize|PINUSE_BIT|CINUSE_BIT); - m->seg.base = m->least_addr = tbase; - m->seg.size = m->footprint = m->max_footprint = tsize; - m->magic = mparams.magic; - m->mflags = mparams.default_mflags; - disable_contiguous(m); - init_bins(m); - mn = next_chunk(mem2chunk(m)); - init_top(m, mn, (size_t)((tbase + tsize) - (char*)mn) - TOP_FOOT_SIZE); - check_top_chunk(m, m->top); - return m; -} - -mspace create_mspace(size_t capacity, int locked) { - mstate m = 0; - size_t msize = pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_state)); - init_mparams(); /* Ensure pagesize etc initialized */ - - if (capacity < (size_t) -(msize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + mparams.page_size)) { - size_t rs = ((capacity == 0)? mparams.granularity : - (capacity + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + msize)); - size_t tsize = granularity_align(rs); - char* tbase = (char*)(CALL_MMAP(tsize)); - if (tbase != CMFAIL) { - m = init_user_mstate(tbase, tsize); - set_segment_flags(&m->seg, IS_MMAPPED_BIT); - set_lock(m, locked); - } - } - return (mspace)m; -} - -mspace create_mspace_with_base(void* base, size_t capacity, int locked) { - mstate m = 0; - size_t msize = pad_request(sizeof(struct malloc_state)); - init_mparams(); /* Ensure pagesize etc initialized */ - - if (capacity > msize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE && - capacity < (size_t) -(msize + TOP_FOOT_SIZE + mparams.page_size)) { - m = init_user_mstate((char*)base, capacity); - set_segment_flags(&m->seg, EXTERN_BIT); - set_lock(m, locked); - } - return (mspace)m; -} - -size_t destroy_mspace(mspace msp) { - size_t freed = 0; - mstate ms = (mstate)msp; - if (ok_magic(ms)) { - msegmentptr sp = &ms->seg; - while (sp != 0) { - char* base = sp->base; - size_t size = sp->size; - flag_t flag = get_segment_flags(sp); - sp = sp->next; - if ((flag & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) && !(flag & EXTERN_BIT) && - CALL_MUNMAP(base, size) == 0) - freed += size; - } - } - else { - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); - } - return freed; -} - -/* - mspace versions of routines are near-clones of the global - versions. This is not so nice but better than the alternatives. -*/ - - -void* mspace_malloc(mspace msp, size_t bytes) { - mstate ms = (mstate)msp; - if (!ok_magic(ms)) { - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); - return 0; - } - if (!PREACTION(ms)) { - void* mem; - size_t nb; - if (bytes <= MAX_SMALL_REQUEST) { - bindex_t idx; - binmap_t smallbits; - nb = (bytes < MIN_REQUEST)? MIN_CHUNK_SIZE : pad_request(bytes); - idx = small_index(nb); - smallbits = ms->smallmap >> idx; - - if ((smallbits & 0x3U) != 0) { /* Remainderless fit to a smallbin. */ - mchunkptr b, p; - idx += ~smallbits & 1; /* Uses next bin if idx empty */ - b = smallbin_at(ms, idx); - p = b->fd; - assert(chunksize(p) == small_index2size(idx)); - unlink_first_small_chunk(ms, b, p, idx); - set_inuse_and_pinuse(ms, p, small_index2size(idx)); - mem = chunk2mem(p); - check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); - goto postaction; - } - - else if (nb > ms->dvsize) { - if (smallbits != 0) { /* Use chunk in next nonempty smallbin */ - mchunkptr b, p, r; - size_t rsize; - bindex_t i; - binmap_t leftbits = (smallbits << idx) & left_bits(idx2bit(idx)); - binmap_t leastbit = least_bit(leftbits); - compute_bit2idx(leastbit, i); - b = smallbin_at(ms, i); - p = b->fd; - assert(chunksize(p) == small_index2size(i)); - unlink_first_small_chunk(ms, b, p, i); - rsize = small_index2size(i) - nb; - /* Fit here cannot be remainderless if 4byte sizes */ - if (SIZE_T_SIZE != 4 && rsize < MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) - set_inuse_and_pinuse(ms, p, small_index2size(i)); - else { - set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(ms, p, nb); - r = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); - set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); - replace_dv(ms, r, rsize); - } - mem = chunk2mem(p); - check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); - goto postaction; - } - - else if (ms->treemap != 0 && (mem = tmalloc_small(ms, nb)) != 0) { - check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); - goto postaction; - } - } - } - else if (bytes >= MAX_REQUEST) - nb = MAX_SIZE_T; /* Too big to allocate. Force failure (in sys alloc) */ - else { - nb = pad_request(bytes); - if (ms->treemap != 0 && (mem = tmalloc_large(ms, nb)) != 0) { - check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); - goto postaction; - } - } - - if (nb <= ms->dvsize) { - size_t rsize = ms->dvsize - nb; - mchunkptr p = ms->dv; - if (rsize >= MIN_CHUNK_SIZE) { /* split dv */ - mchunkptr r = ms->dv = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); - ms->dvsize = rsize; - set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(r, rsize); - set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(ms, p, nb); - } - else { /* exhaust dv */ - size_t dvs = ms->dvsize; - ms->dvsize = 0; - ms->dv = 0; - set_inuse_and_pinuse(ms, p, dvs); - } - mem = chunk2mem(p); - check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); - goto postaction; - } - - else if (nb < ms->topsize) { /* Split top */ - size_t rsize = ms->topsize -= nb; - mchunkptr p = ms->top; - mchunkptr r = ms->top = chunk_plus_offset(p, nb); - r->head = rsize | PINUSE_BIT; - set_size_and_pinuse_of_inuse_chunk(ms, p, nb); - mem = chunk2mem(p); - check_top_chunk(ms, ms->top); - check_malloced_chunk(ms, mem, nb); - goto postaction; - } - - mem = sys_alloc(ms, nb); - - postaction: - POSTACTION(ms); - return mem; - } - - return 0; -} - -void mspace_free(mspace msp, void* mem) { - if (mem != 0) { - mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(mem); -#if FOOTERS - mstate fm = get_mstate_for(p); -#else /* FOOTERS */ - mstate fm = (mstate)msp; -#endif /* FOOTERS */ - if (!ok_magic(fm)) { - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p); - return; - } - if (!PREACTION(fm)) { - check_inuse_chunk(fm, p); - if (RTCHECK(ok_address(fm, p) && ok_cinuse(p))) { - size_t psize = chunksize(p); - mchunkptr next = chunk_plus_offset(p, psize); - if (!pinuse(p)) { - size_t prevsize = p->prev_foot; - if ((prevsize & IS_MMAPPED_BIT) != 0) { - prevsize &= ~IS_MMAPPED_BIT; - psize += prevsize + MMAP_FOOT_PAD; - if (CALL_MUNMAP((char*)p - prevsize, psize) == 0) - fm->footprint -= psize; - goto postaction; - } - else { - mchunkptr prev = chunk_minus_offset(p, prevsize); - psize += prevsize; - p = prev; - if (RTCHECK(ok_address(fm, prev))) { /* consolidate backward */ - if (p != fm->dv) { - unlink_chunk(fm, p, prevsize); - } - else if ((next->head & INUSE_BITS) == INUSE_BITS) { - fm->dvsize = psize; - set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next); - goto postaction; - } - } - else - goto erroraction; - } - } - - if (RTCHECK(ok_next(p, next) && ok_pinuse(next))) { - if (!cinuse(next)) { /* consolidate forward */ - if (next == fm->top) { - size_t tsize = fm->topsize += psize; - fm->top = p; - p->head = tsize | PINUSE_BIT; - if (p == fm->dv) { - fm->dv = 0; - fm->dvsize = 0; - } - if (should_trim(fm, tsize)) - sys_trim(fm, 0); - goto postaction; - } - else if (next == fm->dv) { - size_t dsize = fm->dvsize += psize; - fm->dv = p; - set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, dsize); - goto postaction; - } - else { - size_t nsize = chunksize(next); - psize += nsize; - unlink_chunk(fm, next, nsize); - set_size_and_pinuse_of_free_chunk(p, psize); - if (p == fm->dv) { - fm->dvsize = psize; - goto postaction; - } - } - } - else - set_free_with_pinuse(p, psize, next); - insert_chunk(fm, p, psize); - check_free_chunk(fm, p); - goto postaction; - } - } - erroraction: - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(fm, p); - postaction: - POSTACTION(fm); - } - } -} - -void* mspace_calloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, size_t elem_size) { - void* mem; - size_t req = 0; - mstate ms = (mstate)msp; - if (!ok_magic(ms)) { - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); - return 0; - } - if (n_elements != 0) { - req = n_elements * elem_size; - if (((n_elements | elem_size) & ~(size_t)0xffff) && - (req / n_elements != elem_size)) - req = MAX_SIZE_T; /* force downstream failure on overflow */ - } - mem = internal_malloc(ms, req); - if (mem != 0 && calloc_must_clear(mem2chunk(mem))) - memset(mem, 0, req); - return mem; -} - -void* mspace_realloc(mspace msp, void* oldmem, size_t bytes) { - if (oldmem == 0) - return mspace_malloc(msp, bytes); -#ifdef REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES - if (bytes == 0) { - mspace_free(msp, oldmem); - return 0; - } -#endif /* REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES */ - else { -#if FOOTERS - mchunkptr p = mem2chunk(oldmem); - mstate ms = get_mstate_for(p); -#else /* FOOTERS */ - mstate ms = (mstate)msp; -#endif /* FOOTERS */ - if (!ok_magic(ms)) { - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); - return 0; - } - return internal_realloc(ms, oldmem, bytes); - } -} - -void* mspace_memalign(mspace msp, size_t alignment, size_t bytes) { - mstate ms = (mstate)msp; - if (!ok_magic(ms)) { - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); - return 0; - } - return internal_memalign(ms, alignment, bytes); -} - -void** mspace_independent_calloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, - size_t elem_size, void* chunks[]) { - size_t sz = elem_size; /* serves as 1-element array */ - mstate ms = (mstate)msp; - if (!ok_magic(ms)) { - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); - return 0; - } - return ialloc(ms, n_elements, &sz, 3, chunks); -} - -void** mspace_independent_comalloc(mspace msp, size_t n_elements, - size_t sizes[], void* chunks[]) { - mstate ms = (mstate)msp; - if (!ok_magic(ms)) { - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); - return 0; - } - return ialloc(ms, n_elements, sizes, 0, chunks); -} - -int mspace_trim(mspace msp, size_t pad) { - int result = 0; - mstate ms = (mstate)msp; - if (ok_magic(ms)) { - if (!PREACTION(ms)) { - result = sys_trim(ms, pad); - POSTACTION(ms); - } - } - else { - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); - } - return result; -} - -void mspace_malloc_stats(mspace msp) { - mstate ms = (mstate)msp; - if (ok_magic(ms)) { - internal_malloc_stats(ms); - } - else { - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); - } -} - -size_t mspace_footprint(mspace msp) { - size_t result; - mstate ms = (mstate)msp; - if (ok_magic(ms)) { - result = ms->footprint; - } - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); - return result; -} - - -size_t mspace_max_footprint(mspace msp) { - size_t result; - mstate ms = (mstate)msp; - if (ok_magic(ms)) { - result = ms->max_footprint; - } - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); - return result; -} - - -#if !NO_MALLINFO -struct mallinfo mspace_mallinfo(mspace msp) { - mstate ms = (mstate)msp; - if (!ok_magic(ms)) { - USAGE_ERROR_ACTION(ms,ms); - } - return internal_mallinfo(ms); -} -#endif /* NO_MALLINFO */ - -int mspace_mallopt(int param_number, int value) { - return change_mparam(param_number, value); -} - -#endif /* MSPACES */ - -/* -------------------- Alternative MORECORE functions ------------------- */ - -/* - Guidelines for creating a custom version of MORECORE: - - * For best performance, MORECORE should allocate in multiples of pagesize. - * MORECORE may allocate more memory than requested. (Or even less, - but this will usually result in a malloc failure.) - * MORECORE must not allocate memory when given argument zero, but - instead return one past the end address of memory from previous - nonzero call. - * For best performance, consecutive calls to MORECORE with positive - arguments should return increasing addresses, indicating that - space has been contiguously extended. - * Even though consecutive calls to MORECORE need not return contiguous - addresses, it must be OK for malloc'ed chunks to span multiple - regions in those cases where they do happen to be contiguous. - * MORECORE need not handle negative arguments -- it may instead - just return MFAIL when given negative arguments. - Negative arguments are always multiples of pagesize. MORECORE - must not misinterpret negative args as large positive unsigned - args. You can suppress all such calls from even occurring by defining - MORECORE_CANNOT_TRIM, - - As an example alternative MORECORE, here is a custom allocator - kindly contributed for pre-OSX macOS. It uses virtually but not - necessarily physically contiguous non-paged memory (locked in, - present and won't get swapped out). You can use it by uncommenting - this section, adding some #includes, and setting up the appropriate - defines above: - - #define MORECORE osMoreCore - - There is also a shutdown routine that should somehow be called for - cleanup upon program exit. - - #define MAX_POOL_ENTRIES 100 - #define MINIMUM_MORECORE_SIZE (64 * 1024U) - static int next_os_pool; - void *our_os_pools[MAX_POOL_ENTRIES]; - - void *osMoreCore(int size) - { - void *ptr = 0; - static void *sbrk_top = 0; - - if (size > 0) - { - if (size < MINIMUM_MORECORE_SIZE) - size = MINIMUM_MORECORE_SIZE; - if (CurrentExecutionLevel() == kTaskLevel) - ptr = PoolAllocateResident(size + RM_PAGE_SIZE, 0); - if (ptr == 0) - { - return (void *) MFAIL; - } - // save ptrs so they can be freed during cleanup - our_os_pools[next_os_pool] = ptr; - next_os_pool++; - ptr = (void *) ((((size_t) ptr) + RM_PAGE_MASK) & ~RM_PAGE_MASK); - sbrk_top = (char *) ptr + size; - return ptr; - } - else if (size < 0) - { - // we don't currently support shrink behavior - return (void *) MFAIL; - } - else - { - return sbrk_top; - } - } - - // cleanup any allocated memory pools - // called as last thing before shutting down driver - - void osCleanupMem(void) - { - void **ptr; - - for (ptr = our_os_pools; ptr < &our_os_pools[MAX_POOL_ENTRIES]; ptr++) - if (*ptr) - { - PoolDeallocate(*ptr); - *ptr = 0; - } - } - -*/ - - -/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -History: - V2.8.3 Thu Sep 22 11:16:32 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee) - * Add max_footprint functions - * Ensure all appropriate literals are size_t - * Fix conditional compilation problem for some #define settings - * Avoid concatenating segments with the one provided - in create_mspace_with_base - * Rename some variables to avoid compiler shadowing warnings - * Use explicit lock initialization. - * Better handling of sbrk interference. - * Simplify and fix segment insertion, trimming and mspace_destroy - * Reinstate REALLOC_ZERO_BYTES_FREES option from 2.7.x - * Thanks especially to Dennis Flanagan for help on these. - - V2.8.2 Sun Jun 12 16:01:10 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee) - * Fix memalign brace error. - - V2.8.1 Wed Jun 8 16:11:46 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee) - * Fix improper #endif nesting in C++ - * Add explicit casts needed for C++ - - V2.8.0 Mon May 30 14:09:02 2005 Doug Lea (dl at gee) - * Use trees for large bins - * Support mspaces - * Use segments to unify sbrk-based and mmap-based system allocation, - removing need for emulation on most platforms without sbrk. - * Default safety checks - * Optional footer checks. Thanks to William Robertson for the idea. - * Internal code refactoring - * Incorporate suggestions and platform-specific changes. - Thanks to Dennis Flanagan, Colin Plumb, Niall Douglas, - Aaron Bachmann, Emery Berger, and others. - * Speed up non-fastbin processing enough to remove fastbins. - * Remove useless cfree() to avoid conflicts with other apps. - * Remove internal memcpy, memset. Compilers handle builtins better. - * Remove some options that no one ever used and rename others. - - V2.7.2 Sat Aug 17 09:07:30 2002 Doug Lea (dl at gee) - * Fix malloc_state bitmap array misdeclaration - - V2.7.1 Thu Jul 25 10:58:03 2002 Doug Lea (dl at gee) - * Allow tuning of FIRST_SORTED_BIN_SIZE - * Use PTR_UINT as type for all ptr->int casts. Thanks to John Belmonte. - * Better detection and support for non-contiguousness of MORECORE. - Thanks to Andreas Mueller, Conal Walsh, and Wolfram Gloger - * Bypass most of malloc if no frees. Thanks To Emery Berger. - * Fix freeing of old top non-contiguous chunk im sysmalloc. - * Raised default trim and map thresholds to 256K. - * Fix mmap-related #defines. Thanks to Lubos Lunak. - * Fix copy macros; added LACKS_FCNTL_H. Thanks to Neal Walfield. - * Branch-free bin calculation - * Default trim and mmap thresholds now 256K. - - V2.7.0 Sun Mar 11 14:14:06 2001 Doug Lea (dl at gee) - * Introduce independent_comalloc and independent_calloc. - Thanks to Michael Pachos for motivation and help. - * Make optional .h file available - * Allow > 2GB requests on 32bit systems. - * new WIN32 sbrk, mmap, munmap, lock code from . - Thanks also to Andreas Mueller , - and Anonymous. - * Allow override of MALLOC_ALIGNMENT (Thanks to Ruud Waij for - helping test this.) - * memalign: check alignment arg - * realloc: don't try to shift chunks backwards, since this - leads to more fragmentation in some programs and doesn't - seem to help in any others. - * Collect all cases in malloc requiring system memory into sysmalloc - * Use mmap as backup to sbrk - * Place all internal state in malloc_state - * Introduce fastbins (although similar to 2.5.1) - * Many minor tunings and cosmetic improvements - * Introduce USE_PUBLIC_MALLOC_WRAPPERS, USE_MALLOC_LOCK - * Introduce MALLOC_FAILURE_ACTION, MORECORE_CONTIGUOUS - Thanks to Tony E. Bennett and others. - * Include errno.h to support default failure action. - - V2.6.6 Sun Dec 5 07:42:19 1999 Doug Lea (dl at gee) - * return null for negative arguments - * Added Several WIN32 cleanups from Martin C. Fong - * Add 'LACKS_SYS_PARAM_H' for those systems without 'sys/param.h' - (e.g. WIN32 platforms) - * Cleanup header file inclusion for WIN32 platforms - * Cleanup code to avoid Microsoft Visual C++ compiler complaints - * Add 'USE_DL_PREFIX' to quickly allow co-existence with existing - memory allocation routines - * Set 'malloc_getpagesize' for WIN32 platforms (needs more work) - * Use 'assert' rather than 'ASSERT' in WIN32 code to conform to - usage of 'assert' in non-WIN32 code - * Improve WIN32 'sbrk()' emulation's 'findRegion()' routine to - avoid infinite loop - * Always call 'fREe()' rather than 'free()' - - V2.6.5 Wed Jun 17 15:57:31 1998 Doug Lea (dl at gee) - * Fixed ordering problem with boundary-stamping - - V2.6.3 Sun May 19 08:17:58 1996 Doug Lea (dl at gee) - * Added pvalloc, as recommended by H.J. Liu - * Added 64bit pointer support mainly from Wolfram Gloger - * Added anonymously donated WIN32 sbrk emulation - * Malloc, calloc, getpagesize: add optimizations from Raymond Nijssen - * malloc_extend_top: fix mask error that caused wastage after - foreign sbrks - * Add linux mremap support code from HJ Liu - - V2.6.2 Tue Dec 5 06:52:55 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee) - * Integrated most documentation with the code. - * Add support for mmap, with help from - Wolfram Gloger (Gloger@lrz.uni-muenchen.de). - * Use last_remainder in more cases. - * Pack bins using idea from colin@nyx10.cs.du.edu - * Use ordered bins instead of best-fit threshhold - * Eliminate block-local decls to simplify tracing and debugging. - * Support another case of realloc via move into top - * Fix error occuring when initial sbrk_base not word-aligned. - * Rely on page size for units instead of SBRK_UNIT to - avoid surprises about sbrk alignment conventions. - * Add mallinfo, mallopt. Thanks to Raymond Nijssen - (raymond@es.ele.tue.nl) for the suggestion. - * Add `pad' argument to malloc_trim and top_pad mallopt parameter. - * More precautions for cases where other routines call sbrk, - courtesy of Wolfram Gloger (Gloger@lrz.uni-muenchen.de). - * Added macros etc., allowing use in linux libc from - H.J. Lu (hjl@gnu.ai.mit.edu) - * Inverted this history list - - V2.6.1 Sat Dec 2 14:10:57 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee) - * Re-tuned and fixed to behave more nicely with V2.6.0 changes. - * Removed all preallocation code since under current scheme - the work required to undo bad preallocations exceeds - the work saved in good cases for most test programs. - * No longer use return list or unconsolidated bins since - no scheme using them consistently outperforms those that don't - given above changes. - * Use best fit for very large chunks to prevent some worst-cases. - * Added some support for debugging - - V2.6.0 Sat Nov 4 07:05:23 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee) - * Removed footers when chunks are in use. Thanks to - Paul Wilson (wilson@cs.texas.edu) for the suggestion. - - V2.5.4 Wed Nov 1 07:54:51 1995 Doug Lea (dl at gee) - * Added malloc_trim, with help from Wolfram Gloger - (wmglo@Dent.MED.Uni-Muenchen.DE). - - V2.5.3 Tue Apr 26 10:16:01 1994 Doug Lea (dl at g) - - V2.5.2 Tue Apr 5 16:20:40 1994 Doug Lea (dl at g) - * realloc: try to expand in both directions - * malloc: swap order of clean-bin strategy; - * realloc: only conditionally expand backwards - * Try not to scavenge used bins - * Use bin counts as a guide to preallocation - * Occasionally bin return list chunks in first scan - * Add a few optimizations from colin@nyx10.cs.du.edu - - V2.5.1 Sat Aug 14 15:40:43 1993 Doug Lea (dl at g) - * faster bin computation & slightly different binning - * merged all consolidations to one part of malloc proper - (eliminating old malloc_find_space & malloc_clean_bin) - * Scan 2 returns chunks (not just 1) - * Propagate failure in realloc if malloc returns 0 - * Add stuff to allow compilation on non-ANSI compilers - from kpv@research.att.com - - V2.5 Sat Aug 7 07:41:59 1993 Doug Lea (dl at g.oswego.edu) - * removed potential for odd address access in prev_chunk - * removed dependency on getpagesize.h - * misc cosmetics and a bit more internal documentation - * anticosmetics: mangled names in macros to evade debugger strangeness - * tested on sparc, hp-700, dec-mips, rs6000 - with gcc & native cc (hp, dec only) allowing - Detlefs & Zorn comparison study (in SIGPLAN Notices.) - - Trial version Fri Aug 28 13:14:29 1992 Doug Lea (dl at g.oswego.edu) - * Based loosely on libg++-1.2X malloc. (It retains some of the overall - structure of old version, but most details differ.) - -*/ diff --git a/.pc/ios/src/java_raw_api.c b/.pc/ios/src/java_raw_api.c deleted file mode 100644 index 9c5383e..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/src/java_raw_api.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,356 +0,0 @@ -/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - java_raw_api.c - Copyright (c) 1999, 2007, 2008 Red Hat, Inc. - - Cloned from raw_api.c - - Raw_api.c author: Kresten Krab Thorup - Java_raw_api.c author: Hans-J. Boehm - - $Id $ - - Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining - a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the - ``Software''), to deal in the Software without restriction, including - without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, - distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to - permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to - the following conditions: - - The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included - in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - - THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, - EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF - MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND - NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT - HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, - WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, - OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER - DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* This defines a Java- and 64-bit specific variant of the raw API. */ -/* It assumes that "raw" argument blocks look like Java stacks on a */ -/* 64-bit machine. Arguments that can be stored in a single stack */ -/* stack slots (longs, doubles) occupy 128 bits, but only the first */ -/* 64 bits are actually used. */ - -#include -#include -#include - -#if !defined(NO_JAVA_RAW_API) && !defined(FFI_NO_RAW_API) - -size_t -ffi_java_raw_size (ffi_cif *cif) -{ - size_t result = 0; - int i; - - ffi_type **at = cif->arg_types; - - for (i = cif->nargs-1; i >= 0; i--, at++) - { - switch((*at) -> type) { - case FFI_TYPE_UINT64: - case FFI_TYPE_SINT64: - case FFI_TYPE_DOUBLE: - result += 2 * FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW; - break; - case FFI_TYPE_STRUCT: - /* No structure parameters in Java. */ - abort(); - default: - result += FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW; - } - } - - return result; -} - - -void -ffi_java_raw_to_ptrarray (ffi_cif *cif, ffi_java_raw *raw, void **args) -{ - unsigned i; - ffi_type **tp = cif->arg_types; - -#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN - - for (i = 0; i < cif->nargs; i++, tp++, args++) - { - switch ((*tp)->type) - { - case FFI_TYPE_UINT8: - case FFI_TYPE_SINT8: - *args = (void*) ((char*)(raw++) + 3); - break; - - case FFI_TYPE_UINT16: - case FFI_TYPE_SINT16: - *args = (void*) ((char*)(raw++) + 2); - break; - -#if FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW == 8 - case FFI_TYPE_UINT64: - case FFI_TYPE_SINT64: - case FFI_TYPE_DOUBLE: - *args = (void *)raw; - raw += 2; - break; -#endif - - case FFI_TYPE_POINTER: - *args = (void*) &(raw++)->ptr; - break; - - default: - *args = raw; - raw += - ALIGN ((*tp)->size, sizeof(ffi_java_raw)) / sizeof(ffi_java_raw); - } - } - -#else /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */ - -#if !PDP - - /* then assume little endian */ - for (i = 0; i < cif->nargs; i++, tp++, args++) - { -#if FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW == 8 - switch((*tp)->type) { - case FFI_TYPE_UINT64: - case FFI_TYPE_SINT64: - case FFI_TYPE_DOUBLE: - *args = (void*) raw; - raw += 2; - break; - default: - *args = (void*) raw++; - } -#else /* FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW != 8 */ - *args = (void*) raw; - raw += - ALIGN ((*tp)->size, sizeof(ffi_java_raw)) / sizeof(ffi_java_raw); -#endif /* FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW == 8 */ - } - -#else -#error "pdp endian not supported" -#endif /* ! PDP */ - -#endif /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */ -} - -void -ffi_java_ptrarray_to_raw (ffi_cif *cif, void **args, ffi_java_raw *raw) -{ - unsigned i; - ffi_type **tp = cif->arg_types; - - for (i = 0; i < cif->nargs; i++, tp++, args++) - { - switch ((*tp)->type) - { - case FFI_TYPE_UINT8: -#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN - *(UINT32*)(raw++) = *(UINT8*) (*args); -#else - (raw++)->uint = *(UINT8*) (*args); -#endif - break; - - case FFI_TYPE_SINT8: -#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN - *(SINT32*)(raw++) = *(SINT8*) (*args); -#else - (raw++)->sint = *(SINT8*) (*args); -#endif - break; - - case FFI_TYPE_UINT16: -#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN - *(UINT32*)(raw++) = *(UINT16*) (*args); -#else - (raw++)->uint = *(UINT16*) (*args); -#endif - break; - - case FFI_TYPE_SINT16: -#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN - *(SINT32*)(raw++) = *(SINT16*) (*args); -#else - (raw++)->sint = *(SINT16*) (*args); -#endif - break; - - case FFI_TYPE_UINT32: -#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN - *(UINT32*)(raw++) = *(UINT32*) (*args); -#else - (raw++)->uint = *(UINT32*) (*args); -#endif - break; - - case FFI_TYPE_SINT32: -#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN - *(SINT32*)(raw++) = *(SINT32*) (*args); -#else - (raw++)->sint = *(SINT32*) (*args); -#endif - break; - - case FFI_TYPE_FLOAT: - (raw++)->flt = *(FLOAT32*) (*args); - break; - -#if FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW == 8 - case FFI_TYPE_UINT64: - case FFI_TYPE_SINT64: - case FFI_TYPE_DOUBLE: - raw->uint = *(UINT64*) (*args); - raw += 2; - break; -#endif - - case FFI_TYPE_POINTER: - (raw++)->ptr = **(void***) args; - break; - - default: -#if FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW == 8 - FFI_ASSERT(0); /* Should have covered all cases */ -#else - memcpy ((void*) raw->data, (void*)*args, (*tp)->size); - raw += - ALIGN ((*tp)->size, sizeof(ffi_java_raw)) / sizeof(ffi_java_raw); -#endif - } - } -} - -#if !FFI_NATIVE_RAW_API - -static void -ffi_java_rvalue_to_raw (ffi_cif *cif, void *rvalue) -{ -#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN && FFI_SIZEOF_ARG == 8 - switch (cif->rtype->type) - { - case FFI_TYPE_UINT8: - case FFI_TYPE_UINT16: - case FFI_TYPE_UINT32: - *(UINT64 *)rvalue <<= 32; - break; - - case FFI_TYPE_SINT8: - case FFI_TYPE_SINT16: - case FFI_TYPE_SINT32: - case FFI_TYPE_INT: -#if FFI_SIZEOF_JAVA_RAW == 4 - case FFI_TYPE_POINTER: -#endif - *(SINT64 *)rvalue <<= 32; - break; - - default: - break; - } -#endif -} - -static void -ffi_java_raw_to_rvalue (ffi_cif *cif, void *rvalue) -{ -#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN && FFI_SIZEOF_ARG == 8 - switch (cif->rtype->type) - { - case FFI_TYPE_UINT8: - case FFI_TYPE_UINT16: - case FFI_TYPE_UINT32: - *(UINT64 *)rvalue >>= 32; - break; - - case FFI_TYPE_SINT8: - case FFI_TYPE_SINT16: - case FFI_TYPE_SINT32: - case FFI_TYPE_INT: - *(SINT64 *)rvalue >>= 32; - break; - - default: - break; - } -#endif -} - -/* This is a generic definition of ffi_raw_call, to be used if the - * native system does not provide a machine-specific implementation. - * Having this, allows code to be written for the raw API, without - * the need for system-specific code to handle input in that format; - * these following couple of functions will handle the translation forth - * and back automatically. */ - -void ffi_java_raw_call (ffi_cif *cif, void (*fn)(void), void *rvalue, - ffi_java_raw *raw) -{ - void **avalue = (void**) alloca (cif->nargs * sizeof (void*)); - ffi_java_raw_to_ptrarray (cif, raw, avalue); - ffi_call (cif, fn, rvalue, avalue); - ffi_java_rvalue_to_raw (cif, rvalue); -} - -#if FFI_CLOSURES /* base system provides closures */ - -static void -ffi_java_translate_args (ffi_cif *cif, void *rvalue, - void **avalue, void *user_data) -{ - ffi_java_raw *raw = (ffi_java_raw*)alloca (ffi_java_raw_size (cif)); - ffi_raw_closure *cl = (ffi_raw_closure*)user_data; - - ffi_java_ptrarray_to_raw (cif, avalue, raw); - (*cl->fun) (cif, rvalue, raw, cl->user_data); - ffi_java_raw_to_rvalue (cif, rvalue); -} - -ffi_status -ffi_prep_java_raw_closure_loc (ffi_java_raw_closure* cl, - ffi_cif *cif, - void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,ffi_java_raw*,void*), - void *user_data, - void *codeloc) -{ - ffi_status status; - - status = ffi_prep_closure_loc ((ffi_closure*) cl, - cif, - &ffi_java_translate_args, - codeloc, - codeloc); - if (status == FFI_OK) - { - cl->fun = fun; - cl->user_data = user_data; - } - - return status; -} - -/* Again, here is the generic version of ffi_prep_raw_closure, which - * will install an intermediate "hub" for translation of arguments from - * the pointer-array format, to the raw format */ - -ffi_status -ffi_prep_java_raw_closure (ffi_java_raw_closure* cl, - ffi_cif *cif, - void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,ffi_java_raw*,void*), - void *user_data) -{ - return ffi_prep_java_raw_closure_loc (cl, cif, fun, user_data, cl); -} - -#endif /* FFI_CLOSURES */ -#endif /* !FFI_NATIVE_RAW_API */ -#endif /* !FFI_NO_RAW_API */ diff --git a/.pc/ios/src/prep_cif.c b/.pc/ios/src/prep_cif.c deleted file mode 100644 index 761abdc..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/src/prep_cif.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,171 +0,0 @@ -/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - prep_cif.c - Copyright (c) 1996, 1998, 2007 Red Hat, Inc. - - Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining - a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the - ``Software''), to deal in the Software without restriction, including - without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, - distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to - permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to - the following conditions: - - The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included - in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - - THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, - EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF - MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND - NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT - HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, - WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, - OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER - DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -#include -#include -#include - -/* Round up to FFI_SIZEOF_ARG. */ - -#define STACK_ARG_SIZE(x) ALIGN(x, FFI_SIZEOF_ARG) - -/* Perform machine independent initialization of aggregate type - specifications. */ - -static ffi_status initialize_aggregate(ffi_type *arg) -{ - ffi_type **ptr; - - FFI_ASSERT(arg != NULL); - - FFI_ASSERT(arg->elements != NULL); - FFI_ASSERT(arg->size == 0); - FFI_ASSERT(arg->alignment == 0); - - ptr = &(arg->elements[0]); - - while ((*ptr) != NULL) - { - if (((*ptr)->size == 0) && (initialize_aggregate((*ptr)) != FFI_OK)) - return FFI_BAD_TYPEDEF; - - /* Perform a sanity check on the argument type */ - FFI_ASSERT_VALID_TYPE(*ptr); - - arg->size = ALIGN(arg->size, (*ptr)->alignment); - arg->size += (*ptr)->size; - - arg->alignment = (arg->alignment > (*ptr)->alignment) ? - arg->alignment : (*ptr)->alignment; - - ptr++; - } - - /* Structure size includes tail padding. This is important for - structures that fit in one register on ABIs like the PowerPC64 - Linux ABI that right justify small structs in a register. - It's also needed for nested structure layout, for example - struct A { long a; char b; }; struct B { struct A x; char y; }; - should find y at an offset of 2*sizeof(long) and result in a - total size of 3*sizeof(long). */ - arg->size = ALIGN (arg->size, arg->alignment); - - if (arg->size == 0) - return FFI_BAD_TYPEDEF; - else - return FFI_OK; -} - -#ifndef __CRIS__ -/* The CRIS ABI specifies structure elements to have byte - alignment only, so it completely overrides this functions, - which assumes "natural" alignment and padding. */ - -/* Perform machine independent ffi_cif preparation, then call - machine dependent routine. */ - -ffi_status ffi_prep_cif(ffi_cif *cif, ffi_abi abi, unsigned int nargs, - ffi_type *rtype, ffi_type **atypes) -{ - unsigned bytes = 0; - unsigned int i; - ffi_type **ptr; - - FFI_ASSERT(cif != NULL); - FFI_ASSERT(abi > FFI_FIRST_ABI && abi < FFI_LAST_ABI); - - cif->abi = abi; - cif->arg_types = atypes; - cif->nargs = nargs; - cif->rtype = rtype; - - cif->flags = 0; - - /* Initialize the return type if necessary */ - if ((cif->rtype->size == 0) && (initialize_aggregate(cif->rtype) != FFI_OK)) - return FFI_BAD_TYPEDEF; - - /* Perform a sanity check on the return type */ - FFI_ASSERT_VALID_TYPE(cif->rtype); - - /* x86, x86-64 and s390 stack space allocation is handled in prep_machdep. */ -#if !defined M68K && !defined X86_ANY && !defined S390 && !defined PA - /* Make space for the return structure pointer */ - if (cif->rtype->type == FFI_TYPE_STRUCT -#ifdef SPARC - && (cif->abi != FFI_V9 || cif->rtype->size > 32) -#endif - ) - bytes = STACK_ARG_SIZE(sizeof(void*)); -#endif - - for (ptr = cif->arg_types, i = cif->nargs; i > 0; i--, ptr++) - { - - /* Initialize any uninitialized aggregate type definitions */ - if (((*ptr)->size == 0) && (initialize_aggregate((*ptr)) != FFI_OK)) - return FFI_BAD_TYPEDEF; - - /* Perform a sanity check on the argument type, do this - check after the initialization. */ - FFI_ASSERT_VALID_TYPE(*ptr); - -#if !defined X86_ANY && !defined S390 && !defined PA -#ifdef SPARC - if (((*ptr)->type == FFI_TYPE_STRUCT - && ((*ptr)->size > 16 || cif->abi != FFI_V9)) - || ((*ptr)->type == FFI_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE - && cif->abi != FFI_V9)) - bytes += sizeof(void*); - else -#endif - { - /* Add any padding if necessary */ - if (((*ptr)->alignment - 1) & bytes) - bytes = ALIGN(bytes, (*ptr)->alignment); - - bytes += STACK_ARG_SIZE((*ptr)->size); - } -#endif - } - - cif->bytes = bytes; - - /* Perform machine dependent cif processing */ - return ffi_prep_cif_machdep(cif); -} -#endif /* not __CRIS__ */ - -#if FFI_CLOSURES - -ffi_status -ffi_prep_closure (ffi_closure* closure, - ffi_cif* cif, - void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,void**,void*), - void *user_data) -{ - return ffi_prep_closure_loc (closure, cif, fun, user_data, closure); -} - -#endif diff --git a/.pc/ios/src/raw_api.c b/.pc/ios/src/raw_api.c deleted file mode 100644 index ce21372..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/src/raw_api.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,254 +0,0 @@ -/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - raw_api.c - Copyright (c) 1999, 2008 Red Hat, Inc. - - Author: Kresten Krab Thorup - - Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining - a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the - ``Software''), to deal in the Software without restriction, including - without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, - distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to - permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to - the following conditions: - - The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included - in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - - THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, - EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF - MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND - NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT - HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, - WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, - OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER - DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* This file defines generic functions for use with the raw api. */ - -#include -#include - -#if !FFI_NO_RAW_API - -size_t -ffi_raw_size (ffi_cif *cif) -{ - size_t result = 0; - int i; - - ffi_type **at = cif->arg_types; - - for (i = cif->nargs-1; i >= 0; i--, at++) - { -#if !FFI_NO_STRUCTS - if ((*at)->type == FFI_TYPE_STRUCT) - result += ALIGN (sizeof (void*), FFI_SIZEOF_ARG); - else -#endif - result += ALIGN ((*at)->size, FFI_SIZEOF_ARG); - } - - return result; -} - - -void -ffi_raw_to_ptrarray (ffi_cif *cif, ffi_raw *raw, void **args) -{ - unsigned i; - ffi_type **tp = cif->arg_types; - -#if WORDS_BIGENDIAN - - for (i = 0; i < cif->nargs; i++, tp++, args++) - { - switch ((*tp)->type) - { - case FFI_TYPE_UINT8: - case FFI_TYPE_SINT8: - *args = (void*) ((char*)(raw++) + FFI_SIZEOF_ARG - 1); - break; - - case FFI_TYPE_UINT16: - case FFI_TYPE_SINT16: - *args = (void*) ((char*)(raw++) + FFI_SIZEOF_ARG - 2); - break; - -#if FFI_SIZEOF_ARG >= 4 - case FFI_TYPE_UINT32: - case FFI_TYPE_SINT32: - *args = (void*) ((char*)(raw++) + FFI_SIZEOF_ARG - 4); - break; -#endif - -#if !FFI_NO_STRUCTS - case FFI_TYPE_STRUCT: - *args = (raw++)->ptr; - break; -#endif - - case FFI_TYPE_POINTER: - *args = (void*) &(raw++)->ptr; - break; - - default: - *args = raw; - raw += ALIGN ((*tp)->size, FFI_SIZEOF_ARG) / FFI_SIZEOF_ARG; - } - } - -#else /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */ - -#if !PDP - - /* then assume little endian */ - for (i = 0; i < cif->nargs; i++, tp++, args++) - { -#if !FFI_NO_STRUCTS - if ((*tp)->type == FFI_TYPE_STRUCT) - { - *args = (raw++)->ptr; - } - else -#endif - { - *args = (void*) raw; - raw += ALIGN ((*tp)->size, sizeof (void*)) / sizeof (void*); - } - } - -#else -#error "pdp endian not supported" -#endif /* ! PDP */ - -#endif /* WORDS_BIGENDIAN */ -} - -void -ffi_ptrarray_to_raw (ffi_cif *cif, void **args, ffi_raw *raw) -{ - unsigned i; - ffi_type **tp = cif->arg_types; - - for (i = 0; i < cif->nargs; i++, tp++, args++) - { - switch ((*tp)->type) - { - case FFI_TYPE_UINT8: - (raw++)->uint = *(UINT8*) (*args); - break; - - case FFI_TYPE_SINT8: - (raw++)->sint = *(SINT8*) (*args); - break; - - case FFI_TYPE_UINT16: - (raw++)->uint = *(UINT16*) (*args); - break; - - case FFI_TYPE_SINT16: - (raw++)->sint = *(SINT16*) (*args); - break; - -#if FFI_SIZEOF_ARG >= 4 - case FFI_TYPE_UINT32: - (raw++)->uint = *(UINT32*) (*args); - break; - - case FFI_TYPE_SINT32: - (raw++)->sint = *(SINT32*) (*args); - break; -#endif - -#if !FFI_NO_STRUCTS - case FFI_TYPE_STRUCT: - (raw++)->ptr = *args; - break; -#endif - - case FFI_TYPE_POINTER: - (raw++)->ptr = **(void***) args; - break; - - default: - memcpy ((void*) raw->data, (void*)*args, (*tp)->size); - raw += ALIGN ((*tp)->size, FFI_SIZEOF_ARG) / FFI_SIZEOF_ARG; - } - } -} - -#if !FFI_NATIVE_RAW_API - - -/* This is a generic definition of ffi_raw_call, to be used if the - * native system does not provide a machine-specific implementation. - * Having this, allows code to be written for the raw API, without - * the need for system-specific code to handle input in that format; - * these following couple of functions will handle the translation forth - * and back automatically. */ - -void ffi_raw_call (ffi_cif *cif, void (*fn)(void), void *rvalue, ffi_raw *raw) -{ - void **avalue = (void**) alloca (cif->nargs * sizeof (void*)); - ffi_raw_to_ptrarray (cif, raw, avalue); - ffi_call (cif, fn, rvalue, avalue); -} - -#if FFI_CLOSURES /* base system provides closures */ - -static void -ffi_translate_args (ffi_cif *cif, void *rvalue, - void **avalue, void *user_data) -{ - ffi_raw *raw = (ffi_raw*)alloca (ffi_raw_size (cif)); - ffi_raw_closure *cl = (ffi_raw_closure*)user_data; - - ffi_ptrarray_to_raw (cif, avalue, raw); - (*cl->fun) (cif, rvalue, raw, cl->user_data); -} - -ffi_status -ffi_prep_raw_closure_loc (ffi_raw_closure* cl, - ffi_cif *cif, - void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,ffi_raw*,void*), - void *user_data, - void *codeloc) -{ - ffi_status status; - - status = ffi_prep_closure_loc ((ffi_closure*) cl, - cif, - &ffi_translate_args, - codeloc, - codeloc); - if (status == FFI_OK) - { - cl->fun = fun; - cl->user_data = user_data; - } - - return status; -} - -#endif /* FFI_CLOSURES */ -#endif /* !FFI_NATIVE_RAW_API */ - -#if FFI_CLOSURES - -/* Again, here is the generic version of ffi_prep_raw_closure, which - * will install an intermediate "hub" for translation of arguments from - * the pointer-array format, to the raw format */ - -ffi_status -ffi_prep_raw_closure (ffi_raw_closure* cl, - ffi_cif *cif, - void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,ffi_raw*,void*), - void *user_data) -{ - return ffi_prep_raw_closure_loc (cl, cif, fun, user_data, cl); -} - -#endif /* FFI_CLOSURES */ - -#endif /* !FFI_NO_RAW_API */ diff --git a/.pc/ios/src/types.c b/.pc/ios/src/types.c deleted file mode 100644 index 0a11eb0..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/src/types.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------- - types.c - Copyright (c) 1996, 1998 Red Hat, Inc. - - Predefined ffi_types needed by libffi. - - Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining - a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the - ``Software''), to deal in the Software without restriction, including - without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, - distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to - permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to - the following conditions: - - The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included - in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. - - THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'', WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, - EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF - MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND - NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT - HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, - WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, - OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER - DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - ----------------------------------------------------------------------- */ - -/* Hide the basic type definitions from the header file, so that we - can redefine them here as "const". */ -#define LIBFFI_HIDE_BASIC_TYPES - -#include -#include - -/* Type definitions */ - -#define FFI_TYPEDEF(name, type, id) \ -struct struct_align_##name { \ - char c; \ - type x; \ -}; \ -const ffi_type ffi_type_##name = { \ - sizeof(type), \ - offsetof(struct struct_align_##name, x), \ - id, NULL \ -} - -/* Size and alignment are fake here. They must not be 0. */ -const ffi_type ffi_type_void = { - 1, 1, FFI_TYPE_VOID, NULL -}; - -FFI_TYPEDEF(uint8, UINT8, FFI_TYPE_UINT8); -FFI_TYPEDEF(sint8, SINT8, FFI_TYPE_SINT8); -FFI_TYPEDEF(uint16, UINT16, FFI_TYPE_UINT16); -FFI_TYPEDEF(sint16, SINT16, FFI_TYPE_SINT16); -FFI_TYPEDEF(uint32, UINT32, FFI_TYPE_UINT32); -FFI_TYPEDEF(sint32, SINT32, FFI_TYPE_SINT32); -FFI_TYPEDEF(uint64, UINT64, FFI_TYPE_UINT64); -FFI_TYPEDEF(sint64, SINT64, FFI_TYPE_SINT64); - -FFI_TYPEDEF(pointer, void*, FFI_TYPE_POINTER); - -FFI_TYPEDEF(float, float, FFI_TYPE_FLOAT); -FFI_TYPEDEF(double, double, FFI_TYPE_DOUBLE); - -#ifdef __alpha__ -/* Even if we're not configured to default to 128-bit long double, - maintain binary compatibility, as -mlong-double-128 can be used - at any time. */ -/* Validate the hard-coded number below. */ -# if defined(__LONG_DOUBLE_128__) && FFI_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE != 4 -# error FFI_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE out of date -# endif -const ffi_type ffi_type_longdouble = { 16, 16, 4, NULL }; -#elif FFI_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE != FFI_TYPE_DOUBLE -FFI_TYPEDEF(longdouble, long double, FFI_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE); -#endif diff --git a/.pc/ios/stamp-h.in b/.pc/ios/stamp-h.in deleted file mode 100644 index 9788f70..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/stamp-h.in +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -timestamp diff --git a/.pc/ios/texinfo.tex b/.pc/ios/texinfo.tex deleted file mode 100644 index ff2c406..0000000 --- a/.pc/ios/texinfo.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,7210 +0,0 @@ -% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files. -% -% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex. -\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi -% -\def\texinfoversion{2005-07-05.19} -% -% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, -% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005 Free Software -% Foundation, Inc. -% -% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or -% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as -% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at -% your option) any later version. -% -% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be -% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty -% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU -% General Public License for more details. -% -% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING. If not, write -% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, -% Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. -% -% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing -% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without -% restriction. (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.) -% -% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug -% reports; you can get the latest version from: -% http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or -% ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex -% (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org). -% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out -% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check. -% -% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org. Please include including a -% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the -% problem. Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated. -% -% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the -% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution. For a simple -% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this: -% tex foo.texi -% texindex foo.?? -% tex foo.texi -% tex foo.texi -% dvips foo.dvi -o # or whatever; this makes foo.ps. -% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct. -% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more -% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary. -% -% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some -% extent. You can get the existing language-specific files from the -% full Texinfo distribution. -% -% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo. - - -\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:} - -% If in a .fmt file, print the version number -% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because -% they might have appeared in the input file name. -\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}% - \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active} - -\message{Basics,} -\chardef\other=12 - -% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo. -% For @tex, we can use \tabalign. -\let\+ = \relax - -% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine. -\let\ptexb=\b -\let\ptexbullet=\bullet -\let\ptexc=\c -\let\ptexcomma=\, -\let\ptexdot=\. -\let\ptexdots=\dots -\let\ptexend=\end -\let\ptexequiv=\equiv -\let\ptexexclam=\! -\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote -\let\ptexgtr=> -\let\ptexhat=^ -\let\ptexi=\i -\let\ptexindent=\indent -\let\ptexinsert=\insert -\let\ptexlbrace=\{ -\let\ptexless=< -\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite -\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent -\let\ptexplus=+ -\let\ptexrbrace=\} -\let\ptexslash=\/ -\let\ptexstar=\* -\let\ptext=\t - -% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it -% starts a new line in the output. -\newlinechar = `^^J - -% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error -% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. -% -\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined - \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0. -\else - \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space} -\fi - -% Set up fixed words for English if not already set. -\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi -\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi -\ifx\putwordfile\undefined \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi -\ifx\putwordin\undefined \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi -\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi -\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi -\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi -\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi -\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi -\ifx\putwordof\undefined \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi -\ifx\putwordon\undefined \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi -\ifx\putwordpage\undefined \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi -\ifx\putwordsection\undefined \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi -\ifx\putwordSection\undefined \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi -\ifx\putwordsee\undefined \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi -\ifx\putwordSee\undefined \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi -\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi -\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi -% -\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi -\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi -\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi -\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi -\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi -\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi -\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi -\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi -\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi -\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi -\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi -\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi -% -\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi -\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi -\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi - -% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is -% in some cases the escape char. -\chardef\backChar = `\\ -\chardef\colonChar = `\: -\chardef\commaChar = `\, -\chardef\dotChar = `\. -\chardef\exclamChar= `\! -\chardef\plusChar = `\+ -\chardef\questChar = `\? -\chardef\semiChar = `\; -\chardef\underChar = `\_ - -\chardef\spaceChar = `\ % -\chardef\spacecat = 10 -\def\spaceisspace{\catcode\spaceChar=\spacecat} - -{% for help with debugging. - % example usage: \expandafter\show\activebackslash - \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \active - !global!def!activebackslash{\} -} - -% Ignore a token. -% -\def\gobble#1{} - -% The following is used inside several \edef's. -\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname} - -% Hyphenation fixes. -\hyphenation{ - Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script - ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps - data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script - man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm - par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces - spell-ing spell-ings - stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space - wide-spread wrap-around -} - -% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages. -\newdimen\bindingoffset -\newdimen\normaloffset -\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight - -% For a final copy, take out the rectangles -% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided -% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin). -% -\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt} - -% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line. It should -% surround any changed text. This approach does *not* work if the -% change spans more than two lines of output. To handle that, we would -% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main -% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change). -% -\def\|{% - % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode. - \leavevmode - % - % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output. - \vadjust{% - % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current - % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record. - \vskip-\baselineskip - % - % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type. So - % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin. - \llap{% - % - % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'. - \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt - % - % This is the space between the bar and the text. - \hskip 12pt - }% - }% -} - -% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file -% and nothing on the terminal. We don't just call \tracingall here, -% since that produces some useless output on the terminal. We also make -% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log -% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX. -% -\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}% -\def\loggingall{% - \tracingstats2 - \tracingpages1 - \tracinglostchars2 % 2 gives us more in etex - \tracingparagraphs1 - \tracingoutput1 - \tracingmacros2 - \tracingrestores1 - \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen - \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging - \tracingscantokens1 - \tracingifs1 - \tracinggroups1 - \tracingnesting2 - \tracingassigns1 - \fi - \tracingcommands3 % 3 gives us more in etex - \errorcontextlines16 -}% - -% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions. If the last thing -% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space. -% -\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi} -\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi} -\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount - \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi} - -% For @cropmarks command. -% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks. -% -\newif\ifcropmarks -\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue -% -% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners. -% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986 -% -\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines -\newdimen\cornerlong \cornerlong=1pc -\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt -\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in - -% Main output routine. -\chardef\PAGE = 255 -\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}} - -\newbox\headlinebox -\newbox\footlinebox - -% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument. Note that \pagecontents -% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself. -\def\onepageout#1{% - \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi - % - \ifodd\pageno \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset - \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi - % - % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in - % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code). - \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}% - \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}% - % - {% - % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to - % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends - % before the \shipout runs. - % - \indexdummies % don't expand commands in the output. - \shipout\vbox{% - % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page. - \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi - % - \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup - \hsize = \outerhsize - \vskip-\topandbottommargin - \vtop to0pt{% - \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}% - \nointerlineskip - \line{% - \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}% - \hfill - \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}% - }% - \vss}% - \vskip\topandbottommargin - \line\bgroup - \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize. - \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi - \vbox\bgroup - \fi - % - \unvbox\headlinebox - \pagebody{#1}% - \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt - % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty. - % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.) - % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect. - \vskip 2\baselineskip - \unvbox\footlinebox - \fi - % - \ifcropmarks - \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup - \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup - \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill - \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick - \vbox to0pt{\vss - \line{% - \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}% - \hfill - \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}% - }% - \nointerlineskip - \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}% - }% - \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause - \fi - }% end of \shipout\vbox - }% end of group with \indexdummies - \advancepageno - \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi -} - -\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen - -\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}} -{\catcode`\@ =11 -\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi -% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala) -\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present - \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi -\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1 -\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi -\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi} -} - -% Here are the rules for the cropmarks. Note that they are -% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize -% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986) -% -\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong} -\def\nstop{\vbox - {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}} -\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong} -\def\nsbot{\vbox - {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}} - -% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1. The argument is the rest of -% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment). #1 should be a -% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument. -% -\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}} -\def\parseargusing#1#2{% - \def\next{#2}% - \begingroup - \obeylines - \spaceisspace - #1% - \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below. -} - -{\obeylines % - \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{% - \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg. - \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm% - }% -} - -% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment. -\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm} -\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm} - -% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `\^^M' is replaced by a single space. -% -% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g., -% @end itemize @c foo -% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed -% by \finishparsearg. -% -\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M} -\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M} -\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{% - \def\temp{#3}% - \ifx\temp\empty - % We cannot use \next here, as it holds the macro to run; - % thus we reuse \temp. - \let\temp\finishparsearg - \else - \let\temp\argcheckspaces - \fi - % Put the space token in: - \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm -} - -% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so -% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation. -% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now, -% just before passing the control to \next. -% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is -% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger -% that a pair of braces would be stripped. -% -% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token. -% -\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\next\expandafter{#1}} - -% \parseargdef\foo{...} -% is roughly equivalent to -% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo} -% \def\Xfoo#1{...} -% -% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my -% favourite TeX trick. --kasal, 16nov03 - -\def\parseargdef#1{% - \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1% -} -\def\doparseargdef#1#2{% - \def#2{\parsearg#1}% - \def#1##1% -} - -% Several utility definitions with active space: -{ - \obeyspaces - \gdef\obeyedspace{ } - - % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword - % space in the output. Don't allow a line break at this space, as this - % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input - % should produce a line of output anyway. - % - \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie} - - % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces - % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the - % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ). - \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space} -} - - -\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next} - -% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex. It's used like this: -% -% \envdef\foo{...} -% \def\Efoo{...} -% -% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the -% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo. \envdef also -% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks -% whether the environment name matches. The \checkenv macro can also be -% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected. -% -% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they -% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group. (The -% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this -% special case.) - - -% At runtime, environments start with this: -\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}} -% initialize -\let\thisenv\empty - -% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'': -\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} -\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}} - -% Check whether we're in the right environment: -\def\checkenv#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\thisenv\temp - \else - \badenverr - \fi -} - -% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected: -\def\badenverr{% - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp, - not \inenvironment\thisenv}% -} -\def\inenvironment#1{% - \ifx#1\empty - out of any environment% - \else - in environment \expandafter\string#1% - \fi -} - -% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo. -% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv -% -\parseargdef\end{% - \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname - \else - % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03 - \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname - \csname E#1\endcsname - \endgroup - \fi -} - -\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.} - - -%% Simple single-character @ commands - -% @@ prints an @ -% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr). -\def\@{{\tt\char64}} - -% This is turned off because it was never documented -% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures. -%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and ' -%% but suppressing ligatures. -%\def\`{{`}} -%\def\'{{'}} - -% Used to generate quoted braces. -\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}} -\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}} -\let\{=\mylbrace -\let\}=\myrbrace -\begingroup - % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices, - % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files. - \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other - \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2 - \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other - !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]% - !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]% - !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]% - !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]% -!endgroup - -% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems. -\let\comma = , - -% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent -% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H. -\let\, = \c -\let\dotaccent = \. -\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}} -\let\tieaccent = \t -\let\ubaraccent = \b -\let\udotaccent = \d - -% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm -% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss. -\def\questiondown{?`} -\def\exclamdown{!`} -\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}} -\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}} - -% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents. -\def\imacro{i} -\def\jmacro{j} -\def\dotless#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi - \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j - \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}% - \fi\fi -} - -% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a -% period following counts as ending a sentence. (Idea found in latex.) -% -\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 } - -% @LaTeX{} logo. Not quite the same results as the definition in -% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most -% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using -% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and -% \scriptscriptstyle). -% -\def\LaTeX{% - L\kern-.36em - {\setbox0=\hbox{T}% - \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}% - \kern-.15em - \TeX -} - -% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space -% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space -% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and -% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the -% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph. -{\catcode`@ = 11 - % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble - % if the definition is written into an index file. - \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M - \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ } -} - -% @: forces normal size whitespace following. -\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 } - -% @* forces a line break. -\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces} - -% @/ allows a line break. -\let\/=\allowbreak - -% @. is an end-of-sentence period. -\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} - -% @! is an end-of-sentence bang. -\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} - -% @? is an end-of-sentence query. -\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space} - -% @frenchspacing on|off says whether to put extra space after punctuation. -% -\def\onword{on} -\def\offword{off} -% -\parseargdef\frenchspacing{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing - \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}% - \fi\fi -} - -% @w prevents a word break. Without the \leavevmode, @w at the -% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would -% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph. -\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}} - -% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing -% it in a TeX vbox. We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box -% to keep its height that of a normal line. According to the rules for -% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is -% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0). If that height is large, -% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and -% the text is small, which looks bad. -% -% Another complication is that the group might be very large. This can -% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it -% does not have much material. In this case, it's better to add an -% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom. The -% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit -% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex). -% -\newbox\groupbox -\def\vfilllimit{0.7} -% -\envdef\group{% - \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else - \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp - \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}% - \fi - \startsavinginserts - % - \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup - % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as - % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an - % end-of-line in the output. We don't want the end-of-line after - % the `@group' to put extra space in the output. Since @group - % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo - % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text. - \comment -} -% -% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts -% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done) -% \lineskip glue after it. Thus, space below is not quite equal to space -% above. But it's pretty close. -\def\Egroup{% - % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group - % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth. - \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar. - \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth - \egroup % End the \vtop. - % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box. - \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox - % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less). - \dimen2 = \pageheight \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal - % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big - % group, force a page break. - \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2 - \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight - \page - \fi - \fi - \box\groupbox - \prevdepth = \dimen1 - \checkinserts -} -% -% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help -% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'. -% -\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{% -group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J% -where each line of input produces a line of output.} - -% @need space-in-mils -% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining. - -\newdimen\mil \mil=0.001in - -% Old definition--didn't work. -%\parseargdef\need{\par % -%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally -%% if the depth of the box does not fit. -%{\baselineskip=0pt% -%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak -%\prevdepth=-1000pt -%}} - -\parseargdef\need{% - % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a - % paragraph. - \par - % - % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless. - \dimen0 = #1\mil - \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox - \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox - \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2 - % - % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the - % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line. - % And a page break here is fine. - \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}% - % - % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the - % main vertical list is 10000 or more. But in order to see if the - % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider - % page breaks. On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the - % page after the empty box. So we use a penalty of 9999. - % - % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the - % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in - % sight. (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which - % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing - % good page breaking, for example.) However, I could not construct an - % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real - % document, then we can reconsider our strategy. - \penalty9999 - % - % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not. - \kern -#1\mil - % - % Do not allow a page break right after this kern. - \nobreak - \fi -} - -% @br forces paragraph break (and is undocumented). - -\let\br = \par - -% @page forces the start of a new page. -% -\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject} - -% @exdent text.... -% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin - -% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment. -% That's how much \exdent should take out. -\newskip\exdentamount - -% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun. -\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break} - -% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example. -\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount - \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}} - -% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current -% paragraph. For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion -% class. WHICH is `l' or `r'. -% -\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm -\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox} -% -\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{% - \nobreak - \kern-\strutdepth - \vtop to \strutdepth{% - \baselineskip=\strutdepth - \vss - % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to - % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size. - \ifx#1l% - \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}% - \else - \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}% - \fi - \null - }% -}} -\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l} -\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r} -% -% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]} -% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right; -% else use TEXT for both). -% -\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish} -\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \def\lefttext{#1}% have both texts - \def\righttext{#2}% - \else - \def\lefttext{#1}% have only one text - \def\righttext{#1}% - \fi - % - \ifodd\pageno - \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin - \else - \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}% - \fi - \temp -} - -% @include file insert text of that file as input. -% -\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz} -\def\includezzz#1{% - \pushthisfilestack - \def\thisfile{#1}% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \def\temp{\input #1 }% - \expandafter - }\temp - \popthisfilestack -} -\def\filenamecatcodes{% - \catcode`\\=\other - \catcode`~=\other - \catcode`^=\other - \catcode`_=\other - \catcode`|=\other - \catcode`<=\other - \catcode`>=\other - \catcode`+=\other - \catcode`-=\other -} - -\def\pushthisfilestack{% - \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm -} -\def\pushthisfilestackX{% - \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm -} -\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {% - \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}% -} - -\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty} -\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error: - the stack of filenames is empty.}} - -\def\thisfile{} - -% @center line -% outputs that line, centered. -% -\parseargdef\center{% - \ifhmode - \let\next\centerH - \else - \let\next\centerV - \fi - \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}% -} -\def\centerH#1{% - {% - \hfil\break - \advance\hsize by -\leftskip - \advance\hsize by -\rightskip - \line{#1}% - \break - }% -} -\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}} - -% @sp n outputs n lines of vertical space - -\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip} - -% @comment ...line which is ignored... -% @c is the same as @comment -% @ignore ... @end ignore is another way to write a comment - -\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other% -\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other% -\commentxxx} -{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}} - -\let\c=\comment - -% @paragraphindent NCHARS -% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough. -% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'. -% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though. -% -\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords -\def\noneword{none} -% -\parseargdef\paragraphindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\asisword - \else - \ifx\temp\noneword - \defaultparindent = 0pt - \else - \defaultparindent = #1em - \fi - \fi - \parindent = \defaultparindent -} - -% @exampleindent NCHARS -% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent. -% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but -% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent. -\parseargdef\exampleindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\asisword - \else - \ifx\temp\noneword - \lispnarrowing = 0pt - \else - \lispnarrowing = #1em - \fi - \fi -} - -% @firstparagraphindent WORD -% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph -% after a section heading. If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such -% paragraphs. -% -% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling -% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do. -% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD. -% By default, we suppress indentation. -% -\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent} -\def\insertword{insert} -% -\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\noneword - \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent - \else\ifx\temp\insertword - \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}% - \fi\fi -} - -% Here is how we actually suppress indentation. Redefine \everypar to -% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty. -% -% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next -% paragraph. -% -\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{% - \gdef\indent{% - \restorefirstparagraphindent - \indent - }% - \gdef\noindent{% - \restorefirstparagraphindent - \noindent - }% - \global\everypar = {% - \kern -\parindent - \restorefirstparagraphindent - }% -} - -\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{% - \global \let \indent = \ptexindent - \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent - \global \everypar = {}% -} - - -% @asis just yields its argument. Used with @table, for example. -% -\def\asis#1{#1} - -% @math outputs its argument in math mode. -% -% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean -% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}. So make -% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam, -% which is what @var uses. -{ - \catcode\underChar = \active - \gdef\mathunderscore{% - \catcode\underChar=\active - \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}% - } -} -% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character. -% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but -% this is not advertised and we don't care. Texinfo does not -% otherwise define @\. -% -% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\. -\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi} -% -\def\math{% - \tex - \mathunderscore - \let\\ = \mathbackslash - \mathactive - $\finishmath -} -\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup} % Close the group opened by \tex. - -% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math. -% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument -% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section). -% -{ - \catcode`^ = \active - \catcode`< = \active - \catcode`> = \active - \catcode`+ = \active - \gdef\mathactive{% - \let^ = \ptexhat - \let< = \ptexless - \let> = \ptexgtr - \let+ = \ptexplus - } -} - -% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above. -\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$} -\def\minus{$-$} - -% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font. -% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter -% font as three actual period characters. -% -\def\dots{% - \leavevmode - \hbox to 1.5em{% - \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil - .\hfil.\hfil.% - \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil - }% -} - -% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis. -% -\def\enddots{% - \dots - \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor -} - -% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up -% Texinfo's parsing. -% -\let\comma = , - -% @refill is a no-op. -\let\refill=\relax - -% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to -% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs. -% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename). -% -\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files. -\let\novalidate = \linksfalse - -% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file. -% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input. -% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo. -\def\setfilename{% - \fixbackslash % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'. - \iflinks - \tryauxfile - % Open the new aux file. TeX will close it automatically at exit. - \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux - \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case. - \openindices - \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds. - % - % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it. - % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc. - \openin 1 texinfo.cnf - \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi - \closein 1 - % - \comment % Ignore the actual filename. -} - -% Called from \setfilename. -% -\def\openindices{% - \newindex{cp}% - \newcodeindex{fn}% - \newcodeindex{vr}% - \newcodeindex{tp}% - \newcodeindex{ky}% - \newcodeindex{pg}% -} - -% @bye. -\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend} - - -\message{pdf,} -% adobe `portable' document format -\newcount\tempnum -\newcount\lnkcount -\newtoks\filename -\newcount\filenamelength -\newcount\pgn -\newtoks\toksA -\newtoks\toksB -\newtoks\toksC -\newtoks\toksD -\newbox\boxA -\newcount\countA -\newif\ifpdf -\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest - -% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1 -% can be set). So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined, -% borrowed from ifpdf.sty. -\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined -\else - \ifx\pdfoutput\relax - \else - \ifcase\pdfoutput - \else - \pdftrue - \fi - \fi -\fi - -% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets, to -% for display in the outlines, and in other places. Thus, we have to -% double any backslashes. Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be -% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e. Not good. -% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html -% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX -% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so -% that's we do). - -% double active backslashes. -% -{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active - @gdef@activebackslash{@catcode`@\=@active @otherbackslash} - @gdef@activebackslashdouble{% - @catcode@backChar=@active - @let\=@doublebackslash} -} - -% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are -% not active characters. hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as -% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens. I've -% tinkered with it a little for texinfo, but it's definitely from there. -% -% #1 is the tokens to replace. -% #2 is the replacement. -% #3 is the control sequence with the string. -% -\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{% - \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{% - ##1% - \ifx\\##2\\% - \else - #2% - \HyReturnAfterFi{% - \HyPsdReplace##2\END - }% - \fi - }% - \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}% -} -\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1} - -% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements. -\def\backslashparens#1{% - \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply - % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest. - \HyPsdSubst{(}{\backslashlparen}{#1}% - \HyPsdSubst{)}{\backslashrparen}{#1}% -} - -{\catcode\exclamChar = 0 \catcode\backChar = \other - !gdef!backslashlparen{\(}% - !gdef!backslashrparen{\)}% -} - -\ifpdf - \input pdfcolor - \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}% - \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{% - \def\imagewidth{#2}% - \def\imageheight{#3}% - % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is - % included twice. (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.) - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 - \immediate\pdfimage - \else - \immediate\pdfximage - \fi - \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi - \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi - \ifnum\pdftexversion<13 - #1.pdf% - \else - {#1.pdf}% - \fi - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else - \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage - \fi} - \def\pdfmkdest#1{{% - % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters - % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title. - \atdummies - \activebackslashdouble - \def\pdfdestname{#1}% - \backslashparens\pdfdestname - \pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz% - }}% - % - % used to mark target names; must be expandable. - \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}% - % - \let\linkcolor = \Blue % was Cyan, but that seems light? - \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink} - % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines - % come from Petr Olsak - \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0% - \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi} - \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax - \advance\tempnum by 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}} - % - % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the - % outline by the pdf viewer. #2 is the pdf expression for the number - % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections). #3 is the node text, - % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node. - % #4 is the page number - % - \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{% - % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the - % page number. We could generate a destination for the section - % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't - % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured. - \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% - \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty - \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}% - \else - % Doubled backslashes in the name. - {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}% - \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}% - \fi - % - % Also double the backslashes in the display string. - {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}% - \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}% - % - \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}% - } - % - \def\pdfmakeoutlines{% - \begingroup - % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks - \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace - \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace - % - % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline. - \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \def\thischapnum{##2}% - \def\thissecnum{0}% - \def\thissubsecnum{0}% - }% - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}% - \def\thissecnum{##2}% - \def\thissubsecnum{0}% - }% - \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}% - \def\thissubsecnum{##2}% - }% - \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}% - }% - \def\thischapnum{0}% - \def\thissecnum{0}% - \def\thissubsecnum{0}% - % - % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et - % al. a second time, below. - \def\appentry{\numchapentry}% - \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}% - \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% - \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% - \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}% - \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}% - \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}% - \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}% - \readdatafile{toc}% - % - % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines. - % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of - % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above. - % - % We use the node names as the destinations. - \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% - \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}% - \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero - \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}% - % - % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of - % document fonts. Therefore we cannot use special characters, - % since the encoding is unknown. For example, the eogonek from - % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character. Info from - % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100. - % - % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to - % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding. Right - % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way. - \indexnofonts - \setupdatafile - \activebackslash - \input \jobname.toc - \endgroup - } - % - \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}% - \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax - \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces - \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}% - \advance\filenamelength by 1 - \fi - \fi - \nextsp} - \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax} - \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 - \let \startlink \pdfannotlink - \else - \let \startlink \pdfstartlink - \fi - \def\pdfurl#1{% - \begingroup - \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}% - \makevalueexpandable - \leavevmode\Red - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}% - \endgroup} - \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}} - \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks} - \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks} - \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}} - \def\maketoks{% - \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax - \ifx\first0\adn0 - \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3 - \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6 - \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9 - \else - \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi - \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else - \let\next=\maketoks - \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD} - \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi - \fi - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \next} - \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}% - {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0} - \def\pdflink#1{% - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}} - \linkcolor #1\endlink} - \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st} -\else - \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble - \let\pdfurl = \gobble - \let\endlink = \relax - \let\linkcolor = \relax - \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax -\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput - - -\message{fonts,} - -% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle. -% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in -% italics, not bold italics. -% -\def\setfontstyle#1{% - \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd. - \csname ten#1\endcsname % change the current font -} - -% Select #1 fonts with the current style. -% -\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname} - -\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}} -\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}} -\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}} -\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf} -\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}} - -% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not. -% So we set up a \sf. -\newfam\sffam -\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}} -\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf. - -% We don't need math for this font style. -\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}} - -% Default leading. -\newdimen\textleading \textleading = 13.2pt - -% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size -% correspondingly. There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers -% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined. -% -\def\lineskipfactor{.08333} -\def\strutheightpercent{.70833} -\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167} -% -\def\setleading#1{% - \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax - \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip - \normalbaselines - \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{% - \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip - depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip - }% -} - -% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the -% specified font prefix (normally `cm'). -% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor -\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4} - -% Use cm as the default font prefix. -% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix -% before you read in texinfo.tex. -\ifx\fontprefix\undefined -\def\fontprefix{cm} -\fi -% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM. -\def\rmshape{r} -\def\rmbshape{bx} %where the normal face is bold -\def\bfshape{b} -\def\bxshape{bx} -\def\ttshape{tt} -\def\ttbshape{tt} -\def\ttslshape{sltt} -\def\itshape{ti} -\def\itbshape{bxti} -\def\slshape{sl} -\def\slbshape{bxsl} -\def\sfshape{ss} -\def\sfbshape{ss} -\def\scshape{csc} -\def\scbshape{csc} - -% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1). -\def\textnominalsize{11pt} -\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf} -\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep} -\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep -\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep - -% A few fonts for @defun names and args. -\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} -\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1} -\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1} -\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf} - -% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt). -\def\smallnominalsize{9pt} -\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900} -\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000} -\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900} -\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900} -\font\smalli=cmmi9 -\font\smallsy=cmsy9 - -% Fonts for small examples (8pt). -\def\smallernominalsize{8pt} -\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800} -\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000} -\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800} -\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800} -\font\smalleri=cmmi8 -\font\smallersy=cmsy8 - -% Fonts for title page (20.4pt): -\def\titlenominalsize{20pt} -\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3} -\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4} -\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4} -\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3} -\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4} -\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1} -\let\titlebf=\titlerm -\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4} -\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3 -\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4 -\def\authorrm{\secrm} -\def\authortt{\sectt} - -% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt). -\def\chapnominalsize{17pt} -\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2} -\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3} -\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3} -\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2} -\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3} -\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000} -\let\chapbf=\chaprm -\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3} -\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2 -\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3 - -% Section fonts (14.4pt). -\def\secnominalsize{14pt} -\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1} -\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1} -\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2} -\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1} -\let\secbf\secrm -\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2} -\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1 -\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2 - -% Subsection fonts (13.15pt). -\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt} -\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf} -\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315} -\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315} -\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf} -\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315} -\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf} -\let\ssecbf\ssecrm -\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315} -\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf -\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315 - -% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt). -\def\reducednominalsize{10pt} -\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000} -\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000} -\font\reducedi=cmmi10 -\font\reducedsy=cmsy10 - -% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters, -% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families. Since -% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except -% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and -% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts). -% -\def\resetmathfonts{% - \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy - \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf - \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf -} - -% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead -% of just \STYLE. We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the -% current \fam for math mode. Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire -% \tenSTYLE to set the current font. -% -% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower) -% and \lllsize (three sizes lower). These relative commands are used in -% the LaTeX logo and acronyms. -% -% This all needs generalizing, badly. -% -\def\textfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl - \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc - \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy - \let\tenttsl=\textttsl - \def\curfontsize{text}% - \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}} -\def\titlefonts{% - \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl - \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc - \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy - \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl - \def\curfontsize{title}% - \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}} -\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}} -\def\chapfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl - \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc - \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy - \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl - \def\curfontsize{chap}% - \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}} -\def\secfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl - \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc - \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy - \let\tenttsl=\secttsl - \def\curfontsize{sec}% - \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}} -\def\subsecfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl - \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc - \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy - \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl - \def\curfontsize{ssec}% - \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}} -\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts -\def\reducedfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl - \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc - \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy - \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl - \def\curfontsize{reduced}% - \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} -\def\smallfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl - \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc - \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy - \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl - \def\curfontsize{small}% - \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}} -\def\smallerfonts{% - \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl - \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc - \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy - \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl - \def\curfontsize{smaller}% - \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}% - \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}} - -% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments. -\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts - -% About \smallexamplefonts. If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample -% can fit this many characters: -% 8.5x11=86 smallbook=72 a4=90 a5=69 -% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters: -% 8.5x11=90+ smallbook=80 a4=90+ a5=77 -% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth -% the additional smallness of 8pt. So I'm making the default 9pt. -% -% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt): -% 8.5x11=71 smallbook=60 a4=75 a5=58 -% -% I wish the USA used A4 paper. -% --karl, 24jan03. - - -% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes. -% -\textfonts \rm - -% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts. -\def\angleleft{$\langle$} -\def\angleright{$\rangle$} - -% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks -\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0 - -% Fonts for short table of contents. -\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000} -\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1} % no cmb12 -\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000} -\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000} - -%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans -%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic - -% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction -% unless the following character is such as not to need one. -\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else - \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi} -\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} -\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} - -% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl. -% @var is set to this for defun arguments. -\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} - -% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl. We never want -% ttsl for book titles, do we? -\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx} - -\let\i=\smartitalic -\let\slanted=\smartslanted -\let\var=\smartslanted -\let\dfn=\smartslanted -\let\emph=\smartitalic - -% @b, explicit bold. -\def\b#1{{\bf #1}} -\let\strong=\b - -% @sansserif, explicit sans. -\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}} - -% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at -% the end of a paragraph. Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the -% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called. -% -\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1 \aftergroup\restorehyphenation} -\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- } - -% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value. -% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and -% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up. -% -\catcode`@=11 - \def\plainfrenchspacing{% - \sfcode\dotChar =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m - \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m - \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends - } - \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{% - \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000 - \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250 - \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends - } -\catcode`@=\other -\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default - -\def\t#1{% - {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}% - \null -} -\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null} -\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000} -\font\keysy=cmsy9 -\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{% - \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{% - \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt - \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}% - \kern-0.4pt\hrule}% - \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}} -% The old definition, with no lozenge: -%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null} -\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1} - -% @file, @option are the same as @samp. -\let\file=\samp -\let\option=\samp - -% @code is a modification of @t, -% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text. -\def\tclose#1{% - {% - % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font. - \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font - % - % Switch to typewriter. - \tt - % - % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space. - \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}% - % - % Turn off hyphenation. - \nohyphenation - % - \rawbackslash - \plainfrenchspacing - #1% - }% - \null -} - -% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code. -% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes -% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc. - -% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control -% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words. -% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that) -% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash. -% -- rms. -{ - \catcode`\-=\active - \catcode`\_=\active - % - \global\def\code{\begingroup - \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active - \ifallowcodebreaks - \let-\codedash - \let_\codeunder - \else - \let-\realdash - \let_\realunder - \fi - \codex - } -} - -\def\realdash{-} -\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}} -\def\codeunder{% - % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work. In math mode, _ - % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.) - % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us - % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop. - \ifusingtt{\ifmmode - \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_. - \else\normalunderscore \fi - \discretionary{}{}{}}% - {\_}% -} -\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup} - -% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g., -% each of the four underscores in __typeof__. This is undesirable in -% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in -% general. @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this. -% -\newif\ifallowcodebreaks \allowcodebreakstrue - -\def\keywordtrue{true} -\def\keywordfalse{false} - -\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{% - \def\txiarg{#1}% - \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue - \allowcodebreakstrue - \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse - \allowcodebreaksfalse - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}% - \fi\fi -} - -% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command, -% then @kbd has no effect. - -% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always), -% `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends), -% or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always). -\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{% - \def\txiarg{#1}% - \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}% - \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% - \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode - \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}% - \else - \errhelp = \EMsimple - \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}% - \fi\fi\fi -} -\def\worddistinct{distinct} -\def\wordexample{example} -\def\wordcode{code} - -% Default is `distinct.' -\kbdinputstyle distinct - -\def\xkey{\key} -\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}% -\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}% -\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi -\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi} - -% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code. -\let\indicateurl=\code -\let\env=\code -\let\command=\code - -% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated) -% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third -% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url -% itself. First (mandatory) arg is the url. Perhaps eventually put in -% a hypertex \special here. -% -\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish} -\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \pdfurl{#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt - \ifpdf - \unhbox0 % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it - \else - \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url - \fi - \else - \code{#1}% only url given, so show it - \fi - \fi - \endlink -\endgroup} - -% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it. -% -\let\url=\uref - -% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97. -% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf. -% -%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright} -\ifpdf - \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish} - \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \pdfurl{mailto:#1}% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% - \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi - \endlink - \endgroup} -\else - \let\email=\uref -\fi - -% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font. Since all the -% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and -% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have -% this property, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt } - -% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'. The only reason for the -% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt. -% -\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1} - -\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par} - -% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'', -% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find. We need it for -% Polish suppressed-l. --karl, 22sep96. -%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null} - -% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii. -\def\r#1{{\rm #1}} % roman font -\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}} % smallcaps font -\def\ii#1{{\it #1}} % italic font - -% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like. -% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for -% all-uppercase. -% -\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish} -\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{% - {\selectfonts\lsize #1}% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% - \fi -} - -% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like. -% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing. -% -\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish} -\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{% - {\plainfrenchspacing #1}% - \def\temp{#2}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})% - \fi -} - -% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font. -% -\def\pounds{{\it\$}} - -% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style. -% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik -% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and -% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need). -% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym. -% -% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore -% that. The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular -% font height. -% -% feymr - regular -% feymo - slanted -% feybr - bold -% feybo - bold slanted -% -% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge. -% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide. -% Hmm. -% -% Also doesn't work in math. Do we need to do math with euro symbols? -% Hope not. -% -% -\def\euro{{\eurofont e}} -\def\eurofont{% - % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in - % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that - % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the - % font installed. - % - % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale - % that to the current nominal size. - % - % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but - % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts. - % - \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}% - % - \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename - % bold: - \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize - \else - % regular: - \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize - \fi - \thiseurofont -} - -% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle. The font for the R should really -% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now. -% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright. -% -\def\registeredsymbol{% - $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}% - \hfil\crcr\Orb}}% - }$% -} - -% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with: -% Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14) (68K) 16 APR 2004 02:38 -% so we'll define it if necessary. -% -\ifx\Orb\undefined -\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D} -\fi - - -\message{page headings,} - -\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in -\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc - -% First the title page. Must do @settitle before @titlepage. -\newif\ifseenauthor -\newif\iffinishedtitlepage - -% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the -% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage. -% -\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage - \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue -\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage - \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue - -\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}% - \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page} - -\envdef\titlepage{% - % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage. - \begingroup - \parindent=0pt \textfonts - % Leave some space at the very top of the page. - \vglue\titlepagetopglue - % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title. - \finishedtitlepagetrue - % - % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space - % at the top of the second. We don't want the ragged left on the second. - \let\oldpage = \page - \def\page{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - \let\page = \oldpage - \page - \null - }% -} - -\def\Etitlepage{% - \iffinishedtitlepage\else - \finishtitlepage - \fi - % It is important to do the page break before ending the group, - % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group. - % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page - % after the title page, which we certainly don't want. - \oldpage - \endgroup - % - % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are - % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers. - \HEADINGSon - % - % If they want short, they certainly want long too. - \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage - \shortcontents - \contents - \global\let\shortcontents = \relax - \global\let\contents = \relax - \fi - % - \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage - \contents - \global\let\contents = \relax - \global\let\shortcontents = \relax - \fi -} - -\def\finishtitlepage{% - \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize - \vskip\titlepagebottomglue - \finishedtitlepagetrue -} - -%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage: - -\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm -\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines} - -\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines - \let\tt=\authortt} - -\parseargdef\title{% - \checkenv\titlepage - \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1} - % print a rule at the page bottom also. - \finishedtitlepagefalse - \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt -} - -\parseargdef\subtitle{% - \checkenv\titlepage - {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}% -} - -% @author should come last, but may come many times. -% It can also be used inside @quotation. -% -\parseargdef\author{% - \def\temp{\quotation}% - \ifx\thisenv\temp - \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation. - \else - \checkenv\titlepage - \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi - {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}% - \fi -} - - -%%% Set up page headings and footings. - -\let\thispage=\folio - -\newtoks\evenheadline % headline on even pages -\newtoks\oddheadline % headline on odd pages -\newtoks\evenfootline % footline on even pages -\newtoks\oddfootline % footline on odd pages - -% Now make TeX use those variables -\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline - \else \the\evenheadline \fi}} -\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline - \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook} -\let\HEADINGShook=\relax - -% Commands to set those variables. -% For example, this is what @headings on does -% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter -% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle -% @evenfooting @thisfile|| -% @oddfooting ||@thisfile - - -\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx} -\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% -\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx} -\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% -\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}% - -\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx} -\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% -\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}} - -\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx} -\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish} -\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{% - \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}% - % - % Leave some space for the footline. Hopefully ok to assume - % @evenfooting will not be used by itself. - \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip - \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip -} - -\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}} - - -% @headings double turns headings on for double-sided printing. -% @headings single turns headings on for single-sided printing. -% @headings off turns them off. -% @headings on same as @headings double, retained for compatibility. -% @headings after turns on double-sided headings after this page. -% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page. -% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page. -% By default, they are off at the start of a document, -% and turned `on' after @end titlepage. - -\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname} - -\def\HEADINGSoff{% -\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}} -\HEADINGSoff -% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1. -% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner, -% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document -% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top -% edge of all pages. -\def\HEADINGSdouble{% -\global\pageno=1 -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -} -\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager - -% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page, -% page number on top right. -\def\HEADINGSsingle{% -\global\pageno=1 -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -} -\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble} - -\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex} -\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter -\def\HEADINGSdoublex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -} - -\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex} -\def\HEADINGSsinglex{% -\global\evenfootline={\hfil} -\global\oddfootline={\hfil} -\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}} -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -} - -% Subroutines used in generating headings -% This produces Day Month Year style of output. -% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set -% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this). -\ifx\today\undefined -\def\today{% - \number\day\space - \ifcase\month - \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr - \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug - \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec - \fi - \space\number\year} -\fi - -% @settitle line... specifies the title of the document, for headings. -% It generates no output of its own. -\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle} -\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}} - - -\message{tables,} -% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x). - -% default indentation of table text -\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in -% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text -\newdimen\itemindent \itemindent=.3in -% margin between end of table item and start of table text. -\newdimen\itemmargin \itemmargin=.1in - -% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin -\newdimen\itemmax - -% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with -% these defs. -% They also define \itemindex -% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none). - -\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip - -\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi} - -\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz} -\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz} - -\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup % - \advance\hsize by -\rightskip - \advance\hsize by -\tableindent - \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}% - \itemindex{#1}% - \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx. - % - % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line - % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that - % line. We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next - % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the - % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space. - \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax - % - % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping, - % but leave it ragged-right. - \begingroup - \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent - \advance\hsize by\tableindent - \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil - \leavevmode\unhbox0\par - \endgroup - % - % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the - % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started. - \nobreak \vskip-\parskip - % - % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up. However, if - % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no - % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would - % cause the example and the item to crash together. So we use this - % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert - % \parskip glue after all. Section titles are handled this way also. - % - \penalty 10001 - \endgroup - \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse - \else - % The item text fits into the space. Start a paragraph, so that the - % following text (if any) will end up on the same line. - \noindent - % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in - % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and - % eventually be printed. - \nobreak\kern-\tableindent - \dimen0 = \itemmax \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 - \unhbox0 - \nobreak\kern\dimen0 - \endgroup - \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue - \fi -} - -\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}} -\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}} - -% @table, @ftable, @vtable. -\envdef\table{% - \let\itemindex\gobble - \tablecheck{table}% -} -\envdef\ftable{% - \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}% - \tablecheck{ftable}% -} -\envdef\vtable{% - \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}% - \tablecheck{vtable}% -} -\def\tablecheck#1{% - \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active - \endgroup - \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is - that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}% - \def\next{\doignore{#1}}% - \else - \let\next\tablex - \fi - \next -} -\def\tablex#1{% - \def\itemindicate{#1}% - \parsearg\tabley -} -\def\tabley#1{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}% - \expandafter - }\temp \endtablez -} -\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{% - \aboveenvbreak - \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi - \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi - \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi - \itemmax=\tableindent - \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin - \advance \leftskip by \tableindent - \exdentamount=\tableindent - \parindent = 0pt - \parskip = \smallskipamount - \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi - \let\item = \internalBitem - \let\itemx = \internalBitemx -} -\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak} -\let\Eftable\Etable -\let\Evtable\Etable -\let\Eitemize\Etable -\let\Eenumerate\Etable - -% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize - -\newcount \itemno - -\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize} - -\def\doitemize#1{% - \aboveenvbreak - \itemmax=\itemindent - \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin - \advance\leftskip by \itemindent - \exdentamount=\itemindent - \parindent=0pt - \parskip=\smallskipamount - \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi - \def\itemcontents{#1}% - % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet. - \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi - \let\item=\itemizeitem -} - -% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate. -% -\def\itemizeitem{% - \advance\itemno by 1 % for enumerations - {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break - {% - % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a - % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have - % done a \vskip-\parskip. In that case, we don't want to zero - % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading. On the - % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there - % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much - % space. In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before. At least - % that's the theory. - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}% - \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item. - \flushcr -} - -% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in -% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder. -% -\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}% - -% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter, -% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list. No -% argument is the same as `1'. -% -\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1 \endenumeratey} -\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{% - % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'. - \def\thearg{#1}% - \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi - % - % Detect if the argument is a single token. If so, it might be a - % letter. Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number. - % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made. - % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at - % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.) - \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark - \ifx\rest\empty - % Only one token in the argument. It could still be anything. - % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero. - % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and - % not equal to itself. - % Otherwise, we assume it's a number. - % - % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from - % continuing to look for a . - % - \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax - \numericenumerate % a number (we hope) - \else - % It's a letter. - \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax - \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter - \else - \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter - \fi - \fi - \else - % Multiple tokens in the argument. We hope it's a number. - \numericenumerate - \fi -} - -% An @enumerate whose labels are integers. The starting integer is -% given in \thearg. -% -\def\numericenumerate{% - \itemno = \thearg - \startenumeration{\the\itemno}% -} - -% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg. -\def\lowercaseenumerate{% - \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg - \startenumeration{% - % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. - \ifnum\itemno=0 - \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger - alphabet}% - \fi - \char\lccode\itemno - }% -} - -% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg. -\def\uppercaseenumerate{% - \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg - \startenumeration{% - % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet. - \ifnum\itemno=0 - \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger - alphabet} - \fi - \char\uccode\itemno - }% -} - -% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the -% common last two arguments. Also subtract one from the initial value in -% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno. -% -\def\startenumeration#1{% - \advance\itemno by -1 - \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr -} - -% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg -% to @enumerate. -% -\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}} -\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}} -\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate} -\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate} - - -% @multitable macros -% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96 -% -% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired. -% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble. Width -% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line, -% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page. - -% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines. - -% To make preamble: -% -% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize: -% @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45 -% @item ... -% -% Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total -% current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many -% columns as desired. - - -% Or use a template: -% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} -% @item ... -% using the widest term desired in each column. - -% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column -% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's -% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed, -% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns. - -% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt -% if they are. - -% Sample multitable: - -% @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template} -% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col -% @item -% first col stuff -% @tab -% second col stuff -% @tab -% third col -% @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff -% @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column. -% -% They will wrap at the width determined by the template. -% @item@tab@tab This will be in third column. -% @end multitable - -% Default dimensions may be reset by user. -% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table. -% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table. -% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns. -% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline -% to baseline. -% 0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing. -% -\newskip\multitableparskip -\newskip\multitableparindent -\newdimen\multitablecolspace -\newskip\multitablelinespace -\multitableparskip=0pt -\multitableparindent=6pt -\multitablecolspace=12pt -\multitablelinespace=0pt - -% Macros used to set up halign preamble: -% -\let\endsetuptable\relax -\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable} -\let\columnfractions\relax -\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions} -\newif\ifsetpercent - -% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might -% be just 1. We just use it, whatever it is. -% -\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {% - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}% - \setuptable -} - -\newcount\colcount -\def\setuptable#1{% - \def\firstarg{#1}% - \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable - \let\go = \relax - \else - \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions - \global\setpercenttrue - \else - \ifsetpercent - \let\go\pickupwholefraction - \else - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a - % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway. - \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}% - \fi - \fi - \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction - % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so - % we'll always have a period there to be parsed. - \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}% - \else - \let\go = \setuptable - \fi% - \fi - \go -} - -% multitable-only commands. -% -% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold. -% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group -% of an alignment entry. Note that \everycr resets \everytab. -\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}% -% -% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp. But then the space in a template -% line is not enough. That is bad. So let's go back to just `&' until -% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again. -% --karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99. -\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}% - -% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions: -% -\newtoks\everytab % insert after every tab. -% -\envdef\multitable{% - \vskip\parskip - \startsavinginserts - % - % @item within a multitable starts a normal row. - % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries - % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka - % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize. - \def\item{\crcr}% - % - \tolerance=9500 - \hbadness=9500 - \setmultitablespacing - \parskip=\multitableparskip - \parindent=\multitableparindent - \overfullrule=0pt - \global\colcount=0 - % - \everycr = {% - \noalign{% - \global\everytab={}% - \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter. - % Check for saved footnotes, etc. - \checkinserts - % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages. - %\filbreak - % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the - % table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better? Wait until the - % problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl. - }% - }% - % - \parsearg\domultitable -} -\def\domultitable#1{% - % To parse everything between @multitable and @item: - \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable - % - % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will - % be used as many times as user calls for columns. - % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and - % continue for many paragraphs if desired. - \halign\bgroup &% - \global\advance\colcount by 1 - \multistrut - \vtop{% - % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width: - \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname - % - % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other - % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after - % the first one. - % - % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace - % to the width of each template entry. - % - % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will - % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip - % will keep entries from bumping into each other. Table will start at - % left margin and final column will justify at right margin. - % - % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment. - \rightskip=0pt - \ifnum\colcount=1 - % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text. - \advance\hsize by\leftskip - \else - \ifsetpercent \else - % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize - % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace. - \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace - \fi - % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace: - \leftskip=\multitablecolspace - \fi - % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious - % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the - % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself. - % For example: - % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89 - % @item @code{#} - % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country. - % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively - % marking characters. - \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut - }\cr -} -\def\Emultitable{% - \crcr - \egroup % end the \halign - \global\setpercentfalse -} - -\def\setmultitablespacing{% - \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing - % - % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in - % \multitableparskip calculation. We used define \multistrut based on - % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off. - % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100. -\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt -\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip -\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0 -\fi -%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of -%% table. If not, do nothing. -%% If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace. -\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace -\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. -\fi% -\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt -\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace -\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller - %% than skip between lines in the table. -\fi} - - -\message{conditionals,} - -% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext, -% @ifnotxml always succeed. They currently do nothing; we don't -% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested. But we -% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't -% attempt to close an environment group. -% -\def\makecond#1{% - \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax - \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1 -} -\makecond{iftex} -\makecond{ifnotdocbook} -\makecond{ifnothtml} -\makecond{ifnotinfo} -\makecond{ifnotplaintext} -\makecond{ifnotxml} - -% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like. -% -\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}} -\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}} -\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}} -\def\html{\doignore{html}} -\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}} -\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}} -\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}} -\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}} -\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}} -\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}} -\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}} -\def\menu{\doignore{menu}} -\def\xml{\doignore{xml}} - -% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals. -% -% A count to remember the depth of nesting. -\newcount\doignorecount - -\def\doignore#1{\begingroup - % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode: - \catcode`\@ = \other - \catcode`\{ = \other - \catcode`\} = \other - % - % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants. - \spaceisspace - % - % Count number of #1's that we've seen. - \doignorecount = 0 - % - % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'. - \dodoignore{#1}% -} - -{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source. - \obeylines % - % - \gdef\dodoignore#1{% - % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'. - % - % Define a command to find the next `@end #1', which must be on a line - % by itself. - \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}% - % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a - % line. (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for - % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.) - \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}% - % - % And now expand that command. - \obeylines % - \doignoretext ^^M% - }% -} - -\def\doignoreyyy#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\empty % Nothing found. - \let\next\doignoretextzzz - \else % Found a nested condition, ... - \advance\doignorecount by 1 - \let\next\doignoretextyyy % ..., look for another. - % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example). - \fi - \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro. -} - -% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_". -% -\def\doignoretextzzz#1{% - \ifnum\doignorecount = 0 % We have just found the outermost @end. - \let\next\enddoignore - \else % Still inside a nested condition. - \advance\doignorecount by -1 - \let\next\doignoretext % Look for the next @end. - \fi - \next -} - -% Finish off ignored text. -\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces} - - -% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value. -% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE. -% -% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be -% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our -% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we -% didn't need it. -% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10. -% -\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy} -\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \def\temp{#2}% - \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}% - \ifx\temp\empty - \next{}% - \else - \setzzz#2\endsetzzz - \fi - }% -} -% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted. -\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}} - -% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR. -% -\parseargdef\clear{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax - }% -} - -% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo. -\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx} -\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup} -{ - \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active - % - \gdef\makevalueexpandable{% - \let\value = \expandablevalue - % We don't want these characters active, ... - \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other - % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if - % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though. - % So \let them to their normal equivalents. - \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore - } -} - -% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's -% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies). -% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since -% the result winds up in the index file. This means that if the -% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain -% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work -% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete). -% -\def\expandablevalue#1{% - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax - {[No value for ``#1'']}% - \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}% - \else - \csname SET#1\endcsname - \fi -} - -% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined -% with @set. -% -% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine. -% -\makecond{ifset} -\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}} -\def\doifset#1#2{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \let\next=\empty - \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax - #1% If not set, redefine \next. - \fi - \expandafter - }\next -} -\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}} - -% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been -% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear. -% -% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the -% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set, -% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail. -% -\makecond{ifclear} -\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}} -\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}} - -% @dircategory CATEGORY -- specify a category of the dir file -% which this file should belong to. Ignore this in TeX. -\let\dircategory=\comment - -% @defininfoenclose. -\let\definfoenclose=\comment - - -\message{indexing,} -% Index generation facilities - -% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite -% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's. -\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}} - -% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo. -% It automatically defines \fooindex such that -% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo. -% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for -% the file that accumulates this index. The file's extension is foo. -% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long -% for the sake of vms. -% -\def\newindex#1{% - \iflinks - \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname - \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file - \fi - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% % Define @#1index - \noexpand\doindex{#1}} -} - -% @defindex foo == \newindex{foo} -% -\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex} - -% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code. -% -\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex} -% -\def\newcodeindex#1{% - \iflinks - \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname - \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 - \fi - \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% - \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}% -} - - -% @synindex foo bar makes index foo feed into index bar. -% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index. -% -% @syncodeindex foo bar similar, but put all entries made for index foo -% inside @code. -% -\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}} -\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}} - -% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo), -% #3 the target index (bar). -\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{% - % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up - % closing the target index. - \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined - % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the - % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files. - \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1 - \fi - % redefine \fooindfile: - \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname - \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp - % redefine \fooindex: - \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}% -} - -% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros. -% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro, -% and it is "foo", the name of the index. - -% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work. -% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros. - -% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic} -% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index. - -\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer} -\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}} - -% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument. -\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer} -\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}} - -% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry. -% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't, -% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't. -% -\def\indexdummies{% - \escapechar = `\\ % use backslash in output files. - \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files. - \def\ {\realbackslash\space }% - % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again. - % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes - % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters. - \let\{ = \mylbrace - \let\} = \myrbrace - % - % Do the redefinitions. - \commondummies -} - -% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character. So we want to -% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of -% \realbackslash, still used for index files). When everything uses @, -% this will be simpler. -% -\def\atdummies{% - \def\@{@@}% - \def\ {@ }% - \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd - \let\} = \rbraceatcmd - % - % Do the redefinitions. - \commondummies -} - -% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies. -% -\def\commondummies{% - % - % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively - % preventing its expansion. This is used only for control% words, - % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for - % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word - % from whatever follows. - % - % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the - % space. - % - % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and - % those that do not. If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then - % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever). - % - \def\definedummyword ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}% - \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}% - \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter - % - \commondummiesnofonts - % - \definedummyletter\_% - % - % Non-English letters. - \definedummyword\AA - \definedummyword\AE - \definedummyword\L - \definedummyword\OE - \definedummyword\O - \definedummyword\aa - \definedummyword\ae - \definedummyword\l - \definedummyword\oe - \definedummyword\o - \definedummyword\ss - \definedummyword\exclamdown - \definedummyword\questiondown - \definedummyword\ordf - \definedummyword\ordm - % - % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do. - \definedummyword\bf - \definedummyword\gtr - \definedummyword\hat - \definedummyword\less - \definedummyword\sf - \definedummyword\sl - \definedummyword\tclose - \definedummyword\tt - % - \definedummyword\LaTeX - \definedummyword\TeX - % - % Assorted special characters. - \definedummyword\bullet - \definedummyword\comma - \definedummyword\copyright - \definedummyword\registeredsymbol - \definedummyword\dots - \definedummyword\enddots - \definedummyword\equiv - \definedummyword\error - \definedummyword\euro - \definedummyword\expansion - \definedummyword\minus - \definedummyword\pounds - \definedummyword\point - \definedummyword\print - \definedummyword\result - % - % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write. - \macrolist - % - \normalturnoffactive - % - % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any - % (non-fully-expandable) commands. - \makevalueexpandable -} - -% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts. -% -% Better have this without active chars. -{ - \catcode`\~=\other - \gdef\commondummiesnofonts{% - % Control letters and accents. - \definedummyletter\!% - \definedummyaccent\"% - \definedummyaccent\'% - \definedummyletter\*% - \definedummyaccent\,% - \definedummyletter\.% - \definedummyletter\/% - \definedummyletter\:% - \definedummyaccent\=% - \definedummyletter\?% - \definedummyaccent\^% - \definedummyaccent\`% - \definedummyaccent\~% - \definedummyword\u - \definedummyword\v - \definedummyword\H - \definedummyword\dotaccent - \definedummyword\ringaccent - \definedummyword\tieaccent - \definedummyword\ubaraccent - \definedummyword\udotaccent - \definedummyword\dotless - % - % Texinfo font commands. - \definedummyword\b - \definedummyword\i - \definedummyword\r - \definedummyword\sc - \definedummyword\t - % - % Commands that take arguments. - \definedummyword\acronym - \definedummyword\cite - \definedummyword\code - \definedummyword\command - \definedummyword\dfn - \definedummyword\emph - \definedummyword\env - \definedummyword\file - \definedummyword\kbd - \definedummyword\key - \definedummyword\math - \definedummyword\option - \definedummyword\samp - \definedummyword\strong - \definedummyword\tie - \definedummyword\uref - \definedummyword\url - \definedummyword\var - \definedummyword\verb - \definedummyword\w - } -} - -% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index -% by, and when constructing control sequence names. It eliminates all -% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string -% would be for a given command (usually its argument). -% -\def\indexnofonts{% - % Accent commands should become @asis. - \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}% - % We can just ignore other control letters. - \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}% - % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis. - \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent - % - \commondummiesnofonts - % - % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command - % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc. - % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands. - %\let\tt=\asis - % - \def\ { }% - \def\@{@}% - % how to handle braces? - \def\_{\normalunderscore}% - % - % Non-English letters. - \def\AA{AA}% - \def\AE{AE}% - \def\L{L}% - \def\OE{OE}% - \def\O{O}% - \def\aa{aa}% - \def\ae{ae}% - \def\l{l}% - \def\oe{oe}% - \def\o{o}% - \def\ss{ss}% - \def\exclamdown{!}% - \def\questiondown{?}% - \def\ordf{a}% - \def\ordm{o}% - % - \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}% - \def\TeX{TeX}% - % - % Assorted special characters. - % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.) - \def\bullet{bullet}% - \def\comma{,}% - \def\copyright{copyright}% - \def\registeredsymbol{R}% - \def\dots{...}% - \def\enddots{...}% - \def\equiv{==}% - \def\error{error}% - \def\euro{euro}% - \def\expansion{==>}% - \def\minus{-}% - \def\pounds{pounds}% - \def\point{.}% - \def\print{-|}% - \def\result{=>}% - % - % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present). - % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now. - % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up - % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry - % that starts with \. - % - % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them - % to take a single TeX argument. The case of a macro invocation that - % goes to end-of-line is not handled. - % - \macrolist -} - -\let\indexbackslash=0 %overridden during \printindex. -\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)? - -% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case. -% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text. -\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}} - -% Workhorse for all \fooindexes. -% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry -- -% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception -% is with most defuns, which call us directly). -% -\def\dosubind#1#2#3{% - \iflinks - {% - % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg). - \toks0 = {#2}% - % If third arg is present, precede it with a space. - \def\thirdarg{#3}% - \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else - \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}% - \fi - % - \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}% - % - \ifvmode - \dosubindsanitize - \else - \dosubindwrite - \fi - }% - \fi -} - -% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file: -% -\def\dosubindwrite{% - % Put the index entry in the margin if desired. - \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else - \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}% - \fi - % - % Remember, we are within a group. - \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage - \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now - % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash. - % - % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to - % get the string to sort by. - {\indexnofonts - \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion - \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}% - }% - % - % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and - % the original text, including any font commands. We write - % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the - % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s - % sorted result. - \edef\temp{% - \write\writeto{% - \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}% - }% - \temp -} - -% Take care of unwanted page breaks: -% -% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it -% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting -% the skip again. Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the -% \write will make \lastskip zero. The result is that sequences -% like this: -% @end defun -% @tindex whatever -% @defun ... -% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the -% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of -% the previous defun. -% -% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode. We -% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph. -% -% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too. -% -% But wait, there is a catch there: -% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip. \ifdim is not -% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts -% of the skip. The only way seems to be to check the textual -% representation of the skip. -% -% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that -% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter). -% -\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname} -% -% ..., ready, GO: -% -\def\dosubindsanitize{% - % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously. - \skip0 = \lastskip - \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}% - \count255 = \lastpenalty - % - % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a - % skip. And since a skip is discardable, that means this - % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a - % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential - % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed. - \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro - \else - \vskip-\skip0 - \fi - % - \dosubindwrite - % - \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro - % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and - % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak. In that case, we want - % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various - % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any - % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint. For example: - % - % @deffn deffn-whatever - % @vindex index-whatever - % Description. - % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit - % and the "Description." paragraph. - \ifnum\count255>9999 \penalty\count255 \fi - \else - % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip, - % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item - % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak. - \nobreak\vskip\skip0 - \fi -} - -% The index entry written in the file actually looks like -% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic} -% or -% \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic} -% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files -% containing these kinds of lines: -% \initial {c} -% before the first topic whose initial is c -% \entry {topic}{pagelist} -% for a topic that is used without subtopics -% \primary {topic} -% for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics -% \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist} -% for each subtopic. - -% Define the user-accessible indexing commands -% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex. - -\def\findex {\fnindex} -\def\kindex {\kyindex} -\def\cindex {\cpindex} -\def\vindex {\vrindex} -\def\tindex {\tpindex} -\def\pindex {\pgindex} - -\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub} -{\obeylines % -\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup % -\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}} - -% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material. - -% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed. -% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered). -% -\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup - \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}% - % - \smallfonts \rm - \tolerance = 9500 - \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression. - % - % See if the index file exists and is nonempty. - % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains - % \initial {@} - % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces - % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence). - \catcode`\@ = 11 - \openin 1 \jobname.#1s - \ifeof 1 - % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index, - % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the - % index. The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure - % there is some text. - \putwordIndexNonexistent - \else - % - % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof - % false. We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so - % it can discover if there is anything in it. - \read 1 to \temp - \ifeof 1 - \putwordIndexIsEmpty - \else - % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape - % character. It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change - % to make right now. - \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}% - \catcode`\\ = 0 - \escapechar = `\\ - \begindoublecolumns - \input \jobname.#1s - \enddoublecolumns - \fi - \fi - \closein 1 -\endgroup} - -% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself. -% Change them to control the appearance of the index. - -\def\initial#1{{% - % Some minor font changes for the special characters. - \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt - % - % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own. - \removelastskip - % - % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus. - \nobreak - \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip - \penalty 0 - \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip - % - % Typeset the initial. Making this add up to a whole number of - % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column - % to column. It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch - % we need before each entry, but it's better. - % - % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns. - \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip - \leftline{\secbf #1}% - % Do our best not to break after the initial. - \nobreak - \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip -}} - -% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and -% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin. It is used for index -% and table of contents entries. The paragraph is indented by \leftskip. -% -% A straightforward implementation would start like this: -% \def\entry#1#2{... -% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to -% @code, which sets - active. This problem was fixed by a kludge--- -% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right. -% -% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text. -% --kasal, 21nov03 -\def\entry{% - \begingroup - % - % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't - % affect previous text. - \par - % - % Do not fill out the last line with white space. - \parfillskip = 0in - % - % No extra space above this paragraph. - \parskip = 0in - % - % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines. - \finalhyphendemerits = 0 - % - % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number - % don't both fit on one line. In that case, bob suggests starting the - % dots pretty far over on the line. Unfortunately, a large - % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across - % lines. So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders. - % - % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start - % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that. - \hangindent = 2em - % - % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line - % with blank space. - \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil - % - % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing - % columns. - \vskip 0pt plus1pt - % - % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter): - \afterassignment\doentry - \let\temp = -} -\def\doentry{% - \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace. - \noindent - \aftergroup\finishentry - % And now comes the text of the entry. -} -\def\finishentry#1{% - % #1 is the page number. - % - % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if - % there are no page numbers. The next person who breaks this will be - % cursed by a Unix daemon. - \def\tempa{{\rm }}% - \def\tempb{#1}% - \edef\tempc{\tempa}% - \edef\tempd{\tempb}% - \ifx\tempc\tempd - \ % - \else - % - % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out - % this line with blank space. (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the - % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.) - \hfil\penalty50 - \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number. - % - % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as - % part of (the primitive) \par. Without it, a spurious underfull - % \hbox ensues. - \ifpdf - \pdfgettoks#1.% - \ \the\toksA - \else - \ #1% - \fi - \fi - \par - \endgroup -} - -% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em. -\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders - \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill} - -\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}} - -\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm -\def\secondary#1#2{{% - \parfillskip=0in - \parskip=0in - \hangindent=1in - \hangafter=1 - \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill - \ifpdf - \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph. - \else - #2 - \fi - \par -}} - -% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes. -% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say, -% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself. -\catcode`\@=11 - -\newbox\partialpage -\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize - -\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns - % Grab any single-column material above us. - \output = {% - % - % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a - % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output - % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is - % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off). In - % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal - % output routine. Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this - % runs and this will be a no-op. See the indexspread.tex test case. - \ifvoid\partialpage \else - \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}% - \fi - % - \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{% - % Unvbox the main output page. - \unvbox\PAGE - \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip - }% - }% - \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage - % - % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages. - \output = {\doublecolumnout}% - % - % Change the page size parameters. We could do this once outside this - % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11 - % format, but then we repeat the same computation. Repeating a couple - % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the - % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place. - % - % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between - % the columns. We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it - % changes automatically with the paper format. The magic constant - % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt) - % as it did when we hard-coded it. - % - % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we - % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially) - % been clobbered. - % - \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize - \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize - \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2 - \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize - % - % Double the \vsize as well. (We don't need a separate register here, - % since nobody clobbers \vsize.) - \vsize = 2\vsize -} - -% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except -% the last. -% -\def\doublecolumnout{% - \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth - % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal - % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the - % previous page. - \dimen@ = \vsize - \divide\dimen@ by 2 - \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage - % - % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right. - \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ - \onepageout\pagesofar - \unvbox255 - \penalty\outputpenalty -} -% -% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material, -% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2. -\def\pagesofar{% - \unvbox\partialpage - % - \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize - \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize - \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}% -} -% -% All done with double columns. -\def\enddoublecolumns{% - \output = {% - % Split the last of the double-column material. Leave it on the - % current page, no automatic page break. - \balancecolumns - % - % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page, - % though, there will be another page break right after this \output - % invocation ends. Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not - % want to call it again. Therefore, reset \output to its normal - % definition right away. (We hope \balancecolumns will never be - % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes - % the output somewhat more palatable.) - \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}% - }% - \eject - \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns - % - % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted - % the current page. We're now back to normal single-column - % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the - % \endgroup where \vsize got restored). - \pagegoal = \vsize -} -% -% Called at the end of the double column material. -\def\balancecolumns{% - \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120. - \dimen@ = \ht0 - \advance\dimen@ by \topskip - \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip - \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to - %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}% - \splittopskip = \topskip - % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint. - {% - \vbadness = 10000 - \loop - \global\setbox3 = \copy0 - \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@ - \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@ - \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt - \repeat - }% - %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}% - \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}% - \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}% - % - \pagesofar -} -\catcode`\@ = \other - - -\message{sectioning,} -% Chapters, sections, etc. - -% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course. But we count the unnumbered -% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf -% outlines by their "section number". We avoid collisions with chapter -% numbers by starting them at 10000. (If a document ever has 10000 -% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.) -\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000 -\newcount\chapno -\newcount\secno \secno=0 -\newcount\subsecno \subsecno=0 -\newcount\subsubsecno \subsubsecno=0 - -% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ... -\newcount\appendixno \appendixno = `\@ -% -% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno} -% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple -% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual -% letter in the expansion, not just typeset. -% -\def\appendixletter{% - \ifnum\appendixno=`A A% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y% - \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z% - % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is - % expanded while writing the .toc file. \char\appendixno is not - % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out - % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it. - \else\char\the\appendixno - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi - \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi} - -% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter. -% page headings and footings can use it. @section does likewise. -% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks. -\def\thischapter{} -\def\thissection{} - -\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level -\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count - -% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc. -\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1} -\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name - -% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc. -\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1} -\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name - -% we only have subsub. -\chardef\maxseclevel = 3 -% -% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too. -% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in: -\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel -% -% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not: -% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored. -\def\chapheadtype{N} - -% Choose a heading macro -% #1 is heading type -% #2 is heading level -% #3 is text for heading -\def\genhead#1#2#3{% - % Compute the abs. sec. level: - \absseclevel=#2 - \advance\absseclevel by \secbase - % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range: - \ifnum \absseclevel < 0 - \absseclevel = 0 - \else - \ifnum \absseclevel > 3 - \absseclevel = 3 - \fi - \fi - % The heading type: - \def\headtype{#1}% - \if \headtype U% - \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel - \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel - \fi - \else - % Check for appendix sections: - \ifnum \absseclevel = 0 - \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}% - \else - \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N% - \errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}% - \fi\fi - \fi - % Check for numbered within unnumbered: - \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel - \def\headtype{U}% - \else - \chardef\unmlevel = 3 - \fi - \fi - % Now print the heading: - \if \headtype U% - \ifcase\absseclevel - \unnumberedzzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \else - \if \headtype A% - \ifcase\absseclevel - \appendixzzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \else - \ifcase\absseclevel - \chapterzzz{#3}% - \or \seczzz{#3}% - \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}% - \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}% - \fi - \fi - \fi - \suppressfirstparagraphindent -} - -% an interface: -\def\numhead{\genhead N} -\def\apphead{\genhead A} -\def\unnmhead{\genhead U} - -% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered. Increment top-level counter, reset -% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero. -% -% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers -% (e.g., figures), q.v. By default (before any chapter), that is empty. -\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty -% -\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz -\def\chapterzzz#1{% - % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such - % as an @include file. - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\chapno by 1 - % - % Used for \float. - \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}% - \resetallfloatnos - % - \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}% - % - % Write the actual heading. - \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}% - % - % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter. - \global\let\section = \numberedsec - \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz -\def\appendixzzz#1{% - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\appendixno by 1 - \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}% - \resetallfloatnos - % - \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}% - \message{\appendixnum}% - % - \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}% - % - \global\let\section = \appendixsec - \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec -} - -\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz -\def\unnumberedzzz#1{% - \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 - \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1 - % - % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures. - \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty - \resetallfloatnos - % - % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the - % argument to \message. Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX - % expanded them. For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX - % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant - % to be executed, not expanded). - % - % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear - % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself. We use - % \the to achieve this: TeX expands \the only once, - % simply yielding the contents of . (We also do this for - % the toc entries.) - \toks0 = {#1}% - \message{(\the\toks0)}% - % - \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}% - % - \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec - \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec - \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec -} - -% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered. -\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{% - % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break - % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level. - % Thus we are safer this way: --kasal, 24feb04 - \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters - \unnmhead0{#1}% - \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax -} - -% @top is like @unnumbered. -\let\top\unnumbered - -% Sections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz -\def\seczzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz -\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}% -} -\let\appendixsec\appendixsection - -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz -\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{% - \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\secno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}% -} - -% Subsections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz -\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz -\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}% - {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz -\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{% - \global\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance\subsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}% - {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}% -} - -% Subsubsections. -\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz -\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}% - {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz -\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}% - {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz -\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{% - \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1 - \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}% - {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}% -} - -% These macros control what the section commands do, according -% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered). -% Define them by default for a numbered chapter. -\let\section = \numberedsec -\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec -\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec - -% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading - -% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such: -% 1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit -% overlong headings to fold. -% 2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a -% heading is obnoxious; this forbids it. -% 3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and -% if justification is not attempted. Hence \raggedright. - - -\def\majorheading{% - {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }% - \parsearg\chapheadingzzz -} - -\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz} -\def\chapheadingzzz#1{% - {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}% - \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax - \suppressfirstparagraphindent -} - -% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading. -\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} -\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} -\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{} - \suppressfirstparagraphindent} - -% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only -% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it), -% given all the information in convenient, parsed form. - -%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative) -\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi} - -%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it -% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed) - -\newskip\chapheadingskip - -\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}} -\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject} -\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi} - -\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname} - -\def\CHAPPAGoff{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager} - -\def\CHAPPAGon{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}} - -\def\CHAPPAGodd{% -\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage -\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage -\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage -\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}} - -\CHAPPAGon - -% Chapter opening. -% -% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing, -% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number. -% -% To test against our argument. -\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing} -\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc} -\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix} -% -\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{% - \pchapsepmacro - {% - \chapfonts \rm - % - % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the - % xref code eventually uses it. On the other hand, it has to be called - % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon. - \gdef\thissection{#1}% - \gdef\thischaptername{#1}% - % - % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix - % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''. - \def\temptype{#2}% - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{unnchap}% - \gdef\thischapter{#1}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry - \def\toctype{omit}% - \gdef\thischapter{}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}% - \def\toctype{app}% - % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter - % because we don't want its macros evaluated now. And we don't - % use \thissection because that changes with each section. - % - \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: - \noexpand\thischaptername}% - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}% - \def\toctype{numchap}% - \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: - \noexpand\thischaptername}% - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Write the toc entry for this chapter. Must come before the - % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc - % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty. - \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}% - % - % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make - % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has - % been typeset. If the destination for the pdf outline is after the - % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not - % being visible, for instance under high magnification. - \donoderef{#2}% - % - % Typeset the actual heading. - \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright - \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe - \unhbox0 #1\par}% - }% - \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title - \nobreak -} - -% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered. -\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax -\def\centerparameters{% - \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip - \leftskip = \rightskip - \parfillskip = 0pt -} - - -% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not -% updating it with the new noderef stuff. We'll see. --karl, 11aug03. -% -\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname} -% -\def\unnchfopen #1{% -\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt\raggedright - \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak -} -\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts -\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}% -\par\penalty 5000 % -} -\def\centerchfopen #1{% -\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000 - \parindent=0pt - \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak -} -\def\CHAPFopen{% - \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen - \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen} - - -% Section titles. These macros combine the section number parts and -% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing. -% -\newskip\secheadingskip -\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}} - -% Subsection titles. -\newskip\subsecheadingskip -\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}} - -% Subsubsection titles. -\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip} -\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak} - - -% Print any size, any type, section title. -% -% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is -% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the -% section number. -% -\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{% - {% - % Switch to the right set of fonts. - \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm - % - % Insert space above the heading. - \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname - % - % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number. - \def\sectionlevel{#2}% - \def\temptype{#3}% - % - \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{unn}% - \gdef\thissection{#1}% - \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword - % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc, - % and don't redefine \thissection. - \setbox0 = \hbox{}% - \def\toctype{omit}% - \let\sectionlevel=\empty - \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword - \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% - \def\toctype{app}% - \gdef\thissection{#1}% - \else - \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}% - \def\toctype{num}% - \gdef\thissection{#1}% - \fi\fi\fi - % - % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef). See comments in \chfplain. - \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}% - % - % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex). - % Again, see comments in \chfplain. - \donoderef{#3}% - % - % Output the actual section heading. - \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright - \hangindent=\wd0 % zero if no section number - \unhbox0 #1}% - }% - % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it. - % Don't allow stretch, though. - \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname - % - % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it - % was followed by glue. - \nobreak - % - % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that - % glue accumulate. (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a - % discardable item.) - \vskip-\parskip - % - % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty > - % 10000. This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after - % section headings. Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between: - % - % @section sec-whatever - % @deffn def-whatever - \penalty 10001 -} - - -\message{toc,} -% Table of contents. -\newwrite\tocfile - -% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary. -% Called from @chapter, etc. -% -% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno} -% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional -% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually -% read this. The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the -% destination to jump to. -% -% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or -% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document. -% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything. This is used for the -% table of contents chapter openings themselves. -% -\newif\iftocfileopened -\def\omitkeyword{omit}% -% -\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{% - \edef\writetoctype{#1}% - \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else - \iftocfileopened\else - \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc - \global\tocfileopenedtrue - \fi - % - \iflinks - {\atdummies - \edef\temp{% - \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}% - \temp - } - \fi - \fi - % - % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're - % writing pdf. These are used in the table of contents. We can't - % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered - % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first - % two pages of the document. Thus, we'd have two destinations named - % `1', and two named `2'. - \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi -} - - -% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman -% fonts, so we must take special care. This is more or less redundant -% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file. -% -\def\activecatcodes{% - \catcode`\"=\active - \catcode`\$=\active - \catcode`\<=\active - \catcode`\>=\active - \catcode`\\=\active - \catcode`\^=\active - \catcode`\_=\active - \catcode`\|=\active - \catcode`\~=\active -} - - -% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input. -\def\readtocfile{% - \setupdatafile - \activecatcodes - \input \jobname.toc -} - -\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in -\newcount\savepageno -\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1 - -% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile. -% -\def\startcontents#1{% - % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should - % start on an odd page, unlike chapters. Thus, we maintain - % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro. - % From: Torbjorn Granlund - \contentsalignmacro - \immediate\closeout\tocfile - % - % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline. - % It is abundantly clear what they are. - \def\thischapter{}% - \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}% - % - \savepageno = \pageno - \begingroup % Set up to handle contents files properly. - \raggedbottom % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom. - \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length. - % - % Roman numerals for page numbers. - \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi -} - - -% Normal (long) toc. -\def\contents{% - \startcontents{\putwordTOC}% - \openin 1 \jobname.toc - \ifeof 1 \else - \readtocfile - \fi - \vfill \eject - \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect - \ifeof 1 \else - \pdfmakeoutlines - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup - \lastnegativepageno = \pageno - \global\pageno = \savepageno -} - -% And just the chapters. -\def\summarycontents{% - \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}% - % - \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry - \let\appentry = \shortchapentry - \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry - % We want a true roman here for the page numbers. - \secfonts - \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf - \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt - \rm - \hyphenpenalty = 10000 - \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little. - \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{} - \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry - \openin 1 \jobname.toc - \ifeof 1 \else - \readtocfile - \fi - \closein 1 - \vfill \eject - \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect - \endgroup - \lastnegativepageno = \pageno - \global\pageno = \savepageno -} -\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents - -% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents. -% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter. -% -\def\shortchaplabel#1{% - % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the - % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts. - % But use \hss just in case. - % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after - % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.) - % - % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange - % with appendix letters. And right-justifying numbers and - % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10 - % chapters. Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters - % there are before deciding ... - \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}% -} - -% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents. -% The first argument is the chapter or section name. -% The last argument is the page number. -% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ... - -% Chapters, in the main contents. -\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -% -% Chapters, in the short toc. -% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings. -\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{% - \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}% -} - -% Appendices, in the main contents. -% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box. -% -\def\appendixbox#1{% - % We use M since it's probably the widest letter. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}% - \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}} -% -\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}} - -% Unnumbered chapters. -\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}} -\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}} - -% Sections. -\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry -\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% Subsections. -\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry -\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% And subsubsections. -\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}} -\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry -\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}} - -% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels. -% Same as \defaultparindent. -\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt - -% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the -% page number. -% -% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters -% if at all possible; hence the \penalty. -\def\dochapentry#1#2{% - \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip - \begingroup - \chapentryfonts - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% - \endgroup - \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip -} - -\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup - \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent - \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}% -\endgroup} - -% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries. -\let\tocentry = \entry - -% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title. -\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax} - -\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}} -\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}} - -\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm} -\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts} -\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts} -\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts} - - -\message{environments,} -% @foo ... @end foo. - -% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}. -% -% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of -% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em. -% -\def\point{$\star$} -\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}} -\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}} -\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}} -\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}} - -% The @error{} command. -% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit. -% -\newbox\errorbox -% -{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box. -\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules -% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.) -\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt} -% -\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil - \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right. - \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules. - \vbox{% - \hrule height\dimen2 - \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt % Space to left of text. - \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below. - \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right. - \hrule height\dimen2} - \hfil} -% -\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox} - -% @tex ... @end tex escapes into raw Tex temporarily. -% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works. -% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character. - -\envdef\tex{% - \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2 - \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6 - \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie - \catcode `\%=14 - \catcode `\+=\other - \catcode `\"=\other - \catcode `\|=\other - \catcode `\<=\other - \catcode `\>=\other - \escapechar=`\\ - % - \let\b=\ptexb - \let\bullet=\ptexbullet - \let\c=\ptexc - \let\,=\ptexcomma - \let\.=\ptexdot - \let\dots=\ptexdots - \let\equiv=\ptexequiv - \let\!=\ptexexclam - \let\i=\ptexi - \let\indent=\ptexindent - \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent - \let\{=\ptexlbrace - \let\+=\tabalign - \let\}=\ptexrbrace - \let\/=\ptexslash - \let\*=\ptexstar - \let\t=\ptext - \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing - % - \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}% - \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}% - \def\@{@}% -} -% There is no need to define \Etex. - -% Define @lisp ... @end lisp. -% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things, -% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous). - -% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp. -\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in - -% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other -% such environments. \null is better than a space, since it doesn't -% have any width. -\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf} - -% This space is always present above and below environments. -\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt - -% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical. We use \parskip here -% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip -% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the -% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip. -% -\def\aboveenvbreak{{% - % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and - % \sectionheading, q.v. - \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else - \advance\envskipamount by \parskip - \endgraf - \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount - \removelastskip - % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak - % or better ... - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi - \vskip\envskipamount - \fi - \fi -}} - -\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak - -% \nonarrowing is a flag. If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will -% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again. -\let\nonarrowing=\relax - -% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around -% environment contents. -\font\circle=lcircle10 -\newdimen\circthick -\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner -\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip -\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle -% -\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth -\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}} -\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}} -\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}} -\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip - \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr - \hskip\rskip}} -\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip - \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr - \hskip\rskip}} -% -\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip - -\envdef\cartouche{% - \ifhmode\par\fi % can't be in the midst of a paragraph. - \startsavinginserts - \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip - \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*. - \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip - \advance\cartinner by-\rskip - \cartouter=\hsize - \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either - % side, and for 6pt waste from - % each corner char, and rule thickness - \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip - % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin. - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \vbox\bgroup - \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt - \carttop - \hbox\bgroup - \hskip\lskip - \vrule\kern3pt - \vbox\bgroup - \kern3pt - \hsize=\cartinner - \baselineskip=\normbskip - \lineskip=\normlskip - \parskip=\normpskip - \vskip -\parskip - \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group. -} -\def\Ecartouche{% - \ifhmode\par\fi - \kern3pt - \egroup - \kern3pt\vrule - \hskip\rskip - \egroup - \cartbot - \egroup - \checkinserts -} - - -% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants, -% inside a group. -\def\nonfillstart{% - \aboveenvbreak - \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy - \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens. - \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines - \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output - \parskip = 0pt - \parindent = 0pt - \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing - \else - \let\nonarrowing = \relax - \fi - \let\exdent=\nofillexdent -} - -% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small. -% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall. -% This affects the following displayed environments: -% @example, @display, @format, @lisp -% -\def\smallword{small} -\def\nosmallword{nosmall} -\let\SETdispenvsize\relax -\def\setnormaldispenv{% - \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword - \smallexamplefonts \rm - \fi -} -\def\setsmalldispenv{% - \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword - \else - \smallexamplefonts \rm - \fi -} - -% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo. -% Let's do it by one command: -\def\makedispenv #1#2{ - \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2} - \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2} - \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak - \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak -} - -% Define two synonyms: -\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{ - \makedispenv{#1}{#3} - \makedispenv{#2}{#3} -} - -% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp. -% -% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts. -% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox. -% -\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{% - \nonfillstart - \tt - \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special. - \gobble % eat return -} - -% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font. -% -\makedispenv {display}{% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} - -% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins. -% -\makedispenv{format}{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} - -% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize. -\envdef\flushleft{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \gobble -} -\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak - -% @flushright. -% -\envdef\flushright{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill - \gobble -} -\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak - - -% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart) -% and narrows the margins. We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since -% we're doing normal filling. So, when using \aboveenvbreak and -% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0. -% -\envdef\quotation{% - {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip - \parindent=0pt - % - % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down. - \ifx\nonarrowing\relax - \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing - \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing - \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing - \else - \let\nonarrowing = \relax - \fi - \parsearg\quotationlabel -} - -% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're -% doing normal filling. -% -\def\Equotation{% - \par - \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else - % indent a bit. - \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}% - \fi - {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}% -} - -% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after. -\def\quotationlabel#1{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \ifx\temp\empty \else - {\bf #1: }% - \fi -} - - -% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{...} -% If we want to allow any as delimiter, -% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg: -% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command. --janneke@gnu.org -% -% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996. The TeXbook. -% -% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets -% active too. Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a -% verbatim line. -\def\dospecials{% - \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&% - \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~% - \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"% -} -% -% [Knuth] p. 380 -\def\uncatcodespecials{% - \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials} -% -% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391 -% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font -\begingroup - \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq} -\endgroup -% -% Setup for the @verb command. -% -% Eight spaces for a tab -\begingroup - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }} -\endgroup -% -\def\setupverb{% - \tt % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim - \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}% - \catcode`\`=\active - \tabeightspaces - % Respect line breaks, - % print special symbols as themselves, and - % make each space count - % must do in this order: - \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces -} - -% Setup for the @verbatim environment -% -% Real tab expansion -\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount -% -\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup} -\begingroup - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \gdef\tabexpand{% - \catcode`\^^I=\active - \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup - \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab - \divide\dimen0 by\tabw - \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw - \advance\dimen0 by\tabw % advance to next multiple of \tabw - \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox - }% - } -\endgroup -\def\setupverbatim{% - \let\nonarrowing = t% - \nonfillstart - % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim - \tt - \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}% - \catcode`\`=\active - \tabexpand - % Respect line breaks, - % print special symbols as themselves, and - % make each space count - % must do in this order: - \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces - \everypar{\starttabbox}% -} - -% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique -% delimiter characters. Before first delimiter expect a -% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace: -% -% \def\doverb'{'#1'}'{#1} -% -% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {} -\begingroup - \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other - \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next] -\endgroup -% -\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb} -% -% -% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that -% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie: -% -% \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1} -% -% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, -% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}': -% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'. -% -% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx] -% -\begingroup - \catcode`\ =\active - \obeylines % - % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end - % of the @verbatim input line itself. Otherwise we get an extra blank - % line in the output. - \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}% - % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but - % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble. -\endgroup -% -\envdef\verbatim{% - \setupverbatim\doverbatim -} -\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak - - -% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment. -% -\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude} -% -\def\doverbatiminclude#1{% - {% - \makevalueexpandable - \setupverbatim - \input #1 - \afterenvbreak - }% -} - -% @copying ... @end copying. -% Save the text away for @insertcopying later. -% -% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box. -% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the -% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done -% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source -% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as -% possible is very desirable. -% -\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying} -\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}} -% -\def\insertcopying{% - \begingroup - \parindent = 0pt % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page - \scanexp\copyingtext - \endgroup -} - -\message{defuns,} -% @defun etc. - -\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in -\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt -\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt - -% Start the processing of @deffn: -\def\startdefun{% - \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 - \medbreak - \else - % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak, - % which is there to keep the function description together with its - % header. But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a - % break somewhere. Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted - % by \defargscommonending, instead of 10000, since the sectioning - % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow - % a break between a section heading and a defun. - % - \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi - % - % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break. - % But do insert the glue. - \medskip % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint - \fi - % - \parindent=0in - \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent - \exdentamount=\defbodyindent -} - -\def\dodefunx#1{% - % First, check whether we are in the right environment: - \checkenv#1% - % - % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row. - % It's not a great place, though. - \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi - % - % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun: - \expandafter\gobbledefun#1% -} -\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{} - -% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text} -% -\def\printdefunline#1#2{% - \begingroup - % call \deffnheader: - #1#2 \endheader - % common ending: - \interlinepenalty = 10000 - \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil - \endgraf - \nobreak\vskip -\parskip - \penalty 10002 % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx - % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses, - % rendering the following check redundant. But we don't optimize. - \checkparencounts - \endgroup -} - -\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak} - -% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn; -% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader. -% -\def\makedefun#1{% - \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun - \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun - \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}% - \temp -} - -% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader -% -% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters. -% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly. -% -\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{% - \envdef#1{% - \startdefun - \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}% - }% - \def#2{\dodefunx#1}% - \def#3% -} - -%%% Untyped functions: - -% @deffn category name args -\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}} - -% @deffn category class name args -\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}} - -% \defopon {category on}class name args -\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args -% -\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{% - % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}. - \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}% -} - -%%% Typed functions: - -% @deftypefn category type name args -\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}} - -% @deftypeop category class type name args -\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}} - -% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args -\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args -% -\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% - \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% -} - -%%% Typed variables: - -% @deftypevr category type var args -\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}} - -% @deftypecv category class type var args -\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}} - -% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args -\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} } - -% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args -% -\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{% - \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}% - \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}% -} - -%%% Untyped variables: - -% @defvr category var args -\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} } - -% @defcv category class var args -\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}} - -% \defcvof {category of}class var args -\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} } - -%%% Type: -% @deftp category name args -\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{% - \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}% - \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}% -} - -% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts: -\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } -\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} } -\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} } -\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} } -\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} } -\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} } -\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} } -\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon} -\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon} -\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} -\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof} - -% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args). -% #1 is the category, such as "Function". -% #2 is the return type, if any. -% #3 is the function name. -% -% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any. -% -\def\defname#1#2#3{% - % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def... - \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent - % - % How we'll format the type name. Putting it in brackets helps - % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line - % just below it. - \def\temp{#1}% - \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi} - % - % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape. - % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero, - % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it: - \dimen0=\hsize \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0 \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip - % The continuations: - \dimen2=\hsize \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent - % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.) - \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2 - % - % Put the type name to the right margin. - \noindent - \hbox to 0pt{% - \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize - % \hsize has to be shortened this way: - \kern\leftskip - % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space. - }% - % - % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint: - \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000 - \exdentamount=\defbodyindent - {% - % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because: - % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle. - % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's - % common to leave accents off identifiers. The result looks ok in - % tt, but exceedingly strange in rm. - % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures. - % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no - % one has made identifiers using them :). - \df \tt - \def\temp{#2}% return value type - \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi - #3% output function name - }% - {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm - % - \boldbrax - % arguments will be output next, if any. -} - -% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using -% tt for the name. This is because literal text is sometimes needed in -% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very -% distinguishable. Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars. -% -\def\defunargs#1{% - % use sl by default (not ttsl), - % tt for the names. - \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0 - % - % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we - % want a way to get ttsl. Let's try @var for that. - \let\var=\ttslanted - #1% - \sl\hyphenchar\font=45 -} - -% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line. -% -\def\activeparens{% - \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active - \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active - \catcode`\&=\active -} - -% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars. -\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = ) - -% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc. For example, -% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet, -% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence. -{ - \activeparens - \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen - \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack - \global\let& = \& - - \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb} - \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm} -} - -\newcount\parencount - -% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards -\newif\ifampseen -\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\ }} - -\def\parenfont{% - \ifampseen - % At the first level, print parens in roman, - % otherwise use the default font. - \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi - \else - % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than - % the contained text. This is especially needed for [ and ] . - \sf - \fi -} -\def\infirstlevel#1{% - \ifampseen - \ifnum\parencount=1 - #1% - \fi - \fi -} -\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf} - -\def\opnr{% - \global\advance\parencount by 1 - {\parenfont(}% - \infirstlevel \bfafterword -} -\def\clnr{% - {\parenfont)}% - \infirstlevel \sl - \global\advance\parencount by -1 -} - -\newcount\brackcount -\def\lbrb{% - \global\advance\brackcount by 1 - {\bf[}% -} -\def\rbrb{% - {\bf]}% - \global\advance\brackcount by -1 -} - -\def\checkparencounts{% - \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi - \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi -} -\def\badparencount{% - \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}% - \global\parencount=0 -} -\def\badbrackcount{% - \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}% - \global\brackcount=0 -} - - -\message{macros,} -% @macro. - -% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens, -% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX. -\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined - \newwrite\macscribble - \def\scantokens#1{% - \toks0={#1}% - \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp - \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}% - \immediate\closeout\macscribble - \input \jobname.tmp - } -\fi - -\def\scanmacro#1{% - \begingroup - \newlinechar`\^^M - \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces - % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex - % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active - % backslash to get it printed correctly. Previously, we had - % \catcode`\\=\other instead. We'll see whether a problem appears - % with macro expansion. --kasal, 19aug04 - \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@ - % ... and \example - \spaceisspace - % - % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline. - % - % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX - % --kasal, 29nov03 - \scantokens{#1\endinput}% - \endgroup -} - -\def\scanexp#1{% - \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}% - \temp -} - -\newcount\paramno % Count of parameters -\newtoks\macname % Macro name -\newif\ifrecursive % Is it recursive? - -% List of all defined macros in the form -% \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2... -% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split -% if there is a need. -\def\macrolist{} - -% Add the macro to \macrolist -\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname} -\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{% - \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}% - \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}% -} - -% Utility routines. -% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is, -% \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname -% (except of course we have to play expansion games). -% -\def\cslet#1#2{% - \expandafter\let - \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname - \csname#2\endcsname -} - -% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string. -% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN). -{\catcode`\@=11 -\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }} -\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@} -\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @} -\def\unbrace#1{#1} -\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1} -} - -% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string. -{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3% -\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}% -\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}% -\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}% -} - -% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where -% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active -% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \. - -% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is -% done by making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro -% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro. - -\def\scanctxt{% - \catcode`\"=\other - \catcode`\+=\other - \catcode`\<=\other - \catcode`\>=\other - \catcode`\@=\other - \catcode`\^=\other - \catcode`\_=\other - \catcode`\|=\other - \catcode`\~=\other -} - -\def\scanargctxt{% - \scanctxt - \catcode`\\=\other - \catcode`\^^M=\other -} - -\def\macrobodyctxt{% - \scanctxt - \catcode`\{=\other - \catcode`\}=\other - \catcode`\^^M=\other - \usembodybackslash -} - -\def\macroargctxt{% - \scanctxt - \catcode`\\=\other -} - -% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies. -% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N -% where N is the macro parameter number. -% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so -% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash. - -{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active - @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash} - @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname} -} -\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash} - -\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx} -\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx} - -\def\macroxxx#1{% - \getargs{#1}% now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist - \ifx\argl\empty % no arguments - \paramno=0% - \else - \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;% - \fi - \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname - \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}% - \else - \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax - \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi - \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}% - \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1% - \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}% - \fi - \begingroup \macrobodyctxt - \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody - \else \expandafter\parsemacbody - \fi} - -\parseargdef\unmacro{% - \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname - \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}% - \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0% - % Remove the macro name from \macrolist: - \begingroup - \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax - \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo - \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}% - \endgroup - \else - \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}% - \fi -} - -% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro. The idea is to omit any -% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax. -% -\def\unmacrodo#1{% - \ifx #1\relax - % remove this - \else - \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1% - \fi -} - -% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a -% is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by -% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed. -\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}} -\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs} -\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}} -\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}} - -% Parse the optional {params} list. Set up \paramno and \paramlist -% so \defmacro knows what to do. Define \macarg.blah for each blah -% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list. -% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above). - -% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions. -% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX: let \hash be something -% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine -% it to # just before using the token list produced. -% -% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before -% the macro is used. - -\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}% - \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,} -\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{% - \if#1;\let\next=\relax - \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx - \advance\paramno by 1% - \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname - {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}% - \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}% - \fi\next} - -% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies. -% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.) - -\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro% -{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% -\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro% -{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}% - -% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and -% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments. -% Much magic with \expandafter here. -% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file -% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group. -\def\defmacro{% - \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars - \ifrecursive - \ifcase\paramno - % 0 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \or % 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\braceorline - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% - \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \else % many - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\xdef - \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname - \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}% - \fi - \else - \ifcase\paramno - % 0 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% - \or % 1 - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \noexpand\braceorline - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{% - \egroup - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% - \else % many - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{% - \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}% - \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{% - \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}% - \expandafter\expandafter - \expandafter\xdef - \expandafter\expandafter - \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname - \paramlist{% - \egroup - \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}% - \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}% - \fi - \fi} - -\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}} - -% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a -% {. If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole -% line. Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence -% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg) -\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx} -\def\braceorlinexxx{% - \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else - \expandafter\parsearg - \fi \next} - - -% @alias. -% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal -% sign. Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing. -\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx} -\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax} -\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{% - {% - \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty - \addtomacrolist{#1}% - \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}% - }% - \next -} - - -\message{cross references,} - -\newwrite\auxfile - -\newif\ifhavexrefs % True if xref values are known. -\newif\ifwarnedxrefs % True if we warned once that they aren't known. - -% @inforef is relatively simple. -\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**} -\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}}, - node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}} - -% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in -% cross-references. The @node line might or might not have commas, and -% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like: -% @node foo , bar , ... -% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name. -% -\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse} -% -% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this: -% @node Help-Cross, , , Cross-refs -\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse} -\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}} - -\let\nwnode=\node -\let\lastnode=\empty - -% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node. #1 is the -% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing). -% -\def\donoderef#1{% - \ifx\lastnode\empty\else - \setref{\lastnode}{#1}% - \global\let\lastnode=\empty - \fi -} - -% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point. -% -\newcount\savesfregister -% -\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi} -\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi} -\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces} - -% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an -% anchor), which consists of three parts: -% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection, -% or the anchor name. -% 2) NAME-snt - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or -% empty for anchors. -% 3) NAME-pg - the page number. -% -% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat. In the case of -% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here: -% 4) NAME-lof - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats. -% -\def\setref#1#2{% - \pdfmkdest{#1}% - \iflinks - {% - \atdummies % preserve commands, but don't expand them - \edef\writexrdef##1##2{% - \write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef - ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef - }% - \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}% - \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }% - \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc. - \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout - }% - \fi -} - -% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references. For \xrefX, #1 is -% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed -% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed -% manual. All but the node name can be omitted. -% -\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]} -\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup - \unsepspaces - \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}% - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}% - \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}% - \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}% - \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt - % No printed node name was explicitly given. - \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax - % Use the node name inside the square brackets. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \else - % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside - % the square brackets. Use the real section title if we have it. - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - % It is in another manual, so we don't have it. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \else - \ifhavexrefs - % We know the real title if we have the xref values. - \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}% - \else - % Otherwise just copy the Info node name. - \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}% - \fi% - \fi - \fi - \fi - % - % Make link in pdf output. - \ifpdf - \leavevmode - \getfilename{#4}% - {\turnoffactive - % See comments at \activebackslashdouble. - {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}% - \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}% - % - \ifnum\filenamelength>0 - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}% - \else - \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}% - goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}% - \fi - }% - \linkcolor - \fi - % - % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2" - % instead of "[somenode], p.3". We distinguish them by the - % LABEL-title being set to a magic string. - {% - % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to - % include an _ in the xref name, etc. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle - \csname XR#1-title\endcsname - }% - \iffloat\Xthisreftitle - % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref, - % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2". - \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt - \refx{#1-snt}% - \else - \printedrefname - \fi - % - % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append - % "in MANUALNAME". - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% - \fi - \else - % node/anchor (non-float) references. - % - % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not - % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will - % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names. Since some manuals - % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this - % is a loss. Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it - % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time. - \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt - \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}% - \else - % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the - % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand - % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of - % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the - % printing, back off for the \refx-pg. - {\turnoffactive - % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for - % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be. - \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}% - \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi - }% - % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden. - \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname - % - % But we always want a comma and a space: - ,\space - % - % output the `page 3'. - \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}% - \fi - \fi - \endlink -\endgroup} - -% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref -% output. It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily, -% since square brackets don't work well in some documents. Particularly -% one that Bob is working on :). -% -\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]} - -% Things referred to by \setref. -% -\def\Ynothing{} -\def\Yomitfromtoc{} -\def\Ynumbered{% - \ifnum\secno=0 - \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno - \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno - \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno - \else - \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno - \fi\fi\fi -} -\def\Yappendix{% - \ifnum\secno=0 - \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}% - \else \ifnum\subsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno - \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0 - \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno - \else - \putwordSection@tie - @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno - \fi\fi\fi -} - -% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME. -% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward. -% -\def\refx#1#2{% - {% - \indexnofonts - \otherbackslash - \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX - \csname XR#1\endcsname - }% - \ifx\thisrefX\relax - % If not defined, say something at least. - \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright - \iflinks - \ifhavexrefs - \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}% - \else - \ifwarnedxrefs\else - \global\warnedxrefstrue - \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}% - \fi - \fi - \fi - \else - % It's defined, so just use it. - \thisrefX - \fi - #2% Output the suffix in any case. -} - -% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file. Usually it's -% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid -% collisions). But if this is a float type, we have more work to do. -% -\def\xrdef#1#2{% - \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value. - % - % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float? - \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname - % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype. - \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist - \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname - % - % Is this the first time we've seen this float type? - \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax - \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do - \else - % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list. - \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}% - \fi - % - % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE, - % for later use in \listoffloats. - \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}% - \fi -} - -% Read the last existing aux file, if any. No error if none exists. -% -\def\tryauxfile{% - \openin 1 \jobname.aux - \ifeof 1 \else - \readdatafile{aux}% - \global\havexrefstrue - \fi - \closein 1 -} - -\def\setupdatafile{% - \catcode`\^^@=\other - \catcode`\^^A=\other - \catcode`\^^B=\other - \catcode`\^^C=\other - \catcode`\^^D=\other - \catcode`\^^E=\other - \catcode`\^^F=\other - \catcode`\^^G=\other - \catcode`\^^H=\other - \catcode`\^^K=\other - \catcode`\^^L=\other - \catcode`\^^N=\other - \catcode`\^^P=\other - \catcode`\^^Q=\other - \catcode`\^^R=\other - \catcode`\^^S=\other - \catcode`\^^T=\other - \catcode`\^^U=\other - \catcode`\^^V=\other - \catcode`\^^W=\other - \catcode`\^^X=\other - \catcode`\^^Z=\other - \catcode`\^^[=\other - \catcode`\^^\=\other - \catcode`\^^]=\other - \catcode`\^^^=\other - \catcode`\^^_=\other - % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc. - % in xref tags, i.e., node names. But since ^^e4 notation isn't - % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable. Furthermore, - % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^ - % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat - % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first - % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence. It could - % all be worked out, but why? Either we support ^^ or we don't. - % - % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat: - % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter - % and then to call \auxhat in \setq. - % - \catcode`\^=\other - % - % Special characters. Should be turned off anyway, but... - \catcode`\~=\other - \catcode`\[=\other - \catcode`\]=\other - \catcode`\"=\other - \catcode`\_=\other - \catcode`\|=\other - \catcode`\<=\other - \catcode`\>=\other - \catcode`\$=\other - \catcode`\#=\other - \catcode`\&=\other - \catcode`\%=\other - \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off - % - % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \ - % characters end up in a \csname. It's easier than - % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \ - % character. What I don't understand is why it works in the *value* - % of the xrdef. Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that - % should not typeset properly. But it works, so I'm moving on for - % now. --karl, 15jan04. - \catcode`\\=\other - % - % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters. - {% - \count1=128 - \def\loop{% - \catcode\count1=\other - \advance\count1 by 1 - \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi - }% - }% - % - % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces. - \catcode`\{=1 - \catcode`\}=2 - \catcode`\@=0 -} - -\def\readdatafile#1{% -\begingroup - \setupdatafile - \input\jobname.#1 -\endgroup} - -\message{insertions,} -% including footnotes. - -\newcount \footnoteno - -% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is -% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a -% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is -% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a -% space to prevent strange expansion errors.) -\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 } - -% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only. -\let\footnotestyle=\comment - -{\catcode `\@=11 -% -% Auto-number footnotes. Otherwise like plain. -\gdef\footnote{% - \let\indent=\ptexindent - \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent - \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne - \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}% - % - % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the - % extra spacing after we do the footnote number. - \let\@sf\empty - \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi - % - % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number. - \unskip - \thisfootno\@sf - \dofootnote -}% - -% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the -% footnote text as a parameter. Our footnotes don't need to be so general. -% -% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses -% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when -% the footnote is read. --karl, 16nov96. -% -\gdef\dofootnote{% - \insert\footins\bgroup - % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the - % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment. - % So reset some parameters. - \hsize=\pagewidth - \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty - \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes - \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox - \floatingpenalty\@MM - \leftskip\z@skip - \rightskip\z@skip - \spaceskip\z@skip - \xspaceskip\z@skip - \parindent\defaultparindent - % - \smallfonts \rm - % - % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears - % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op. makeinfo does not use - % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote - % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style). - \let\noindent = \relax - % - % Hang the footnote text off the number. Use \everypar in case the - % footnote extends for more than one paragraph. - \everypar = {\hang}% - \textindent{\thisfootno}% - % - % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text. Since this - % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it - % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote. - \footstrut - \futurelet\next\fo@t -} -}%end \catcode `\@=11 - -% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create -% the real \insert just after the vbox finished. Otherwise, the insertion -% would be lost. -% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote -% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished. -% And the same can be done for other insert classes. --kasal, 16nov03. - -% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro. -% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled -% out prematurely. -% -\def\startsavinginserts{% - \ifx \insert\ptexinsert - \let\insert\saveinsert - \else - \let\checkinserts\relax - \fi -} - -% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and -% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}. -% -\def\saveinsert#1{% - \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}% - \afterassignment\next - % swallow the left brace - \let\temp = -} -\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}} -\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1} - -\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi} - -\def\placesaveins#1{% - \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname - {\box#1}% -} - -% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other: -{ - \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials % ;-) - \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{} -} - -% initialization: -\def\newsaveins #1{% - \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}% - \next -} -\def\newsaveinsX #1{% - \csname newbox\endcsname #1% - \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts - \checksaveins #1}% -} - -% initialize: -\let\checkinserts\empty -\newsaveins\footins -\newsaveins\margin - - -% @image. We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this. -% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain. -% -% Check for and read epsf.tex up front. If we read it only at @image -% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get -% undone and the next image would fail. -\openin 1 = epsf.tex -\ifeof 1 \else - % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in - % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan). - \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }% - \input epsf.tex -\fi -\closein 1 -% -% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex. -\newif\ifwarnednoepsf -\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to - work. It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get - it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.} -% -\def\image#1{% - \ifx\epsfbox\undefined - \ifwarnednoepsf \else - \errhelp = \noepsfhelp - \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}% - \global\warnednoepsftrue - \fi - \else - \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish - \fi -} -% -% Arguments to @image: -% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension. -% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height. -% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text. -% #5 is (ignored optional) extension. -% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff. -\newif\ifimagevmode -\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup - \catcode`\^^M = 5 % in case we're inside an example - \normalturnoffactive % allow _ et al. in names - % If the image is by itself, center it. - \ifvmode - \imagevmodetrue - \nobreak\bigskip - % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert - % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space - % above and below. - \nobreak\vskip\parskip - \nobreak - \line\bgroup\hss - \fi - % - % Output the image. - \ifpdf - \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}% - \else - % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure. - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi - \epsfbox{#1.eps}% - \fi - % - \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi % space after the image -\endgroup} - - -% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables, -% etc. We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the -% float "here". But it seemed the best name for the future. -% -\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish} - -% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it. -\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,} - -% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically -% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc. Can't contain commas. If omitted, -% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to. -% -% #2 is the optional xref label. Also must be present for the float to -% be referable. -% -% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored. It -% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom). -% -% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each -% chapter-level command. -\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty -% -\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{% - \let\thiscaption=\empty - \let\thisshortcaption=\empty - % - % don't lose footnotes inside @float. - % - % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an - % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 - % - \startsavinginserts - % - % We can't be used inside a paragraph. - \par - % - \vtop\bgroup - \def\floattype{#1}% - \def\floatlabel{#2}% - \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet. - % - \ifx\floattype\empty - \let\safefloattype=\empty - \else - {% - % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, - % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% - }% - \fi - % - % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1, - % Table 1, Figure 2, ...). (And if no label, no number.) - % - \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname - \global\advance\floatno by 1 - % - {% - % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the - % XREFLABEL-title value. \xrefX uses it to distinguish float - % labels (which have a completely different output format) from - % node and anchor labels. And \xrdef uses it to construct the - % lists of floats. - % - \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}% - \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}% - }% - \fi - % - % start with \parskip glue, I guess. - \vskip\parskip - % - % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section. - \restorefirstparagraphindent -} - -% we have these possibilities: -% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap -% @float Foo,lbl & no caption: Foo 1.1 -% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}: Foo: Cap -% @float Foo & no caption: Foo -% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}: 1.1: Cap -% @float ,lbl & no caption: 1.1 -% @float & @caption{Cap}: Cap -% @float & no caption: -% -\def\Efloat{% - \let\floatident = \empty - % - % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first. - \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi - % - % If we have an xref label, the number comes next. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first. - \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}% - \fi - % the number. - \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% - \fi - % - % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in - % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again. - \let\captionline = \floatident - % - \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else - \ifx\floatident\empty \else - \appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between - \fi - % - % caption text. - \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}% - \fi - % - % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before. - % Eventually this needs to become an \insert. - \ifx\captionline\empty \else - \vskip.5\parskip - \captionline - % - % Space below caption. - \vskip\parskip - \fi - % - % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info. Do this - % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint. - \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else - % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as - % \floatlabel-lof. Besides \floatident, we include the short - % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing. - {% - \atdummies - % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M - % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so - % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file. - \scanexp{% - \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{% - \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty - \thiscaption - \else - \thisshortcaption - \fi - }% - }% - \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident - \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}% - }% - \fi - \egroup % end of \vtop - % - % place the captured inserts - % - % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an - % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04 - % - \checkinserts -} - -% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either. -% -\def\appendtomacro#1#2{% - \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}% -} - -% @caption, @shortcaption -% -\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption} -\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption} -\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption} -\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}} - -% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are -% going to use. Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno. -\def\getfloatno#1{% - \ifx#1\relax - % Haven't seen this figure type before. - \csname newcount\endcsname #1% - % - % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap. - \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos - \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }% - \fi - \let\floatno#1% -} - -% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value. We want an @xref -% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1". We call \setref when we -% first read the @float command. -% -\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}% - -% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can -% distinguish floats from other xref types. -\def\floatmagic{!!float!!} - -% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional -% which is true if #1 represents a float ref. That is, the magic -% \thissection value which we \setref above. -% -\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish} -% -% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string. If so, #2 will be the -% (safe) float type for this float. We set \iffloattype to #2. -% -\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{% - \def\temp{#1}% - \def\iffloattype{#2}% - \ifx\temp\floatmagic -} - -% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents. -% -\parseargdef\listoffloats{% - \def\floattype{#1}% floattype - {% - % the floattype might have accents or other special characters, - % but we need to use it in a control sequence name. - \indexnofonts - \turnoffactive - \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}% - }% - % - % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE. - \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax - \ifhavexrefs - % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo. - \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}% - \fi - \else - \begingroup - \leftskip=\tocindent % indent these entries like a toc - \let\do=\listoffloatsdo - \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname - \endgroup - \fi -} - -% This is called on each entry in a list of floats. We're passed the -% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the -% aux file. We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which -% has the text we're supposed to typeset here. -% -% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since -% they won't appear in the aux file). -% -\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish} -\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{% - % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything. Just - % pass the control sequence. On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the - % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link - % in pdf output. - \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}% - % - % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index. - \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}% - \writeentry -}} - -\message{localization,} -% and i18n. - -% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after -% @setfilename. If done too late, it may not override everything -% properly. Single argument is the language abbreviation. -% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here. -% -\parseargdef\documentlanguage{% - \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX. - % Read the file if it exists. - \openin 1 txi-#1.tex - \ifeof 1 - \errhelp = \nolanghelp - \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}% - \else - \input txi-#1.tex - \fi - \closein 1 - \endgroup -} -\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or -is empty. Maybe you need to install it? In the current directory -should work if nowhere else does.} - - -% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most -% likely, but for now just recognize it. -\let\documentencoding = \comment - - -% Page size parameters. -% -\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt - -\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt -\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt -\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt - -% Prevent underfull vbox error messages. -\vbadness = 10000 - -% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either. -\hbadness = 2000 - -% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans. -\widowpenalty=10000 -\clubpenalty=10000 - -% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're -% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything. We want the amount of -% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on -% \hsize. We call this whenever the paper size is set. -% -\def\setemergencystretch{% - \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined - % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway. - \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}% - \else - \emergencystretch = .15\hsize - \fi -} - -% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; -% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; -% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width. -% -% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define -% \textleading. The caller should also set \parskip. -% -\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{% - \voffset = #3\relax - \topskip = #6\relax - \splittopskip = \topskip - % - \vsize = #1\relax - \advance\vsize by \topskip - \outervsize = \vsize - \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin - \pageheight = \vsize - % - \hsize = #2\relax - \outerhsize = \hsize - \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in - \pagewidth = \hsize - % - \normaloffset = #4\relax - \bindingoffset = #5\relax - % - \ifpdf - \pdfpageheight #7\relax - \pdfpagewidth #8\relax - \fi - % - \setleading{\textleading} - % - \parindent = \defaultparindent - \setemergencystretch -} - -% @letterpaper (the default). -\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \textleading = 13.2pt - % - % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even. - \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}% - {\voffset}{.25in}% - {\bindingoffset}{36pt}% - {11in}{8.5in}% -}} - -% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size. -\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt - \textleading = 12pt - % - \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}% - {\voffset}{.25in}% - {\bindingoffset}{16pt}% - {9.25in}{7in}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.3in - \tolerance = 700 - \hfuzz = 1pt - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = .5cm -}} - -% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size. -% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.) -\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt - \textleading = 12pt - % - \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}% - {-.2in}{-.4in}% - {0pt}{14pt}% - {9in}{6in}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.25in - \tolerance = 700 - \hfuzz = 1pt - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = .4cm -}} - -% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper. -\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \textleading = 13.2pt - % - % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050 - % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm. - % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust - % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align. Then - % do the same for \bindingoffset. You can set these for testing in - % your texinfo source file like this: - % @tex - % \global\normaloffset = -6mm - % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm - % @end tex - \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm} - {\voffset}{\hoffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - % - \tolerance = 700 - \hfuzz = 1pt - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = 5mm -}} - -% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper. -% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000. -% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small. -\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1 - \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt - \textleading = 12.5pt - % - \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}% - {\voffset}{\hoffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{8pt}% - {210mm}{148mm}% - % - \lispnarrowing = 0.2in - \tolerance = 800 - \hfuzz = 1.2pt - \contentsrightmargin = 0pt - \defbodyindent = 2mm - \tableindent = 12mm -}} - -% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper. -\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1 - \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}% - {\voffset}{4.6mm}% - {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - % - % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper. - \globaldefs = 0 -}} - -% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format. -\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1 - \afourpaper - \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}% - {\voffset}{-2.95mm}% - {\bindingoffset}{7mm}% - {297mm}{210mm}% - \globaldefs = 0 -}} - -% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH] -% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip, -% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow. -% -\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish} -\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{% - \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi - \globaldefs = 1 - % - \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt - \setleading{\textleading}% - % - \dimen0 = #1 - \advance\dimen0 by \voffset - % - \dimen2 = \hsize - \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset - % - \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}% - {\voffset}{\normaloffset}% - {\bindingoffset}{44pt}% - {\dimen0}{\dimen2}% -}} - -% Set default to letter. -% -\letterpaper - - -\message{and turning on texinfo input format.} - -% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text. -\catcode`\"=\other -\catcode`\~=\other -\catcode`\^=\other -\catcode`\_=\other -\catcode`\|=\other -\catcode`\<=\other -\catcode`\>=\other -\catcode`\+=\other -\catcode`\$=\other -\def\normaldoublequote{"} -\def\normaltilde{~} -\def\normalcaret{^} -\def\normalunderscore{_} -\def\normalverticalbar{|} -\def\normalless{<} -\def\normalgreater{>} -\def\normalplus{+} -\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix - -% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt -% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts, -% where something hairier probably needs to be done. -% -% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print -% otherwise. Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero -% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all -% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter. -% -\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi} - -% Same as above, but check for italic font. Actually this also catches -% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from -% italic fonts. But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway -% this is not a problem. -\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi} - -% Turn off all special characters except @ -% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary). -% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can -% use math or other variants that look better in normal text. - -\catcode`\"=\active -\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}} -\let"=\activedoublequote -\catcode`\~=\active -\def~{{\tt\char126}} -\chardef\hat=`\^ -\catcode`\^=\active -\def^{{\tt \hat}} - -\catcode`\_=\active -\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_} -\let\realunder=_ -% Subroutine for the previous macro. -\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em } - -\catcode`\|=\active -\def|{{\tt\char124}} -\chardef \less=`\< -\catcode`\<=\active -\def<{{\tt \less}} -\chardef \gtr=`\> -\catcode`\>=\active -\def>{{\tt \gtr}} -\catcode`\+=\active -\def+{{\tt \char 43}} -\catcode`\$=\active -\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix - -% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file -% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line. -% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on. -% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file. -\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other} - -\catcode`\@=0 - -% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font, -% as in \char`\\. -\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\ -\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont % let existing .??s files work - -% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont. -% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with -% catcode other. -{\catcode`\\=\active - @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont} - @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash} -} - -% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and -% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines). -{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}} - -% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font. -\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\backslashcurfont}} - -\catcode`\\=\active - -% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters -% even after parsing them. -@def@turnoffactive{% - @let"=@normaldoublequote - @let\=@realbackslash - @let~=@normaltilde - @let^=@normalcaret - @let_=@normalunderscore - @let|=@normalverticalbar - @let<=@normalless - @let>=@normalgreater - @let+=@normalplus - @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix - @unsepspaces -} - -% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of -% the literal character `\'. (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in -% effect.) -% -@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash} - -% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily. -% This is canceled by @fixbackslash. -@otherifyactive - -% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up. -% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing -% a backslash. -% -@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash} -@global@let\ = @eatinput - -% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then -% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix -% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur. -% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input -% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format. -% -@gdef@fixbackslash{% - @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi - @catcode`+=@active - @catcode`@_=@active -} - -% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages. -@escapechar = `@@ - -% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special. -@catcode`@& = @other -@catcode`@# = @other -@catcode`@% = @other - - -@c Local variables: -@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) -@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message" -@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{" -@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H" -@c time-stamp-end: "}" -@c End: - -@c vim:sw=2: - -@ignore - arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115 -@end ignore diff --git a/.pc/stand-alone/testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp b/.pc/stand-alone/testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp deleted file mode 100644 index bd5a7c8..0000000 --- a/.pc/stand-alone/testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,306 +0,0 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see -# . - -proc load_gcc_lib { filename } { - global srcdir - load_file $srcdir/../../gcc/testsuite/lib/$filename -} - -load_lib dg.exp -load_lib libgloss.exp -load_gcc_lib target-libpath.exp -load_gcc_lib wrapper.exp - - -# Define libffi callbacks for dg.exp. - -proc libffi-dg-test-1 { target_compile prog do_what extra_tool_flags } { - - # To get all \n in dg-output test strings to match printf output - # in a system that outputs it as \015\012 (i.e. not just \012), we - # need to change all \n into \r?\n. As there is no dejagnu flag - # or hook to do that, we simply change the text being tested. - # Unfortunately, we have to know that the variable is called - # dg-output-text and lives in the caller of libffi-dg-test, which - # is two calls up. Overriding proc dg-output would be longer and - # would necessarily have the same assumption. - upvar 2 dg-output-text output_match - - if { [llength $output_match] > 1 } { - regsub -all "\n" [lindex $output_match 1] "\r?\n" x - set output_match [lreplace $output_match 1 1 $x] - } - - # Set up the compiler flags, based on what we're going to do. - - set options [list] - switch $do_what { - "compile" { - set compile_type "assembly" - set output_file "[file rootname [file tail $prog]].s" - } - "link" { - set compile_type "executable" - set output_file "[file rootname [file tail $prog]].exe" - # The following line is needed for targets like the i960 where - # the default output file is b.out. Sigh. - } - "run" { - set compile_type "executable" - # FIXME: "./" is to cope with "." not being in $PATH. - # Should this be handled elsewhere? - # YES. - set output_file "./[file rootname [file tail $prog]].exe" - # This is the only place where we care if an executable was - # created or not. If it was, dg.exp will try to run it. - remote_file build delete $output_file; - } - default { - perror "$do_what: not a valid dg-do keyword" - return "" - } - } - - if { $extra_tool_flags != "" } { - lappend options "additional_flags=$extra_tool_flags" - } - - set comp_output [libffi_target_compile "$prog" "$output_file" "$compile_type" $options]; - - - return [list $comp_output $output_file] -} - - -proc libffi-dg-test { prog do_what extra_tool_flags } { - return [libffi-dg-test-1 target_compile $prog $do_what $extra_tool_flags] -} - -proc libffi-init { args } { - global gluefile wrap_flags; - global srcdir - global blddirffi - global objdir - global blddircxx - global TOOL_OPTIONS - global tool - global libffi_include - global libffi_link_flags - global tool_root_dir - global ld_library_path - - set blddirffi [lookfor_file [get_multilibs] libffi] - verbose "libffi $blddirffi" - set blddircxx [lookfor_file [get_multilibs] libstdc++-v3] - verbose "libstdc++ $blddircxx" - - set gccdir [lookfor_file $tool_root_dir gcc/libgcc.a] - if {$gccdir != ""} { - set gccdir [file dirname $gccdir] - } - verbose "gccdir $gccdir" - - set ld_library_path "." - append ld_library_path ":${gccdir}" - - set compiler "${gccdir}/xgcc" - if { [is_remote host] == 0 && [which $compiler] != 0 } { - foreach i "[exec $compiler --print-multi-lib]" { - set mldir "" - regexp -- "\[a-z0-9=_/\.-\]*;" $i mldir - set mldir [string trimright $mldir "\;@"] - if { "$mldir" == "." } { - continue - } - if { [llength [glob -nocomplain ${gccdir}/${mldir}/libgcc_s*.so.*]] >= 1 } { - append ld_library_path ":${gccdir}/${mldir}" - } - } - } - # add the library path for libffi. - append ld_library_path ":${blddirffi}/.libs" - # add the library path for libstdc++ as well. - append ld_library_path ":${blddircxx}/src/.libs" - - verbose "ld_library_path: $ld_library_path" - - # Point to the Libffi headers in libffi. - set libffi_include "${blddirffi}/include" - verbose "libffi_include $libffi_include" - - set libffi_dir "${blddirffi}/.libs" - verbose "libffi_dir $libffi_dir" - if { $libffi_dir != "" } { - set libffi_dir [file dirname ${libffi_dir}] - set libffi_link_flags "-L${libffi_dir}/.libs" - lappend libffi_link_flags "-L${blddircxx}/src/.libs" - } - - set_ld_library_path_env_vars - libffi_maybe_build_wrapper "${objdir}/testglue.o" -} - -proc libffi_exit { } { - global gluefile; - - if [info exists gluefile] { - file_on_build delete $gluefile; - unset gluefile; - } -} - -proc libffi_target_compile { source dest type options } { - global gluefile wrap_flags; - global srcdir - global blddirffi - global TOOL_OPTIONS - global libffi_link_flags - global libffi_include - global target_triplet - - - if { [target_info needs_status_wrapper]!="" && [info exists gluefile] } { - lappend options "libs=${gluefile}" - lappend options "ldflags=$wrap_flags" - } - - # TOOL_OPTIONS must come first, so that it doesn't override testcase - # specific options. - if [info exists TOOL_OPTIONS] { - lappend options [concat "additional_flags=$TOOL_OPTIONS" $options]; - } - - # search for ffi_mips.h in srcdir, too - lappend options "additional_flags=-I${libffi_include} -I${srcdir}/../include -I${libffi_include}/.." - lappend options "additional_flags=${libffi_link_flags}" - - # Darwin needs a stack execution allowed flag. - - if { [istarget "*-*-darwin9*"] || [istarget "*-*-darwin1*"] - || [istarget "*-*-darwin2*"] } { - lappend options "additional_flags=-Wl,-allow_stack_execute" - } - - # If you're building the compiler with --prefix set to a place - # where it's not yet installed, then the linker won't be able to - # find the libgcc used by libffi.dylib. We could pass the - # -dylib_file option, but that's complicated, and it's much easier - # to just make the linker find libgcc using -L options. - if { [string match "*-*-darwin*" $target_triplet] } { - lappend options "libs= -shared-libgcc" - } - - if { [string match "*-*-openbsd*" $target_triplet] } { - lappend options "libs= -lpthread" - } - - lappend options "libs= -lffi" - - verbose "options: $options" - return [target_compile $source $dest $type $options] -} - -# Utility routines. - -# -# search_for -- looks for a string match in a file -# -proc search_for { file pattern } { - set fd [open $file r] - while { [gets $fd cur_line]>=0 } { - if [string match "*$pattern*" $cur_line] then { - close $fd - return 1 - } - } - close $fd - return 0 -} - -# Modified dg-runtest that can cycle through a list of optimization options -# as c-torture does. -proc libffi-dg-runtest { testcases default-extra-flags } { - global runtests - - foreach test $testcases { - # If we're only testing specific files and this isn't one of - # them, skip it. - if ![runtest_file_p $runtests $test] { - continue - } - - # Look for a loop within the source code - if we don't find one, - # don't pass -funroll[-all]-loops. - global torture_with_loops torture_without_loops - if [expr [search_for $test "for*("]+[search_for $test "while*("]] { - set option_list $torture_with_loops - } else { - set option_list $torture_without_loops - } - - set nshort [file tail [file dirname $test]]/[file tail $test] - - foreach flags $option_list { - verbose "Testing $nshort, $flags" 1 - dg-test $test $flags ${default-extra-flags} - } - } -} - - -# Like check_conditional_xfail, but callable from a dg test. - -proc dg-xfail-if { args } { - set args [lreplace $args 0 0] - set selector "target [join [lindex $args 1]]" - if { [dg-process-target $selector] == "S" } { - global compiler_conditional_xfail_data - set compiler_conditional_xfail_data $args - } -} - - -# We need to make sure that additional_files and additional_sources -# are both cleared out after every test. It is not enough to clear -# them out *before* the next test run because gcc-target-compile gets -# run directly from some .exp files (outside of any test). (Those -# uses should eventually be eliminated.) - -# Because the DG framework doesn't provide a hook that is run at the -# end of a test, we must replace dg-test with a wrapper. - -if { [info procs saved-dg-test] == [list] } { - rename dg-test saved-dg-test - - proc dg-test { args } { - global additional_files - global additional_sources - global errorInfo - - if { [ catch { eval saved-dg-test $args } errmsg ] } { - set saved_info $errorInfo - set additional_files "" - set additional_sources "" - error $errmsg $saved_info - } - set additional_files "" - set additional_sources "" - } -} - -# Local Variables: -# tcl-indent-level:4 -# End: diff --git a/include/ffi.h.in b/include/ffi.h.in index 34da360..18ced12 100644 --- a/include/ffi.h.in +++ b/include/ffi.h.in @@ -270,12 +270,7 @@ size_t ffi_java_raw_size (ffi_cif *cif); __declspec(align(8)) #endif typedef struct { -#if @FFI_EXEC_TRAMPOLINE_TABLE@ - void *trampoline_table; - void *trampoline_table_entry; -#else char tramp[FFI_TRAMPOLINE_SIZE]; -#endif ffi_cif *cif; void (*fun)(ffi_cif*,void*,void**,void*); void *user_data; @@ -302,12 +297,7 @@ ffi_prep_closure_loc (ffi_closure*, void*codeloc); typedef struct { -#if FFI_EXEC_TRAMPOLINE_TABLE - void *trampoline_table; - void *trampoline_table_entry; -#else char tramp[FFI_TRAMPOLINE_SIZE]; -#endif ffi_cif *cif; @@ -328,12 +318,7 @@ typedef struct { } ffi_raw_closure; typedef struct { -#if FFI_EXEC_TRAMPOLINE_TABLE - void *trampoline_table; - void *trampoline_table_entry; -#else char tramp[FFI_TRAMPOLINE_SIZE]; -#endif ffi_cif *cif; diff --git a/install-sh b/install-sh old mode 100755 new mode 100644 diff --git a/patches/stand-alone b/patches/stand-alone index 7e5c513..cf920d2 100644 --- a/patches/stand-alone +++ b/patches/stand-alone @@ -34560,63 +34560,6 @@ Index: libffi/texinfo.tex +@ignore + arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115 +@end ignore -Index: libffi/testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp -=================================================================== ---- libffi.orig/testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp -+++ libffi/testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp -@@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ - # GNU General Public License for more details. - # - # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License --# along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see --# . -+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -+# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - - proc load_gcc_lib { filename } { - global srcdir -- load_file $srcdir/../../gcc/testsuite/lib/$filename -+ load_file $srcdir/lib/$filename - } - - load_lib dg.exp -@@ -94,7 +94,6 @@ proc libffi-init { args } { - global srcdir - global blddirffi - global objdir -- global blddircxx - global TOOL_OPTIONS - global tool - global libffi_include -@@ -102,10 +101,8 @@ proc libffi-init { args } { - global tool_root_dir - global ld_library_path - -- set blddirffi [lookfor_file [get_multilibs] libffi] -+ set blddirffi [pwd]/.. - verbose "libffi $blddirffi" -- set blddircxx [lookfor_file [get_multilibs] libstdc++-v3] -- verbose "libstdc++ $blddircxx" - - set gccdir [lookfor_file $tool_root_dir gcc/libgcc.a] - if {$gccdir != ""} { -@@ -132,8 +129,6 @@ proc libffi-init { args } { - } - # add the library path for libffi. - append ld_library_path ":${blddirffi}/.libs" -- # add the library path for libstdc++ as well. -- append ld_library_path ":${blddircxx}/src/.libs" - - verbose "ld_library_path: $ld_library_path" - -@@ -146,7 +141,6 @@ proc libffi-init { args } { - if { $libffi_dir != "" } { - set libffi_dir [file dirname ${libffi_dir}] - set libffi_link_flags "-L${libffi_dir}/.libs" -- lappend libffi_link_flags "-L${blddircxx}/src/.libs" - } - - set_ld_library_path_env_vars Index: libffi/testsuite/lib/target-libpath.exp =================================================================== --- /dev/null @@ -35080,7 +35023,7 @@ Index: libffi/testsuite/lib/libffi.exp +++ libffi/testsuite/lib/libffi.exp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. -+# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -35106,7 +35049,7 @@ Index: libffi/testsuite/lib/libffi.exp global ld_library_path - set blddirffi [lookfor_file [get_multilibs] libffi] -+ set blddirffi [pwd]/.. ++ set blddirffi [pwd]/.. verbose "libffi $blddirffi" - set blddircxx [lookfor_file [get_multilibs] libstdc++-v3] - verbose "libstdc++ $blddircxx" diff --git a/testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp b/testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp deleted file mode 100644 index 838a306..0000000 --- a/testsuite/lib/libffi-dg.exp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,300 +0,0 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. - -# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or -# (at your option) any later version. -# -# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU General Public License for more details. -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. - -proc load_gcc_lib { filename } { - global srcdir - load_file $srcdir/lib/$filename -} - -load_lib dg.exp -load_lib libgloss.exp -load_gcc_lib target-libpath.exp -load_gcc_lib wrapper.exp - - -# Define libffi callbacks for dg.exp. - -proc libffi-dg-test-1 { target_compile prog do_what extra_tool_flags } { - - # To get all \n in dg-output test strings to match printf output - # in a system that outputs it as \015\012 (i.e. not just \012), we - # need to change all \n into \r?\n. As there is no dejagnu flag - # or hook to do that, we simply change the text being tested. - # Unfortunately, we have to know that the variable is called - # dg-output-text and lives in the caller of libffi-dg-test, which - # is two calls up. Overriding proc dg-output would be longer and - # would necessarily have the same assumption. - upvar 2 dg-output-text output_match - - if { [llength $output_match] > 1 } { - regsub -all "\n" [lindex $output_match 1] "\r?\n" x - set output_match [lreplace $output_match 1 1 $x] - } - - # Set up the compiler flags, based on what we're going to do. - - set options [list] - switch $do_what { - "compile" { - set compile_type "assembly" - set output_file "[file rootname [file tail $prog]].s" - } - "link" { - set compile_type "executable" - set output_file "[file rootname [file tail $prog]].exe" - # The following line is needed for targets like the i960 where - # the default output file is b.out. Sigh. - } - "run" { - set compile_type "executable" - # FIXME: "./" is to cope with "." not being in $PATH. - # Should this be handled elsewhere? - # YES. - set output_file "./[file rootname [file tail $prog]].exe" - # This is the only place where we care if an executable was - # created or not. If it was, dg.exp will try to run it. - remote_file build delete $output_file; - } - default { - perror "$do_what: not a valid dg-do keyword" - return "" - } - } - - if { $extra_tool_flags != "" } { - lappend options "additional_flags=$extra_tool_flags" - } - - set comp_output [libffi_target_compile "$prog" "$output_file" "$compile_type" $options]; - - - return [list $comp_output $output_file] -} - - -proc libffi-dg-test { prog do_what extra_tool_flags } { - return [libffi-dg-test-1 target_compile $prog $do_what $extra_tool_flags] -} - -proc libffi-init { args } { - global gluefile wrap_flags; - global srcdir - global blddirffi - global objdir - global TOOL_OPTIONS - global tool - global libffi_include - global libffi_link_flags - global tool_root_dir - global ld_library_path - - set blddirffi [pwd]/.. - verbose "libffi $blddirffi" - - set gccdir [lookfor_file $tool_root_dir gcc/libgcc.a] - if {$gccdir != ""} { - set gccdir [file dirname $gccdir] - } - verbose "gccdir $gccdir" - - set ld_library_path "." - append ld_library_path ":${gccdir}" - - set compiler "${gccdir}/xgcc" - if { [is_remote host] == 0 && [which $compiler] != 0 } { - foreach i "[exec $compiler --print-multi-lib]" { - set mldir "" - regexp -- "\[a-z0-9=_/\.-\]*;" $i mldir - set mldir [string trimright $mldir "\;@"] - if { "$mldir" == "." } { - continue - } - if { [llength [glob -nocomplain ${gccdir}/${mldir}/libgcc_s*.so.*]] >= 1 } { - append ld_library_path ":${gccdir}/${mldir}" - } - } - } - # add the library path for libffi. - append ld_library_path ":${blddirffi}/.libs" - - verbose "ld_library_path: $ld_library_path" - - # Point to the Libffi headers in libffi. - set libffi_include "${blddirffi}/include" - verbose "libffi_include $libffi_include" - - set libffi_dir "${blddirffi}/.libs" - verbose "libffi_dir $libffi_dir" - if { $libffi_dir != "" } { - set libffi_dir [file dirname ${libffi_dir}] - set libffi_link_flags "-L${libffi_dir}/.libs" - } - - set_ld_library_path_env_vars - libffi_maybe_build_wrapper "${objdir}/testglue.o" -} - -proc libffi_exit { } { - global gluefile; - - if [info exists gluefile] { - file_on_build delete $gluefile; - unset gluefile; - } -} - -proc libffi_target_compile { source dest type options } { - global gluefile wrap_flags; - global srcdir - global blddirffi - global TOOL_OPTIONS - global libffi_link_flags - global libffi_include - global target_triplet - - - if { [target_info needs_status_wrapper]!="" && [info exists gluefile] } { - lappend options "libs=${gluefile}" - lappend options "ldflags=$wrap_flags" - } - - # TOOL_OPTIONS must come first, so that it doesn't override testcase - # specific options. - if [info exists TOOL_OPTIONS] { - lappend options [concat "additional_flags=$TOOL_OPTIONS" $options]; - } - - # search for ffi_mips.h in srcdir, too - lappend options "additional_flags=-I${libffi_include} -I${srcdir}/../include -I${libffi_include}/.." - lappend options "additional_flags=${libffi_link_flags}" - - # Darwin needs a stack execution allowed flag. - - if { [istarget "*-*-darwin9*"] || [istarget "*-*-darwin1*"] - || [istarget "*-*-darwin2*"] } { - lappend options "additional_flags=-Wl,-allow_stack_execute" - } - - # If you're building the compiler with --prefix set to a place - # where it's not yet installed, then the linker won't be able to - # find the libgcc used by libffi.dylib. We could pass the - # -dylib_file option, but that's complicated, and it's much easier - # to just make the linker find libgcc using -L options. - if { [string match "*-*-darwin*" $target_triplet] } { - lappend options "libs= -shared-libgcc" - } - - if { [string match "*-*-openbsd*" $target_triplet] } { - lappend options "libs= -lpthread" - } - - lappend options "libs= -lffi" - - verbose "options: $options" - return [target_compile $source $dest $type $options] -} - -# Utility routines. - -# -# search_for -- looks for a string match in a file -# -proc search_for { file pattern } { - set fd [open $file r] - while { [gets $fd cur_line]>=0 } { - if [string match "*$pattern*" $cur_line] then { - close $fd - return 1 - } - } - close $fd - return 0 -} - -# Modified dg-runtest that can cycle through a list of optimization options -# as c-torture does. -proc libffi-dg-runtest { testcases default-extra-flags } { - global runtests - - foreach test $testcases { - # If we're only testing specific files and this isn't one of - # them, skip it. - if ![runtest_file_p $runtests $test] { - continue - } - - # Look for a loop within the source code - if we don't find one, - # don't pass -funroll[-all]-loops. - global torture_with_loops torture_without_loops - if [expr [search_for $test "for*("]+[search_for $test "while*("]] { - set option_list $torture_with_loops - } else { - set option_list $torture_without_loops - } - - set nshort [file tail [file dirname $test]]/[file tail $test] - - foreach flags $option_list { - verbose "Testing $nshort, $flags" 1 - dg-test $test $flags ${default-extra-flags} - } - } -} - - -# Like check_conditional_xfail, but callable from a dg test. - -proc dg-xfail-if { args } { - set args [lreplace $args 0 0] - set selector "target [join [lindex $args 1]]" - if { [dg-process-target $selector] == "S" } { - global compiler_conditional_xfail_data - set compiler_conditional_xfail_data $args - } -} - - -# We need to make sure that additional_files and additional_sources -# are both cleared out after every test. It is not enough to clear -# them out *before* the next test run because gcc-target-compile gets -# run directly from some .exp files (outside of any test). (Those -# uses should eventually be eliminated.) - -# Because the DG framework doesn't provide a hook that is run at the -# end of a test, we must replace dg-test with a wrapper. - -if { [info procs saved-dg-test] == [list] } { - rename dg-test saved-dg-test - - proc dg-test { args } { - global additional_files - global additional_sources - global errorInfo - - if { [ catch { eval saved-dg-test $args } errmsg ] } { - set saved_info $errorInfo - set additional_files "" - set additional_sources "" - error $errmsg $saved_info - } - set additional_files "" - set additional_sources "" - } -} - -# Local Variables: -# tcl-indent-level:4 -# End: diff --git a/testsuite/lib/libffi.exp b/testsuite/lib/libffi.exp index b5b4c72..4a65ed1 100644 --- a/testsuite/lib/libffi.exp +++ b/testsuite/lib/libffi.exp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# Copyright (C) 2003, 2005, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ proc libffi-init { args } { global tool_root_dir global ld_library_path - set blddirffi [pwd]/.. + set blddirffi [pwd]/.. verbose "libffi $blddirffi" set gccdir [lookfor_file $tool_root_dir gcc/libgcc.a] -- 2.7.4